English Grammar In Use - Vietnamese.pdf

Listening, thinking, and working Thanh Dâng, Khánh Nhon,17/07/2013

Unit 1. Present Continuous

A. XÃt tÉnh huêng sau: Ann is in her car. She is on her way to work. Ann ½ang ò trong xe hïi. Cé Þy ½ang trãn ½õñng ½i l¿m. She is driving to work. Cé Þy ½ang l¾i xe ½i l¿m. CÝu n¿y cÍ nghËa l¿: Cé Þy bÝy giñ ½ang l¾i xe. TÂi thñi ½iæm ½ang nÍi, h¿nh ½îng l¾i xe chõa chÞm döt. Am/is/are -ing l¿ thÉ hièn tÂi tiäp diçn (present continuous)

B. I am doing something = Téi ½ang l¿m vièc gÉ ½Í; Téi ½ang ò giùa thñi ½iæm l¿m céng vièc ½Í; Téi ½Á khòi sú v¿ chõa ho¿n tÞt céng vièc. Thõñng thÉ h¿nh ½îng ½ang xÀy ra tÂi thñi ½iæm nÍi:  Please don’t make so much noise. I’m working. (not 'I work').

Xin ½÷ng l¿m ën qu¾ nhõ vây. Téi ½ang l¿m vièc.  ’Where’s Margaret?’ ’She’s having a bath.’ (not 'she has a bath').

'Margaret ò ½Ýu vây?' 'Cé Þy ½ang tØm'.  Let’s go out now. It isn’t raining any more. (not 'It doesn't rain').

BÝy giñ chÒng ta hÁy ½i ra ngo¿i. Trñi khéng cÎn mõa nùa.  (at a party) Hello, Jane. Are you enjoying the party? (not 'do you enjoy').

(tÂi mît buìi tièc) Xin ch¿o Jane. BÂn cÍ thÈch buìi tièc n¿y khéng?  I’m tired. I’m going to bed now. Goodnight!

Téi mèt rëi. Téi ½i ngÔ bÝy giñ ½Ýy. ChÒc ngÔ ngon nhÃ! Nhõng h¿nh ½îng khéng nhÞt thiät xÀy ra tÂi thñi ½iæm ½ang nÍi. VÈ dÖ nhõ: Tom and Ann are talking in a café. Tom says: Tom v¿ Ann ½ang nÍi chuyèn trong qu¾n c¿phã. Tom nÍi: I’m reading an interesting book at the moment. I’ll lend it to you when I’ve finished it. LÒc n¿y téi ½ang ½Ñc mît quyæn s¾ch hay. Téi sÆ cho bÂn mõôn khi n¿o téi ½Ñc xong. Tom khéng ½Ñc s¾ch v¿o lÒc nÍi vði Ann. Anh Þy muên nÍi l¿ anh Þy ½Á khòi sú ½Ñc cuên s¾ch ½Í nhõng chõa ½Ñc xong. Anh Þy ½ang trong thñi gian ½Ñc. Xem thãm mît sê vÈ dÖ:  Catherine wants to work in Italy, so she is learning Italian. (V¿o thñi ½iæm nÍi cÍ thæ cé Þy

khéng phÀi ½ang hÑc tiäng @).

 Some friends of mine are building their own house. They hope it will finished before next

summer. ChÒng ta dÓng thÉ present continuous khi nÍi vå nhùng vièc xÀy ra tÂi mît khoÀng thñi gian gßn vði lÒc nÍi, vÈ dÖ nhõ today (hém nay), this week (tußn n¿y), this evening (chiåu nay) v.v...  “You’re working hard today.” “Yes, I have a lot to do” (not 'you work hard today').  “Is Susan working this week?” “No, she’s on holiday”.

C. ChÒng ta dÓng thÉ present continuous khi nÍi vå nhùng thay ½ìi ½ang diçn ra trong thñi gian nÍi:  The population of the world is rising very fast. (not 'rise').

DÝn sê thä giði ½ang gia t×ng rÞt nhanh.  Is your English getting better?

Tiäng Anh cÔa bÂn kh¾ hïn rëi chö?

Unit 2. Present Simple

A

XÃt tÉnh huêng sau: Alex is bus driver, but now he is in bed asleep. So: He is not driving a bus. (He is asleep) but He drives a bus. (He is a bus driver.) (Alex l¿ mît t¿i xä l¾i xe buût, nhõng bÝy giñ anh Þy ½ang ngÔ). VÉ vây: Anh Þy khéng phÀi ½ang l¾i xe (Anh Þy ½ang ngÔ) nhõng Anh Þy l¾i xe buût. (Anh Þy l¿ t¿i xä xe buût). Drive(s)/Work(s)/Do(es), v.v... l¿ thÉ present simple (thÉ hièn tÂi ½ïn).

ChÒng ta dÓng thÉ present simple ½æ nÍi mît c¾ch chung chung vå nhùng sú vât hay sú vièc n¿o ½Í. Ta khéng chÊ riãng ½å câp ½än hièn tÂi m¿ théi. ChÒng ta dÓng thÉ n¿y ½æ nÍi vå nhùng sú vièc, h¿nh ½îng xÀy ra thõñng xuyãn hay lÜp ½i lÜp lÂi, hoÜc nhùng sú vièc hiæn nhiãn ½Òng nÍi chung. Sú vièc ½ang nÍi cÍ diçn ra lÒc ½Í hay khéng l¿ khéng quan trÑng.  Nurses look after patients in hospitals.  I usually go away at weekends.  The earth goes round the sun.

HÁy nhð rÙng ta nÍi: he/she/it -s. #÷ng quãn thãm s v¿o ½îng t÷.  I work... nhõng He works...  They teach nhõng My sister teaches.

B

ChÒng ta dÓng do/does ½æ ½Üt cÝu nghi vÞn v¿ phÔ ½Ình: do does I/we/they he/she/it

    

I/we/you/they he/she/it don’t doesn’t work

work? work? work

I come from Canada. Where do you come from? “Would you like a cigarette?” “No, thanks. I don’t smoke”. What does this word mean? Rice doesn’t grow in cold climates. (LÒa khéng mÑc ½õôc ò vÓng khÈ hâu lÂnh)

Trong nhùng vÈ dÖ sau do cÕng l¿ ½îng t÷ chÈnh:  “What do you do?” (= What's your job?) “I work in a shop”.  He’s so lazy. He doesn’t do anything to help me. (not 'He doesn't anything.')

C

ChÒng ta dÓng thÉ present simple khi muên diçn ½Ât möc ½î thõñng xuyãn xÀy ra cÔa sú vièc:

 I get up at 8 o’clock every morning.  Ann doesn’t drink tea very often.  In summer John usually plays tennis once or twice a week.

D

I promise/I apologise, v.v...

Khi bÂn höa l¿m vièc gÉ ½Í, bÂn cÍ thæ nÍi I promise...; khi bÂn ½å nghÌ ½iåu gÉ, bÂn cÍ thæ nÍi I suggest.... ChÒng ta dÓng thÉ present simple (promise/suggest v.v...) trong nhùng cÝu nhõ vây:  I promise I won’t be late. (not 'I'm promising').  “What do you suggest I do?”. “I suggest that you...”

Tõïng tú chÒng ta nÍi: I apologise... / I insist....(nÙn nÉ) / I agree... (½ëng û) / I refuse (t÷ chêi) v.v...

Unit 3. Present Continuous and present simple (1)

A

HÁy nghiãn cöu c¾c lñi giÀi thÈch v¿ so s¾nh c¾c vÈ dÖ sau:

Present continuous (I am doing)

HÁy dÓng thÉ Present Continuous ½æ diçn tÀ nhùng sú vièc xÀy ra ngay lÒc ta nÍi hay xung quanh thñi ½iæm ½Í, v¿ h¿nh ½îng chõa chÞm döt.  The water is boiling. Can you turn it off?

(Nõðc ½ang séi. BÂn cÍ thæ tØt bäp ½õôc khéng)  Listen to those people. What language are they speaking?

(HÁy nghe nhùng ngõñi kia. HÑ ½ang nÍi tiäng nõðc n¿o vây?)  Let’s go out. It isn’t raining now.

(MÉnh ra ngo¿i ½i. Hièn trñi khéng mõa ½Ýu.)  “Don’t disturb me. I’m busy.” “Why? What are you doing?”

("#÷ng quÞy rßy téi. Téi ½ang bân." "Sao? BÂn ½ang l¿m gÉ ½Í?")  I am going to bed now. Goodnight!

(Téi ½i ngÔ ½Ýy. ChÒc ngÔ ngon!)  Maria is in Britain at the moment. She’s learning English.

(Maria hièn giñ ½ang ò Anh quêc. Cé Þy ½ang hÑc tiäng Anh.) HÁy dÓng thÉ Present Continuous ½æ diçn ½Ât mît tÉnh huêng hay trÂng th¾i cÍ tÈnh chÞt tÂm thñi:  I’m living with some friends until I find a flat.

(Téi hièn ò chung vði mÞy ngõñi bÂn cho ½än khi téi tÉm ½õôc mît c×n hî.)  “You’re working hard today” “Yes, I’ve got a lot to do.”

("Hém nay bÂn l¿m vièc vÞt vÀ thât" "¹, mÉnh cÍ nhiåu vièc phÀi l¿m qu¾.") Xem thãm UNIT 1. Present Simple (I do)

HÁy dÓng thÉ Present Simple ½æ ½å câp tði c¾c sú vièc mît c¾ch chung chung, hay nhùng sú vièc ½õôc lÜp ½i lÜp lÂi,  Water boils at 100 degrees celcius.

(Nõðc séi ò 100 ½î C).  Excuse me. Do you speak English?

(Xin líi. BÂn nÍi ½õôc tiäng Anh khéng?)  It doesn’t rain very much in the summer.

(Trñi khéng mõa qu¾ nhiåu v¿o mÓa hÄ.)  What do you usually do at weekends?

(BÂn thõñng l¿m gÉ v¿o cuêi tußn?)

 I always go to bed before midnight.

(Téi thõñng ½i ngÔ trõðc 12 giñ ½ãm)  Most people learn to swim when they are children.

(Hßu hät mÑi ngõñi hÑc bïi khi hÑ cÎn nhÏ.) HÁy dÓng thÉ Present Simple ½æ diçn ½Ât mît tÉnh huêng hay trÂng th¾i cÍ tÈnh ìn ½Ình, lÝu d¿i:  My parents live in London. They have lived there for all their lives. (Cha mÇ téi sêng ò London. Hai ngõñi ½Á sêng ò ½Í suêt ½ñi.)  John isn’t lazy. He works very hard most of the time.

(John khéng lõñi ½Ýu. Hßu nhõ lÒc n¿o anh Þy cÕng l¿m vièc rÞt ch×m chÊ.) Xem thãm UNIT 2.

B

I always do v¿ I'm always doing.

Théng thõñng chÒng ta dÓng “I always do something” (=Téi lÒc n¿o cÕng l¿m vièc ½Í):  I always go to work by car.

Téi luén ½i l¿m bÙng xe hïi. (khéng nÍi 'I'm always going'). BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ nÍi “I’m always doing something”, nhõng vði mît û nghËa kh¾c. LÞy vÈ dÖ:  I’ve lost my key again. I’m always losing things.

Téi lÂi l¿m mÞt chÉa khÍa. Téi luén l¿m mÞt ½ë.  “I’m always losing things” khéng cÍ nghËa l¿ téi lÒc n¿o cÕng l¿m mÞt ½ë m¿ cÍ nghËa l¿ vièc téi l¿m mÞt ½ë xÀy ra qu¾ thõñng xuyãn, nhiåu hïn bÉnh thõñng.  “You’re always -ing” cÍ nghËa bÂn l¿m vièc ½Í rÞt thõñng xuyãn, sú thõñng xuyãn m¿ ngõñi nÍi cho l¿ nhiåu hïn bÉnh thõñng.

Unit 4. Present Continuous and present simple (2)

A

ChÒng ta chÊ dÓng thÉ Present Continuous vði c¾c h¿nh ½îng hay c¾c sú kièn (nhõ they are eating/it is raining ...) Mît sê ½îng t÷, vÈ dÖ nhõ know v¿ like khéng phÀi l¿ nhùng ½îng t÷ h¿nh ½îng. BÂn khéng thæ nÍi 'I am knowing' hay 'they are liking'; BÂn chÊ cÍ thæ nÍi “I know”, “they like”.

Nhùng ½îng t÷ sau ½Ýy khéng ½õôc dÓng vði thÉ Present Continuous: like need suppose remember depend

love prefer mean belong seem

hate know understand contain

want realise believe consist

 I’m hungry. I want something to eat. (not 'I am wanting')

Téi ½ang ½Íi. Téi muên ×n mît chÒt gÉ ½Í.  Do you understand what I mean?

BÂn cÍ hiæu û téi muên nÍi gÉ khéng?  Ann doesn’t seem very happy at the moment.

LÒc n¿y dõñng nhõ Ann khéng ½õôc vui. Khi think ½õôc dÓng vði nghËa believe (tin tõòng), ta khéng dÓng thÉ Present Continuous:  What do you think (=believe) will happen?

BÂn nghË ½iåu gÉ sÆ xÀy ra? (khéng dÓng 'What are you thinking') nhõng  You look serious. What are you thinking about? (=What is going on in your mind?)

BÂn tréng thât nghiãm nghÌ. BÂn ½ang nghË ½iåu gÉ vây? (c¾i gÉ diçn ra trong tÝm trÈ bÂn vây?)  I’m thinking of giving up my job. (= I am considering)

Téi ½ang nghË tði chuyèn théi vièc (= Téi ½ang xem xÃt) Khi have cÍ nghËa sò hùu (possess),.v.v... ta khéng dÓng vði thÉ continuous (xem UNIT 17):  We’re enjoying our holiday. We have a nice room in the hotel. (not 'we're having')

(ChÒng téi h¿i lÎng vði kü nghÊ cÔa chÒng téi. ChÒng téi cÍ mît phÎng têt ò kh¾ch sÂn.) nhõng  We’re enjoying our holiday. We’re having a great time.

ChÒng téi h¿i lÎng vði kü nghÊ cÔa chÒng téi. ChÒng téi ½ang cÍ mît khoÀng thñi gian hÂnh phÒc.

B

See, hear, smell, taste

Ta thõñng dÓng thÉ present simple (khéng dÓng continuous) vði nhùng ½îng t÷ dõði ½Ýy:  Do you see that man over there? (not 'are you seeing')

BÂn cÍ nhÉn thÞy ngõñi ½¿n éng ½Ùng kia khéng?  This room smells. Let’s open a window.

PhÎng n¿y cÍ mÓi. Ta mò cøa sì ra ½i. ChÒng ta thõñng dÓng can+see/hear/smell/taste:  Listen! Can you hear something?

ChÒ û! BÂn cÍ nghe thÞy gÉ khéng? Nhõng bÂn cÍ thæ dÓng thÉ continuous vði see (I’m seeing) mang û nghËa “having a meeting with” (gÜp mÜt, gÜp gó) ½Üc bièt ò thÉ tõïng lai (Xem UNIT 19A):  I’m seeing the manager tomorow morning.

S¾ng mai téi sÆ gÜp ngõñi quÀn lû.

C

He is selfish v¿ He is being selfish

#îng t÷ be chia ò thÉ present continuous l¿ I am being/He is being. You are being v.v...  I’m being = I'm behaving / I am acting. So s¾nh c¾c cÝu sau:  I can’t understand why he’s being so selfish. He isn’t usually like that.

Téi khéng hiæu tÂi sao giñ anh ta lÂi tÏ ra Èch ký nhõ vây. BÉnh thõñng anh Þy ½Ýu cÍ nhõ vây ½Ýu. (Being selfish = behaving selfihsly at the moment = h¿nh vi Èch ký tÂi thñi ½iæm ½Í) nhõng  He never thinks about other people. He is very selfish.

Anh ta khéng bao giñ nghË ½än ngõñi kh¾c cÀ. Anh ta rÞt Èch ký. (= NÍi chung l¿ tÈnh anh ta Èch ký, khéng chÊ riãng v¿o lÒc n¿o cÀ) ChÒng ta dÓng am/is/are being ½æ nÍi h¿nh vi cÔa ngõñi kh¾c nhõ thä n¿o, v¿ khéng thõñng ½õôc dÓng trong nhùng trõñng hôp kh¾c, chÚng hÂn nhõ:  It’s hot today.

Hém nay trñi nÍng (khéng dÓng 'it is being hot')  Sarah is very tired.

Sarah rÞt mèt (khéng dÓng 'Sarah is being tired')

D

Look v¿ feel

BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng thÉ present simple hay continuous khi diçn tÀ d¾ng vÅ hay cÀm gi¾c cÔa ngõñi n¿o ½Í v¿o thñi ½iæm nÍi:  You look well today. hay You’re looking well today.

Hém nay tréng bÂn khÏe ½Þy.  How do you feel now? hay How are you feeling now?

BÝy giñ bÂn cÀm thÞy thä n¿o? nhõng  I usually feel tired in the morning.

Téi thõñng cÀm thÞy mèt v¿o buìi s¾ng. (not 'I'm usually feeling')

Unit 5. Past Simple

A

Xem xÃt vÈ dÖ sau: Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart was an Austrian musician and composer. He lived from 1756 to 1791. He started composing at the age of five and wrote more than 600 pieces of music. He was only 35 years old when he died. Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart l¿ mît nhÂc sË v¿ nh¿ soÂn nhÂc ngõñi Áo. €o. «ng sêng t÷ n×m 1756 ½än n×m 1791. «ng bØt ½ßu soÂn nhÂc lÒc n×m tuìi v¿ ½Á viät hïn 600 bÀn nhÂc. «ng chät khi «ng chÊ mði 35 tuìi. Lived/Started/wrote/was/died ½åu ò thÉ past simple.

B

Thõñng thÉ ½îng t÷ thÉ past simple tân cÓng bÙng -ed (½îng t÷ cÍ qui tØc — regular verbs):

 I work in a travel agency now. Before that I worked in a shop.

Téi hièn giñ ½ang l¿m ò mît v×n phÎng du lÌch. Trõðc ½Ýy téi l¿ vièc ò mît cøa hièu.  We invite them to our party but they decided not to come.

ChÒng téi ½Á mñi hÑ dú tièc vði chÒng téi nhõng hÑ ½Á quyät ½Ình khéng ½än.  The police stopped me on my way home last night.  She passed her examination because she studied very hard.

Nhõng cÍ nhiåu ½îng t÷ bÞt qui tØc (irregular) khi ò thÉ past simple khéng tân cÓng bÙng -ed. VÈ dÖ: write — wrote see — saw go — went shut — shut

Mozart wrote more than 600 pieces of music. We saw Rose in town a few days ago. I went to cinema three times last week. It was cold, so I shut the window.

Xem bÀng lièt kã c¾c ½îng t÷ bÞt qui tØc.

C

Trong c¾c cÝu nghi vÞn v¿ c¾c cÝu phÔ ½Ình chÒng ta dÓng did/didn’t + infinitive (enjoy/see/go...) I enjoyed She saw They went

    

Did you enjoy? I didn't enjoy Did she see? She didn't see Did they go? They didn't go

A: Did you go out last night? B: Yes, I went to the cinema but I didn’t enjoy the film much.

“When did Mr. Thomas die?” “About ten years ago.” They didn’t invite her to party, so he didn’t go. “Did you have time to write the letter?” “No, I didn’t”.

Càn thân khi do l¿ ½îng t÷ chÈnh trong cÝu:  What did you do at the weekend? (khéng nÍi 'what did you at the weekend')  I didn’t do anything. (khéng nÍi 'I didn't do anything')

D

Qu¾ khö cÔa be (am/ is/ are) l¿ was/ were: I/he/she/it we/you/they

was/wasn’t were/weren’t

were

was we/you/they?

I/he/she/it?

Ghi chÒ rÙng ta khéng dÓng did trong cÝu nghi vÞn v¿ phÔ ½Ình vði was/were.    

I was angry because they were late. Was the weather good when you on holiday? They weren’t able to come because they were so busy. Did you go out last night or were you too tired?

Unit 6. Past Continuous

A

HÁy xem vÈ dÖ sau: Yesterday Karen and Jim played tennis. They began at 10 o’clock and finished at 11.30. So, at 10.30 they were playing tennis. Hém qua Karen v¿ Jim chïi qußn vôt. HÑ ½Á bØt ½ßu chïi lÒc 10h v¿ kät thÒc lÒc 11h30. Vây lÒc 10 h30 hÑ ½ang chïi qußn vôt. They were playing = "HÑ ½ang ò giùa cuîc chïi lÒc ½Í v¿ hÑ chõa kät thÒc cuîc chïi." Was/were -ing l¿ thÉ past continuous (qu¾ khö tiäp diçn): playing I/he/she/it was doing we/you/they were working etc

B

ChÒng ta dÓng thÉ past continuous ½æ diçn tÀ mît ngõñi n¿o ½Í ½ang thúc hièn mît céng vièc dò dang tÂi thñi ½iæm ½õôc ½å câp. H¿nh ½îng hay sú vièc ½Á xÀy ra trõðc thñi ½iæm n¿y nhõng chõa kät thÒc.

 This time last year I was living in Brazil.

V¿o thñi ½iæm n¿y n×m ngo¾i téi ½ang sêng ò Brazil.  What were you doing at 10 o’clock last night?  I waved to her but she wasn’t looking.

C

So s¾nh thÉ past continuous — qu¾ khö tiäp diçn (I was doing) v¿ past simple — qu¾ khö ½ïn (I did):

Past continuous (½ang ò giùa h¿nh ½îng)  I was walking home when I meet Dave.

(= ò giùa ½õñng ½i vå nh¿ téi gÜp Dave)  Ann was watching television when the phone rang.

Ann ½ang xem TV khi ½ièn thoÂi reng. Past simple (ho¿n tÞt h¿nh ½îng)  I walked home after the party last night.

(= téi ½Á ½i vå nh¿, ho¿n tÞt).  Ann watched television a lot when she was ill last year.

Ann ½Á xem TV rÞt nhiåu khi cé Þy bènh n×m ngo¾i.

D

Ta thõñng dÓng thÉ past simple v¿ past continuous cÓng vði nhau ½æ diçn tÀ mît sú vièc xÀy ra v¿o lÒc ½ang xÀy ra mît sú vièc kh¾c:

 Tom burnt his hand when he was cooking the dinner.

 I saw you in the park yesterday. You were sitting on the grass and reading a book.  While I was working in the garden, I hurt my back.

Nhõng chÒng ta dÓng thÉ past simple khi mît sú vièc xÀy ra sau mît sú vièc kh¾c:  I was walking along the road when I saw Dave. So I stopped and we had a chat.

Khi ½ang ½i trãn ½õñng thÉ téi gÜp Dave. Téi ½Á d÷ng lÂi v¿ chÒng téi cÓng trÎ chuyèn. HÁy so s¾nh hai cÝu sau ½æ thÞy rÐ sú kh¾c bièt vå û nghËa:  When Karen arrived, we were having dinner.

Khi Karen tði, chÒng téi ½ang ×n têi. (= ChÒng téi ½Á ×n têi trõðc khi Karen tði.)  When Karen arrived, we had dinner.

Khi Karen tði, chÒng téi ×n têi. (= Karen tði trõðc rëi sau ½Í chÒng téi ×n têi.)

E

CÍ mît sê ½îng t÷ (vÈ dÖ nhõ know/ want/ believe) khéng ½õôc dÓng ò c¾c thÉ continuous (xem UNIT 4A ½æ biät thãm chi tiät):

 We were good friends. We knew each other well. (not 'we were knowing')

ChÒng téi l¿ nhùng ngõñi bÂn têt. ChÒng téi hiæu rÐ vå nhau.  I was enjoying the party but Chris wanted to go home. (not 'was wanting')

Téi ½Á rÞt thÈch buìi tièc nhõng Chris muên vå nh¿.

Unit 7. Present Perfect (1)

A

XÃt vÈ dÖ sau:  

Tom is looking for his key. He can’t find it. Tom ½ang tÉm chiäc chÉa khÍa. Anh Þy khéng tÉm thÞy nÍ. He has lost his key. Anh ½Á l¿m mÞt chiäc chÉa khÍa cÔa anh Þy

“He has lost his key” = Anh Þy l¿m mÞt chiäc chÉa khÍa v¿ ½än bÞy giñ ván chõa tÉm ra. Have/ has lost l¿ thÉ Present perfect simple ThÉ Present perfect simple = Have/has + past participle (qu¾ khö phÝn t÷) thõñng tân cÓng bÙng -ed (finished/dicided...) nhõng nhiåu ½îng t÷ quan trÑng lÂi l¿ bÞt qui tØc — irregular (lost/done/been/written...).

B

Khi chÒng ta dÓng thÉ present perfect thÉ luén luén cÍ mît sú liãn hè tði hièn tÂi. H¿nh ½îng xÀy ra ò qu¾ khö nhõng kät quÀ cÔa nÍ lÂi ò hièn tÂi:

 “Where’s your key?” “I don’t know. I’ve lost it.” (I haven't got it now).  He told me his name but I’ve forgotten it. (I can't remember it now).  “Is Sally here?” “No, she’s gone out.” (she is out now).

ChÒng ta thõñng dÓng thÉ present perfect ½æ ½õa ra mît théng tin mði hay céng bê mît sú vièc v÷a xÀy ra:  Ow! I’ve cut my finger.  The road is closed. There’s been (=but has been) an accident.  (from the news) The police have arrested two men in connection with the robbery.

CÀnh s¾t v÷a bØt hai ngõñi liãn quan ½än mît vÖ cõðp.

C

BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng thÉ present perfect simple vði just, already v¿ yet:

Just = “a short time ago” (v÷a mði xÀy ra trõðc ½Í):  “Would you like something to eat?” “No, thanks. I’ve just had lunch.”  Hello. Have you just arrived?

Xin ch¿o. Anh v÷a mði ½än phÀi khéng. ChÒng ta dÓng already ½æ nÍi vå mît sú vièc xÀy ra sðm hïn dú ½o¾n (nãn xem Unit 110D):  “Don’t forget to post the letter, will you?” “I’ve already posted it.”

"#÷ng quãn gøi thõ nhÃ, bÂn sÆ gøi chö?". "Téi v÷a mði gøi thõ rëi".  “What time is Mark leaving?” “He’s already gone.”

Yet = “until now — cho ½än bÝy giñ” v¿ diçn tÀ ngõñi nÍi mong chñ sú vièc n¿o ½Í xÀy ra. ChÊ dÓng yet trong cÝu nghi vÞn v¿ phÔ ½Ình. (xem UNIT 110C).  Has it stopped raining yet?  I’ve written the letter but I haven’t posted it yet.

Téi ½Á viät xong l¾ thõ nhõng téi chõa kÌp gøi.

D

ChÒ û sú kh¾c nhau giùa gone to v¿ been to:

 Jim is on holiday. He has gone to Spain. (= he is there now or on his way there)

Jim ½ang ½i nghÊ. Anh Þy ½Á ½i TÝy Ban Nha. (= Anh Þy hièn giñ ½ang ò ½Í hay ½ang ½i trãn ½õñng).  Jane is back home from holiday now. She has been to Italy. (= she has now comeback from

Italy). Jane hièn giñ ½Á ½i nghÊ vå. Cé Þy ½Á ò @. (=Cé Þy ½Á vå t÷ @). Xem thãm UNIT 8 v¿ 125B.

Unit 8. Present Perfect (2)

A

HÁy xem máu ½êi thoÂi dõði ½Ýy: Dave: Have you travelled a lot, Jane? Jane: Dave: Jane: Dave: Jane:

BÂn cÍ ½i du lÌch nhiåu khéng, Jane? Yes, I’ve been to a lot of a places. Really? Have you ever been to China? Thât õ? Thä bÂn ½Á t÷ng ½än Trung Quêc chõa? Yes, I’ve been to China twice. What about India? No, I’ve been to India.

Khi chÒng ta ½å câp tði mît khoÀng thñi gian liãn tÖc t÷ qu¾ khö ½än hièn tÂi, chÒng ta dÓng thÉ present perfect (have been/ have travelled ...) ´ ½Ýy Dave v¿ Jane ½ang nÍi vå nhùng nïi m¿ Jane ½Á ½än trong cuîc ½ñi cé Þy (l¿ khoÀng thñi gian kÃo d¿i ½än hièn tÂi)  Have you ever eaten caviar? (in your life)

BÂn cÍ bao giñ ×n mÍn tröng c¾ muêi chõa?  We’ve never had a car.

ChÒng téi chõa bao giñ cÍ ½õôc mît chiäc xe hïi.  “Have you read Hamlet?” “No, I haven’t read any of Shakespeare’s plays.”

"BÂn ½Á ½Ñc Hamlet chõa?" "Chõa, téi chõa ½Ñc t¾c phàm n¿o cÔa Shakespear cÀ."  Susan really loves that film. She’s seen it eight times!

Susan thât sú thÈch cuên phim ½Í. Cé Þy ½Á xem cuên phim ½Í t¾m lßn!  What a boring film! It’s the most boring film I’ve ever seen.

Cuên phim mði ch¾n l¿m sao! #Í l¿ mît cuên phim dò nhÞt m¿ téi t÷ng xem. Trong nhùng vÈ dÖ sau ngõñi diçn ½Ât ½ang nÍi vå khoÀng thñi gian m¿ liãn tÖc ½än bÝy giñ (recently / in the last few days / so far / since breakfast v.v ...):  Have you heard from George recently?

Gßn ½Ýy bÂn cÍ ½õôc tin gÉ vå George khéng?  I’ve met a lot of people in the last few days.

Téi ½Á gÜp nhiåu ngõñi trong nhùng ng¿y gßn ½Ýy.  Everything is going well. We haven’t had any problems so far.

MÑi chuyèn ½åu têt ½Çp. LÝu nay chÒng téi khéng gÜp phiån phöc gÉ.  I’m hungry. I haven’t eaten anything since breakfast. (= from breakfast until now)

MÉnh ½Íi rëi. T÷ s¾ng tði giñ mÉnh chõa ×n gÉ cÀ.  It’s nice to see you again. We haven’t seen each other for a long time.

Thât l¿ vui ½õôc gÜp lÂi bÂn. RÞt lÝu rëi chÒng ta khéng gÜp nhau.

B. ChÒng ta dÓng thÉ present perfect vði today/ this morning/ this evening... khi nhùng khoÀng thñi gian n¿y chõa kät thÒc v¿o thñi ½iæm nÍi (xem UNIT 14B):  I’ve drunk four cups of coffee today. (perhaps I'll drink more before today finished).

Hém nay téi ½Á uêng bên ly c¿ phã. (cÍ thæ téi cÎn uêng thãm nùa trõðc khi hät ng¿y hém nay).  Have you had a holiday this year (yet)?

N×m nay bÂn ½Á nghÊ phÃp chõa?  I haven’t seen Tom this morning. Have you?

S¾ng nay téi khéng gÜp Tom. BÂn cÍ gÜp khéng?  Ron hasn’t worked very hard this term.

Ron hÑc khéng ch×m lØm trong hÑc kü n¿y.

C. ChÒ û l¿ chÒng ta phÀi dÓng present perfect khi nÍi “It’s the first time somthing has happened” (#Í l¿ lßn ½ßu tiãn mît sú vièc n¿o ½Í ½Á xÀy ra). VÈ dÖ nhõ:  Don is having a driving lesson. He is very nervous and unsure because it is the first lesson.

Don ½ang cÍ b¿i hÑc l¾i xe. Anh Þy rÞt hëi hîp v¿ lo lØng bòi vÉ ½Ýy l¿ b¿i hÑc ½ßu tiãn.  It’s the first time he has driven a car. (not "drive")

#Ýy l¿ lßn ½ßu tiãn anh Þy l¾i mît c¾i xe hïi. hoÜc  He has never driven a car before.

Trõðc giñ anh Þy chõa bao giñ l¾i xe.  Linda has lost her pastport again. It’s the second time this has happened. (not "happen")

Linda lÂi l¿m mÞt hî chiäu. #Ýy l¿ lßn thö hai xÀy ra chuyèn n¿y.  This is a lovely meal. It’s the first good meal I’ve had for ages. (not “I have”)

Thât l¿ mît bùa ×n ngon. #Ýy l¿ bùa ×n ngon ½ßu tiãn cÔa téi trong nhiåu n×m.  Bill is phoning his girlfriend again. That’s the third time he’s phoned her this evening.

Bill lÂi ½ang gÑi ½ièn thoÂi cho cé bÂn g¾i cÔa anh Þy. #Í l¿ lßn thö ba anh Þy gÑi ½ièn cho cé Þy chiåu nay.

Unit 9. Present Perfect Continuous

A

It has been raining. Xem vÈ dÖ sau:

Is it raining? No, but the ground is wet. It has been raining. Trñi mði v÷a mõa xong. Have/has been -ing l¿ thÉ present perfect continuous. I/we/they/you have (=I've etc.) been doing I/we/they/you have (=I've etc.) been waiting I/we/they/you have (=I've etc.) been playing etc. he/she/it has (=he's ect.) been doing he/she/it has (=he's ect.) been waiting he/she/it has (=he's ect.) been playing etc. Ta dÓng thÉ present perfect continuous khi nÍi vå nhùng h¿nh ½îng ½Á kät thÒc gßn ½Ýy hay mði v÷a kät thÒc v¿ kät quÀ cÔa nÍ cÍ sú liãn hè hay Ành hõòng tði hièn tÂi:  You’re out to breath. Have you been running? (you are out of breath now)

BÂn tréng mèt ½öt hïi. BÂn v÷a mði chÂy phÀi khéng? (hièn giñ anh Þy nhõ ½öt hïi).  Paul is very tired. He’s been working very hard. (he's tired now)

Paul rÞt mèt. Anh Þy v÷a mði l¿m vièc rÞt c×ng. (bÝy giñ anh Þy ½ang mèt).  Why are your clothes so dirty? What have you been doing?

Sao qußn ¾o bÂn bàn thä. BÂn v÷a mði l¿m gÉ vây?  I’ve been talking to Carol about the problem and she thinks that ...

MÉnh v÷a mði ½å câp ½än vÞn ½å cÔa Carol v¿ cé Þy nghË l¿ ...

B

It has been raining for two hours. XÃt vÈ dÖ sau:

It is raining now. It began raining two hours ago and it is still raining. Trñi ½ang mõa. Trñi ½Á mõa ½õôc hai giñ rëi v¿ bÝy giñ cÎn ½ang mõa. How long has it been raining? It has been raining for two hours. Trñi ½Á mõa ½õôc hai tiäng ½ëng hë.

ChÒng ta dÓng thÉ present perfect contiuous cho nhùng trõñng hôp n¿y, ½Üc bièt l¿ dÓng vði how long, for ... v¿ since... H¿nh ½îng l¿ ván ½ang xÀy ra (nhõ vÈ dÖ trãn) hay v÷a mði chÞm döt.  How long have you been learning English? (you're still learning English)

BÂn ½Á hÑc tiäng Anh ½õôc bao lÝu rëi? (bÂn ván ½ang cÎn hÑc tiäng Anh)

 Tim is watching television. He has been watching television for two hours.

Tim ½ang xem TV. Anh Þy ½Á xem TV ½õôc hai giñ rëi.  Where have you been? I have been looking for you for the last half hour.

Anh ½Á ò ½Ýu vây? Téi ½Á tÉm anh nøa tiäng ½ëng hë rëi.  George hasn’t been feeling well recently.

George v÷a mði cÀm thÞy khÏe gßn ½Ýy. ChÒng ta cÍ thæ dÓng thÉ present perfect continuous ½æ chÊ nhùng h¿nh ½îng lÜp ½i lÜp lÂi trong mît khoÀng thñi gian:  Debbie is a very good player tennis. She’s been playing since she was eight.

Debbie l¿ mît vân ½îng viãn qußn vôt rÞt giÏi. Cé Þy ½Á chïi qußn vôt t÷ khi lãn t¾m.  Every morning they meet in the same café. They’ve been going there for years.

Míi s¾ng hÑ lÂi gÜp nhau ò cÓng mît qu¾n c¿ phã. HÑ ½Á ½än qu¾n ½Í nhiåu n×m rëi.

C

So s¾nh I am doing (xem UNIT 1) v¿ I have been doing

 Don’t disturb me now. I am working .

#÷ng quÞy rßy téi bÝy giñ. Téi ½ang l¿m vièc.  I’ve been working hard, so now I’m going to have a rest.

Téi ½Á l¿m vièc nhiåu rëi nãn bÝy giñ téi sÆ ½i nghÊ.  We need an umbrella. It’s raining.

ChÒng téi cßn mît cÝy dÓ. Trñi ½ang mõa.  The ground is wet. It’s been raining.

MÜt ½Þt cÎn õðt. Trñi ½Á mõa.  Hurry up ! We’re waiting.  We’ve been waiting for an hour.

Unit 10. Present Perfect Continuous and Simple

A

Nghiãn cöu vÈ dÖ sau:  

Ann’s clothes are covered in paint. She has been painting the ceiling. Qußn ¾o cÔa Ann dÈnh to¿n sïn. Cé Þy ½ang sïn trßn nh¿. The ceiling was white. Now it is blue. She has painted the ceiling. Trßn nh¿ trõðc ½Ýy m¿u trØng. BÝy giñ nÍ m¿u xanh. Cé Þy ½Á sïn trßn nh¿.

 Has been painting l¿ thÉ present perfect continuous (thÉ hièn tÂi ho¿n th¿nh tiäp diçn): ´ ½Ýy

chÒng ta quan tÝm ½än h¿nh ½îng m¿ khéng quan tÝm ½än h¿nh ½îng ½Á ho¿n tÞt hay chõa. ´ vÈ dÖ trãn, h¿nh ½îng sïn tõñng chõa kät thÒc.  Has painted l¿ thÉ present perfect simple (thÉ hièn tÂi ho¿n th¿nh): ´ thÉ n¿y, ½iåu quan trÑng l¿ sú ho¿n th¿nh cÔa h¿nh ½îng. Has painted l¿ mît h¿nh ½îng ½Á ho¿n tÞt. ChÒng ta quan tÝm ½än kät quÀ cÔa h¿nh ½îng chö khéng phÀi bÀn thÝn h¿nh ½îng ½Í. So s¾nh c¾c vÈ dÖ sau:  My hands are very dirty. I’ve been repairing the car.

Tay téi rÞt bàn. Téi ½ang søa xe.  The car is OK again. I’ve repaired it.

Chiäc xe giñ lÂi têt rëi. Téi ½Á søa nÍ.  She’s been smoking too much recently. She should smoke less.

Gßn ½Ýy cé Þy hÒt thuêc qu¾ nhiåu. Cé Þy nãn hÒt Èt ½i.  Somebody has smoked all my cigarettes. The packet is empty.

Ai ½Í ½Á hÒt hät thuêc cÔa téi. GÍi thuêc trêng ríng rëi.  It’s nice to meet you again. What have you been doing since we last met?

RÞt m÷ng gÜp lÂi bÂn. BÂn ½Á l¿m gÉ t÷ khi chÒng ta gÜp nhau lßn sau cÓng?  Where’s the book I gave you? What have you done with it?

Cuên s¾ch téi ½Á tÜng bÂn ½Ýu rëi? BÂn ½Á l¿m gÉ vði nÍ?  Where have you been? Have you been playing tennis?

BÂn ½Á ò ½Ýu vây? BÂn ½Á chïi qußn vôt phÀi khéng?  Have you ever played tennis?

BÂn ½Á t÷ng chïi qußn vôt chõa?  ChÒng ta dÓng thÉ continuous ½æ hÏi hay nÍi how long — bao lÝu (cho h¿nh ½îng ván cÎn ½ang xÀy ra)  How long have you been reading that book?

BÂn ½Á ½Ñc cuên s¾ch ½Í ½õôc bao lÝu rëi?  Mary is still writing letters. She’s been writing letters all day.

Mary ván ½ang cÎn viät thõ. Cé Þy ½Á viät thõ cÀ ng¿y hém nay.  They’ve been playing tenis since 2 o’clock.

HÑ ½Á chïi qußn vôt t÷ lÒc 2 giñ.  ChÒng ta dÓng thÉ simple ½æ hÏi hay nÍi how much, how many hay how many times (cho nhùng h¿nh ½îng ½Á kät thÒc)  How many pages of that book have you read?

BÂn ½Á ½Ñc ½õôc bao nhiãu trang cÔa cuên s¾ch rëi?  Mary has written ten letters today.

Hém nay Mary ½Á viät ½õôc mõñi l¾ thõ.  They’ve played tennis three times this week.

HÑ ½Á chïi qußn vôt ba lßn trong tußn n¿y. Mît sê ½îng t÷ (vÈ dÖ nhõ know/like/believe) khéng ½õôc dÓng vði thÉ continuous.  I’ve known about it for a long time. (not "I've been knowing")

Téi ½Á ½õôc biät vå ½iåu ½Í lÝu rëi. Xem UNIT 4A ½æ biät bÀng lièt kã c¾c ½îng t÷ n¿y.

Unit 11. How long have you (been)...?

A

XÃt vÈ dÖ sau: Bob and Alice are married. They got married exactly 20 years ago, so today is the 20th wedding anniversary. They have been married for 20 years. Bob v¿ Alice ½Á th¿nh hén. HÑ cõði nhau ½Òng 20 n×m vå trõðc, vÉ vây hém nay l¿ ng¿y ký nièm thö 20 ng¿y cõði cÔa hÑ. HÑ ½Á cõði nhau ½õôc 20 n×m rëi. They are married (present) HÑ ½Á cõði nhõng How long have they been married? (present perfect): HÑ ½Á cõði ½õôc ½õôc bao lÝu rëi? (Khéng nÍi "How long are they married") They have been married for 20 years. HÑ ½Á cõði ½õôc 20 n×m rëi. (khéng nÍi "They are married for 20 years")

ChÒng ta dÓng thÉ present perfect ½æ nÍi vå nhùng sú vièc bØt ½ßu trong qu¾ khö v¿ cÎn tiäp diçn ½än hièn tÂi. HÁy so s¾nh hai thÉ present v¿ present perfect qua c¾c vÈ dÖ sau:  Amy is in hospital.

Amy ½ang ò trong bènh vièn. nhõng  She has been in hospital since Monday. (not "Amy is in hospital since Monday")

Cé Þy ½Á nÙm vièn t÷ thö hai.  We know each other very well.

ChÒng téi biät rÐ vå nhau. nhõng  We have known each other for a long time. (not "we know")

ChÒng téi ½Á biät nhau kh¾ lÝu rëi.  Are you waiting for somebody?

BÂn ½ang chñ ai phÀi khéng? nhõng  How long have you been waiting?

BÂn ½Á chñ ½õôc bao lÝu rëi?

B

I have been doing something (present perfect continuous) = Téi ½Á khòi sú l¿m vièc gÉ ½Í trong qu¾ khö v¿ téi ván ½ang cÎn l¿m tiäp (hay v÷a mði ngõng xong)

 I’ve been learning English for a long time (not "I'm learning")

Téi ½Á hÑc tiäng Anh lÝu rëi.  Sorry I’m late. Have you been waiting long?

Xin líi, téi ½än trç. BÂn ½Á chñ téi lÝu chõa?  It’s been raining since I got up this morning.

Trñi ½Á mõa t÷ lÒc téi thöc dây s¾ng nay. H¿nh ½îng cÍ thæ lÜp ½i lÜp lÂi:  "How long have you been driving?" "Since I was 17."

"BÂn ½Á l¾i xe ½õôc bao lÝu rëi?" "T÷ khi 17 tuìi."

C

I have done (simple) hay I have been doing (continuous):

ThÉ continuous thõñng ½õôc dÓng vði how long, since v¿ for (xem UNIT 10B):  I’ve been learning English for a long time. (Št dÓng "I've learnt")

BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng cÀ hai thÉ present v¿ continuous vði ½îng t÷ live (sêng) v¿ work (l¿m vièc):  John has been living / has lived in London for a long time.

John ½Á sêng ò LuÝn #én lÝu rëi.  How long have you been working / have you worked here?

BÂn ½Á l¿m vièc ò ½Ýy bao lÝu rëi? Nhõng chÒng ta chÊ dÓng thÉ simple vði always:  John has always lived in London. (not "has always been living).

John luén sêng ò LuÝn #én. BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng thÉ continuous hay simple cho nhùng h¿nh ½îng lÜp ½i lÜp lÂi trong mît khoÀng thñi gian d¿i:  I’ve been collecting / I’ve collected stamps since I was a child.

Téi ½Á sõu tâp tem t÷ khi téi cÎn nhÏ. Mît sê ½îng t÷ nhõ know/like/believe khéng ½õôc dÓng ò thÉ continuous:  How long have you known Jane? (khéng nÍi "have you been knowing")

BÂn ½Á biät Jane bao lÝu rëi?  I’ve had a pain in my stomach since I got up this morning.

Téi bÌ ½au bÖng t÷ lÒc ngÔ dây s¾ng nay. #æ biät thãm bÀng c¾c ½îng t÷ loÂi n¿y xem UNIT 4A. #æ biät rÐ hïn vå Have xem UNIT 17

D

ChÒng ta dÓng thÉ present perfect simple trong cÝu phÔ ½Ình nhõ sau:

 I haven’t seen Tom since Monday.

Téi khéng gÜp Tom t÷ thö hai. (= ng¿y thö hai v÷a rëi l¿ lßn cuêi téi gÜp Tom).  Jane hasn’t phoned me for two weeks.

Jane khéng gÑi ½ièn thoÂi cho téi hai tußn nay. (= lßn cuêi cé Þy gÑi ½ièn cho téi c¾ch ½Ýy hai tußn).

Unit 12. When...? and How long...? For and Since

A

HÁy so s¾nh When..? (+ past simple) v¿ How long....? (+present perfect): A: B: A: B: A: B: A: B:

B

When did it start raining? Trñi mõa t÷ khi n¿o vây? It started raining an hour ago / at 1 o’clock. Trñi bØt ½ßu mõa c¾ch ½Ýy mît giñ / lÒc 1 giñ. How long has it been raining? Trñi ½Á mõa lÝu chõa? It’s been raining for an hour / since 1 o’clock. Trñi ½Á mõa ½õôc 1 giñ rëi / t÷ lÒc 1 giñ. When did Joe and Carol first meet? Joe v¿ Carol ½Á gÜp nhau lßn ½ßu tiãn khi n¿o vây? They first met a long time ago / when they were at school. HÑ ½Á gÜp nhau lßn ½ßu tiãn ½Á lÝu rëi / khi hÑ cÎn ½i hÑc. How long have Joe and Carol known each other? Joe v¿ Carol ½Á biät nhau bao lÝu rëi? They’ve known each other for a long time / since they were at school. HÑ ½Á biät nhau t÷ lÝu rëi / t÷ khi hÑ cÎn ½i hÑc.

Ta dÓng cÀ for v¿ since ½æ nÍi rÙng mît sú vièc xÀy ra trong bao lÝu.

ChÒng ta dÓng for khi nÍi vå mît khoÀng thñi gian (nhõ two hours, six weeks...):  I’ve been waiting for two hours.

Téi ½Á chñ hai tiäng ½ëng hë rëi.  Sally’s been working here for six months. (khéng nÍi “since six months")

Sally ½Á l¿m vièc ò ½Ýy ½õôc 6 th¾ng. ChÒng ta dÓng since khi ½å câp tði sú bØt ½ßu cÔa mît khoÀng thñi gian n¿o ½Í (nhõ 8 o’clock, Monday, 1985...):  I’ve been waiting since 8 o’clock.

Téi ½Á chñ tði 8 giñ.  Sally’s been working here since April. (= from April until now)

Sally ½Á l¿m vièc ò ½Ýy t÷ th¾ng tõ. CÕng cÍ thæ dÓng for trong cÝu khÚng ½Ình (nhõng trong cÝu phÔ ½Ình thÉ bØt buîc).  They’ve been maried (for) ten years. (dÓng for hay khéng cÕng ½õôc)

HÑ ½Á cõði nhau ½õôc 10 n×m.  They haven’t had holiday for ten years. (bÂn phÀi dÓng for trong cÝu n¿y).

HÑ ½Á chõa nghÊ phÃp lßn n¿o mõñi n×m qua.

Ta khéng dÓng for + all (all day, all my life....)  I’ve lived here all my life. (khéng nÍi “for all my life“)

Téi ½Á sêng ò ½Ýy cÀ ½ñi téi.

C

Ta nÍi “It’s (a long time / two years...) since something happened”:

 It’s two years since I last saw Joe. (= I haven't seen for two years = Téi ½Á khéng gÜp Joe hai

n×m rëi / Lßn cuêi cÓng téi gÜp Joe c¾ch ½Ýy ½Á hai n×m) #Á hai n×m t÷ khi téi gÜp Joe lßn cuêi.  It’s ages since we went to cinema. (= We haven’t been to cinema for ages = chÒng téi ½Á khéng

½i xem phim nhiåu n×m rëi) #Á nhiåu n×m chÒng téi khéng ½i xem phim. Thæ nghi vÞn l¿: How long is it since...?  How long is it since you last saw Joe ? (= When did you last see Joe? = BÂn ½Á gÜp Joe lßn

cuêi khi n¿o?) #Á bao lÝu rëi t÷ khi bÂn gÜp Joe lßn cuêi ?  How long is it since Mrs Hill die? (= When did Mrs Hill die? = B¿ Hill ½Á mÞt n×m n¿o?)

Unit 13. Present Perfect and past (1)

A

Xem xÃt vÈ dÖ sau: 

Tom is looking for his key. He can’t find it. Tom ½ang tÉm kiäm chÉa khÍa cÔa mÉnh. Anh Þy khéng tÉm thÞy.  He has lost his key. (thÉ present perfect) Anh Þy ½Á l¿m mÞt chÉa khÍa cÔa anh Þy. #iåu n¿y cÍ nghËa l¿ anh Þy hièn giñ khéng cÍ chÉa khÍa. Mõñi phÒt sau ½Í:      

Now Tom has found his key. He has it now. BÝy giñ Tom ½Á tÉm ½õôc chÉa khÍa rëi. Hièn anh Þy ½ang cÍ chÉa khÍa. Has he lost his key? (present perfect) Anh Þy bÌ mÞt chÉa khÍa rëi ¿? No, he hasn’t. He has found it. Khéng, anh Þy khéng l¿m mÞt. Anh Þy ½Á tÉm ra nÍ. Did he lose his key? (past simple). Anh Þy ½Á mÞt chÉa khÍa phÀi khéng? Yes, he did. VÝng anh Þy ½Á l¿m mÞt chÉa khÍa. He lost his key (past simple) but now he has found it (present perfect). Anh Þy ½Á l¿m mÞt chÉa khÍa nhõng bÝy giñ anh Þy ½Á tÉm ra.

ThÉ present perfect l¿ thÉ hièn tÂi ho¿n th¿nh v¿ luén cho chÒng ta biät ½iåu gÉ ½Í vå hièn tÂi. “Tom has lost his key” = hièn giñ anh Þy khéng cÍ chiäc chÉa khÍa cÔa anh Þy. (xem UNIT 7). CÎn thÉ past simple cho chÒng ta biät vå qu¾ khö. Näu cÍ ai ½Í nÍi rÙng: “Tom lost his key” chÒng ta khéng biät bÝy giñ anh Þy ½Á tÉm ½õôc nÍ hay chõa. ChÒng ta chÊ biät l¿ anh Þy ½Á mÞt chÉa khÍa v¿o mît thñi ½iæm n¿o ½Í trong qu¾ khö. Xem thãm hai vÈ dÖ sau:  Jack grew a beard but now he has shaved it off. (= he doesn't have a beard now)

Jack ½Á ½æ rÝu nhõng bÝy giñ anh Þy ½Á cÂo hät. (= bÝy giñ anh Þy khéng cÍ rÝu)  They went out after lunch and they’ve just come back. (= they are come back now).

Sau bùa trõa hÑ ½Á ½i ra bãn ngo¿i v¿ bÝy giñ hÑ v÷a quay vå.

B

ThÉ present perfect khéng ½õôc dÓng näu khéng cÍ sú liãn hè vði hièn tÂi (chÚng hÂn nhùng sú vièc ½Á xÀy ra mît thñi gian d¿i trõðc ½Ýy).

 The Chinese invented printing. (khéng nÍi "have invented")

Ngõñi Trung Quêc ½Á ph¾t minh ra vièc in Þn.  How many plays did Shakespeare write? (khéng nÍi "has Shakespeare written")

Shakespeare ½Á soÂn ½õôc bao nhiãu vò kÌch?  Beethoven was a great composer. (not 'has been')

Beethoven ½Á l¿ mît nh¿ soÂn nhÂc vË ½Âi. HÁy so s¾nh:  Shakespeare wrote many plays.

Shakespeare ½Á viät nhiåu vò kÌch.  My sister is a write. She has written many books. (she still writes books)

ChÌ téi l¿ mît nh¿ v×n. ChÌ Þy ½Á viät nhiåu cuên s¾ch. (hièn giñ chÌ ván cÎn viät s¾ch).

C

ChÒng ta dÓng thÉ present perfect ½æ ½õa ra nhùng théng tin mði (xem UNIT 7). Nhõng näu chÒng ta tiäp tÖc nÍi vå ½iåu ½Í, chÒng ta dÓng thÉ past simple:

 A: Ow! I’ve burnt myself.

¬i! Téi ½Á bÌ phÏng rëi. B: How did you do that? (khéng nÍi "have you done"). BÂn ½Á bÌ nhõ thä n¿o? A: I picked up a hot dish. (khéng nÍi "have picked") Téi ½Á nhÞc phÀi mît c¾i ½Ëa nÍng.  A: Look! Somebody has split milk on the carpet.

NhÉn kÉa! CÍ ai ½Í ½Á l¿m ½ì sùa trãn thÀm. B: Well, it wasn’t me. I didn’t do it. (khéng nÍi "hasn't been...haven't done") ­, khéng phÀi téi. Téi khéng l¿m chuyèn ½Í. A: I wonder who it was then. (khéng nÍi "Who it has been") Vây thÉ ai l¿m nhÊ.

Unit 14. Present Perfect and past (2)

A

ChÒng ta khéng dÓng thÉ present perfect (I have done) khi nÍi vå mît thñi ½iæm ½Á kät thÒc (chÚng hÂn Yesterday, ten minutes ago, in 1985, When I was a child), m¿ khi ½Í chÒng ta phÀi dÓng thÉ qu¾ khö (past tense):

 The weather was nice yesterday. (khéng nÍi “have been nice”)

Hém qua thñi tiät ½Çp.  They arrived ten minutes ago. (khéng nÍi “have arrived”)

HÑ ½Á ½än mõñi phÒt trõðc ½Í.  I ate a lot of sweets when I was a child. (khéng nÍi “have eaten”)

Téi ½Á ×n nhiåu kÇo khi téi cÎn l¿ mît ½öa trÅ.  A: Did you see the new on television last night? (khéng nÍi “Have you seen”)

BÂn cÍ xem tin töc trãn truyån hÉnh têi qua khéng?  B: No, I went to bed early. (khéng nÍi “have gone”)

Khéng têi qua téi ½Á ½i ngÔ sðm. ChÒng ta dÓng thÉ qu¾ khö (past tense) ½æ hÏi vå thñi gian When...? hay What time?.  When did they arrive? (khéng nÍi “have they arrived”)

HÑ ½Á ½än khi n¿o vây?  What time did you finish work?

BÂn ½Á ho¿n th¿nh céng vièc lÒc mÞy giñ? HÁy so s¾nh: Present perfect  Tom has lost his key. He can’t get into the house.

Tom ½Á l¿m mÞt chÉa khÍa. Anh Þy khéng thæ v¿o nh¿. ´ ½Ýy chÒng ta khéng nghË vå h¿nh ½îng m¿ nghË tði kät quÀ hièn tÂi cÔa h¿nh ½îng ½Í: hièn giñ Tom khéng cÍ chÉa khÍa v¿o nh¿. Past simple:  Tom lost his key yesterday. He couldn’t get into the house.

Hém qua Tom ½Á l¿m mÞt chÉa khÍa. Anh Þy ½Á khéng v¿o nh¿ ½õôc. ´ ½Ýy chÒng ta nÍi vå h¿nh ½îng xÀy ra trong qu¾ khö, m¿ khéng quan tÝm tði vièc hièn giñ Tom cÍ chÉa khÍa hay chõa.

B

So s¾nh thÉ hièn tÂi ho¿n th¿nh v¿ qu¾ khö ( present perfect v¿ past simple) qua c¾c cÝu sau:

 Present perfect (have done)

 I’ve done a lot of work today.

Hém nay téi ½Á l¿m nhiåu vièc. ChÒng ta dÓng thÉ present perfect khi ½å câp tði mît khoÀng thñi gian liãn tÖc t÷ qu¾ khö ½än hièn tÂi. VÈ dÖ nhõ: Today, this week, since 1985.  Past simple (did)  I did a lot of work yesterday.

Hém qua téi ½Á l¿m nhiåu vièc. ChÒng ta dÓng thÉ simple past khi ½å câp tði mît thñi ½iæm ½Á kät thÒc trong qu¾ khö. VÈ dÖ nhõ yesterday, last week, from 1985 to 1991.  It hasn’t rained this week.

Tußn n¿y trñi khéng mõa.  It didn’t rain last week.

Tußn rëi trñi khéng mõa.  Have you seen Ann this morning?

T÷ s¾ng giñ bÂn cÍ gÜp Ann khéng? (bÝy giñ ván cÎn l¿ buìi s¾ng)  Did you see Ann this morning?

BÂn ½Á cÍ gÜp Ann s¾ng nay khéng? (bÝy giñ l¿ ½Á l¿ buìi chiåu hay buìi têi rëi)  Have you seen Ann recently?

Gßn ½Ýy bÂn cÍ gÜp Ann khéng?  Did you see Ann on Sunday?

BÂn cÍ gÜp Ann hém chÔ nhât khéng?  I don’t know where Ann is. I haven’t seen her. (= I have seen her recently).

Téi khéng biät Ann ò ½Ýu. Téi ½Á khéng nhÉn thÞy cé Þy. (= gßn ½Ýy téi khéng gÜp cé Þy)  A: Was Ann at the party on Sunday?

CÍ phÀi Ann dú tièc hém chÔ nhât khéng? B: I don’t think so. I didn’t see her. Téi khéng nghË nhõ vây. Téi khéng gÜp cé Þy.  We’ve been waiting for an hour.

ChÒng téi ½Á chñ cÀ giñ ½ëng hë rëi. (bÝy giñ chÒng téi ván tiäp tÖc chñ nùa).  We waited (or were waiting) for an hour.

ChÒng téi ½Á chñ h¿ng giñ ½ëng hë (bÝy giñ chÒng téi khéng cÎn chñ nùa)  Ian lives in London. He has lived there for seven years.

Ian ½ang sêng ò LuÝn ½én. Anh Þy ½Á sêng ò ½Í ½õôc bÀy n×m rëi.  Ian lived in Scotland for ten years. Now he lives in London.

Ian ½Á sêng ò Scotland ½õôc mõñi n×m. BÝy giñ anh Þy ½ang sêng ò LuÝn ½én.  I have never played golf. (in my life)

Téi chõa bao giñ chïi golf (trong ½ñi téi)  I didn’t play golf when I was on holiday last summer.

Téi ½Á khéng chïi golf v¿o ng¿y nghÊ mÓa hÄ n×m rëi.  ThÉ present perfect luén cÍ mît sú liãn hè vði hièn tÂi. Xem Unit 7, Unit 8, Unit 9, Unit 10, Unit 11, Unit 12

 ThÉ past simple chÊ diçn ½Ât mît sú vièc ½Á xÀy ra trong qu¾ khö. Xem Unit 5, Unit 6

Unit 15. Past Perfect

A

Xem vÈ dÖ sau: Sarah went to a party last week. Paul went to the party too but they didn’t see each other. Paul went home at 10.30 and Sarah arrived at 11 o’clock. So: When Sarah arrived at the party. Paul wasn’t there. He had gone home (before Sarah arrived). Tußn rëi Sarah ½Á ½i dú tièc. Paul cÕng ½än buìi tièc ½Í nhõng hÑ ½Á khéng gÜp nhau. Paul vå nh¿ lÒc 10h30 v¿ Sarah ½än lÒc 11h. VÉ vây: Khi Sarah ½än dú tièc thÉ Paul ½Á khéng cÎn ò ½Í. Anh Þy ½Á ½i vå nh¿ (trõðc khi Sarah tði) Had gone l¿ thÉ Past perfect (simple) — ThÉ qu¾ khö ho¿n th¿nh.

ThÉ past perfect ½õôc tÂo th¿nh = had + past participle (gone/ seen/ finished...) #éi khi chÒng ta ½å câp mît vièc gÉ ½Í xÀy ra trong qu¾ khö.  Sarah arrived at the party.

Sarah ½Á ½än dú tièc. #Ýy l¿ ½iæm khòi ½ßu cÔa cÝu chuyèn. Sau ½Í näu chÒng ta muên nÍi vå nhùng sú vièc xÀy ra trõðc thñi ½iæm n¿y, chÒng ta dÓng thÉ past perfect (had + past participle):  When Sarah arrived at the party, Paul had already gone home.

Khi Sarah ½än buìi tièc, Paul ½Á ½i vå nh¿. Xem thãm mît sê vÈ dÖ sau:  When we got home last night. We found that somebody had broken into the flat.

Têi qua khi chÒng téi vå nh¿, chÒng téi ph¾t hièn ra cÍ ai ½Í ½Á ½ît nhâp v¿o ngéi nh¿.  Karen didn’t want to come to the cinema with us because she had already seen the film.

Karen ½Á khéng muên ½i xem film vði chÒng téi vÉ cé Þy ½Á xem bî phim (trõðc ½Í) rëi.  At first I thought I’d done the right, but soon I realised that I’d made a serious mistake.

ThoÂt tiãn téi nghË l¿ téi ½Á l¿m ½iåu ½Òng ½Øn nhõng chÚng bao lÝu sau téi nhân ra l¿ téi ½Á phÂm phÀi mît sai lßm nghiãm trÑng.  The man sitting next to me on the plane was very nervous. He hadn’t flown before./ He had

never flown before. Ngõñi ½¿n éng ngëÉ cÂnh téi trãn m¾y bay ½Á rÞt hëi hîp. Trõðc ½Í anh Þy chõa ½i m¾y bay./ Trõðc giñ anh Þy chõa bao giñ bay.

B

Had done (past perfect) l¿ dÂng qu¾ khö cÔa have done (present perfect). HÁy so s¾nh c¾c cÝu

sau:  Who is that woman? I’ve never seen her before.

NgõñÉ phÖ nù kia l¿ ai vây? Trõðc giñ téi chõa hå gÜp cé Þy.  I didn’t know who she was. I’d never seen her before. (= before that time)

Téi ½Á khéng biät cé Þy l¿ ai. Trõðc ½Í téi chõa bao giñ gÜp cé Þy.  We aren’t hungry. We’ve just had lunch.

ChÒng téi khéng ½Íi. ChÒng téi v÷a ×n trõa xong.  We weren’t hungry. We’d just had lunch.

ChÒng téi ½Á khéng ½Íi (trõðc ½Í). ChÒng téi ½Á dÓng cïm trõa rëi.  The house is dirty. They haven’t cleaned it for weeks.

Ngéi nh¿ dï qu¾. MÞy tußn rëi hÑ khéng lau chÓi gÉ cÀ.  The house was dirty. They hadn’t cleaned it for weeks.

Ngéi nh¿ lÒc ½Í dï qu¾. MÞy tußn rëi hÑ ½Á khéng lau chÓi gÉ cÀ.

C

HÁy so s¾nh thÉ past perfect ( I had done) vði past simple (I did)

 “Was Tom at the party when you arrived?” “No, he had already gone home.”

"LÒc bÂn ½än Tom cÍ mÜt ò buìi tièc khéng?" "Khéng, anh Þy ½Á ½i vå nh¿ rëi." nhõng  “Was Tom there when you arrived?” “Yes, but he went home soon afterward.”

"LÒc bÂn ½än Tom cÎn ò ½Í khéng?" "CÍ, nhõng ngay sau ½Í anh Þy ½Á ½i vå nh¿."  Ann wasn’t at home when I phoned. She was in London.

Khi téi gÑi ½ièn Ann khéng cÍ nh¿. Cé Þy ½Á ò LuÝn #én. nhõng  Ann had just got home when I phoned. She had been in London.

Ann ½Á vå nh¿ khi téi gÑi ½ièn thoÂi cé Þy. Cé Þy ½Á ò LuÝn ½én.

Unit 16. Past Perfect continuous

A

HÁy xem xÃt vÈ dÖ sau: 

Yesterday morning I got up and looked out of the window. The sun was shinning but the ground was very wet. S¾ng nay téi thöc dây v¿ nhÉn ra ngo¿i cøa sì. MÜt trñi ½ang chiäu s¾ng nhõng mÜt ½Þt thÉ rÞt àm õðt.  It has been raining Trõðc ½Í trñi ½Á mõa LÒc téi nhÉn ra ngo¿i cøa sì thÉ trñi khéng mõa; mÜt trñi lÒc ½Í ½ang chiäu s¾ng. Nhõng trñi ½Á mõa trõðc ½Í. #Í l¿ lû do tÂi sao mÜt ½Þt lÂi àm õðt. Had been-ing l¿ thÉ past perfect continuous HÁy xem thãm mît sê vÈ dÖ sau:  When the boys came into the house, their clothes were dirty, their hair was untidy and one

of them had black eye. They’d been fight. Khi bÑn trÅ vå tði nh¿, qußn ¾o chÒng dï bàn, tÍc tai rêi bÓ v¿ mØt mît ½öa bÌ tÈm bßm. ChÒng ½Á ½¾nh nhau.  I was very tired when I arrived home. I’d been working hard all day.

Khi trò vå nh¿ téi ½Á rÞt mèt. Téi ½Á l¿m vièc vÞt vÀ cÀ ng¿y.

B

BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng thÉ past perfect continuous ½æ diçn tÀ sú vièc n¿o ½Í ½Á diçn ra (had been happening) mît trong khoÀng thñi gian trõðc khi mît sú vièc kh¾c xÀy ra:

 Our game of tennis was interrupted. We’d been playing for about half an hour when it

started to rain very heavily. Trân ½Þu qußn vôt cÔa chÒng téi ½Á bÌ ngõng lÂi. ChÒng téi ½Á chïi ½õôc nøa giñ trõðc khi trñi bØt ½ßu ½ì mõa rÞt lðn.  Ken gave up smoking two years ago. He’d been smoking for 30 years.

Ken ½Á bÏ thuêc l¾ hai n×m rëi. Trõðc ½Í anh Þy ½Á hÒt thuêc suêt 30 n×m.

C

ThÉ past perfect continuous (Had been -ing) l¿ dÂng qu¾ khö cÔa thÉ present continuous.

 I hope the bus comes soon. I’ve been waiting for 20 minutes. (before now).

Téi hy vÑng l¿ xe buût sÆ tði sðm. Téi ½Á chñ 20 phÒt rëi (trõðc lÒc n¿y).  At last the bus came. I’d been waiting for minutes.

Cuêi cÓng xe buût cÕng ½Á tði. Téi ½Á chñ trõðc ½Í hïn 20 phÒt rëi.  He’s out of breath. He has been running.

Anh Þy ½ang thò gÞp. Anh Þy ½Á chÂy nÁy giñ.  He was out of breath. He had been running.

Anh Þy ½Á thò gÞp. Anh Þy ½Á chÂy trõðc ½Í.

D

have been -ing.

HÁy so s¾nh had been doing (past perfect continuous) v¿ was doing (past continuous)  It wasn’t raining when we went out. The sun was shining. But it had been raining, so the

ground was wet. LÒc chÒng téi ½i ra ngo¿i trñi khéng mõa. Trñi lÒc ½Í ½ang nØng. Nhõng trõðc ½Í trñi cÍ mõa nãn mÜt ½Þt àm õðt.  Ann was sitting in an armchair watching television. She was tired because she’d been

working very hard. Ann ½ang ngëi trãn ghä v¿ xem truyån hÉnh. Cé Þy mèt vÉ cé Þy ½Á l¿m vièc rÞt nhiåu.

E

Mît sê ½îng t÷ nhõ know v¿ want khéng ½õôc dÓng vði thÉ continuous:

 We were good friends. We had known each other for years. (khéng nÍi "had been knowing").

ChÒng téi l¿ nhùng ngõñi bÂn têt. ChÒng téi ½Á biät nhau t÷ nhiåu n×m rëi. Xem UNIT 4A ½æ biät thãm c¾c ½îng t÷ loÂi n¿y.

Unit 17. Have and have got

A

Have v¿ have got (= Sò hùu, l¿m chÔ, cÍ...)

Have got thõñng ½õôc dÓng hïn have. VÉ vây bÂn cÍ thæ nÍi:  We’ve got a new car. hay We have a new car.

ChÒng téi cÍ mît chiäc xe hïi mði.  Ann has got two sisters. hay Ann has two sisters.

Ann cÍ hai ngõñi chÌ. ChÒng ta dÓng have got v¿ have ½æ nÍi vå bènh tât, ½au êm...  I’ve got a headache hay I have a headache

CÝu hÏi v¿ cÝu phÔ ½Ình cÍ 3 dÂng sau:      

Have you got any money? I haven’t got any money Do you have any momey?I don’t have any money Have you any money?I haven’t any money (Èt dÓng) Has she got a car?She hasn’t got a car Does she have a car?She doesn’t have a car Has she a car?She hasn’t a car. (Èt dÓng)

Khi have mang nghËa sò hùu... bÂn khéng dÓng ½õôc vði thæ continuous (is having / are having ...)  I have / I’ve got a headache (khéng nÍi 'I'm having')

Téi bÌ nhöc ½ßu. #êi vði thæ qu¾ khö chÒng ta dÓng had (thõñng khéng ½i vði got):  Ann had along fair hair when she was a child (not 'Ann had got')

Khi cÎn nhÏ Ann ½Á cÍ mît m¾i tÍc kh¾ d¿i. Trong cÝu hÏi v¿ phÔ ½Ình chÒng ta dÓng did/didn’t:  Did they have a car when they were living in London?

Khi sêng ò LuÝn ½én hÑ cÍ xe hïi khéng?  I didn’t have a watch, so I didn’t know the time.

Téi khéng cÍ ½ëng hë nãn téi ½Á khéng biät giñ.  Ann had a long fair hair, didn’t she?

Ann ½Á cÍ mît m¾i tÍc d¿i phÀi khéng?

B

Have breakfast / have a bath / have a good time v.v...

Have (khéng ½i vði got) cÕng ½õôc dÓng ½æ diçn ½Ât nhiåu h¿nh ½îng hay sú vièc nhõ: have have

breakfast / dinner / a cup of coffee / a cigarette etc. a bath / a shower / a swim / a rest / a party / a holiday / a nice time etc.

an accident / an experience / a dream ect. a look (at something) / a chat (with somebody) a baby (=give birth to a baby) difficulty / trouble / fun

have have have have

 Goodbye ! I hope you have a nice time.

TÂm bièt nhÃ! Téi hy vÑng anh sÆ vui vÅ.  Mary had a baby recently.

Mary mði sinh mît ch¾u bÃ. Have got khéng thæ ½i vði nhùng cÖm t÷ n¿y:  I usually have a sandwich for my lunch. (have = eat — not "have got")

Buìi trõa téi thõñng ×n b¾nh sandwich. (ò ½Ýy have cÍ nghËa l¿ ×n, khéng mang nghËa sò hùu) nhõng  I’ve got some sandwichs. Would you like one?

Téi cÍ mÞy c¾i b¾nh sandwich ½Ýy. BÂn ×n mît c¾i nhÃ? Trong nhùng cÝu n¿y, have giêng nhõ c¾c ½îng t÷ kh¾c, nghËa l¿ bÂn cÍ thæ dÓng thÉ conutinous (is having / are having) khi thÈch hôp:  I had a postcard from Fred this morning. He’s on holiday. He says he’s having a wonderful

time. (not "he has a wonderful time") Téi ½Á nhân ½õôc mît tÞm bõu thiäp cÔa Fred s¾ng nay. Anh Þy ½ang ½i nghÊ. Anh Þy nÍi rÙng anh Þy ½ang cÍ mît khoÀng thñi gian tuyèt vñi.  The phone rang while we were having dinner. (not "while we had")

Khi chÒng téi ½ang ×n cïm thÉ ½ièn thoÂi ½ì chuéng.  I don’t usually have a big breakfast. (not "I usually haven't")

Téi thõñng khéng ×n ½iæm tÝm nhiåu.  What time does Ann have lunch? (not "has Ann lunch")

Ann dÓng bùa trõa v¿o lÒc mÞy giñ?  Did you have any difficulty finding somewhere to live?

BÂn cÍ gÜp khÍ kh×n gÉ trong vièc tÉm nïi sinh sêng khéng?

Unit 18. Used to (do)

A

HÁy xem xÃt vÈ dÖ sau: 

Dennis stopped smoking two years ago. He doesn’t smoke any more. Dennis ½Á bÏ thuêc l¾ hai n×m trõðc ½Ýy. Anh Þy khéng cÎn hÒt thuêc nùa. But he used to smoking Nhõng anh Þy ½Á t÷ng hÒt thuêc He used to smoke 40 cigarettes a day. Anh Þy ½Á t÷ng hÒt 40 ½iäu thuêc míi ng¿y.

 

“He used to smoke”= Anh Þy ½Á hÒt thuêc thõñng xuyãn trong mît thñi gian ò qu¾ khö, nhõng anh Þy bÝy giñ khéng cÎn hÒt thuêc nùa. Anh Þy ½Á l¿ mît ngõñi nghièn thuêc, cÎn bÝy giñ thÉ khéng.

B

ChÒng ta dÓng used to + infinitive ½æ diçn tÀ mît sú vièc n¿o ½Í xÀy ra thõñng xuyãn ò qu¾ khö, nhõng bÝy giñ thÉ khéng cÎn diçn ra nùa.

 I used to play tennis a lot but I don’t play often now.

Trõðc ½Ýy téi thõñng chïi tennis nhõng bÝy giñ téi khéng cÎn chïi thõñng xuyãn nùa.  “Diane you go to cinema a very often?” “Not now, but I used to”. (= I used to go...)

"BÂn cÍ thõñng xuyãn ½i xem phim khéng?" " BÝy giñ thÉ khéng, nhõng trõðc ½Ýy thÉ cÍ".  This building is now a furniture shop. It used to be a cinema.

TÎa nh¿ n¿y bÝy giñ l¿ mît cøa h¿ng ½ë dÓng gia ½Énh. Trõðc ½Ýy nÍ l¿ mît rÂp chiäu phim.  I used to think he was unfriendly but now I realise he’s a very nice person.

Téi ½Á t÷ng nghË anh Þy l¿ mît ngõñi khÍ gßn nhõng giñ ½Ýy téi nhân ra rÙng anh Þy l¿ mît ngõñi rÞt dç män.  I’ve started drinking coffee recently. I never used to like it before.

Téi mði bØt ½ßu uêng c¿ phã gßn ½Ýy. Trõðc ½Ýy téi chõa bao giñ thÈch c¿ phã cÀ.  Janet used to have very long hair when she was child.

Janet ½Á thõñng ½æ tÍc d¿i khi cé Þy cÎn nhÏ.

C

“I used to do something” luén ½å câp ½än qu¾ khö, khéng cÍ dÂng thöc hièn tÂi. BÂn khéng thæ nÍi "I use to do". #æ nÍi vå hièn tÂi bÂn phÀi dÓng thÉ present simple (I do).

HÁy so s¾nh: Past

Present

He used to smoke We used to live there used to be He smokes We live

there is  We used to live in a small village but now we live in London.

ChÒng téi t÷ng sêng ò mît ngéi l¿ng nhÏ nhõng nay chÒng téi sêng ò LuÝn #én.  There used to be four cinemas in the town. Now there is only one.

Trõðc kia trong thÌ trÞn cÍ bên rÂp chiäu phim. Nhõng hièn nay chÊ cÎn cÍ mît.

D

HÉnh thöc cÝu hÏi l¿: Did (you) use to...?

 Did you use to eat a lot of sweets when you were a child?

BÂn cÍ thõñng ×n nhiåu kÇo khi bÂn cÎn nhÏ khéng? HÉnh thöc cÝu phÔ ½Ình l¿: didn’t use to... (cÕng cÍ thæ dÓng used not to...)  I didn’t use to like him. (or I used not to like him).

Trõðc ½Ýy téi khéng thÈch anh Þy.

E

HÁy so s¾nh I used to do vði I was doing (xem UNIT 6):

 I used to watch TV a lot. (= I watched TV regularly in the past, but I no longer do this)

Téi ½Á t÷ng xem truyån hÉnh rÞt nhiåu (= Trõðc kia téi ½Á xem truyån hÉnh thõñng xuyãn, nhõng bÝy giñ téi khéng cÎn xem nùa).  I was watching TV when the phone rang. (= I was in the middle of watching TV)

LÒc ½ièn thoÂi ½ì chuéng thÉ téi ½ang xem truyån hÉnh. (Téi ½ang xem truyån hÉnh dò dang).

F

#÷ng nhßm lán giùa I used to do v¿ I am used to doing (xem UNIT 60). CÀ cÞu trÒc v¿ û nghËa cÔa chÒng ½åu kh¾c nhau:

 I used to live alone. (= I lived alone in the past but I no longer live alone)

Téi ½Á t÷ng sêng mît mÉnh. (= Trõðc ½Ýy téi thõñng sêng mît mÉnh nhõng giñ ½Ýy téi khéng cÎn sêng mît mÉnh nùa).  I am used to living alone. (= I live alone and I don’t find it strange or new because I’ve been

living alone for some time). Téi ½Á quen sêng mît mÉnh. (= Hièn nay téi ½ang sêng mît mÉnh v¿ khéng cÀm thÞy ½iåu ½Í xa l hay mði mÅ vÉ ½Á cÍ mît thñi gian téi sêng mît mÉnh rëi)

Unit 19. Present tenses for the future

A

ThÉ hièn tÂi tiäp diçn (present continuous — I am doing) mang nÃt nghËa tõïng lai This is Tom’s diary for next week: #Ýy l¿ lÌch l¿m vièc cÔa Tom cho tußn tði.  He is playing tennis on Monday afternoon. Anh Þy sÆ chïi qußn vôt v¿o chiåu thö hai.  He is going to the dentist on Tuesday morning. Anh Þy sÆ ½i nha sË v¿o s¾ng thö ba.  He is having dinner with Ann on Friday. Anh Þy sÆ dÓng bùa têi vði Ann v¿o thö s¾u. Trong c¾c vÈ dÖ trãn, Tom ½Á dú ½Ình sØp xäp c¾c céng vièc ½Í ½æ l¿m.

HÁy dÓng thÉ present continuous ½æ ½å câp tði nhùng gÉ bÂn ½Á sØp xäp ½æ l¿m. Khéng dÓng thÉ present simple (I do) cho mÖc ½Èch n¿y.  A: What are you doing on Saturday evening? (khéng nÍi 'what do you do')

BÂn sÆ l¿m gÉ chiåu thö bÀy n¿y? B: I’m going to the theater. (not 'I go') Téi sÆ ½i nh¿ h¾t.  A: What time is Cathy arriving tomorrow?

Cathy sÆ ½än v¿o mÞy giñ ng¿y mai? B: At 10.30. I’m meeting her at the station. 10.30. Téi sÆ ½Ín cé Þy tÂi nh¿ ga.  I’m not working tomorrow, so we can go out somewhere.

S¾ng mai téi sÆ khéng l¿m vièc, vây chÒng ta cÍ thæ ½i ½Ýu ½Í nhÃ.  Ian isn’t playing football on Saturday. He’s hurt his leg.

Ian sÆ khéng chïi bÍng ½¾ v¿o thö bÀy n¿y. Anh Þy ½ang ½au chÝn. “I’m going to (do)” cÕng cÍ thæ dÓng cho c¾c trõñng hôp n¿y:  What are you going to do on Saturday evening?

BÂn sÆ l¿m gÉ chiåu thö bÀy n¿y? Nhõng thÉ present continuous ½õôc dÓng mît c¾ch tú nhiãn hïn. Xem UNIT 20B. Khéng dÓng will ½æ nÍi vå nhùng vièc bÂn ½Á sØp xäp ½æ l¿m:  What are you doing this evening? (khéng nÍi 'What will you do')  Alex is getting married next month. (khéng nÍi 'will get')

Alex sÆ lâp gia ½Énh v¿o th¾ng tði.

B

ThÉ hièn tÂi ½ïn (present simple — I do) vði nÃt nghËa tõïng lai.

ChÒng ta dÓng thÉ present simple khi nÍi vå lÌch l¿m vièc, thñi gian biæu... (chÚng hÂn nhõ giao théng céng cîng, lÌch phim...)  The train leaves Plymouth at 11.30 and arrives in London at 14.45

#o¿n t¿u sÆ rñi Plymouth lÒc 11h30 v¿ sÆ ½än LuÝn ½én lÒc 14h45.  What time does the film begin?

Cuên phim sÆ bØt ½ßu lÒc mÞy giñ?  It’s Wednesday tomorrow.

Ng¿y mai l¿ thö tõ. BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng thÉ hièn tÂi ½ïn (present simple) cho ngõñi näu kä hoÂch cÔa hÑ ½Á ½õôc cê ½Ình nhõ thñi gian biæu.  I start my new job on Monday.

Téi sÆ bØt ½ßu céng vièc cÔa téi v¿o thö hai.  What time do you finish work tomorrow?

Ng¿y mai v¿o mÞy giñ bÂn sÆ ho¿n th¿nh céng vièc? Nhõng thÉ continuous thÉ ½õôc sø dÖng nhiåu hïn cho nhùng dú ½Ình, sØp xäp cÔa c¾ nhÝn:  What time are you meeting Ann tomorrow? (khéng nÍi 'do you meet')

V¿o mÞy giñ ng¿y mai bÂn sÆ gÜp Ann? HÁy so s¾nh c¾c cÝu sau:  What time are you leaving tomorrow?

Ng¿y mai bÂn sÆ ½i lÒc mÞy giñ? nhõng  What time does the train leave tomorrow?

Ng¿y mai ½o¿n t¿u sÆ khòi h¿nh lÒc mÞy giñ?  I’m going to the cinema this evening.

Chiåu nay téi sÆ ½i xem phim. nhõng  The film starts at 8.15 (this evening).

Cuên phim sÆ bØt ½ßu lÒc 5h15 (chiåu nay).

Unit 20. (I'm) going to (do)

A

I am going to do something = Téi ½Á quyät ½Ình thúc hièn ½iåu gÉ ½Í, téi cÍ û ½Ình l¿m ½iåu

½Í:  A: There’s a film on television tonight. Are you going to watch it?

SÆ cÍ chiäu phim trãn truyån hÉnh têi nay ½Í. BÂn cÍ ½Ình xem phim khéng? B: No, I’m tired. I’m going to have an early night. Khéng, téi ½ang mèt. Téi sÆ ½i ngÔ sðm.  A: I hear Ruth has won some money. What is she going to do with it?

Téi nghe rÙng Ruth v÷a mði kiäm ½õôc mît khoÀng tiån. Cé Þy ½Ình l¿m gÉ vði sê tiån ½Í nhÊ? B: She is going to buy new car. Cé Þy sÆ mua mît chiäc xe hïi mði.  A: Have you made the coffee yet?

Em ½Á pha c¿ phã chõa? B: I’m just going to make it. (just = right at this moment) Em pha ngay bÝy giñ ½Ýy. (just = ngay tÂi thñi ½iæm n¿y)  This food looks horrible. I’m not going to eat it.

MÍn ×n n¿y tréng ghã qu¾. Em sÆ khéng ×n mÍn n¿y ½Ýu

B

I am doing v¿ I am going to do.

ChÒng ta dÓng I am doing (thÉ presenty continous) khi nÍi vå nhùng vièc chÒng ta ½Á sØp xäp ½æ l¿m — chÚng hÂn nhõ sØp xäp ½æ gÜp ai ½Í, chuàn bÌ ½æ ½i ½än nïi n¿o ½Í (xem thãm Unit 19A):  What time are you meeting Ann evening?

BÂn sÆ gÜp Ann lÒc mÞy giñ chiåu nay?  I’m leaving tomorrow. I’ve got my plane ticket.

S¾ng mai téi sÆ ½i. Téi ½Á cÍ và m¾y bay rëi. I am going to do something = Téi ½Á cÍ dú ½Ình l¿m ½iåu ½Í (nhõng cÍ thæ téi chõa sØp xäp

½æ thúc hièn ½iåu ½Í):  “The window are dirty”. “Yes, I know. I’m going to clean them later.” (= I've decided to

clean them but I haven't arranged to clean them) "C¾c cøa sì n¿y bàn qu¾." "VÝng, téi biät rëi. Téi sÆ lau chÒng." (=Téi ½Á cÍ dú ½Ình ½æ lau c¾c cøa sì nhõng téi chõa sØp xäp ½æ l¿m ½iåu ½Í).  I’ve decided not to stay here any longer. Tomorrow I’m going to look for somewhere else to

stay. Téi ½Á quyät ½Ình khéng ò ½Ýy nùa. S¾ng mai téi sÆ ½i tÉm nïi kh¾c ½æ ò. Thõñng thÉ sú kh¾c bièt giùa hai c¾ch nÍi trãn l¿ rÞt nhÏ v¿ dÓng c¾ch n¿o cÕng ½õôc.

C

BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ nÍi "Something is going to happen" trong tõïng lai (mît ½iåu gÉ ½Í sØp søa xÀy ra). Xem vÈ dÖ: 

The man can’t see where he’s walking. There is a hole in front of him. Ngõñi ½¿n éng kia khéng thæ nhÉn thÞy lêi ½i. CÍ mît c¾i hê phÈa trõðc anh ta.  He is going to fall into the hole. Anh ta sØp rïi xuêng hê. Khi chÒng ta nÍi rÙng mît ½iåu gÉ ½Í sØp søa xÀy ra theo c¾ch trãn ½Ýy, tÉnh huêng thúc tä khiän chÒng ta tin v¿o ½iåu ½Í: hièn giñ ngõñi ½¿n éng ½ang ½i vå phÈa c¾i hê,vÉ vây anh ta sØp søa rïi xuêng hê.  Look at those black clouds! It’s going to rain. (the clouds are there now).

HÁy nhÉn nhùng ½¾m mÝy ½en kÉa Trñi sØp mõa rëi. (nhùng ½¾m mÝy hièn giñ ½ang ò ½Í).  I feel terrible. I think I’m going to be sick. (I feel terrible now ).

Téi thÞy khÍ chÌu. Téi nghË l¿ téi sØp bÌ bÌnh rëi. (Hièn giñ téi ½ang cÀm thÞy khÍ chÌu).

D

“I was going to (do something)” = téi ½Á cÍ û ½Ình l¿m ½iåu gÉ ½Í nhõng téi ½Á khéng l¿m:

 We were going to travel by train but then we decided to go by car instead.

ChÒng téi ½Á ½Ình ½i du lÌch bÙng xe løa nhõng sau ½Í chÒng téi ½Á quyät ½Ình ½i bÙng xe hïi.  A: Did Peter do the examination?

Peter cÍ tham dú kü thi khéng? B: No, he was going to do it but he changed his mind. Khéng, anh Þy ½Á ½Ình tham dú kü thi nhõng anh Þy ½Á thay ½ìi quyät ½Ình.  I was just going to cross the road when somebody shouted: “stop!”.

Téi v÷a ½Ình b×ng qua ½õñng khi cÍ ai ½Í la lãn: '' #öng lÂi!" BÂn cÍ thæ nÍi rÙng mît sú vièc n¿o ½Í ½Á suût xÀy ra (something was going to happen) nhõng ½Á khéng xÀy ra:  I thought it was going to rain but then the sun came out.

Téi ½Á tõòng l¿ trñi sØp mõa nhõng sau ½Í mÜt trñi lÂi hièn ra.

Unit 21. Will/shall (1)

A

ChÒng ta dÓng I’ll (=I will) khi chÒng ta quyät ½Ình l¿m ½iåu gÉ tÂi thñi ½iæm nÍi:

 Oh, I’ve left the door open. I’ll go and shut it.

­, téi ½Á ½æ cøa mò. Téi sÆ ½i ½Íng cøa ngay ½Ýy.  “What would you like to drink?” “I’ll have an orange juice, please.”

"BÂn muên uêng gÉ?" "Xin cho téi mît ly nõðc cam."  “Did you phone Ruth?” “Oh, no, I forgot. I’ll phone her now.”

"BÂn ½Á ½ièn thoÂi cho Ruth chõa?" "­ chõa, téi quãn mÞt. Téi sÆ gÑi cho cé Þy ngay ½Ýy." BÂn khéng thæ dÓng thÉ present simple (I do/I go ...) trong nhùng cÝu sau:  I’ll go and shut the door. (khéng nÍi 'I go and shut')

Téi sÆ ½i ½Íng cøa ngay ½Ýy.  I felt a bit hungry. I think I’ll have something to eat.’

Téi cÀm thÞy hïi ½Íi. Téi nghË téi sÆ ×n mît chÒt gÉ ½Í.  I’ll don’t think I’ll go out tonight. I’m too tired.

Téi nghË l¿ téi sÆ khéng ½i chïi têi nay ½õôc. Téi mèt qu¾. Trong khàu ngù tiäng Anh, dÂng phÔ ½Ình cÔa will l¿ won’t (= will not):  I can see you’re busy, so I won’t stay long.

Téi thÞy bÂn bân rîn qu¾, vÉ vây téi sÆ khéng ò lÝu ½Ýu.

B

Khéng dÓng will ½æ nÍi vå nhùng vièc m¿ bÂn ½Á quyät ½Ình hay ½Á sØp xäp ½æ l¿m (xem UNIT 19, UNIT 20)

 I’m going on holiday next Saturday. (not 'I'll go')

Téi sÆ ½i nghÊ v¿o thö bÀy tði.  Are you working tomorow? (not 'will you work')

S¾ng mai bÂn cÍ l¿m vièc khéng?

C

ChÒng ta thõñng dÓng will cho nhùng trõñng hôp sau:

 NgÏ û muên giÒp ai l¿m ½iåu gÉ:  That bag looks heavy. I’ll help you with it. (not 'I help')

TÒi x¾ch ½Í tréng nÜng ½Þy. Téi sÆ giÒp bÂn mît tay.  #ëng û l¿m ½iåu gÉ ½Í:  A: You know that book I lent you. Can I have it back if you’ve finished with it?

BÂn cÎn nhð cuên s¾ch téi cho bÂn mõôn chö. Näu bÂn ½Ñc xong thÉ cho téi lÞy lÂi ½õôc khéng? B: Of course. I’ll give it to you this afternoon. (not 'I give')

TÞt nhiãn rëi, chiåu nay téi sÆ ½õa quyæn s¾ch ½Í cho bÂn.  Höa hÇn l¿m ½iåu gÉ ½Í:  Thanks for lending me the money. I’ll pay you back on Friday. (not 'I pay')

CÀm ïn bÂn vÉ ½Á cho téi mõôn tiån. Téi sÆ trÀ lÂi bÂn v¿o thö s¾u.  I won’t tell anyone what happened. I promise.

Téi sÆ khéng nÍi vði ai chuyèn ½Á xÀy ra. Téi höa m¿.  #å nghÌ ai l¿m ½iåu gÉ (will you...?)  Will you please be quiet? I’m trying to concentrate.

Xin bÂn giù yãn lÜng. Téi ½ang tâp trung suy nghË.  Will you shut the door, please?

BÂn vui lÎng khÃp c¾nh cøa ½õôc khéng? BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng won’t ½æ diçn ½Ât ai ½Í t÷ chêi l¿m diåu gÉ:  I’ve tried to advise her but she won’t listen. (= she refuses to listen)

Téi ½Á cê gØng khuyãn cé Þy nhõng cé Þy khéng chÌu nghe.  The car won’t start. I wonder what’s wrong with it. (= the car refuses to start).

Chiäc xe khéng chÌu khòi ½îng. Téi tú hÏi khéng biät nÍ hõ c¾i gÉ.

D

Shall I...? Shall we...?

Shall ½õôc dÓng hßu hät trong dÂng cÝu hÏi: Shall I...?/Shall we...? ChÒng ta dÓng Shall I...?/Shall we...? ½æ hÏi û kiän cÔa ai ½Í (½Üc bièt trong ngÏ û hay ½å nghÌ):  Shall I open the window? (= do you want me open the window?)

Téi mò cøa sì ½õôc khéng? (=bÂn cÍ muên téi mò cøa sì khéng?)  I’ve got no money. What shall I do? (= what do you suggest?)

Téi hät tiån rëi. Téi phÀi l¿m gÉ ½Ýy? (=bÂn cÍ ½å nghÌ gÉ khéng?)  “Shall we go?” “Just a minute. I’m not ready yet.”

"ChÒng ta sÆ ½i chö?" "Chñ mît chÒt. MÉnh chõa chuàn bÌ xong."  Where shall we go this evening?

Chiåu nay chÒng ta sÆ ½i ½Ýu? So s¾nh shall I...? v¿ will you...? qua c¾c vÈ dÖ sau:  Shall I shut the door? (= do you want me to shut it?)

Téi ½Íng cøa ½õôc khéng? (=bÂn cÍ muên téi ½Íng cøa khéng?)  Will you shut the door? (= I want you to shut it)

BÂn ½Íng cøa ½õôc khéng? (=Téi muên bÂn ½Íng cøa giÒp téi)

Unit 22. Will/shall (2)

A

ChÒng ta khéng dÓng will ½æ nÍi nhùng vièc m¿ ai ½Í ½Á sØp xäp hay ½Á quyät ½Ình ½æ l¿m trong tõïng lai:

 Ann is working next week (not 'Ann will work')

Anh sÆ ½i l¿m v¿o tußn tði  Are you going to watch television this evening ? (not 'will you watch')

BÂn cÍ ½Ình xem truyån hÉnh têi nay khéng ? #å biät rÐ hïn vå c¾ch dÓng “I’m working...” v¿ “Are you going to...?”, xem Unit 19, Unit 20. Thõñng thõñng khi chÒng ta nÍi vå tõïng lai, chÒng ta khéng nÍi vå nhùng sú vièc m¿ ai ½Í ½Á quyät ½Ình ½æ thúc hièn, chÚng hÂn nhõ: CHRIS: Do you think Ann will pass the exam? JOI:

BÂn cÍ nghË l¿ Ann sÆ thi ½í khéng? Yes, she’ll pass easily. CÍ, cé Þy sÆ thi ½í dç d¿ng.

“She’ll pass” khéng cÍ nghËa “she has decided to pass”. Joe chÊ ½ang nÍi nhùng suy nghË v¿ nhùng gÉ anh Þy biät sÆ xÀy ra hay cho rÙng sÆ xÀy ra. Anh Þy ½ang dú ½o¾n tõïng lai. Khi chÒng ta chÒng ta dú ½o¾n mît ½iåu gÉ hay mît tÉnh huêng cÍ thæ sÆ xÀy ra trong tõïng lai, chÒng ta dÓng will/won’t  Jill has been away a long time. When she returns, she’ll find a lot of changes.

Jill ½Á ½i xa mît thñi gian d¿i. Khi cé Þy quay trò vå, cé Þy sÆ thÞy nhiåu sú ½ìi thay.  “Where will you be this time next year?” “I’ll be in Japan”

"V¿o thñi gian n¿y n×m sau bÂn sÆ ò ½Ýu nhÊ ?" "Téi sÆ ò Nhât"  That plate is very hot. If you touch it, you’ll burn yourself.

C¾i ½Ëa ½Í rÞt nÍng. Näu bÂn chÂm phÀi nÍ, bÂn sÆ bÌ phÏng ½Þy.  Tom won’t pass the examination. He hasn’t worked hard enough for it.

Tom sÆ khéng thi ½í ½Ýu. Anh Þy ½Á khéng chuàn bÌ ½ßy ½Ô cho kü thi.  When will you know your exam results?

Khi n¿o bÂn sÆ biät kät quÀ kü thi?

B

ChÒng ta thõñng dÓng will (’ll) vði:

probably I expect (I'm) sure

 I’ll probably be home late this evening. Chiåu nay cÍ thæ téi sÆ vå nh¿ trç  I haven’t seen Carol today. I expect she’ll phone this evening. Hém nay téi khéng gÜp Carol. Téi mong cé Þy sÆ gÑi ½ièn cho téi chiåu nay  Don’t worry about the exam. I’m sure about you’ll pass.

(I) think (I) don't think I wonder

#÷ng lo lØng vå kü thi. Téi chØc chØn l¿ bÂn sÆ ½í m¿  Do you think Sarah will like the present we bought her? BÂn cÍ nghË l¿ Sarah sÆ thÈch mÍn qu¿ chÒng ta ½Á mua cho cé Þy khéng?  I don’t think the exam will be very difficult. Téi khéng nghË l¿ kü thi sÆ qu¾ khÍ ½Ýu.  I wonder what will happen. Téi tú hÏi ½iåu gÉ sÆ xÀy ra.

Sau (I) hope, chÒng ta thõñng dÓng thÉ present:  I hope Carol phones this evening.

Téi hy vÑng l¿ Carol sÆ gÑi ½ièn chiåu nay.  I hope it doesn’t rain tomorrow.

Téi hy vÑng ng¿y mai trñi khéng mõa.

C

NÍi chung chÒng ta dÓng will ½æ nÍi vå tõïng lai, nhõng ½éi khi chÒng ta cÕng dÓng will ½æ nÍi vå hièn tÂi. VÈ dÖ:

 Don’t phone Ann now. She’ll be busy (= I know she'll be busy now)

#÷ng gÑi ½ièn cho Ann bÝy giñ. Cé Þy ½ang bân ½Þy (= Téi biät l¿ cé Þy sÆ bân v¿o lÒc n¿y)

D

I shall.../ we shall...

Théng thõñng chÒng ta chÊ dÓng shall vði I v¿ we. BÂn cÍ thæ nÍi I shall hay I will (’ll), we shall hay we will (we’ll):  I shall be tired this evening (or I will be...).

Téi sÆ bÌ mèt chiåu nay.  We shall probably go to Scotland for our holiday (or We will probably go...).

ChÒng téi cÍ thæ sÆ ½i nghÊ ò Scotland. Trong tiäng Anh ½¿m thoÂi chÒng ta thõñng dÓng hÉnh thöc rÒt gÑn l¿ I’ll v¿ we’ll:  We’ll probably go to Scotland.

ChÒng téi cÍ thæ sÆ ½i Scotland. DÂng phÔ ½Ình cÔa shall l¿ shall not hay shan’t:  I shan’t be here tomorrow (or I won’t be...)

S¾ng mai téi khéng cÍ ò ½Ýy ½Ýu. Khéng dÓng shall vði he/she/it/you/they:  She will be very angry (not “she shall be”)

Cé Þy sÆ rÞt giân ½Í.

Unit 23. I will and I'm going to

A

NÍi vå h¿nh ½îng ò thÉ tõïng lai HÁy nghiãn cöu sú kh¾c nhau giùa will v¿ going to: Sue ½ang nÍi chuyèn vði Helen: Let’s have a party. HÁy tì chöc mît buìi tièc ½i. Helen: That’s a great idea. We’ll invite lots of people. Thât l¿ mît û kiän hay. ChÒng ta sÆ mñi nhiåu ngõñi tði dú. Sue:

Will (’ll): ChÒng ta dÓng will khi chÒng ta quyät ½Ình l¿m vièc gÉ ½Í ngay tÂi thñi ½iæm nÍi. Ngõñi nÍi trõðc ½Í chõa quyät ½Ình l¿m ½iåu ½Í. Buìi tièc l¿ mît û kiän mði. Sau hém ½Í Helen gÜp Dave: Helen: Sue and I have decided to have a party. We’re going to invite lots of people.

Téi v¿ Sue ½Á quyät ½Ình tì chöc mît buìi tièc. ChÒng téi dú ½Ình sÆ mñi nhiåu ngõñi ½än dú. Going to: ChÒng ta dÓng (be) going to khi chÒng ta ½Á quyät ½Ình l¿m ½iåu gÉ ½Í rëi. Helen ½Á quyät ½Ình mñi nhiåu ngõñi trõðc khi nÍi vði Dave. HÁy so s¾nh:  “George phoned while you were out.” “OK. I’ll phone him back.”

"George ½Á gÑi ½ièn khi bÂn ra ngo¿i." "Vây hÀ. Téi sÆ gÑi lÂi cho anh Þy." nhõng  “George phoned while you were out.” “Yes, I know. I’m going to phone him back.”

"George ½Á gÑi ½ièn khi bÂn ra ngo¿i." "VÝng, téi biät. Téi ½Ình gÑi cho anh Þy ngay ½Ýy."  “Ann is in hospital.” “Oh, really? I didn’t know. I’ll go and visit her.”

"Ann ½ang nÙm vièn." "­, thât õ? Téi ½Ýu cÍ biät. Téi sÆ ½i th×m cé Þy."  “Ann is in hospital.” “Yes, I know. I’m going to visit her tomorrow.”

"Ann ½ang nÙm vièn." "VÝng, téi biät. Téi ½Ình sÆ ½i th×m cé Þy v¿o ng¿y mai."

B

TÉnh huêng v¿ sú vièc xÀy ra ò tõïng lai (dú ½o¾n tõïng lai)

#éi khi khéng cÍ sú kh¾c bièt nhiåu giùa will v¿ going to. ChÚng hÂn bÂn cÍ thæ nÍi:  I think the weather will be nice later.

hay  I think the weather is going to be nice later.

Téi nghË l¿ thñi tiät sØp tði sÆ têt hïn.

Khi chÒng ta nÍi mît vièc n¿o ½Í sØp xÀy ra (something is going to happen), chÒng ta biät hay nghË tði ½iåu ½Í dúa v¿o mît tÉnh huêng trong hièn tÂi. VÈ dÖ:  Look at those black clouds. It’s going to rain. (khéng nÍi ’It will rain’ — we can see the

clouds now) HÁy nhÉn ½¾m mÝy ½en kÉa. Trñi sØp søa mõa ½Þy (chÒng ta cÍ thæ nhÉn thÞy mÝy v¿o lÒc n¿y)  I feel terrible. I think I’m going to be sick. (not ’I think I’ll be sick’ — I feel terrible now)

Téi cÀm thÞy khÍ chÌu. Téi nghË téi sØp bÌ bènh rëi. (BÝy giñ téi ½ang cÀm thÞy khÍ chÌu) Khéng dÓng will trong nhùng trõñng hôp nhõ vây (xem UNIT 20C). Trong nhùng trõñng hôp kh¾c chÒng ta cÕng cÍ thæ dÓng will:  Tom will probably arrive at about 8 o’clock.  I think Ann will like the present we bought for her.

Téi nghË l¿ Ann sÆ thÈch mÍn qu¿ chÒng ta ½Á mua cho cé Þy.

Unit 24. Will be doing and will have done

A

XÃt vÈ dÖ sau: Kevin loves football and this evening there’s a big football match on television. The match begins at 7:30 and ends at 9:15. Paul wants to see Kevin the same evening and wants to know what time to come to his house. Kevin yãu thÈch bÍng ½¾ v¿ têi nay cÍ mît trân bÍng ½¾ hay trãn truyån hÉnh. Trân ½Þu bØt ½ßu lÒc 7 giñ 30 v¿ kät thÒc lÒc 9 giñ 15. Paul muên ½än th×m Kevin têi nay v¿ muên biät phÀi ½än lÒc mÞy giñ. Is it all right if I come at about 8.30? Têi nay khoÀng 8 giñ 30 mÉnh ½än th×m câu ½õôc khéng? Kevin: No, I’ll be watching the football then. Khéng ½õôc rëi, lÒc ½Í mÉnh ½ang xem bÍng ½¾ trãn truyån hÉnh rëi. Paul: Well, what about 9.30? Vây hÀ, thä 9 giñ 30 cÍ ½õôc khéng? Kevin: Fine. The match will be finished by then. #õôc lØm. Trân ½Þu lÒc ½Í ½Á kät thÒc rëi. Paul:

B

“I will be doing something” (future continuous)=Téi sÆ l¿m vièc gÉ ½Í dò dang v¿o mît thñi ½iæm x¾c ½Ình ò tõïng lai. Trân bÍng ½¾ bØt ½ßu lÒc 7 giñ 30 v¿ kät thÒc lÒc 9 giñ 15. Nãn trong suêt thñi gian ½Í, vÈ dÖ v¿o lÒc 8 giñ 30, Kevin sÆ ½ang xem trân ½Þu (Kevin will be watching the match). Mît vÈ dÖ kh¾c:

 I’m going on holiday on Saturday. This time next week I’ll be lying on a beach or swimming

in the sea. Téi sÆ ½i nghÊ v¿o thö bÀy. V¿o thñi gian n¿y tußn sau téi sÆ (½ang) nÙm trãn bÁi biæn hay bïi lîi dõði biæn. HÁy so s¾nh will be (do)ing v¿ will (do):  Don’t phone me between 7 and 8. We’ll be having dinner then.

#÷ng gÑi ½ièn cho téi t÷ 7 ½än 8 giñ. LÒc ½Í chÒng téi sÆ ½ang dÓng cïm têi.  Let’s wait for Mary to arrive and then we’ll be having dinner.

HÁy chñ Mary tði v¿ sau ½Í chÒng ta sÆ dÓng cïm têi. So s¾nh will be -ing vði c¾c thæ tiäp diçn (continuous) kh¾c:  At 10 o’clock yesterday, Sally was in her office. She was working (past continuous).

V¿o lÒc 10 giñ ng¿y hém qua, Sally ½ang ò trong v×n phÎng cÔa cé Þy. (LÒc ½Í) cé Þy sÆ ½ang l¿m vièc.

C

ChÒng ta cÕng dÓng will be doing theo mît c¾ch kh¾c — nÍi vå nhùng h¿nh ½îng ho¿n tÞt ò

tõïng lai:  A: If you see Sally, can you ask her to phone me?

Näu anh gÜp Sally, anh cÍ thæ nhØn cé Þy ½ièn thoÂi cho téi ½õôc khéng? B: Sure. I’ll be seeing her this evening, so I’ll tell her then. TÞt nhiãn rëi. Téi sÆ gÜp cé Þy v¿o chiåu nay, téi sÆ nhØn cé Þy.  What time will your friends be arriving tomorrow?

Nhùng ngõñi bÂn cÔa anh mÞy giñ ng¿y mai sÆ ½än? Trong nhùng vÈ dÖ n¿y c¾ch dÓng will be -ing tõïng tú nhõ thÉ present continuous dÓng cho tõïng lai (xem UNIT 19A) BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ dÓng Will you be -ing... ? ½æ hÏi kä hoÂch cÔa ai ½Í ½Üc bièt näu bÂn muên ½iåu gÉ hay muên ngõñi kh¾c l¿m cho bÂn ½iåu gÉ. VÈ dÖ nhõ:  A: Will you be passing the post office when you’re out?

Khi bÂn ½i bÂn cÍ thæ ghà ngang qua bõu ½ièn ½õôc khéng? B: Probably. Why? CÍ thæ ½õôc. BÂn cßn gÉ vây? A: I need some stamps. Could you get me some? MÉnh cßn Èt tem. BÂn cÍ thæ mua cho mÉnh mît Èt ½õôc khéng?  A: Will you be using your bicycle this evening?

Chiåu nay bÂn cÍ dÓng ½än xe ½Âp khéng? B: No. Do you want to borrow it? Khéng. BÂn cÍ muên mõôn nÍ khéng?

D

ChÒng ta dÓng thÉ future perfect will have (done) ½æ diçn tÀ mît vièc gÉ ½Í sÆ ½õôc ho¿n tÞt xong tÂi mît thñi ½iæm ò tõïng lai. Trân bÍng ½¾ m¿ Kevin xem sÆ chÞm döt lÒc 9 giñ 15. Sau thñi gian n¿y, chÚng hÂn v¿o lÒc 9 giñ 30, trân ½Þu ½Á kät thÒc (will have finished)

Xem thãm mît sê vÈ dÖ sau:  Sally always leaves for work at 8:30 in the morning, so she won’t be at home at 9 o’clock.

She’ll have gone to work. Sally luén luén ½i l¿m lÒc 8 giñ 30 s¾ng, vÉ vây cé Þy sÆ khéng cÍ nh¿ lÒc 9 giñ. LÒc ½Í cé Þy ½Á ½i l¿m rëi.  We’re late. The film will already have started by the time we get to the cinema.

ChÒng ta trç rëi. Khi chÒng ta ½än rÂp thÉ cuên phim cÕng ½Á bØt ½ßu chiäu rëi. So s¾nh will have (done) vði c¾c thæ perfect kh¾c:  Ted and Amy have been married for 24 years. (present perfect)

Ted v¿ Amy ½Á cõði nhau ½õôc 24 n×m rëi.  Next year they will have been married for 25 years.

TÈnh ½än n×m tði Ted v¿ Amy ½Á cõði nhau ½õôc 25 n×m.  When their first child was born, they had been married for three years. (past perfect)

Khi ½öa con ½ßu lÎng cÔa hÑ ra ½ñi, hÑ ½Á cõði nhau ½õôc ba n×m.

Unit 25. When I do/When I've done. When and If

A

XÃt c¾c vÈ dÖ sau: A: B:

What time will you phone me tomorrow? MÞy giñ ng¿y mai bÂn sÆ gÑi ½ièn cho téi? I’ll phone you when I get home from work. MÉnh sÆ gÑi ½ièn cho bÂn khi ½i l¿m vå.

“I’ll phone you when I get home from work” l¿ mît cÝu cÍ 2 th¿nh phßn:  Th¿nh phßn chÈnh: “I’ll phone you”

v¿  Th¿nh phßn chÊ thñi gian (when-part): “When I get home from work (tomorrow)”

Thñi gian ½å câp trong cÝu n¿y l¿ ò thÉ tõïng lai (tomorrow) nhõng chÒng ta dÓng thÉ hièn tÂi (present) get trong mènh ½å chÊ thñi gian (when-part) cÔa cÝu. ChÒng ta khéng dÓng will trong mènh ½å when n¿y:  We’ll go out when it stops raining. (khéng nÍi “when it will stop”)

ChÒng ta sÆ ½i khi trñi tÂnh mõa.  When you are in London again, you must come and see us. (not “when you will be”)

Khi bÂn ½än LuÝn #én lßn nùa, bÂn nhð ½än th×m chÒng téi nhÃ.  (said to a child) What do you want to be when you grow up? (not “will grow”)

(nÍi vði mît ½öa trÅ) Khi ch¾u lðn lãn ch¾u muên sÆ l¿m gÉ? C¾ch dÓng tõïng tú cho c¾c t÷ chÊ thñi gian sau: while, before, after, as soon as, until hay till:  I’m going to read a lot of books while I’m on holiday. (not “while I will be”)

Téi sÆ ½Ñc nhiåu s¾ch khi téi ½i nghÊ.  I’m going back home on Sunday. Before I go, I’d like to visit the museum.

Téi sÆ trò vå nh¿ v¿o chÔ nhât. Trõðc khi vå, téi muên ½i xem vièn bÀo t¿ng.  Wait here until (or till) I come back.

HÁy ½ôi ò ½Ýy cho ½än khi téi trò lÂi.

B

BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ dÓng thÉ present perfect (have done) sau c¾c t÷ when/after/until/as soon as.

 Can I borrow that book when you’ve finished it?

Téi cÍ thæ mõôn cuên s¾ch khi bÂn ½Ñc xong ½õôc khéng?  Don’t say anything while Ian is here. Wait until he has gone.

#÷ng nÍi gÉ cÀ khi Ian cÎn ò ½Ýy. HÁy ½ôi cho ½än khi anh Þy ½i khÏi. Théng thõñng chÒng ta cÍ thæ dÓng cÀ thÉ present simple hay present perfect sau c¾c t÷ trãn ½åu

½õôc.  I’ll come as soon as I finish hay I’ll come as soon as I’ve finished.

Téi sÆ ½än khi téi ho¿n th¿nh céng vièc.  You’ll feel better after you have something to eat.

hay  You’ll feel better after you’ve had something to eat.

BÂn sÆ cÀm thÞy khÏe hïn khi bÂn ×n mît chÒt gÉ ½Í. Nhõng khéng dÓng thÉ present perfect näu hai sú vièc xÀy ra ½ëng thñi. Bòi vÉ thÉ present perfect diçn tÀ mît sú vièc ho¿n tÞt trõðc sú vièc kia nãn hai sú vièc khéng thæ xÀy ra ½ëng thñi. So s¾nh c¾c cÝu sau:  When I’ve phoned Kate, we can have dinner.

(= First I'll phone Kate and after that we can have dinner) Khi téi gÑi ½ièn cho Kate xong, chÒng ta cÍ thæ dÓng cïm têi. (= Téi gÑi ½ièn cho Kate trõðc rëi sau ½Í chÒng ta cÍ thæ ×n cïm) nhõng  When I phone Kate this evening, I’ll invite her to the party (not "when I've phoned")

Khi gÑi ½ièn cho Kate chiåu nay, téi sÆ mñi cé Þy ½i dú tièc (ò ½Ýy hai vièc xÀy ra ½ëng thñi). Sau if chÒng ta thõñng dÓng thÉ present simple (if I do/if I see...) ½æ diçn tÀ sú vièc xÀy ra trong tõïng lai:  It’s raining hard. We’ll get wet if we go out. (not 'if we go')

Trñi mõa to qu¾. ChÒng ta sÆ bÌ õðt hät näu chÒng ta ra ngo¿i.  Hurry up! If we don’t hurry, we’ll be late.

Nhanh lãn chö! Näu chÒng ta khéng khàn trõïng, chÒng ta sÆ bÌ trç. HÁy so s¾nh c¾ch dÓng when v¿ if:  I’m going shopping this afternoon (for sure).

Chiåu nay téi sÆ ½i cøa h¿ng (téi chØc chØn ½i).  When I go shopping, I’ll buy some food.

Khi téi ½i cøa h¿ng téi sÆ mua Èt thöc ×n. ChÒng ta dÓng if (khéng dÓng when) ½æ chÊ nhùng sú vièc cÍ thæ xÀy ra.  I might go shopping this afternoon (it’s possible).

Chiåu nay téi cÍ thæ sÆ ½i cøa h¿ng (téi cÍ thæ ½i).  If I go shopping, I’ll buy some food.

Näu téi ½i cøa h¿ng, téi sÆ mua Èt thöc ×n.  If it is raining this evening, I won’t go out. (not 'when it is raining')

Näu chiåu nay trñi mõa téi sÆ khéng ½i ra ngo¿i.  Don’t worry if I’m late tonight (not 'when I'm late')

#÷ng lo lØng näu têi nay téi vå trç.  If they don’t come soon, I’m not going to wait (not 'when they don't come')

Näu hÑ khéng ½än sðm, téi sÆ khéng chñ ½Ýu.

Unit 26. Can, could and (be) able to

A

ChÒng ta dÓng can ½æ nÍi mît sú vièc cÍ thæ xÀy ra hay ai ½Í cÍ khÀ n×ng l¿m ½õôc vièc gÉ. ChÒng ta dÓng can+infinitive (can do/can see... )

 We can see the lake from our bedroom window.

ChÒng ta cÍ thæ nhÉn thÞy c¾i hë t÷ cøa sì phÎng ngÔ.  Can you speak any foreign languages?

BÂn cÍ nÍi ½õôc mît ngoÂi ngù n¿o khéng?  I can come and see you tomorrow if you like.

Téi cÍ thæ ½än th×m bÂn v¿o ng¿y mai näu bÂn muên. DÂng phÔ ½Ình cÔa can l¿ can’t (=cannot)  I’m afraid I can’t come to the party on Friday.

Téi e rÙng téi khéng thæ ½i dú tièc v¿o ng¿y thö s¾u.

B

(Be) able to... cÍ thæ thay thä ½õôc cho can (nhõng can ván ½õôc dÓng nhiåu hïn)

 Are you able to speak any foreign languages?

BÂn cÍ thæ nÍi ½õôc mît ngoÂi ngù n¿o khéng? Nhõng can chÊ cÍ hai dÂng can (present) v¿ could (past) nãn khi cßn thiät chÒng ta phÀi dÓng (Be) able to... HÁy so s¾nh:  I can’t sleep.

Téi khéng ngÔ ½õôc. nhõng  I haven’t been able to sleep recently. (can khéng cÍ present perfect)

Gßn ½Ýy téi khéng ngÔ ½õôc .  Tom can come tomorrow.

Ng¿y mai Tom cÍ thæ ½än. nhõng  Tom might be able to come tomorrow. (can khéng cÍ infinitive)

Ng¿y mai Tom cÍ khÀ n×ng sÆ ½än.

C

Could v¿ was able to...

#éi khi could l¿ dÂng qu¾ khö cÔa can. ChÒng ta dÓng could ½Üc bièt vði: see remember

hear understand

smell

taste

feel

 When we went into the house, we could smell burning.

Khi chÒng téi ½i v¿o c×n nh¿, chÒng téi cÍ thæ ngøi ½õôc mÓi ch¾y.  She spoke in a very low voice, but I could understand what she said.

Cé Þy ½Á nÍi giÑng rÞt trßm, nhõng téi cÍ thæ hiæu cé Þy nÍi gÉ. ChÒng ta dÓng could ½æ diçn tÀ ai ½Í l¿ cÍ khÀ n×ng nÍi chung hay ½õôc phÃp ½æ l¿m ½iåu gÉ ½Í.  My grandfather could speak five languages.

«ng téi cÍ thæ nÍi ½õôc n×m ngoÂi ngù  We were completely free. We could do what we wanted. (= we were allowed to do...)

ChÒng ta ½Á ho¿n to¿n tú do. ChÒng ta cÍ thæ l¿m nhùng gÉ m¿ chÒng ta muên (= chÒng ta ½Á ½õôc phÃp l¿m...) ChÒng ta dÓng could ½æ chÊ khÀ n×ng nÍi chung (general ability). Nhõng ½æ ½å câp tði mît sú vièc xÀy ra trong mît tÉnh huêng ½Üc bièt (particular situation), chÒng ta dÓng was/were able to... (khéng dÓng could)  The fire spread through the building quickly but everybody was able to escape or ...

everybody managed to escape (but not 'could escape') NgÑn løa lan nhanh trong tÎa nh¿ nhõng mÑi ngõñi ½Á cÍ thæ chÂy tho¾t ½õôc.  They didn’t want to come with us at first but we managed to persuade them or ... we were

able to persuade them (but not 'could persuade') LÒc ½ßu hÑ khéng muên ½än nhõng sau ½Í chÒng téi ½Á thuyät phÖc ½õôc hÑ.

E

HÁy so s¾nh:

 Jack was an excellent tennis player. He could beat anybody. (= He had the general ability to

beat anybody) Jack l¿ mît vân ½îng viãn qußn vôt c÷ khéi. Anh Þy cÍ thæ ½¾nh bÂi bÞt cö ai. (=anh Þy cÍ mît khÀ n×ng nÍi chung l¿ ½¾nh bÂi bÞt cö ai) nhõng  Jack and Alf had a game of tennis yesterday. Alf played very well but in the end Jack

managed to beat him or... was able to beat him (= he managed to beat him in this particular game) Jack v¿ Alf ½Á thi ½Þu qußn vôt vði nhau ng¿y hém qua. Alf ½Á chïi rÞt hay nhõng cuêi cÓng Jack ½Á cÍ thæ h ½õôc Alf. (= Jack ½Á thØng ½õôc anh Þy trong trân ½Þu ½Üc bièt n¿y) DÂng phÔ ½Ình couldn’t (could not) cÍ thæ ½õôc dÓng cho tÞt cÀ c¾c trõñng hôp:  My grandfather couldn’t swim.

«ng téi khéng biät bïi.  We tried hard but we couldn’t persuade them to come with us.

ChÒng téi ½Á cê gØng rÞt nhiåu nhõng khéng thæ n¿o thuyät phÖc hÑ ½än vði chÒng téi ½õôc.

 Alf played well but he couldn’t beat Jack.

Alf ½Á chïi rÞt hay nhõng khéng thæ thØng ½õôc Jack.

Unit 27. Could (do) and could have (done)

A

ChÒng ta dÓng could theo nhiåu c¾ch. #éi khi could l¿ dÂng qu¾ khö cÔa can (xem Unit 26C).

 Listen. I can hear something. (now)

HÁy lØng nghe. Téi cÍ thæ nghe thÞy ½iåu gÉ ½Í. (hièn tÂi)  I listened. I could hear something (past)

Téi ½Á lØng nghe. Téi ½Á cÍ thæ nghe thÞy ½iåu gÉ ½Í rëi. (qu¾ khö) Nhõng ngo¿i ra could cÕng ½õôc dÓng ½æ nÍi vå nhùng h¿nh ½îng cÍ thæ xÀy ra trong tõïng lai (½Üc bièt khi nÍi c¾c lñi ½å nghÌ — suggestions), vÈ dÖ nhõ: 

  

A: What shall we do this evening?

ChÒng ta sÆ l¿m gÉ têi nay nhÊ? B: We could go to the cinema. ChÒng ta cÍ thæ sÆ ½i xem phim It’s a nice day. We could go for a walk. Thât l¿ mît ng¿y ½Çp trñi. ChÒng ta cÍ thæ ½i dÂo chïi. When you go to New York next month, you could stay with Barbara. Khi bÂn ½än New York th¾ng tði, bÂn cÍ thæ ò lÂi vði Barbara. A: If you need money, why don’t you ask Karen? Näu bÂn cßn tiån, sao bÂn khéng hÏi Karen? B: Yes, I suppose I could.

#Òng rëi, téi nghË l¿ téi cÍ thæ (hÏi Karen) Can cÕng cÍ thæ ½õôc dÓng trong nhùng trõñng hôp nhõ vây (“We can go for a walk...”). Nhõng dÓng could mang tÈnh Èt chØc chØn hïn can. BÂn phÀi dÓng could (khéng dÓng can) khi bÂn khéng thúc sú chØc chØn ½iåu bÂn nÍi. ChÚng hÂn nhõ:  I’m so angry with him. I could kill him! (khéng nÍi 'I can kill him')

Téi giân hØn ta qu¾. Téi sÆ giät hØn ta mÞt.

B

ChÒng ta dÓng could ½æ nÍi nhùng sú vièc cÍ thæ xÀy ra ò hièn tÂi hay tõïng lai:

 The phone is ringing. It could be Tim.

#ièn thoÂi ½ang reo kÉa. CÍ thæ l¿ Tim gÑi ½Í.  I don’t know when they’ll be here. They could arrive at any time.

Téi khéng biät khi n¿o hÑ sÆ ½än. HÑ cÍ thæ ½än v¿o bÞt cö lÒc n¿o. Can khéng ½õôc dÓng trong c¾c vÈ dÖ trãn (ta khéng thæ nÍi 'It can be Tim'). Trong nhùng trõñng hôp nhõ vây could cÍ nghËa tõïng tú nhõ might (xem UNIT 29, UNIT 30).  The phone is ringing. It might be Tim.

#ièn thoÂi ½ang reo kÉa. CÍ thæ l¿ Tim gÑi ½Í.

C

HÁy so s¾nh could (do) v¿ could have (done)

 I’m so tired. I could sleep for a week. (now)

Téi mèt qu¾. Téi cÍ thæ ngÔ cÀ tußn liån. (hièn tÂi)  I was so tired. I could have slept for a week. (past)

Téi ½Á mèt qu¾. Téi ½Á cÍ thæ ngÔ cÀ tußn liån. (qu¾ khö) ChÒng ta thõñng sø dÖng could have (done) cho nhùng vièc cÍ thæ xÀy ra nhõng ½Á khéng xÀy ra:  Why did you stay at a hotel when you went to New York? You could have stayed with

Barbara. (= you had the opportunity to stay with her but you didn't) TÂi sao bÂn lÂi ò kh¾ch sÂn khi bÂn ½än New York? BÂn cÍ thæ ò vði Barbara cï m¿. (=bÂn ½Á cÍ cï hîi ò vði cé Þy nhõng bÂn khéng thúc hièn)  Jack fell off a ladder yesterday but he’s all right. He’s lucky — he could have hurt himself

badly. (but he didn't hurt himself) Ng¿y hém qua Jack ½Á ngÁ xuêng t÷ mît c¾i thang nhõng anh Þy khéng hå gÉ. Anh Þy thât may mØn — anh Þy lÆ ra ½Á bÌ thõïng rÞt nÜng. (nhõng anh Þy ½Á khéng bÌ thõïng gÉ hät)  The situation was bad but it could have been worse.

TÉnh hÉnh l¿ xÞu nhõng nÍ ½Á cÍ thæ tëi tè hïn nhiåu.

D

#éi khi could cÍ nghËa l¿ “would be able to...” (cÍ thæ cÍ khÀ n×ng l¿m vièc gÉ ½Í)

 We could go away if we had enough money. (= we would able to go away)

ChÒng téi cÍ thæ ½i khÏi näu chÒng téi ½Ô tiån. (= chÒng téi ½Á cÍ khÀ n×ng ra ½i)  I don’t know how you work so hard. I couldn’t do it.

Téi khéng thæ hiæu tÂi sao bÂn cÍ thæ l¿m vièc ch×m ½än thä. Téi khéng thæ l¿m ½õôc nhõ vây. Could have (done) = would have been able to (do) (½Á cÍ thæ cÍ khÀ n×ng l¿m vièc gÉ ½Í)  Why didn’t Liz apply for the job? She could have got it.

TÂi sao Liz ½Á khéng nîp ½ïn xin vièc nhÊ? Cé Þy ½Á cÍ thæ ½õôc nhân.  We could have gone away if we’d had enough money.

ChÒng téi ½Á cÍ thæ ra ½i näu chÒng téi cÍ ½Ô tiån.  The trip was cancelled last week. Paul couldn’t have gone away because he was ill. (= he

wouldn't have been able to go) Chuyän ½i ½Á bÌ hÔy bÏ v¿o tußn trõðc. DÓ sao Paul cÕng khéng thæ ½i ½õôc vÉ anh Þy bÌ êm. (= anh Þy khéng thæ ½i ½õôc)  You did very well to pass the exam. I’m sure I couldn’t have pass it. (I wouldn't have been

able to pass it if I had taken it.) Anh ½Á l¿m b¿i rÞt têt ½æ võôt qua ½õôc kü thi n¿y. Téi chØc chØn l¿ téi ½Á khéng thæ n¿o thi ½âu

½õôc. (= Téi ½Á khéng cÍ khÀ n×ng thi ½âu ½õôc näu téi tham dú kü thi ½Í)

Unit 28. Must and can't

A

HÁy xem xÃt vÈ dÖ sau: A: B:

My house is very near the motorway. Ngéi nh¿ cÔa téi rÞt gßn ½õñng xe chÂy. It must be very noisy. ChØc hÚn ò ½Í sÆ rÞt ën.

ChÒng ta dÓng must ½æ diçn tÀ l¿ chÒng ta chØc chØn ½iåu gÉ ½Í sÆ trò th¿nh sú thât:  You’ve been travelling all day. You must be tired. (Travelling is tiring and you've been

travelling all day, so you must be tired) BÂn ½Á ½i du lÌch cÀ ng¿y. ChØn hÚn bÂn sÆ rÞt mèt. (#i du lÌch thÉ mèt m¿ bÂn ½i cÀ ng¿y thÉ bÂn hÚn sÆ bÌ mèt)  “Jim is a hard worker.” “Jim? A hard worker? You must be joking. He’s very lazy.”

"Jim l¿ ngõñi l¿m vièc ch×m chÊ." "Jim hÀ? Ngõñi l¿m vièc ch×m chÊ? Anh hÚn ½ang nÍi ½Óa chö. Anh ta rÞt l¿ lõñi."  Carol must get very bored in her job. She does the same thing everyday.

Carol chØc l¿ rÞt nh¿m ch¾n trong céng vièc cÔa cé Þy. Cé Þy ng¿y n¿o cÕng l¿m míi mît vièc. ChÒng ta dÓng can’t ½æ nÍi rÙng chÒng ta cÀm thÞy mît vièc gÉ ½Í l¿ khéng thæ xÀy ra:  You’ve just had lunch. You can’t be hungry already. (People are not normally hungry just

after eating a meal. You've just eaten, so you can't be hungry) BÂn mði dÓng cïm trõa. BÂn khéng thæ ½Íi ngay ½õôc. (MÑi ngõñi thõñng khéng thæ ½Íi ngay sau mît bùa ×n. BÂn v÷a mði ×n xong, vÉ vây bÂn khéng thæ ½Íi ½õôc)  Brian said he would definitely be here before 9.30. It’s 10 o’clock now and he’s never late.

He can’t be coming. Brian nÍi l¿ anh Þy nhÞt ½Ình sÆ ½än ½Ýy trõðc 9 giñ 30. BÝy giñ ½Á l¿ 10 giñ rëi m¿ anh Þy thÉ khéng bao giñ ½i trç. Anh Þy khéng thæ ½än ½õôc rëi.  They haven’t lived here for very long. They can’t know many people.

HÑ ½Á sêng ò ½Ýy khéng lÝu lØm. HÑ khéng thæ quen nhiåu ngõñi ½õôc.

B

Khi nÍi vå qu¾ khö chÒng ta dÓng must have (done) v¿ can’t have (done). XÃt c¾c vÈ dÖ sau: George ½ang ½öng bãn ngo¿i nh¿ bÂn anh Þy. Anh Þy ½Á nhÞn chuéng cøa ba lßn nhõng khéng ai trÀ lñi cÀ. 

They must have gone out. HÑ chØc ½Á ½i vØng hät. (otherwise they would have answered) (näu khéng hÑ ½Á trÀ lñi rëi)

 The phone rang but I didn’t hear it. I must have been asleep.

#ièn thoÂi reo nhõng téi ½Á khéng nghe thÞy. LÒc ½Í chØc hÚn l¿ téi ½ang ngÔ rëi.  I’ve lost one of my gloves. I must have dropped it somewhere.

Téi ½Á l¿m mÞt mît chiäc g×ng tay. Téi chØc l¿ ½Á l¿m rïi nÍ ò ½Ýu ½Í.  Jane walked past me without speaking. She can’t have seen me.

Jane ½Á ½i ngang qua téi m¿ khéng nÍi gÉ cÀ. Cé Þy cÍ thæ ½Á khéng nhÉn thÞy téi  Tom walked straight into a wall. He can’t have been looking where he was going.

Tom ½Á ½i thÚng vå phÈa bñ tõñng. Anh Þy cÍ thæ ½Á khéng nhÉn thÞy anh Þy ½ang ½i ½Ýu. CÍ thæ dÓng couldn’t have... thay thä cho can’t have...  She couldn’t have seen me.

Cé Þy khéng thæ tréng thÞy téi.  Tom couldn’t have been looking where he was going.

Tom ½Á khéng thæ nhÉn thÞy anh Þy ½ang ½i ½Ýu.

Unit 29. May and might (1)

A

XÃt tÉnh huêng sau: You are looking for Bob. Nobody is sure where he is but you get some suggestions. BÂn ½ang tÉm Bob. Khéng ai chØc chØn anh Þy ½ang ò ½Ýu nhõng bÂn cÍ v¿i gôi û. You:

Where’s Bob? Bob ½ang ò ½Ýu?

He maybe in his office. (=CÍ lÆ anh Þy ò trong v×n phÎng cÔa anh Þy) He might be having lunch. (=CÍ lÆ anh Þy ½ang dÓng cïm trõa) Ask Ann. She might know. (=HÏi Ann. CÍ lÆ cé Þy cÍ thæ biät) ChÒng ta dÓng may hay might ½æ nÍi mît ½iåu gÉ ½Í cÍ khÀ n×ng xÀy ra. BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng may hay might ½åu ½õôc, bÂn cÍ thæ nÍi:  It may be true. or It might be true. (=perhaps it is true).

#iåu ½Í cÍ thæ ½Òng.  She might know or she may know.

CÍ thæ cé Þy biät. HÉnh thöc phÔ ½Ình l¿ may not hay might not (hay mightn’t).  It might not be true. (perhaps it isn't true).

#iåu ½Í cÍ thæ khéng ½Òng.  I’m not sure whether I can lend you any money. I may not have enough. (perhaps I don't

have enough). Téi khéng chØc l¿ cÍ thæ cho anh mõôn tiån ½õôc hay khéng. CÍ thæ l¿ téi khéng cÍ ½Ô tiån.

B

#æ nÍi vå qu¾ khö chÒng ta cÍ thæ dÓng may have (done) hay might have (done)

 A: I wonder why Kay didn’t answer the phone.

Téi khéng hiæu tÂi sao Kay lÂi khéng trÀ lñi chuéng cøa. B: She may have been asleep. (=perhaps she was asleep) CÍ lÆ lÒc ½Í cé Þy ½ang ngÔ.  A: I can’t find my bag anywhere.

Téi khéng thæ tÉm thÞy c¾i tÒi ò ½Ýu cÀ. B: You might have left it in the shop. (= perhaps you left it in the shop) CÍ thæ anh ½Á ½æ quãn nÍ ò cøa h¿ng rëi.  A: I was surprised that Sarah wasn’t at the meeting.

Téi ngÂc nhiãn vÉ Sarah ½Á khéng dú hÑp. B: She might not have known about it. (perhaps she didn't know)

Cé Þy cÍ thæ ½Á khéng biät vå cuîc hÑp.  A: I wonder why Colin was in such a bad mood yesterday.

Téi tú hÏi tÂi sao hém qua Colin lÂi cÍ mît tÝm trÂng buën nhõ vây. B: He may not have been feeling well. (=perhaps he wasn't feeling well) Anh Þy cÍ thæ ½Á khéng ½õôc khÏe.

C

#éi khi could cÍ nghËa tõïng tú nhõ may v¿ might

 The phone’s ringing. It could be Tim. (= it may/might be Tim)

#ièn thoÂi reo kÉa. CÍ thæ l¿ Tim gÑi ½Í.  You could have left your bag in the shop. (=you may/might have left it...)

CÍ lÆ anh ½Á ½æ quãn tÒi x¾ch ò cøa h¿ng. Nhõng ò thæ phÔ ½Ình (negative) couldn’t lÂi cÍ nghËa kh¾c vði may not v¿ might not:  She was too far away, so she couldn’t have seen you. (it is not possible that she saw you)

Cé Þy ½Á ½i rÞt xa rëi, vÉ vây cé Þy khéng thæ nhÉn thÞy anh.  A: I wonder why she didn’t say hello.

Téi khéng hiæu tÂi sao cé Þy lÂi khéng ch¿o téi. B: She might not have seen you. (perhaps she didn't see you; perhaps she did) Cé Þy cÍ thæ ½Á khéng nhÉn thÞy anh. (CÍ thæ cé Þy nhÉn thÞy v¿ cÍ thæ khéng nhÉn thÞy anh)

Unit 30. May and might (2)

A

ChÒng ta dÓng may v¿ might ½æ nÍi vå nhùng h¿nh ½îng hay sú vièc cÍ thæ xÀy ra ò tõïng lai:

 I haven’t decided yet where to spend my holidays. I may go to Ireland. (=perhaps I will go to

Ireland) Téi ván chõa quyät ½Ình ½i nghÊ ò ½Ýu. CÍ thæ téi ½i Ireland. (=cÍ lÆ téi sÆ ½i Ireland)  Take an umbrella with you when you go out. It might rain later. (=perhaps it will rain)

Nhð mang theo dÓ khi bÂn ra ngo¿i. Trñi cÍ thæ mõa ½Í. (=cÍ lÆ trñi sÆ mõa)  The bus doesn’t always come on time. We might have to wait a few minutes. (=perhaps we

will have to wait) Xe buût khéng phÀi lÒc n¿o cÕng ½Òng giñ. ChÒng ta cÍ thæ phÀi chñ mît v¿i phÒt. (cÍ lÆ chÒng ta phÀi chñ) DÂng phÔ ½Ình cÔa may v¿ might l¿ may not v¿ might not (mightn’t):  Ann may not come to the party tonight. She isn’t well. (=perhaps she will not come)

CÍ thæ Ann khéng ½i dú tièc têi nay. Cé Þy khéng khÏe. (=cÍ lÆ cé Þy sÆ khéng ½än)  There might not be a meeting on Friday because the director is ill. (perhaps there will not be

a meeting) Buìi hÑp ng¿y thö s¾u cÍ thæ khéng diçn ra bòi vÉ éng gi¾m ½êc bÌ êm. (cÍ lÆ sÆ khéng cÍ buìi hÑp)

B

Thõñng chÒng ta cÍ thæ dÓng may hay might ½åu ½õôc cÀ. BÂn cÍ thæ nÍi:

 I may go to Ireland hay I might go to Ireland.

Téi cÍ thæ sÆ ½i Ireland.  Jane might be able to help you hay Jane may be able to help you.

Jane cÍ thæ sÆ sÛn s¿ng ½æ giÒp anh. Nhõng chÒng ta chÊ dÓng might (khéng dÓng may) khi sú vièc l¿ khéng xÀy ra (unreal situation):  If I knew them better, I might invite them to dinner.

Näu téi biät hÑ rÐ hïn, téi cÍ thæ mñi hÑ dÓng bùa têi. (#Ýy l¿ tÉnh huêng khéng xÀy ra bòi vÉ téi ½Á khéng quen biät hÑ nhiåu, vÉ vây téi sÆ khéng mñi hÑ, may khéng ½õôc dÓng trong cÝu n¿y)

C

Ta cÕng cÍ thÉ tiäp diçn (continuous) may/might be -ing. HÁy so s¾nh vði will be -ing:

 Don’t phone at 8.30. I’ll be watching the football on television.

#÷ng gÑi ½ièn lÒc 8 giñ 30. LÒc ½Í téi ½ang xem bÍng ½¾ trãn truyån hÉnh.  Don’t phone at 8.30. I might be watching (hay I may be watching) the football on television.

(perhaps I'll be watching it)

#÷ng gÑi ½ièn lÒc 8 giñ 30. LÒc ½Í cÍ thæ téi ½ang xem bÍng ½¾ trãn truyån hÉnh. Xem Unit 24 ½æ biät thãm vå c¾ch dÓng will be-ing. Ta cÍ thæ dÓng may/might be -ing cho nhùng kä hoÂch cÍ thæ ½õôc thúc hièn:  I’m going to Ireland in July. (for sure)

Téi sÆ ½i Ireland v¿o th¾ng bÀy. (chØc chØn ½i)  I may be going (hay I might be going) to Ireland in July. (possible)

Téi cÍ thæ sÆ ½i Ireland v¿o th¾ng bÀy. (chõa chØc ½i) Nhõng bÂn cÕng cÍ thæ nÍi “I may go (hay I might go) to Ireland...” m¿ nghËa chÊ thay ½ìi khéng ½¾ng kæ.

D

Might as well/may as well

HÁy xem vÈ dÖ sau:   

Helen and Clara have just missed the bus. The bus runs every hour. Helen v¿ Clara ½Á nhó chuyän xe buût. Xe buût chÂy míi giñ. What shall we do? Shall we walk? ChÒng ta sÆ l¿m gÉ bÝy giñ? ChÒng ta sÆ ½i bî? We might as well. It’s a nice day and I don’t want to wait here for an hour. ChÒng ta cÍ lÆ phÀi l¿m nhõ vây théi. Thât l¿ mît ng¿y ½Çp trñi v¿ téi khéng muên phÀi chñ ½Ýy mît giñ nùa.

“(We) might as well do something” = (ChÒng ta) nãn l¿m mît vièc gÉ ½Í bòi vÉ khéng cÍ giÀi ph¾p n¿o têt hïn v¿ khéng cÍ lû do gÉ ½æ khéng l¿m vièc ½Í. BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ nÍi “may as well”  A: What time are you going?

MÞy giñ bÂn sÆ ½i? B: Well, I’m ready, so I might as well go now. (hay ... I may as well go now) #õôc téi ½Á sÛn s¿ng, téi ½i ngay bÝy giñ ½Ýy.  The buses are so expensive these days, you might as well get a taxi. (taxis are just as good, no

more expensive) Gßn ½Ýy ½i xe buût trò nãn ½Øt ½Ï qu¾, bÂn têt hïn nãn ½i taxi ½i. (= taxi v÷a têt v÷a khéng ½Øt hïn)

Unit 31. Must and have to

A

ChÒng ta dÓng must v¿ have to ½æ diçn tÀ sú cßn thiät phÀi l¿m mît vièc gÉ ½Í. #éi khi ta dÓng t÷ n¿o cÕng ½õôc:

 Oh, it’s later than I thought. I must go hay I have to go.

­, ½Á trç hïn l¿ téi tõòng. Téi phÀi ½i théi. Nhõng cÍ ½iæm kh¾c nhau giùa must v¿ have to m¿ ½éi khi lÂi quan trÑng.  Must mang tÈnh chÞt c¾ nhÝn. Ta dÓng must khi diçn tÀ cÀm gi¾c cÔa c¾ nhÝn mÉnh. “You must do something” = "Téi (ngõñi nÍi) nhân thÞy vièc ½Í l¿ cßn thiät".  She’s a really nice person. You must meet her. (= I say this is necessary)

Cé Þy l¿ mît ngõñi thât sú têt. Anh phÀi gÜp cé Þy. (= téi nÍi ½iåu ½Í l¿ cßn thiät)  I haven’t phoned Ann for ages. I must phone her tonight.

#Á lÝu rëi téi khéng gÑi ½ièn thoÂi cho Ann. Téi phÀi gÑi cho cé Þy têi nay.  Have to khéng mang tÈnh chÞt c¾ nhÝn, ta dÓng have to diçn tÀ hièn thúc, khéng nÍi vå cÀm gi¾c cÔa c¾ nhÝn mÉnh. “You have to do something” bòi vÉ ½Í l¿ luât lè hay tÉnh huêng thúc tä bØt buîc.  You can’t turn right here. You have to turn left. (because of the traffic system)

Anh khéng thæ rÆ phÀi ò ½Ýy. Anh phÀi rÆ tr¾i. (do luât giao théng)  My eye sight isn’t very good. I have to wear glasses for reading.

ThÌ lúc cÔa téi khéng ½õôc têt. Téi phÀi ½eo kÈnh ½æ ½Ñc s¾ch. (do ho¿n cÀnh thúc tä)  George can’t come out with us this evening. He has to work.

George khéng thæ ½i vði chÒng ta têi nay. Anh Þy phÀi l¿m vièc.  HÁy so s¾nh:  I must get up early tomorrow. There are a lot of things I want to do.

Téi phÀi dây sðm v¿o s¾ng mai. CÍ nhiåu vièc m¿ téi muên l¿m.  I have to get up early tomorrow. I’m going away and my train leaves at 7.30.

S¾ng mai téi phÀi dây sðm. Téi phÀi ½i v¿ chuyän t¿u khòi h¿nh lÒc 7 giñ 30. Näu bÂn khéng chØc chØn nãn dÓng t÷ n¿o thÉ théng thõñng ½æ "an to¿n" hïn nãn dÓng have to.

B

BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng must ½æ nÍi vå hièn tÂi hay tõïng lai, nhõng must khéng ½õôc dÓng cho qu¾ khö:

 We must go now.

ChÒng ta phÀi ½i bÝy giñ.  We must go tomorrow. (but not “We must go yesterday”)

Ng¿y mai chÒng ta phÀi ½i.

BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng have to cho mÑi thÉ.  I had to go to the hospital. (past)

Téi ½Á phÀi ½än bènh vièn.  Have you ever had to go to hospital? (present perfect)

BÂn ½Á bao giñ phÀi ½i bènh vièn chõa?  I might have to go to hospital. (infinitive sau might)

CÍ lÆ téi phÀi ½i bènh vièn. Trong cÝu nghi vÞn v¿ cÝu phÔ ½Ình, ta thõñng dÓng do/does/did:  What do I have to do to get a driving license? (khéng nÍi "What have I to do?")

Téi phÀi l¿m gÉ ½æ cÍ bÙng l¾i xe?  Why did you have to go to hospital?

TÂi sao bÂn phÀi ½i bènh vièn?  Karen doesn’t have to work on Saturdays.

Karen khéng phÀi l¿m vièc v¿o thö bÀy.

C

Mustn't v¿ don't have to l¿ ho¿n to¿n kh¾c nhau.

 You mustn’t do something = Thât l¿ cßn thiät ½æ bÂn khéng l¿m vièc ½Í (vÉ vây bÂn ½÷ng l¿m).  You must keep it a secret. You mustn’t tell anyone. (=don't tell anyone)

BÂn phÀi giù ½iåu ½Í bÈ mât nhÃ. BÂn khéng ½õôc nÍi vði bÞt cö ai.  I promised I would be on time. I musn’t be late. (=I must be on time)

Téi ½Á höa l¿ sÆ ½Òng giñ. Téi khéng thæ trç. (=Téi phÀi ½än ½Òng giñ)  You don’t have to do something = BÂn khéng cßn thiät phÀi l¿m ½iåu ½Í (nhõng bÂn cÍ thæ l¿m näu bÂn muên).  You can tell me if you want but you don’t have to tell me (= you don't need to tell me)

BÂn cÍ thæ kæ vði téi näu bÂn muên nhõng bÂn khéng bØt buîc phÀi nÍi vði téi. (= bÂn khéng cßn phÀi nÍi vði téi)  I’m not working tomorrow, so I don’t have to get up early.

S¾ng mai téi khéng l¿m vièc, vÉ vây téi khéng phÀi dây sðm.

D

BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng have got to thay cho have to. VÉ vây bÂn cÍ thæ nÍi:

 I’ve got to work tomorrow hay I have to work tomorrow.

S¾ng mai téi phÀi l¿m vièc.  When has Ann got to go? hay When does Ann have to go?

Khi n¿o Ann sÆ phÀi ½i?

Unit 32. Must, mustn't, needn't

A

Must, mustn't, needn't

 You must do something = BÂn cßn thiät phÀi l¿m ½iåu ½Í:  Don’t tell anybody what I said. You must keep it a secret.

#÷ng nÍi vði ai nhùng ½iåu téi nÍi nhÃ. BÂn phÀi giù bÈ mât ½Þy.  We haven’t got much time. We must hurry.

ChÒng ta khéng cÍ nhiåu thñi giñ. ChÒng ta phÀi khàn trõïng.  You mustn’t do something = ½iåu cßn thiät l¿ bÂn khéng l¿m ½iåu gÉ ½Í (vÉ vây ½÷ng l¿m):  You must keep it a secret. You mustn’t tell anybody else. (= don't tell anybody else)

BÂn phÀi giù bÈ mât ½iåu ½Í. BÂn khéng ½õôc nÍi vði bÞt cö ai.  It’s essential that nobody hears us. We mustn’t make any noise.

#iåu cêt yäu l¿ khéng ai nghe thÞy chÒng ta. ChÒng ta khéng ½õôc gÝy nãn mît tiäng ½îng n¿o.  You needn’t do something = Khéng cßn thiät ½æ bÂn l¿m ½iåu ½Í, bÂn khéng cßn phÀi l¿m ½iåu ½Í.  You can come with me if you like but you needn’t come if you don’t want to. (=it is not

necessary for you to come) BÂn cÍ thæ ½i vði téi näu bÂn thÈch nhõng bÂn khéng cßn ½i näu bÂn khéng muên. (=bÂn khéng cßn thiät phÀi ½i)  We’ve got plenty of time. We needn’t hurry. (= it is not necessary to hurry)

ChÒng ta cÍ nhiåu thÉ giñ. ChÒng ta khéng cßn phÀi vîi. (=khéng cßn thiät phÀi vîi)

B

CÍ thæ dÓng don't/doesn't need to thay vÉ needn’t. VÉ vây bÂn cÍ thæ nÍi:

 We needn’t hurry hay We don’t need to hurry.

ChÒng ta khéng cßn phÀi vîi. HÁy nhð l¿ chÒng ta nÍi “don’t need to do” nhõng “needn’t do” (khéng cÍ to) Needn’t v¿ don’t need to l¿ tõïng ½õïng vði don’t have to (xem UNIT 31C):  We’ve got plenty of time. We don’t have to hurry.

ChÒng ta cÍ nhiåu thÉ giñ. ChÒng ta khéng cßn phÀi vîi.

C

Needn't have (done)

Ta xÃt tÉnh huêng sau: 

I think it’s going to rain. I’ll take the umbrella. Téi nghË trñi sØp mõa. Téi sÆ mang dÓ theo. George had to go out. He thought it was going to rain, so he decided to take the umbrella. George phÀi ½i ra ngo¿i. Anh Þy ½Á nghË l¿ trñi sÆ mõa, nãn anh Þy ½Á quyät ½Ình mang dÓ

theo. 

I needn’t have brought the umbrella (LÆ ra) Téi ½Á khéng cßn phÀi mang dÓ. But it didn't rain, so the umbrella was not necessary. Nhõng trñi ½Á khéng mõa, vÉ vây c¾i dÓ ½Á khéng cÎn cßn thiät. 

He needn’t have taken the umbrella Anh Þy ½Á khéng cßn phÀi mang dÓ

“He needn’t have taken the umbrella”=Anh Þy ½Á mang theo dÓ nhõng nÍ khéng cßn thiät. DË nhiãn, anh Þy khéng biät ½iåu n¿y khi anh Þy ra ½i So s¾nh needn’t (do) v¿ needn’t have (done)  That shirt isn’t dirty. You needn’t wash it.

C¾i ¾o ½Í khéng bàn. Anh khéng cßn giÜt nÍ.  Why did you wash shirt? It wasn’t dirty. You needn’t have washed it.

TÂi sao anh lÂi giÜt c¾i ¾o? NÍ khéng cÍ bàn. Anh ½Á khéng cßn phÀi giÜt nÍ.

D

Didn't need to (do) v¿ needn't have (done)

I didn’t need to... = ½Á khéng cßn thiät ½æ téi phÀi... (téi ½Á biät ½iåu n¿y ngay t÷ ½ßu):  I didn’t need to get up early, so I didn’t.

Téi ½Á khéng cßn phÀi dây sðm, vÉ vây téi ½Á khéng dây.  I didn’t need to get up early, but it was a lovely morning, so I did.

Téi ½Á khéng cßn phÀi dây sðm, nhõng ½Í l¿ mît buìi s¾ng ½Çp trñi, vÉ vây téi ½Á dây. I needn’t have (done) something = Téi ½Á l¿m ½iåu ½Í nhõng bÝy giñ téi biät ½iåu ½Í l¿ khéng cßn thiät.  I got up very early because I had to get ready to go away. But in fact it didn’t take me long

to get ready. So, I needn’t have got up so early. I could have stayed in bed longer. Téi ½Á dây rÞt sðm vÉ téi phÀi chuàn bÌ ½æ ½i xa. Nhõng thât ra vièc chuàn bÌ cÔa téi ½Á khéng mÞt nhiåu thÉ giñ. VÉ vây lÆ ra téi ½Á khéng cßn phÀi dây qu¾ sðm nhõ vây. Téi ½Á cÍ thæ ngÔ thãm lÝu hïn.

Unit 33. Should (1)

A

You should do something = ½Í l¿ mît vièc nãn l¿m. BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng should ½æ cho lñi

khuyãn hay ½õa ra û kiän.  You look tired. You should go to bed.

Anh mèt rëi. Anh nãn ½i ngÔ ½i.  The government should do more to help homeless people.

ChÈnh phÔ nãn l¿m nhiåu hïn ½æ giÒp ½ó nhùng ngõñi khéng cÍ nh¿ ò.  “Should we invite Susan to the party?” “Yes, I think we should.”

"ChÒng ta cÍ nãn mñi Susan ½än dú tièc khéng?" "CÍ, téi nghË l¿ chÒng ta nãn mñi"  Ta thõñng dÓng should vði I think/I don't think/Do you think...?  I think the government should do more to help homeless people.

Téi nghË l¿ chÈnh phÔ nãn l¿m nhiåu hïn ½æ giÒp ½ó nhùng ngõñi khéng cÍ nh¿ ò.  I don’t think you should work so hard.

Téi khéng nghË l¿ anh nãn l¿m vièc vÞt vÀ nhõ vây  “Do you think I should apply for this job?” “Yes, I think you should.”

"BÂn nghË l¿ téi cÍ nãn xin vièc n¿y khéng?" "CÍ, téi nghË l¿ anh nãn."  You shouldn’t do something = #Í khéng phÀi l¿ ½iåu nãn l¿m:  You shouldn’t believe everything you read in the newspapers.

BÂn khéng nãn tin v¿o mÑi ½iåu bÂn ½Ñc trãn b¾o chÈ.  Should khéng mÂnh bÙng must:  You should appologise. (= it would be a good thing to do)

BÂn nãn xin líi. (= ½Í l¿ mît vièc bÂn nãn l¿m)  You must appologise. (= you have no alternative)

BÂn phÀi xin líi. (= bÂn khéng cÍ sú lúa chÑn n¿o kh¾c)

B

ChÒng ta cÕng cÍ thæ dÓng should khi cÍ vièc gÉ ½Í khéng hôp lû hoÜc khéng diçn ra theo û chÒng ta. VÈ dÖ nhõ:

 I wonder where Liz is. She should be here by now. (= she isn't here yet, and it is not normal)

Téi khéng biät Liz ò ½Ýu. Cé Þy lÆ ra nãn cÍ mÜt ò ½Ýy v¿o lÒc n¿y. (=cé Þy chõa cÍ ò ½Ýy v¿ vièc ½Í l¿ khéng bÉnh thõñng)  The price on this packet is wrong. It should be £1.20, not £1.50.

Gi¾ ½å trãn gÍi h¿ng n¿y sai rëi. NÍ lÆ ra l¿ 1,20 bÀng thay vÉ l¿ 1,50 bÀng.  Those boys shouldn’t be playing football at this time. They should be at school.

Nhùng ½öa trÅ kia khéng nãn chïi bÍng ½¾ v¿o lÒc n¿y. ChÒng lÆ ra phÀi ò trõñng.  Ta dÓng should ½æ nÍi rÙng ta chñ ½ôi hay nghË rÙng mît vièc gÉ ½Í sÆ xÀy ra:

 She’s been studying hard for the exam, so she should pass. (= I expect her to pass)

Kü thi n¿y cé Þy ½Á hÑc rÞt ch×m, vÉ vây cé Þy sÆ thi ½âu (=Téi mong cé Þy thi ½âu)  There are plenty of hotels in the town. It shouldn’t be difficult to find somewhere to stay. (=

I don't expect that it will be difficult) ThÌ trÞn n¿y cÍ kh¾ nhiåu kh¾ch sÂn. SÆ khéng mÞy khÍ kh×n trong vièc tÉm chí ò ½Ýu (=Téi khéng nghË rÙng vièc tÉm chì ò lÂi gÜp khÍ kh×n)  You should have done something = BÂn ½Á khéng l¿m ½iåu ½Í, nhõng ½Í l¿ mît vièc nãn l¿m:  It was a great party last night. You should have come. Why didn’t you? (= you didn't come

but it would have been good to come) Bùa tièc têi qua thât l¿ tuyèt. LÆ ra bÂn nãn ½än. TÂi sao bÂn khéng ½än? (= bÂn ½Á khéng ½än nhõng thât l¿ têt näu bÂn ½än)  I’m feeling sick. I shouldn’t have eaten so much chocolate. (= I eat too much chocolate)

Téi cÀm thÞy khÍ chÌu. LÆ ra téi ½Á khéng nãn ×n nhiåu sé cé la nhõ vây. (= téi ½Á ×n qu¾ nhiåu sé cé la)  I wonder why they’re so late. They should have been here an hour ago.

Téi khéng biät tÂi sao hÑ lÂi trç nhõ vây. LÆ ra hÑ phÀi cÍ mÜt ò ½Ýy t÷ nùa giñ rëi.  She shouldn’t have been listening to our conversation. It was private.

LÆ ra cé Þy ½Á khéng nãn lØng nghe cÝu chuyèn cÔa chÒng ta. #Í l¿ chuyèn riãng m¿.  So s¾nh should (do) v¿ should have (done):  You look tired. You should go to bed now.

BÂn tréng cÍ vÅ mèt. BÂn nãn ½i ngÔ ngay ½i.  You went to bed very late last night. You should have gone to bed earlier.

Têi qua bÂn ½i ngÔ trç qu¾. LÆ ra bÂn nãn ½i ngÔ sðm hïn.

D

Ought to...

BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng ought to thay vÉ should trong c¾c vÈ dÖ ò b¿i n¿y. HÁy nhð l¿ ta nÍi “ought to do...” (cÍ to)  Do you think I ought to apply for this job? (= do you think I should apply...?)

BÂn cÍ nghË l¿ téi nãn nîp ½ïn xin l¿m vièc n¿y khéng?  Jack ought not to go to bed so late. (= Jack shouldn't go..)

Jack khéng nãn ½i ngÔ qu¾ trç nhõ vây.  It was a great party last night. You ought to have come.

Bùa tièc têi qua thât l¿ tuyèt. LÆ ra bÂn ½Á nãn ½än.  She’s been studying hard for the exam, so she ought to pass.

Cé Þy ½Á hÑc rÞt ch×m cho kü thi, vÉ vây cé Þy phÀi ½âu.

Unit 34. Should (2)

A

BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng should sau mît sê ½îng t÷, ½Üc bièt l¿ c¾c ½îng t÷ sau: suggest (gôi û, ½å nghÌ), propose (½å nghÌ), recommend (tiän cø, giði thièu) insist (khàn khoÀn, n¿i nÊ) demand (yãu cßu)

 They insisted that we should have dinner with them.

HÑ n¿i nÊ chÒng téi dÓng cïm têi vði hÑ.  I demanded that we should apologise.

Téi yãu cßu anh Þy phÀi xin líi.  What do you suggest I should do?

BÂn ½å nghÌ téi nãn l¿m gÉ? CÕng tõïng tú nhõ vây, should cÍ thæ ½õôc dÓng sau: suggestion/ proposal/ recommendation v.v...  What do you think of Jane’s suggestion that I should buy a car?

Anh nghË gÉ vå lñi gôi û cÔa Jane rÙng téi nãn mua mît chiäc xe hïi? v¿ sau c¾c cÖm t÷: “It’s important/vital/necessary/essential that...”  It’s essential that you should be here on time.

#iåu thiät yäu l¿ bÂn nãn ½än ½Ýy ½Òng giñ.

B

BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ bÏ should khÏi tÞt cÀ c¾c cÝu ò phßn A:

 It’s essential that you be here on time. (=that you should be here)  I demanded that he apologise.  What do you suggest I do?

DÂng n¿y (you be/he apologise...) ½éi khi ½õôc gÑi l¿ subjuctive (lêi giÀ ½Ình). V¿ bÂn cÕng cÍ thæ dÓng vði thÉ hièn tÂi (present) hay qu¾ khö (past):  It’s essential that you are here on time.  I demanded that he apologised.

Càn thân khi dÓng suggest. BÂn khéng ½õôc dÓng to... (to do/to buy etc) sau suggest:  What do you suggest we should do?

hoÜc  What do you suggest we do? (Nhõng khéng nÍi 'What do you suggest us to do?')

BÂn ½å nghÌ chÒng ta nãn l¿m gÉ?  Jane suggested that I (should) buy a car.

hoÜc  Jane suggested that I bought a car. (nhõng khéng nÍi “Jane suggested me to buy”)

Jane ½Á gôi û téi nãn mua mît chiäc xe. #êi vði dÂng suggest -ing xem UNIT 52.

C

BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng should sau mît sê tÈnh t÷, ½Üc bièt l¿: strange odd funny typical natural interesting surprised surprising

:l lÓng :kü l :buën cõñi :½iæn hÉnh :tú nhiãn :thÒ vÌ, lû thÒ :ngÂc nhiãn :kinh ngÂc

 It’s strange that he should be late. He’s usually on time.

Thât l lÓng l¿ anh Þy cÍ thæ trç. Anh Þy thõñng ½Òng giñ m¿.  I was surprised that she should say such a thing.

Téi ½Á ngÂc nhiãn rÙng cé Þy lÂi nÍi mît ½iåu nhõ vây.

D

If... should...

BÂn cÍ thæ nÍi “If something should happen...” (näu ½iåu gÉ ½Í xÀy ra...) VÈ dÖ nhõ:  If Tom should phone while I’m out, tell him I’ll phone him back later.

Näu Tom cÍ gÑi ½ièn lÒc téi ra ngo¿i, nÍi vði anh Þy l¿ téi sÆ gÑi cho anh Þy sau. “If Tom should phone” tõïng tú nhõ “If Tom phones”. Vði should ngõñi nÍi cÀm thÞy khÀ n×ng xÀy ra nhÏ hïn. XÃt mît vÈ dÖ kh¾c:  I’ve left the washing outside. If it should rain, can you bring it in?

Téi ½ang phïi ½ë bãn ngo¿i. Näu trñi mõa bÂn cÍ thæ mang chÒng v¿o ½õôc khéng? BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ ½Üt should ò ½ßu cÝu trong c¾c vÈ dÖ n¿y (should something happen...):  Should Tom phone, can you tell him I’ll phone him back later?

E

BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng I should.../I shouldn't... ½æ ½õa ra lñi khuyãn vði ai ½Í. VÈ dÖ nhõ:

 “Shall I leave now?” “No, I should wait a bit longer.” (if I were you)

"Téi cÍ nãn ½i bÝy giñ khéng?" "Khéng, téi sÆ ½ôi thãm mît chÒt nùa." (näu téi l¿ anh)

´ ½Ýy “I should wait” = näu téi l¿ anh, téi sÆ ½ôi, téi khuyãn anh nãn ½ôi. XÃt thãm 2 vÈ dÖ:  It’s very cold this morning. I should wear a coat when you go out.

S¾ng nay trñi rÞt lÂnh. Téi sÆ mÜc ¾o kho¾c khi ½i ra ngo¿i (näu téi l¿ anh).  I shouldn’t stay up too late. You’ll be tired tomorrow.

Téi sÆ khéng thöc khuya (näu téi l¿ anh). Ng¿y mai anh sÆ bÌ mèt.

Unit 35. Had better. It's time...

A

Had better (I’d better/you’d better)

I’d better do something = Téi nãn l¿m ½iåu gÉ ½Í, näu téi khéng l¿m thÉ sÆ cÍ thæ gÜp rØc rêi hay nguy hiæm:  I have to meet Ann in ten minutes. I’d better go now or I’ll be late.

Téi phÀi gÜp Ann sau 10 phÒt nùa. Têt hïn l¿ téi nãn ½i ngay, näu khéng téi sÆ bÌ trç.  “Shall I take an umbrella?” “Yes, you’d better. It might rain.”

"Téi cÍ nãn mang theo dÓ khéng?" "Nãn chö. Trñi cÍ thæ mõa ½Í."  We’d better stop for petrol soon. The tank is almost empty.

ChÒng ta nãn d÷ng lÂi ½ì x×ng sðm ½i. BÉnh x×ng gßn nhõ cÂn hät rëi. HÉnh thöc phÔ ½Ình l¿ I’d better not (=I had better not):  A: Are you going out tonight?

Têi nay bÂn cÍ ½i chïi khéng? B: I’d better not. I’ve got a lot of work to do. Têt hïn l¿ téi khéng ½i. Téi cÍ nhiåu vièc phÀi l¿m.  You don’t look very well. You’d better not go to work today.

BÂn tréng khéng ½õôc khÏe lØm. Têt hïn l¿ hém nay bÂn ½÷ng ½i l¿m. BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ dÓng had better khi bÂn muên cÀnh c¾o hay nhØc nhò ai ½Í rÙng hÑ phÀi l¿m ½iåu gÉ ½Í:  You’d better be on time/You’d better not be late. (or I’ll be very angry)

Anh têt hïn l¿ nãn ½i ½Òng giñ/Anh têt hïn l¿ ½÷ng trç nùa. (näu khéng téi sÆ rÞt giân) HÁy ghi nhð:  DÂng had better thõñng ½õôc viät tØt l¿: I’d better/you’d better... trong tiäng Anh giao tiäp:  I’d better phone Carol, hadn’t I?

Téi sÆ gÑi ½ièn thoÂi cho Carol, cÍ nãn khéng?  Had l¿ dÂng qu¾ khö (past form), nhõng trong cÖm t÷ n¿y nÍ mang nghËa hièn tÂi hay tõïng lai, khéng phÀi qu¾ khö (present or future not past):  I’d better go to the bank now/tomorrow.

Têt hïn l¿ téi nãn ½än ngÝn h¿ng ngay bÝy giñ/v¿o ng¿y mai.  Ta nÍi I’d better do... (khéng nÍi “to do”):  It might rain. We’d better take an umbrella. (not “we'd better to take”)

Trñi cÍ thæ mõa. Têt hïn l¿ chÒng ta nãn mang theo dÓ.

B

Had better v¿ should.

Had better cÍ nghËa tõïng tú nhõ should (xem UNIT 33A), nhõng chÒng khéng ho¿n to¿n giêng nhau. Ta chÊ dÓng had better cho nhùng tÉnh huêng ½Üc bièt (khéng dÓng trong nhùng trõñng hôp tìng qu¾t). CÎn should ½õôc dÓng cho tÞt cÀ c¾c trõñng hôp khi ½õa ra û kiän hay cho ai lñi khuyãn:  It’s cold today. You’d better wear a coat when you go out. (a particular situation)

Hém nay trñi lÂnh. Têt hïn l¿ bÂn nãn mÜc ¾o kho¾c khi ½i ra ngo¿i. (mît tÉnh huêng ½Üc bièt)  I think all drivers should wear seat belts. (in general — khéng nÍi had better wear)

Téi nghË l¿ tÞt cÀ c¾c t¿i xä nãn ½eo dÝy lõng an to¿n. (mît c¾ch tìng qu¾t) CÕng vây, ½êi vði had better, luén luén cÍ mît mêi nguy hiæm hay chuyèn khéng hay näu bÂn khéng l¿m theo lñi khuyãn. CÎn should chÊ mang û nghËa "½Í l¿ mît vièc nãn l¿m". HÁy so s¾nh:  It’s a great film. You should go and see it. (but no danger, no problem if you don't)

Thât l¿ mît cuên phim hay. BÂn nãn ½i xem nÍ. (bÂn khéng xem cÕng khéng cÍ vÞn ½å gÉ)  The film starts at 8.30. You’d better go now or you’ll be late.

Cuên phim bØt ½ßu lÒc 8 giñ 30. BÂn nãn ½i ngay bÝy giñ näu khéng bÂn sÆ trç.

C

It's time...

BÂn cÍ thæ nÍi: It’s time (for somebody) to do something (½Á ½än lÒc mît ngõñi l¿m vièc gÉ ½Í):  It’s time to go home/It’s time for us to go home.

#än lÒc chÒng ta ½i vå nh¿ rëi. BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ nÍi:  It’s late. It’s time we went home.

Trç rëi. #Á ½än lÒc chÒng ta ½i vå nh¿. Trong cÝu n¿y chÒng ta dÓng went — dÂng qu¾ khö (past) nhõng nÍ mang nghËa hièn tÂi hay tõïng lai (khéng mang nghËa qu¾ khö)  It’s 10 o’clock and he’s still in bed. It’s time he got up. (khéng nÍi “It's time he gets up”)

#Á 10 giñ rëi m¿ anh Þy cÎn ò trãn giõñng. #Á ½än lÒc anh Þy dây rëi. It’s time you did something = LÆ ra bÂn ½Á nãn l¿m hay khòi sú l¿m céng vièc ½Í rëi. ChÒng ta dÓng cÞu trÒc n¿y ½æ phã ph¾n hay ph¿n n¿n ai ½Í:  It’s time the children were in bed. It’s long after their bedtime.

#Á ½än lÒc bÑn trÅ phÀi ½i ngÔ rëi. #Á qu¾ giñ ½i ngÔ cÔa chÒng lÝu rëi.  The windows are very dirty. I think it’s time we cleaned them.

C¾c cøa sì bàn qu¾. Téi nghË l¿ ½Á ½än lÒc chÒng ta phÀi lau chÓi chÒng rëi. BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ nÍi It’s about time..., It’s high time ... ½æ l¿m mÂnh hïn tÈnh chÞt phã ph¾n:  Jack is a great talker. But it’s about time he did something instead of just talking.

Jack l¿ mît tãn kho¾c l¾c. Nhõng ½Á ½än lÒc hØn ta phÀi l¿m mît vièc gÉ ½Í thay vÉ chÊ nÍi suéng.  You’re very selfish. It’s high time you realised that you’re not the most important person in

the world. Anh thât Èch ký. #Á ½än lÒc anh phÀi nhân thöc rÙng anh khéng phÀi l¿ ngõñi quan trÑng nhÞt trãn thä giði n¿y.

Unit 36. Can/Could/Would you...? etc.

A

Asking people to do things (requests) Yãu cßu ai ½Í l¿m vièc gÉ ½Í (lñi yãu cßu):

Ta thõñng dÓng can hay could ½æ yãu cßu ai ½Í l¿m vièc gÉ:  Can you wait a moment, please? hoÜc  Could you wait a moment, please.

Xin éng vui lÎng chñ mît chÒt.  Liz, can you do me a favour?

Liz, bÂn cÍ thæ giÒp téi ½õôc khéng?  Excuse me, could you tell me how to get to the station?

Xin líi, anh cÍ thæ chÊ ½õñng cho téi ½än nh¿ ga ½õôc khéng?  I wonder if you could help me.

Téi tú hÏi khéng biät anh cÍ thæ giÒp téi ½õôc khéng. Ghi nhð rÙng ta nÍi “Do you think (you) could...?” (thõñng khéng dÓng can):  Do you think you could lend me some money until next week?

Anh thÞy l¿ cÍ thæ cho téi mõôn Èt tiån cho ½än tußn tði ½õôc khéng? Ta cÕng cÍ thæ dÓng will v¿ would ½æ yãu cßu ai l¿m vièc gÉ ½Í (nhõng can v¿ could ván ½õôc dÓng nhiåu hïn):  Liz, will you do me a favor?

Liz, bÂn cÍ thæ giÒp téi ½õôc khéng?  Would you please be quiet? I’m trying to concentrate.

BÂn vui lÎng giù yãn lÜng nhÃ. Téi ½ang cê gØng tâp trung

B

Asking for things. Yãu cßu ½iåu gÉ vði ai ½Í.

#æ yãu cßu ai mît ½iåu gÉ bÂn cÍ thæ nÍi Can I have...? hoÜc Could I have...?  (in a shop) Can I have these postcards, please?

(trong cøa h¿ng) L¿m ïn cho téi xem mÞy tÞm bõu thiäp n¿y ½õôc khéng?  (during a meal) Could I have salt, please?

(trong bùa ×n) L¿m ïn cho téi xin Èt muêi ½õôc khéng? May I have...? cÕng cÍ thæ ½õôc dÓng (tuy Èt théng dÖng hïn)  May I have these postcards, please?

Vui lÎng cho téi xem mÞy tÞm bõu thiäp n¿y ½õôc khéng?

C

Asking for and giving permission. Xin phÃp v¿ cho phÃp.

#æ xin phÃp l¿m ½iåu gÉ ½Í, chÒng ta thõñng dÓng can, could hay may:  (on the phone) Hello, can I speak to Tom, please?

(qua ½ièn thoÂi) Alé, xin vui lÎng cho téi nÍi chuyèn vði Tom.  “Could I use your phone?” “Yes, of course.”

"Téi cÍ thæ dÓng ½ièn thoÂi cÔa anh ½õôc khéng?" "DË nhiãn l¿ ½õôc"  Do you think I could borrow your bike?

BÂn cÍ thæ cho téi mõôn xe ½Âp cÔa bÂn ½õôc khéng?  “May I come in?” “Yes, please do.”

"Téi cÍ thæ v¿o ½õôc khéng?" "#õôc xin mñi v¿o" #æ cho phÃp ai l¿m vièc gÉ chÒng ta cÍ thæ dÓng can hay may:  You can use the phone hoÜc You may use the phone.

BÂn cÍ thæ sø dÖng ½ièn thoÂi. May nghi thöc hïn v¿ Èt ½õôc dÓng hïn can v¿ could.

D

Offering to do things. #å nghÌ l¿m mît vièc gÉ:

 “Can I get you a cup of coffee?” “Yes, that would be very nice.”

"Téi pha cho bÂn mît ly c¿ phã nhÃ?" "VÝng nhõ vây thât l¿ têt."  “Can I help you?” “No, it’s all right. I can manage.”

"Téi cÍ thæ giÒp cé ½õôc khéng?" "D théi, khéng cÍ gÉ ½Ýu. Téi cÍ thæ ½Àm ½õïng ½õôc." BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ dÓng I’ll... ½æ ½å nghÌ l¿m mît vièc gÉ ½Í. (xem thãm UNIT 21C)  You look tired. I’ll get you a cup of coffee.

Anh tréng cÍ vÅ mèt. Téi sÆ pha cho anh mît t¾ch c¿ phã nhÃ.

E

Offering and inviting. Lñi ½å nghÌ v¿ lñi mñi:

#æ ½õa ra lñi ½å nghÌ hay lñi mñi chÒng ta cÍ thæ dÓng Would you like...? (khéng dÓng “do you like”)  “Would you like a cup of coffee?” “Yes, please.”

"BÂn dÓng mît t¾ch c¿ phã nhÃ?" "VÝng vui lÎng cho téi mît t¾ch"  “Would you like to come to dinner tomorrow evening?” “Yes, I’d love to.”

"BÂn vui lÎng tði dÓng bùa têi vði chÒng téi ng¿y mai nhÃ?" "VÝng téi rÞt vui ½õôc ½än." I’d like... l¿ mît c¾ch nÍi lÌch sú ½æ diçn tÀ nhùng ½iåu bÂn muên:  (at a tourist information office) I’d like some information about hotels, please.

(tÂi mît v×n phÎng hõðng dán du lÌch) Mong anh vui lÎng cho téi biät mît sê théng tin vå c¾c kh¾ch sÂn.

 (in a shop) I’d like to try on this jacket, please.

(tÂi mît cøa h¿ng) Vui lÎng cho téi thø c¾i ¾o vÃt n¿y nhÃ.

Unit 37. If I do... and If I did...

A

So s¾nh c¾c vÈ dÖ sau:

(1) Sue has lost her watch. She thinks it may be at Ann’s house.

Sue ½Á l¿m mÞt chiäc ½ëng hë cÔa cé Þy. Cé Þy nghË nÍ cÍ thæ ò nh¿ Ann. SUE: I think I left my watch at your house. Have you seen it?

Téi nghË l¿ téi ½Á ½æ c¾i ½ëng hë cÔa téi ò nh¿ bÂn. BÂn cÍ nhÉn thÞy nÍ khéng? ANN: No, but I’ll have a look when I get home. If I find it, I’ll tell you.

Khéng nhõng téi sÆ xem lÂi khi téi vå nh¿. Näu tÉm thÞy téi sÆ nÍi vði bÂn.  Trong vÈ dÖ n¿y, Ann cÀm thÞy cÍ mît khÀ n×ng thúc tä rÙng cé Þy sÆ tÉm thÞy chiäc ½ëng hë cÔa Sue ½æ quãn ò nh¿ mÉnh. VÉ vây, cé Þy nÍi: If I find..., I’ll... (näu téi tÉm thÞy..., téi sÆ...) (2) Ann says: If I found a wallet in the street, I’d take it to the police. Ann nÍi: Näu téi nhÜt ½õôc mît c¾i vÈ trãn ½õñng, téi sÆ mang nÍ ½än ½ën cÀnh s¾t.

 #Ýy l¿ mît dÂng tÉnh huêng kh¾c. ´ vÈ dÖ n¿y, Ann khéng nghË tði khÈa cÂnh thúc tä cÔa vÞn ½å; cé Þy ½ang giÀ ½Ình mît tÉnh huêng v¿ khéng mong chñ tÉm thÞy mît c¾i vÈ ò trãn ½õñng. VÉ vây, cé Þy nÍi: If I found..., I’d (=I would)... (khéng dÓng “If I find... I'll...”) Khi bÂn giÀ ½Ình mît ½iåu gÉ tõïng tú nhõ vây, bÂn dÓng cÞu trÒc if+thÉ qu¾ khö (if I found/if you were/if we didn’t... ). Nhõng nÍ khéng mang nÃt nghËa qu¾ khö (past):  What would you do if you won a million pounds?

(we don't really expect this to happen) BÂn sÆ l¿m gÉ näu bÂn kiäm ½õôc mît trièu bÀng Anh? (chÒng ta khéng thât sú mong chñ hay nghË ½iåu n¿y sÆ xÀy ra)  I don’t really want to go to their party, but I probably will go. They’d be offended if I

didn’t go. Téi thât sú khéng muên ½än dú buìi tièc cÔa hÑ, nhõng cÍ thæ téi sÆ ½i. HÑ sÆ giân näu téi khéng tði.  Sarah has decided not to apply for the job. She isn’t really qualified for it, so she probably

wouldn’t get it if she applied. Sarah ½Á quyät ½Ình khéng nîp ½ïn xin vièc nùa. Cé Þy khéng thât sú cÍ ½Ô n×ng lúc cho céng vièc ½Í, vÉ vây cé Þy cÍ thæ khéng ½õôc nhân näu cé Þy nîp ½ïn.

B

Théng thõñng ta khéng dÓng would ò mènh ½å if:

 I’d be very frightened if somebody pointed a gun at me. (khéng nÍi “if somebody would

point”) Téi sÆ rÞt sô näu cÍ ai ½Í chËa sÒng v¿o téi.

 If I didn’t go to their party, they’d be offended. (khéng nÍi “If I wouldn't go”)

Näu téi khéng tði dú buìi tièc cÔa hÑ, hÑ sÆ giân. Nhõng cÕng cÍ thæ nÍi “if...would” khi bÂn yãu cßu mît ngõñi l¿m vièc gÉ ½Í:  (from a formal letter) I would be grateful if you would send me your brochure as soon as

possible. (trong mît l¾ thõ giao dÌch) Téi sÆ biät ïn näu quÈ éng gòi ½än cho téi cuên tú giði thièu c¿ng sðm c¿ng têt.  “Shall I close the door?” “Yes, please, if you would.”

"Téi cÍ thæ ½Íng cøa ½õôc khéng?" "VÝng, bÂn cÍ thæ näu bÂn muên."

C

Trong c¾c th¿nh phßn kh¾c cÔa cÝu (ngoÂi tr÷ mènh ½å if) chÒng ta dÓng would (’d)/wouldn’t:

 If you took more exercise, you’d (=you would) probably feel healthier.

Näu bÂn ch×m tâp thæ dÖc hïn, bÂn sÆ cÀm thÞy mÂnh khÏe hïn.  Would you mind if I use your phone?

BÂn vui lÎng chö näu téi sø dÖng ½ièn thoÂi cÔa bÂn?  I’m not tired enough to go to bed yet. I wouldn’t sleep. (if I went to bed now)

Téi chõa qu¾ mèt ½æ phÀi ½i ngÔ ½Ýu. Téi sÆ khéng ngÔ ½õôc (näu téi ½i ngÔ bÝy giñ) Could v¿ might cÍ thæ thay thä lán nhau:  If you took more exercise, you might feel healthier. (= it is possible that you would feel

healthier) (= cÍ thæ l¿ bÂn sÆ cÀm thÞy mÂnh khÏe hïn)  If it stopped raining, we could go out. (=we would be able to go out)

Näu trñi tÂnh mõa, chÒng ta cÍ thæ ½i chïi. (= chÒng ta sÆ cÍ thæ ½i chïi)

D

Khéng dÓng when trong nhùng cÝu tõïng tú nhõ c¾c cÝu ò b¿i n¿y:

 They would be offended if we didn’t accept their invitation. (khéng nÍi 'when we didn't)

HÑ sÆ giân näu téi khéng chÞp nhân lñi mñi cÔa hÑ.  What would you do if you were bitten by a snake? (khéng nÍi 'when you were bitten')

BÂn sÆ l¿m gÉ näu bÂn bÌ rØn cØn? Muên biät vå if v¿ when, xem UNIT 25C.

Unit 38. If I knew... I wish I knew

A

HÁy xem xÃt vÈ dÖ sau: Sue wants to phone Paul but she can’t do this because she doesn’t know his number. She says: Sue muên gÑi ½ièn cho Paul nhõng cé Þy khéng thæ gÑi ½õôc vÉ cé Þy khéng biät sê ½ièn thoÂi cÔa anh Þy. Cé Þy nÍi:  If I knew his number, I would phone him. Näu téi biät sê ½ièn thoÂi cÔa anh Þy téi sÆ gÑi ½än anh Þy. Sue nÍi: If I knew his number... (näu téi biät sê ½ièn thoÂi cÔa anh Þy...) cho chÒng ta biät rÙng Sue khéng biät sê ½ièn thoÂi cÔa Paul. Cé Þy ½ang giÀ ½Ình mît tÉnh huêng. Näu... Trãn thúc tä, cé Þy khéng biät sê ½ièn thoÂi cÔa Paul.

Khi bÂn giÀ ½Ình ra mît tÉnh huêng nhõ vây, bÂn dÓng cÞu trÒc if+thÉ qu¾ khö (if I knew/if you were/if we didn’t...) nhõng nghËa cÔa cÝu l¿ hièn tÂi khéng phÀi qu¾ khö.  Tom would read more if he had more time. (but he doesn't have much time)

Tom sÆ ½Ñc s¾ch nhiåu hïn näu anh Þy cÍ nhiåu thñi gian hïn. (nhõng anh Þy khéng cÍ nhiåu thñi gian)  If I didn’t want to go to the party, I wouldn’t go. (but I want to go)

Näu téi khéng muên ½i dú tièc, téi sÆ khéng ½i. (nhõng téi muên ½i)  We wouldn’t have any money if we didn’t work. (but we work)

ChÒng ta sÆ khéng cÍ tiån näu chÒng ta khéng l¿m vièc. (nhõng chÒng ta cÍ l¿m vièc)  If you were in my position, what would you do?

Näu anh ò ½Ìa vÌ cÔa téi, anh sÆ l¿m gÉ?  It’s a pity you can’t drive. It would be useful if you could.

RÞt tiäc l¿ bÂn khéng biät l¾i xe. Näu bÂn biät l¾i xe thÉ thât cÍ lôi.

B

Sau t÷ wish chÒng ta cÕng dÓng thÉ qu¾ khö ½æ diçn ½Ât mît tÉnh huêng n¿o ½Í ò hièn tÂi. ChÒng ta dÓng wish ½æ nÍi rÙng chÒng ta lÞy l¿m tiäc vÉ mît ½iåu gÉ ½Í khéng xÀy ra theo û chÒng ta mong muên.

 I wish I knew Paul’s phone number.

(= I don't know it and I regret this) ·ðc gÉ téi biät ½õôc sê ½ièn thoÂi cÔa Sue. (=téi khéng biät v¿ téi lÞy l¿m tiäc)  Do you ever wish you could fly?

(you can't fly) CÍ bao giñ bÂn õðc l¿ bÂn biät bay khéng? (bÂn khéng thæ bay ½õôc)  It rains a lot here. I wish it didn’t rain so often.

´ ½Ýy trñi mõa nhiåu qu¾. ·ðc gÉ trñi ½÷ng cÍ mõa thõñng xuyãn nhõ vây.  It’s very crowded here. I wish there weren’t so many people. (but there are a lot of people)

´ ½Ýy thât ½éng ngõñi. ·ðc gÉ ½÷ng cÍ ½éng ngõñi ½än thä. (nhõng thúc tä cÍ nhiåu ngõñi)  I wish I didn’t have to work. (but I have to work)

·ðc gÉ téi khéng phÀi l¿m vièc. (nhõng téi phÀi l¿m vièc)

C

Sau if v¿ wish, bÂn cÍ thæ dÓng were thay vÉ dÓng was (if I were/I wish I were...) BÂn cÍ thæ nÍi:

 If I were you, I wouldn’t buy that coat hoÜc If I was you...

Näu téi l¿ anh téi sÆ khéng mua c¾i ¾o kho¾c ½Í.  I’d go out if it weren’t raining hoÜc if it wasn’t raining...

Téi sÆ ra ngo¿i näu nhõ trñi khéng mõa.  I wish it were possible hoÜc I wish it was possible.

·ðc gÉ ½iåu ½Í cÍ thæ xÀy ra.

D

Ta thõñng khéng dÓng would trong mènh ½å if hay sau wish:

 If I were rich, I would have a yacht. (khéng nÍi 'If I would be rich')

Näu téi gi¿u cÍ téi sÆ cÍ mît chiäc du thuyån.  I wish I had something to read. (khéng nÍi 'I wish I would have')

·ðc chi téi cÍ c¾i gÉ ½Í ½æ ½Ñc nhÊ. #éi khi ta cÕng cÍ thæ dÓng wish... would: “I wish you would listen”. Xem UNIT 40C.

E

#æ û rÙng could ½éi khi cÍ nghËa “would be able to” v¿ ½éi khi cÍ nghËa “was/were able to”:

 You could get a job more easily. (you could get = you would be able to get)  If you could speak a foreign language? (you could speak = you were able to speak)

BÂn cÍ thæ tÉm ½õôc vièc dç d¿ng näu bÂn cÍ thæ nÍi ½õôc mît ngoÂi ngù.

Unit 39. If I had known... I wish I had known

A

HÁy nghiãn cöu vÈ dÖ sau: Last month Gary was in hospital for an operation. Liz didn’t know this, so she didn’t go to visit him. They met a few days ago. Liz said: Th¾ng trõðc Gary ½Á nÙm ò bènh vièn ½æ pháu thuât. Liz ½Á khéng biät chuyèn n¿y, vÉ vây cé Þy khéng ½i th×m anh Þy ½õôc. C¾ch ½Ýy v¿i ng¿y hÑ gÜp nhau. Liz nÍi:  If I had known you were in hospital, I would have gone to visit you. Näu téi biät anh nÙm vièn, téi ½Á ½i th×m anh. Liz nÍi: If I had known you were in hospital... Nhõng thúc tä cé Þy ½Á khéng biät rÙng anh Þy ½Á nÙm vièn.

Khi nÍi vå qu¾ khö chÒng ta dÓng cÞu trÒc If+had(’d)... (if I had known/been/done...)  I didn’t see you when you passed me in the street. If I’d seen you, of course I would have

said hello. (but I didn't see you) Téi ½Á khéng nhÉn thÞy anh ½i qua trõðc mÜt téi trãn ½õñng. Näu téi nhÉn thÞy anh, tÞt nhiãn téi ½Á ch¿o anh rëi.  I decided to stay at home last night. I would have gone out if I hadn’t been so tired. (but I

was tired) Têi qua téi ½Á quyät ½Ình ò nh¿. Téi ½Á ½i chïi näu téi ½Á khéng qu¾ mèt. (nhõng thúc tä téi ½Á mèt)  If he had been looking where he was going, he wouldn’t have walked into the wall. (but he

wasn't looking) Näu anh Þy ½Á nhÉn thÞy ½õôc anh Þy ½ang ½i ½Ýu, anh Þy ½Á khéng ½Öng phÀi böc tõñng. (nhõng anh Þy ½Á khéng nhÉn thÞy)  The view was wonderful. If I’d had a camera, I would have taken some photographs. (but I

didn't have a camera) Khung cÀnh thât tuyèt vñi. Näu téi cÍ m¾y Ành, téi ½Á chÖp v¿i tÞm Ành. (nhõng téi ½Á khéng cÍ m¾y Ành) HÁy so s¾nh:  I’m not hungry. If I was hungry, I would eat something. (now)

Téi khéng ½Íi. Näu téi ½Íi, téi sÆ ×n mît chÒt gÉ ½Í. (hièn tÂi)  I wasn’t hungry. If I had been hungry, I would have eaten something. (qu¾ khö)

Téi ½Á khéng ½Íi. Näu téi ½Íi, téi ½Á ×n mît chÒt gÉ ½Í.

B

Khéng dÓng would trong mènh ½å if. Would ½õôc dÓng ò c¾c phßn kh¾c trong cÝu:

 If I had seen you, I would have said hello. (khéng nÍi 'If I would have seen you')

Näu téi nhÉn thÞy anh téi ½Á ch¿o anh.  Lõu û l¿ phßn viät tØt ’d cÍ thæ l¿ would hay had:  If I’d seen you (I'd seen = I had seen)  I’d have said hello (I'd have said = I would have said)

C

Mît c¾ch tõïng tú, ta dÓng had (done) sau wish. I wish something had happened(=I am sorry that it didn't happen). (Téi ½Á chñ ½iåu ½Í xÀy ra = Téi lÞy l¿m tiäc vÉ ½iåu ½Í ½Á khéng xÀy ra)

 I wish I’d known that Gary was ill. I would have gone to see him. (but I didn't know)

Gi¾ nhõ téi biät ½õôc Gary ½Á bÌ êm. Téi ½Á ½än th×m anh Þy rëi. (nhõng téi ½Á khéng biät)  I feel sick. I wish I hadn’t eaten so much cake. (I ate too much cake)

Téi cÀm thÞy khÍ chÌu. Gi¾ nhõ téi ½Á khéng ×n nhiåu b¾nh nhõ vây. (téi ½Á ×n qu¾ nhiåu b¾nh)  Do you wish you had studied science instead of languages? (you didn't study science)

BÂn cÍ ao õðc ½õôc theo hÑc ng¿nh khoa hÑc thay vÉ ngén ngù hÑc khéng? (bÂn ½Á khéng hÑc ng¿nh khoa hÑc)  The weather was cold while we were away. I wish it had been warmer.

Khi chÒng téi ra ½i trñi rÞt lÂnh. Téi ½Á mong õðc trñi Þm hïn. Khéng dÓng would have sau wish trong nhùng cÝu nhõ vßy:  I wish it had been warmer. (khéng nÍi 'I wish it would have been')

Téi õðc gÉ trñi ½Á Þm hïn. So s¾nh would (do) v¿ would have (done):  If I had gone to the party last night, I would be tired now. (I am not tired now — present)

Näu têi qua téi ½i dú tièc, cÍ lÆ bÝy giñ téi sÆ bÌ mèt. (bÝy giñ téi khéng mèt — thÉ hièn tÂi)  If I had gone to the party last night, I would have met lots of people. (I didn't meet lots of

people — past) Näu têi qua téi ½i dú tièc, cÍ lÆ téi ½Á gÜp ½õôc nhiåu ngõñi. (téi ½Á khéng gÜp ½õôc nhiåu ngõñi — thÉ qu¾ khö)

D

HÁy so s¾nh would have v¿ might have:

 If the weather hadn’t been so bad, we would/could have gone out. (= we would have been

able to go out)/ we might have gone out (= perhaps we would have gone out) Näu thñi tiät ½Á khéng qu¾ xÞu nhõ vây, chÒng téi cÍ lÆ ½Á ½i dÂo chïi.

Unit 40. Would. I wish... would

A

Ta dÓng would (’d) khi chÒng ta giÀ ½Ình ra mît tÉnh huêng hay mît h¿nh ½îng:

 It would be nice to have a holiday but we can’t afford it.

Thât l¿ têt näu cÍ mît ng¿y nghÊ nhõng chÒng ta khéng thæ cÍ ½õôc.  I’m not going to bed yet. I’m not tired and I wouldn’t sleep.

Téi khéng ½i ngÔ bÝy giñ ½Ýu. Téi khéng mèt v¿ téi sÆ khéng ngÔ. #æ diçn tÀ ½iåu tõïng tú nhõ trong qu¾ khö, ta dÓng would have (done):  They helped me a lot. I don’t know what I would have done without their help.

HÑ ½Á giÒp ½ó téi rÞt nhiåu. Téi khéng biät téi ½Á l¿m ½õôc gÉ näu khéng cÍ sú giÒp ½ó cÔa hÑ.  I didn’t go to bed. I wasn’t tired, so I wouldn’t have slept.

Téi ½Á khéng ½i ngÔ. Téi khéng mèt, vÉ vây téi ½Á khéng ngÔ. #æ biät rÐ hïn c¾ch dÓng would trong cÝu cÍ if, xem UNIT 37, UNIT 38, UNIT 39.

B

So s¾nh will ('ll) v¿ would ('d):

 I’ll stay a bit longer. We’ve got plenty of time.

Téi sÆ ò lÂi lÝu hïn mît chÒt. Téi cÍ nhiåu thñi gian.  I’d stay a bit longer but I really have to go now. (so I can't stay longer)

Téi muên ò lÂi lÝu hïn mît chÒt nhõng téi thât sú phÀi ½i ngay bÝy giñ. (vÉ vây téi khéng thæ ò lÂi lÝu hïn ½õôc) #éi khi would/wouldn’t l¿ thæ qu¾ khö cÔa will/won’t. HÁy so s¾nh: present



TOM: I’ll phone you on Sunday .

Téi sÆ gÑi ½ièn cho anh v¿o chÔ nhât. 

ANN:I promise I won’t be late.

Téi höa sÆ khéng ½i trç nùa. 

LIZ: Damn! The car won’t start.

Ch¾n qu¾! Chiäc xe khéng nì m¾y. past  Tom said he’d phone me on Sunday.

Tom nÍi l¿ anh Þy sÆ gÑi ½ièn cho téi v¿o chÔ nhât.  Ann promised that she wouldn’t be late.

Ann ½Á höa l¿ cé Þy sÆ khéng ½än trç nùa.  Liz was angry because the car wouldn’t start.

Liz ½Á búc mÉnh vÉ chiäc xe khéng nì m¾y ½õôc.

C

I wish... would...

HÁy khÀo s¾t vÈ dÖ sau: It is raining. Jill wants to go out, but not in the rain. She says: Trñi ½ang mõa. Jill muên ½i dÂo chïi, nhõng khéng phÀi dõði trñi mõa. Cé Þy nÍi:  I wish it would stop raining. ·ðc gÉ trñi tÂnh mõa. CÝu trãn nÍi rÙng Jill ½ang ph¿n n¿n vå trñi mõa v¿ muên trñi tÂnh mõa. ChÒng ta dÓng I wish... would... khi chÒng ta muên mît ½iåu gÉ ½Í xÀy ra hay muên ai l¿m mît vièc gÉ. Ngõñi nÍi ½ang khéng bÙng lÎng vði ho¿n cÀnh hièn tÂi.  The phone has been ringing for five minutes. I wish somebody would answer it.

#ièn thoÂi ½Á ½ì chuéng 5 phÒt rëi. ·ðc gÉ cÍ ai ½Í trÀ lñi ½ièn thoÂi.  I wish you would do something instead of just sitting and doing nothing.

Téi mong l¿ anh sÆ l¿m mît vièc gÉ ½Í thay vÉ chÊ ngëi mît chí v¿ chÚng l¿m gÉ cÀ. BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng I wish... wouldn't... ½æ ph¿n n¿n mît vièc m¿ ai ½Í cö l¿m lÜp ½i lÜp lÂi.  I wish you wouldn’t keep interrupting me.

Téi mong rÙng anh sÆ khéng tiäp tÖc ngØt lñi téi nhõ vây. Ta dÓng I wish... would... cho nhùng h¿nh ½îng hay sú thay ½ìi, khéng phÀi nhùng tÉnh huêng hay ho¿n cÀnh. HÁy so s¾nh:  I wish Sarah would come. (= I want her to come)

·ðc gÉ Sarah sÆ ½än. (= téi mong cé Þy ½än) nhõng  I wish Sarah were (hay was) here now. (khéng nÍi 'I wish Sarah would be...')

·ðc gÉ Sarah bÝy giñ ½ang ò ½Ýy.  I wish somebody would buy me a car.

·ðc gÉ ai ½Í mua cho téi mît chiäc xe hïi. nhõng  I wish I had a car. (khéng nÍi 'I wish I would have...')

·ðc gÉ téi cÍ mît chiäc xe hïi. #æ hiæu rÐ hïn vå “I wish... were/had...” xem UNIT 38B v¿ 39C.

D

BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ dÓng would khi bÂn nÍi vå nhùng céng vièc xÀy ra mît c¾ch thõñng xuyãn trong qu¾ khö:

 When we were children, we lived by the sea. In summer, if the weather was fine, we would

all get up early and go for a swim. (= we did this regularly) Khi chÒng téi cÎn nhÏ, chÒng téi ½Á sêng cÂnh biæn. V¿o mÓa hÄ, näu thñi tiät têt, tÞt cÀ chÒng téi thõñng dây sðm v¿ ½i bïi. (= chÒng téi l¿m vièc n¿y thõñng xuyãn)  Whenever Arthur was angry, he would walk out of the room.

Míi khi Arthur töc giân, éng Þy thõñng ½i ra khÏi phÎng. Trong c¾c cÝu trãn, would cÕng mang û nghËa tõïng tú nhõ used to (xem UNIT 18).  Whenever Arthur was angry, he used to walk out of the room.

Unit 41. Passive (1)

A

KhÀo s¾t vÈ dÖ sau: 

This house was built in 1930.

“Was built” l¿ thæ bÌ ½îng (passive). HÁy so s¾nh dÂng chÔ ½îng (active) v¿ bÌ ½îng (passive)  

Somebody built this house in 1930. (active) Ai ½Í ½Á xÝy ngéi nh¿ n¿y v¿o n×m 1930. (chÔ ½îng) This house was built in 1930. (passive) Ngéi nh¿ n¿y ½Á ½õôc xÝy dúng v¿o n×m 1930. (bÌ ½îng)

´ thæ chÔ ½îng (active), chÔ thæ cÔa h¿nh ½îng (½îng t÷) l¿ chÔ ngù:  My grandfather was a builder. He built this house in 1930.

«ng téi l¿ mît nh¿ xÝy dúng. «ng cÖ ½Á xÝy ngéi nh¿ n¿y v¿o n×m 1930.  It’s a big company. It employs two hundred people.

NÍ l¿ mît céng ty lðn. NÍ cÍ 200 céng nhÝn. Ta dÓng thæ bÌ ½îng (passive), chÔ ngù l¿ ½êi tõông cÔa h¿nh ½îng (½îng t÷):  This house is quite old. It was built in 1930.

Ngéi nh¿ n¿y cÕ kþ qu¾. NÍ ½Á ½õôc xÝy dúng v¿o n×m 1930.  Two hundred people are employed by the company.

Hai tr×m céng nhÝn ½õôc thuã bòi céng ty. Khi chÒng ta dÓng thæ bÌ ½îng (passive), chÔ thæ hay t¾c nhÝn gÝy ra h¿nh ½îng thõñng khéng quan trÑng v¿ khéng ½õôc biät tði:  A lot of money was stolen in the robber. (somebody stole it but we don’t know who)

Mît khoÀn tiån lðn ½Á bÌ mÞt trong vÖ cõðp. (ai ½Í ½Á lÞy tiån nhõng chÒng ta khéng biät l¿ ai)  Is this room cleaned every day? (does somebody clean it? — it's not important who)

C×n phÎng n¿y ½õôc lau chÓi h¿ng ng¿y phÀi khéng? (ai ½Í ½Á lau chÓi c×n phÎng? l¿ ai thÉ khéng quan trÑng) Näu chÒng ta muên nÍi thãm ai hay c¾i gÉ ½Á tÂo nãn h¿nh ½îng, chÒng ta dÓng by.  This house was built by my grandfather.

Ngéi nh¿ n¿y ½Á ½õôc xÝy dúng bòi éng téi.  Two hundred people are employed by the company.

B

Thæ bÌ ½îng (passive) ½õôc tÂo bòi ½îng t÷ be (is/was/have been...) + qu¾ khö phÝn t÷ (done/cleaned/seen...) (be)done (be) seen

(be) cleaned (be) damaged

(be) built...

2

HÁy so s¾nh thæ chÔ ½îng (active) v¿ bÌ ½îng (passive) cÔa thÉ present simple v¿ past simple. Present simple

active: clean(s)/see(s) v.v... Somebody cleans this room every day. Ai ½Í ½Á lau chÓi c×n phÎng n¿y míi ng¿y. passive: am/is/are cleaned/seen v.v... This room is cleaned every day. C×n phÎng n¿y ½õôc lau chÓi míi ng¿y.  Many accidents are caused by careless driving.

Nhiåu tai nÂn gÝy ra do sú l¾i xe bÞt càn.  I’m not often invited to parties.

Téi thõñng khéng ½õôc mñi dú c¾c buìi tièc.  How is this word pronounced?

T÷ n¿y ½õôc ph¾t Ým nhõ thä n¿o? Past simple

active: cleaned/saw etc Somebody cleaned this room yesterday. Ai ½Í ½Á lau chÓi c×n phÎng n¿y ng¿y hém qua. passive: am/is/are cleaned/seen v.v... This room was cleaned yesterday. C×n phÎng n¿y ½õôc lau chÓi ng¿y hém qua.  We were woken up by a loud noise during the night.

Trong ½ãm chÒng téi ½Á bÌ thöc giÞc bòi mît tiäng ½îng lðn.  “Did you go to the party?” “No, I wasn’t invited.”

"BÂn ½Á ½i dú tièc phÀi khéng?" "Khéng, téi ½Á khéng ½õôc mñi."  How much money was stolen?

Bao nhiãu tiån ½Á bÌ ½¾nh cØp?

Unit 42. Passive (2) HÁy nghiãn cöu c¾c dÂng chÔ ½îng (active) v¿ bÌ ½îng (passive) dõði ½Ýy:

A

Infinitive (½îng t÷ nguyãn máu — hièn tÂi ½ïn)

active: (to) do/clean/see v.v... Somebody will clean the room later. SÆ cÍ ngõñi lau chÓi c×n phÎng sau ½Í. passive: (to) be done/cleaned/seen v.v... The room will be cleaned later. C×n phÎng sÆ ½õôc lau chÓi sau ½Í.  The situation is serious. Something must be done before it’s too late.

TÉnh thä trò nãn nghiãm trÑng. Mît sê vièc phÀi ½õôc ho¿n tÞt trõðc khi qu¾ trç.  A mystery is something that can’t be explained.

Mît ½iåu bÈ àn l¿ ½iåu m¿ khéng thæ giÀi thÈch ½õôc.  The music was very loud and could be heard from a long way away.

Tiäng nhÂc rÞt to v¿ cÍ thæ nghe ½õôc t÷ ½Ùng xa.  A new supermarket is going to be built next year.

Mît siãu thÌ mði sÆ ½õôc xÝy dúng v¿o n×m tði.  Please go away. I want to be left alone.

L¿m ïn ½i ½i. Téi muên ò lÂi mît mÉnh.

B

Perfect Infinitive

active: have done/cleaned/seen v.v... Somebody should have cleaned the room. LÆ ra ½Á cÍ ngõñi lau chÓi c×n phÎng rëi. passive: have been done/cleaned/seen v.v... The room should have been cleaned. C×n phÎng lÆ ra phÀi ½õôc lau chÓi rëi.  I haven’t received the letter yet. It might have been sent to the wrong address.

Téi chõa nhân ½õôc thõ. CÍ thæ nÍ ½Á ½õôc gøi sai ½Ìa chÊ.  If you hadn’t left the car unlocked, it would have been stolen.

Näu bÂn khéng khÍa xe, nÍ hÚn ½Á bÌ lÞy trîm rëi.  There were some problems at first but they seem to have been solved.

LÒc ½ßu cÍ mît sê vÞn ½å nhõng dõñng nhõ chÒng ½Á ½õôc giÀi quyät.

C

Present Perfect

active: have/has (done) The room looks nice. Somebody has cleaned it. C×n phÎng tréng thât ½Çp. CÍ ai ½Í ½Á lau chÓi nÍ. passive: have/has been (done) The room looks nice. It has been cleaned. C×n phÎng tréng thât ½Çp. NÍ ½Á ½õôc lau chÓi.  Have you heard the news? The President has been shot!

BÂn cÍ nghe tin chõa? Tìng thêng ½Á bÌ bØn!  Have you ever been bitten by a dog?

BÂn ½Á bao giñ bÌ chÍ cØn chõa?  “Are you going to the party?” “No, I haven’t been invited.”

"BÂn cÍ ½i dú tièc khéng?" "Khéng, téi ½Á khéng ½õôc mñi."

D

Present Continuous

active: am/is/are (do) ing Somebody is cleaning the room at the moment. LÒc n¿y ½ang cÍ ngõñi lau chÓi c×n phÎng. passive: am/is/are being (done) The room is being cleaned at the moment. C×n phÎng lÒc n¿y ½ang ½õôc lau chÓi.  There’s somebody walking behind us. I think we are being followed.

CÍ ai ½Í ½ang ½i phÈa sau chÒng ta. Téi nghË l¿ chÒng ta ½ang bÌ theo dÐi.  (in the shop) “Can I help you, madam?”

(trong cøa h¿ng) "Thõa b¿, téi cÍ thæ giÒp b¿?" “No, thank you. I’m being served.” "Khéng, c¾m ïn. Téi ½ang ½õôc phÖc vÖ."

E

Past continuous

active: was/were (do)ing Somebody was cleaning the room when I arrived. LÒc téi ½än ½ang cÍ ai lau chÓi c×n phÎng.

passive: was/were being (done) The room was being cleaned when I arrived. C×n phÎng lÒc téi ½än ½ang ½õôc lau chÓi.  There was somebody walking behind us. We were being followed.

LÒc ½Í cÍ ngõñi ½ang ½i phÈa sau chÒng téi. ChÒng téi lÒc ½Í ½ang bÌ theo dÐi.

Unit 43. Passive (3)

A

I was born...

Ta nÍi: I was born... (khéng nÍi 'I am born'):  I was born in Chicago.

Téi sinh ra ò Chicago.  Where were you born? (not 'where are you born?')

BÂn sinh ra ò ½Ýu? nhõng  How many babies are born every day?

Míi ng¿y cÍ bao nhiãu em bà ½õôc sinh ra?

B

Mît sê ½îng t÷ cÍ hai object (tÒc t÷). ChÚng hÂn nhõ ½îng t÷ give:

 We gave the police (object 1) the information. (object 2) (= we gave the information to the

police) ChÒng téi ½Á cung cÞp cho cÀnh s¾t c¾c théng tin. (= ChÒng téi ½Á cung cÞp c¾c théng tin cho cÀnh s¾t)  The police were given the information hay The information was given to the police.

CÀnh s¾t ½Á ½õôc cung cÞp c¾c théng tin. Mît sê ½îng t÷ kh¾c cÕng cÍ hai tÒc t÷: ask, pay, show, teach, tell:  I was offered the job but I refuse it. (they offered me the job)

Téi ½Á ½õôc nhân l¿m vièc nhõng téi ½Á t÷ chêi. (= hÑ ½Á nhân téi l¿m vièc)  You will be given plenty of time to decide. (= we will give you plenty of time)

BÂn sÆ cÍ nhiåu thñi gian ½æ quyät ½Ình. (= chÒng téi sÆ cho bÂn nhiåu thñi gian)  Have you been shown the new machine? (= has anybody shown you... ?)

BÂn ½Á ½õôc xem chiäc m¾y mði chõa? (= ½Á cÍ ai cho bÂn xem...?)  The men were paid £200 to do the work. (= somebody paid the men £200)

Nhùng ngõñi ½¿n éng ½Á ½õôc trÀ 200 bÀng ½æ l¿m vièc ½Í. (= ai ½Í ½Á trÀ 200 bÀng cho nhùng ngõñi ½¿n éng)

C

I don't like being...

Thæ bÌ ½îng cÔa doing/seeing v.v... l¿ being done/being sold v.v... So s¾nh: active: passive:

I don’t like people telling me what to do. Téi khéng thÈch ngõñi ta sai bÀo téi phÀi l¿m gÉ. I don’t like being told what to do.

Téi khéng thÈch bÌ sai bÀo.  I remember being given a toy drum on my fifth birthday. (= I remember somebody giving me a toy drum) Téi nhð mÉnh ½Á ½õôc tÜng mît c¾i trêng ½ë chïi v¿o dÌp sinh nhât lßn thö n×m cÔa téi. (Téi nhð ai ½Í ½Á tÜng téi mît c¾i trêng ½ë chïi)  Mr Miller hates being kept waiting. (= he hates people keeping him waiting)

«ng Miller ghÃt phÀi chñ ½ôi. (= éng Þy khéng thÈch mÑi ngõñi l¿m éng phÀi chñ ½ôi)  We managed to climb over the wall without being seen. (= ... without anybody seeing us)

ChÒng téi ½Á tÉm c¾ch trÄo qua böc tõñng m¿ khéng bÌ nhÉn thÞy. (= ... khéng ai nhÉn thÞy chÒng téi)

D

Get

#éi khi bÂn cÍ thæ dÓng get thay cho be ò thæ bÌ ½îng (passive):  There was a fight at the party but nobody got hurt. (= nobody was hurt)

#Á cÍ mît trân àu ½À tÂi buìi tièc nhõng khéng ai bÌ thõïng cÀ.  I don’t often get invited to parties. (= I'm not often invited)

Téi Èt khi ½õôc mñi dú tièc.  I’m surprised Ann didn’t get offered the job. (... Ann wasn't offered the job)

Téi ngÂc nhiãn l¿ Ann ½Á khéng ½õôc nhân vièc. BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng get ½æ nÍi rÙng cÍ vièc gÉ ½Í xÀy ra vði ai ½Í hay vði sú vât n¿o ½Í, ½Üc bièt näu ½iåu ½Í khéng ½õôc dú ½Ình hay l¿ bÞt ngñ:  Our dog got run over by a car.

Con chÍ cÔa chÒng téi ½Á bÌ c¾n bòi mît chiäc xe hïi. BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng get chÊ khi sú vièc xÀy ra hay ½ìi thay. VÈ dÖ, bÂn khéng thæ dÓng get trong c¾c cÝu sau:  Jill is liked by everybody. (khéng nÍi 'gets liked' — ½Ýy khéng phÀi l¿ mît sú vièc xÀy ra — a

'happening') Jill ½õôc mÑi ngõñi yãu män.  He was a mystery man. Nothing was known about him. (not 'got known')

«ng Þy l¿ mît ngõñi bÈ hiæm. Khéng ai biät gÉ vå éng Þy cÀ. ChÒng ta dÓng get chÔ yäu trong tiäng Anh giao tiäp théng thõñng (informal spoken English). BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng be trong tÞt cÀ c¾c tÉnh huêng. ChÒng ta cÕng cÍ thæ dÓng c¾c cÝu th¿nh ngù sau (m¿ khéng mang nghËa thÖ ½îng): get married

lâp gia ½Énh

get dressed get divorced get changed

mÜc qußn ¾o ly dÌ thay qußn ¾o

Unit 44. It is said that... He is said to.. (be) supposed to

A

KhÀo s¾t vÈ dÖ sau: Henry is very old. Nobody knows exactly how old he is, but: «ng Henry rÞt gi¿. Khéng ai biät éng Þy bao nhiãu tuìi, nhõng: It is said that he is 108 years old.

hay He is said to be 108 years old. CÀ hai cÝu n¿y ½åu cÍ nghËa: “People said that he is 108 years old.” (Ngõñi ta nÍi rÙng éng Þy 108 tuìi) BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng cÞu trÒc n¿y vði mît sê ½îng t÷ kh¾c, ½Üc bièc l¿ vði: thought (nghË) believed (tin rÙng) considered (xem xÃt, cho l¿) reported (b¾o c¾o) known (biät) expected (mong chñ) alleged (buîc tîi) understood (hiæu)

So s¾nh hai cÞu trÒc sau:  Cathy works very hard. (Cathy l¿m vièc rÞt ch×m)

It is said that she works 16 hours a day. hay She is said to work 16 hours a day. Ngõñi ta nÍi rÙng cé Þy l¿m vièc 16 giñ mît ng¿y.  The police are looking for a missing boy. (CÀnh s¾t ½ang tÉm kiäm ½öa bà mÞt tÈch)

It is believed that the boy is wearing a white pullover and blue jeans. hay The boy is believed to be wearing a white pullover and blue jeans. Ngõñi ta tin l¿ ½öa bà mÜc mît c¾i ¾o thun trØng v¿ qußn jean xanh.  The strike started three weeks ago. (Cuîc bÁi céng ½Á bØt ½ßu ba tußn trõðc)

It is expected that it will end soon hay The strike is expected to end soon. Ngõñi ta cho rÙng cuîc bÁi céng sÆ sðm chÞm döt.  A friend of mine has been arrested. (Mît ngõñi bÂn cÔa téi ½Á bÌ bØt)

It is alleged that he kicked a policeman. hay He is alleged to have kicked a policeman. Ngõñi ta buîc tîi l¿ anh Þy ½Á ½¾ mît ngõñi cÀnh s¾t.  Those two houses belong to the same family.

(Hai ngéi nh¿ ½Í thuîc vå cÓng mît gia ½Énh) It is said that there is a secret tunnel between them. hay There is said to be a secret tunnel between them. Ngõñi ta nÍi rÙng giùa 2 ngéi nh¿ cÍ mît ½õñng hßm bÈ mât. Nhùng cÞu trÒc n¿y thõñng ½õôc dÓng trong vièc tõñng thuât hay ½õa tin töc. VÈ dÖ trong bÀn tin vå mît tai nÂn.  It is reported that two people were injured in the explosion hay Two people are reported to

have been injured in the explosion. Ngõñi ta ½õa tin rÙng cÍ hai ngõñi ½Á bÌ thõïng trong vÖ nì.

B

(Be) supposed to

#éi khi it is supposed to ... = it is said to...  Let’s go and see that film. It’s supposed to be very good. (=it is said to be very good)

HÁy ½i xem phim ½Í ½i. Nghe nÍi phim hay lØm.  “Why was he arrested?” “He’s supposed to have kicked a policeman.” (He is said to have

kicked a policeman) "TÂi sao anh Þy bÌ bØt?" "Ngõñi ta nÍi l¿ anh Þy ½Á ½¾ mît ngõñi cÀnh s¾t." Nhõng ½éi khi supposed to cÍ mît nghËa kh¾c. “Something is supposed to happen” = Mît vièc gÉ ½Í ½Á ½õôc sØp xäp, dú ½Ình hay mong chñ xÀy ra. Thõñng thÉ ½iåu n¿y kh¾c vði nhùng gÉ thúc sú xÀy ra:  I’d better hurry. It’s nearly 8 o’clock and I’m supposed to be meeting Ann at 8.15.

(= I have arranged to meet Ann. I said I would meet her) Têt hïn l¿ téi phÀi khàn trõïng. #Á 8 giñ rëi v¿ téi dú ½Ình sÆ gÜp Ann v¿o lÒc 8 giñ 15. (=Téi ½Á sØp xäp ½æ gÜp Ann, téi ½Á nÍi l¿ téi sÆ gÜp cé Þy)  The train was supposed to arrive at 11.30 but it was an hour late. (=the train was expected to

arrive at 11.30 according to the timetable) #o¿n t¿u ½Á ½õôc dú tÈnh sÆ ½än v¿o lÒc 11 giñ 30 nhõng nÍ ½Á trç 1 giñ rëi. (=theo lÌch trÉnh ½o¿n t¿u sÆ ½än lÒc 11 giñ 30)  You were supposed to clean the windows. Why didn’t you do it?

Anh ½Á dú ½Ình lau chÓi c¾c cøa sì. TÂi sao anh khéng l¿m vièc ½Í?  ’You’re not supposed to park your car here. It’s private parking only.

«ng khéng ½õôc phÃp ½âu xe ò ½Ýy. Chí n¿y chÊ d¿nh ½æ ½âu xe tõ nhÝn m¿ théi.  Mr Bond is much better after his illness but he’s still not supposed to do any heavy work.

(his doctor has advised him not to...) Sau khi khÏi bènh, söc khÏe éng Bond ½Á kh¾ hïn nhõng éng Þy ván chõa nãn l¿m vièc nÜng (=

b¾c sË cÔa éng Þy ½Á khuyãn éng Þy).

Unit 45. Have something done

A

HÁy khÀo s¾t vÈ dÖ sau: The roof of Jill’s house was damaged in a storm, so she arranged for somebody to repair it. Yesterday a workman came and did the job. M¾i nh¿ cÔa Jill ½Á bÌ hõ hÏng trong mît cïn bÁo, vÉ thä cé Þy ½Á thu xäp cho ngõñi søa chùa. Hém qua mît ngõñi thô ½Á ½än v¿ tiän h¿nh céng vièc.  Jill had the roof repaired yesterday. M¾i nh¿ cÔa Jill ½Á ½õôc søa ng¿y hém qua. CÝu trãn cÍ nghËa: Jill ½Á sØp ½Üt cho mît ngõñi kh¾c søa chùa m¾i nh¿. Cé Þy khéng tú søa lÞy.

ChÒng ta dÓng have something done ½æ nÍi rÙng ta ½Á sØp ½Üt ½æ ngõñi kh¾c l¿m mît vièc gÉ ½Í cho chÒng ta. HÁy so s¾nh:  Jill repaired the roof. (= she repaired it herself)

Jill ½Á søa m¾i nh¿. (= cé Þy ½Á tú søa lÞy)  Jill had the roof repaired. (= she arranged for somebody else to repair it)

Jill ½Á nhñ ngõñi søa m¾i nh¿ — m¾i nh¿ cÔa Jill ½Á ½õôc søa. (= cé Þy ½Á sØp ½Üt cho ai ½Í søa m¾i nh¿) XÃt c¾c cÝu sau:  Did Ann make the dress herself or did she have it made?

Ann ½Á tú may c¾i ¾o ½ßm hay cé Þy ½Üt may?  “Are you going to repair the car yourself?” “No, I’m going to have it repaired.”

"BÂn sÆ tú søa xe phÀi khéng?" "Khéng, téi sÆ nhñ ngõñi ta søa." Càn thân vði trât tú cÔa t÷ trong c¾c loÂi cÝu n¿y. Qu¾ khö phÝn t÷ (past participle) (repaired/cut...) ½õôc ½Üt sau tÒc t÷ (object) (the roof/your hair...): have + object + past participle  Jill had the roof repaired yesterday.

Jill ½Á nhñ ngõñi søa m¾i nh¿.  Where did you have your hair cut?

BÂn ½Á cØt tÍc ò ½Ýu?  Your hair looks nice. Have you had it cut?

TÍc bÂn tréng ½Çp ½Þy. BÂn ½Á ½i cØt tÍc phÀi khéng?  Julia has just had central heating installed in her house.

Julia v÷a mði nhñ ngõñi lØp ½Üt lÎ sõòi trung tÝm trong nh¿ cé Þy.  We are having the house painted at the moment.

ChÒng téi ½ang cho ngõñi sïn lÂi ngéi nh¿ v¿o lÒc n¿y.

 How often do you have your car serviced?

Bao lÝu thÉ anh lÂi ½em xe ½i tu søa mît lßn?  I think you should have that coat cleaned soon.

Téi nghË l¿ anh nãn mang ¾o kho¾c cho ngõñi ta giÜt sðm ½i.  I don’t like having my photograph taken.

Téi khéng thÈch ngõñi kh¾c chÖp hÉnh téi.

Unit 46. Reported Speech (1)

A

HÁy xÃt tÉnh huêng sau: You want to tell somebody else what Tom said. Téi muên kæ cho ai ½Í ½iåu Tom ½Á nÍi. CÍ hai c¾ch ½æ diçn tÀ ½iåu n¿y: BÂn cÍ thæ lÜp lÂi lñi Tom nÍi (direct speech — trúc tiäp)  Tom said: “I’m feeling ill.” Tom ½Á nÍi: "Téi ½ang bÌ bènh" HoÜc bÂn cÍ thæ dÓng lêi tõñng thuât gi¾n tiäp (reported speech) 

Tom said that he was feeling ill. Tom ½Á nÍi rÙng anh Þy ½ang bÌ bènh.

HÁy so s¾nh: Direct: Tom said I am feeling ill. Reported: Tom said that he was feeling ill . Trong v×n viät chÒng ta dÓng dÂng n¿y ½æ diçn tÀ lêi tõñng thuât trúc tiäp (direct speech)

B

Khi chÒng ta dÓng reported speech, ½îng t÷ chÈnh cÔa cÝu thõñng ò qu¾ khö (’Tom said that...')

 Tom said that he was feeling ill.

Tom ½Á nÍi rÙng anh Þy ½ang bÌ bènh.  I told her that I didn’t have any money.

Téi ½Á nÍi vði cé Þy l¿ téi khéng cÍ tiån. BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ bÏ that:  Tom said (that) he was feeling ill.  I told her (that) I didn’t have any money.

Thõñng dÂng thöc hièn tÂi trong cÝu trúc tiäp (direct speech) ½õôc ½ìi sang qu¾ khö trong cÝu gi¾n tiäp (reported speech): am/is  was are  were do/does did willwould have/has  had can  could want/like/know/go v.v...  wanted/ liked/ knew/ went v.v... So s¾nh c¾c cÝu trúc tiäp v¿ gi¾n tiäp sau:

direct speech: BÂn ½Á gÜp Judy. #Ýy l¿ mît sê cÝu cé Þy ½Á nÍi vði bÂn trong cÝu trúc tiäp. reported speech Sau ½Í bÂn kæ cho ai ½Í nhùng gÉ Judy nÍi. BÂn dÓng c¾ch nÍi gi¾n tiäp. directed speech  “My parents are very well.” "Cha mÇ téi rÞt mÂnh khÏe."  “I’m going to learn to drive.”

"Téi sÆ hÑc l¾i xe."  “John has given up his job.”

"John ½Á bÏ vièc rëi."  “I can’t come to the party on Friday.”

"Téi khéng thæ ½i dú tièc v¿o ng¿y thö s¾u."  “I want to go away for a holiday but I don’t know where to go.”

"Téi muên ½i nghÊ xa nhõng téi khéng biät ½i ½Ýu cÀ."  “I’m going away for a few days. I’ll phone you when I get back.”

"Téi sØp søa ½i xa Èt ng¿y. Téi sÆ gÑi ½ièn cho anh khi téi vå." reported speech  Judy said that her parents were very well.

Judy ½Á nÍi l¿ bê mÇ cé Þy rÞt mÂnh khÏe.  She said that she was going to learn to drive.

Cé Þy ½Á nÍi l¿ cé Þy sØp hÑc l¾i xe.  She said that John had given up his job.

Cé Þy ½Á nÍi l¿ John ½Á bÏ vièc rëi.  She said that she couldn’t come to the party on Friday.

Cé Þy ½Á nÍi l¿ cé Þy khéng thæ ½i dú tièc v¿o thö s¾u  She said that she wanted to go away for a holiday but (she) didn’t know where to go.

Cé Þy ½Á nÍi l¿ cé Þy muên ½i nghÊ xa nhõng cé Þy ½Á khéng biät ½i ½Ýu.  She said that she was going away for a few days and would phone me when she got back.

Cé Þy ½Á nÍi l¿ cé Þy sØp søa ½i xa Èt ng¿y v¿ cé Þy sÆ gÑi ½ièn cho téi khi cé Þy vå.

C

ThÉ qu¾ khö ½ïn past simple (did/saw/knew...) cÍ thæ ½õôc giù nguyãn trong cÝu gi¾n tiäp reported speech, hoÜc bÂn cÕng cÍ thæ ½ìi sang past perfect (had done/had seen/had known...)

direct: reported

Tom said: “I’m woke up feeling ill, so I didn’t go to work.” Tom ½Á nÍi: "Téi ½Á thöc dây v¿ cÀm thÞy bènh, nãn téi ½Á khéng ½i l¿m." Tom said (that) he woke up feeling ill, so he didn’t go to work. or

Tom said (that) he had woken up feeling ill, so he hadn’t gone to work. Tom ½Á nÍi l¿ anh Þy ½Á thöc dây v¿ cÀm thÞy bènh, nãn anh Þy ½Á khéng ½i l¿m.

Unit 47. Reported Speech (2)

A

Khéng phÀi lÒc n¿o cÕng cßn thiät chuyæn ½ìi ½îng t÷ khi bÂn dÓng c¾ch nÍi gi¾n tiäp (reported speech). Näu bÂn ½ang kæ lÂi mît sú vièc v¿ nÍ ván cÎn ½Òng v¿o lÒc nÍi thÉ bÂn khéng cßn phÀi thay ½ìi ½îng t÷

direct: reported

direct: reported

Tom said: “New York is more lively than London.” Tom ½Á nÍi :" New York thÉ sêng ½îng hïn l¿ London." Tom said that New York is more lively than London. (New York is still more lively. The situation hasn't changed) Tom ½Á nÍi l¿ New York thÉ sêng ½îng hïn l¿ London. (New York bÝy giñ cÎn sêng ½îng hïn. TÉnh huêng ½Á khéng thay ½ìi) Ann said: “I want to go to New York next year.” Ann ½Á nÍi: " Téi muên ½i ½än New York v¿o n×m tði." Ann said that she wants to go to New York next year. (Ann still wants to go to New York next year) Ann ½Á nÍi l¿ cé Þy muên ½i ½än New York v¿o n×m tði. (BÝy giñ Ann ván cÎn muên ½i New York v¿o n×m tði)

C¾c cÝu trãn ván cÎn ½Òng khi bÂn ½ìi ½îng t÷ sang qu¾ khö:  Tom said that New York was more lively than London.  Ann said that she wanted to go to New York next year.

Nhõng bÂn phÀi dÓng thæ qu¾ khö khi cÍ sú kh¾c nhau giùa nhùng gÉ ½Á ½õôc nÍi v¿ nhùng gÉ thúc sú ½Òng ò thúc tä. KhÀo s¾t vÈ dÖ sau: 

You met Sonia a few days ago. BÂn ½Á gÜp Sonia v¿i ng¿y trõðc ½Í  She said: “Jim is ill.” (direct speech) Cé Þy nÍi: "Jim bÌ bènh "(trúc tiäp) Later that day you see Jim. He is looking well and carrying a tennis racket Sau hém ½Í Èt lÝu bÂn gÜp Jim. Anh Þy tréng khÏe mÂnh v¿ ½ang mang theo mît c¾i vôt tennis. You say:  “I didn’t expect to see you, Jim. Sonia said you were ill.” Téi khéng nghË l¿ téi gÜp anh, Jim ¿. Sonia ½Á nÍi l¿ anh ½Á bÌ bènh. (khéng nÍi “Sonia said you are ill”, bòi vÉ rÐ r¿ng l¿ anh Þy bÝy giñ ½ang mÂnh khÏe.)

B

Say v¿ tell

Näu bÂn ½å câp ½än ngõñi m¿ bÂn ½ang nÍi chuyèn, hÁy dÓng tell:  Sonia told me that you were ill. (not 'Sonia said me')

Sonia ½Á nÍi vði téi l¿ anh bÌ bènh.  What did you tell the police? (not 'say the police')

BÂn ½Á nÍi gÉ vði cÀnh s¾t? Nhùng trõñng hôp kh¾c dÓng say:  Sonia said that you were ill (not 'Sonia told that...')

Sonia ½Á nÍi l¿ anh ½Á bÌ bènh.  What did you say?

BÂn ½Á nÍi gÉ vây? Nhõng bÂn cÍ thæ nÍi “say something to somebody” (nÍi ½iåu gÉ ½Í vði ai ½Í, dÓng say):  Ann said goodbye to me and left. (not 'Ann said me goodbye')

Ann ½Á ch¿o tÂm bièt vði téi v¿ ra ½i.  What did you say to the police?

BÂn ½Á nÍi gÉ vði cÀnh s¾t?

C

Tell/ask somebody to do something.

ChÒng ta cÕng dÓng thæ nguyãn máu infinitive (to do/to stay etc) trong cÝu tõñng thuât gi¾n tiäp reported speech, ½Üc bièt vði tell v¿ ask, ½êi vði cÝu ra lènh (orders) hay yãu cßu (requests):  direct reported  direct reported  direct reported

“Stay in bed for a few days”, the doctor said to me. B¾c sË ½Á bÀo téi: "HÁy nÙm nghÊ v¿i ng¿y." The doctor told me to stay in bed for a few days. B¾c sË ½Á nÍi vði téi nÙm nghÊ v¿i ng¿y. “Don’t shout”, I said to Jim "#÷ng cÍ la lãn", téi ½Á nÍi vði Jim. I told Jim not to shout. Téi ½Á bÀo Jim khéng ½õôc la. “Please don’t tell anybody what happened”, Ann said to me. Ann ½Á dÜn téi: "Xin anh ½÷ng kæ cho bÞt cö ai vå chuyèn ½Á xÀy ra." Ann asked me not to tell anybody what (had) happened. Ann ½Á yãu cßu téi khéng nÍi cho ai vå chuyèn ½Á xÀy ra.

BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ dÓng “...said to do something”:  The doctor said to stay in bed for a few days. (nhõng khéng nÍi 'The doctor said me...')

B¾c sË ½Á bÀo téi nÙm nghÊ v¿i ng¿y.

Unit 48. Question (1)

A

ChÒng ta thõñng thay ½ìi trât tú cÔa t÷ trong cÝu ½æ tÂo th¿nh cÝu hÏi: #Üt trô ½îng t÷ ½ßu tiãn (first auxiliary verb—AV, trong trõñng hôp cÝu cÍ hïn mît trô ½îng t÷) lãn trõðc chÔ t÷ (subject—S):

S +

AV

Tom you I the house

will have can was

   

AV +

S

will have can was

Tom? you? I? the house?

 Will Tom be here tomorrow?

Ng¿y mai Tom cÍ ò ½Ýy khéng?  Have you been working hard?

BÂn ½Á l¿m vièc nhiåu phÀi khéng?  What can I do? (khéng nÍi 'What I can do?')

Téi cÍ thæ l¿m ½õôc gÉ?  When was the house built?

(khéng nÍi 'When was built the house?') Ngéi nh¿ ½õôc xÝy dúng khi n¿o vây?

B

Trong cÝu hÏi ò thÉ present simple, chÒng ta dÓng do/does: you live  the film begins 

do does

you live? the film begin?

 Do you live near here?

BÂn sêng cÍ gßn ½Ýy khéng?  What time does the film begin? (not 'What time begins...?')

MÞy giñ thÉ phim bØt ½ßu chiäu? Trong cÝu hÏi ò thÉ past simple, chÒng ta dÓng did: you the accident

sold happened

 

did you sell? did the accident happen?

 Did you sell your car?

Anh ½Á b¾n xe hïi rëi ¿?  How did the accident happen?

Tai nÂn ½Á xÀy ra nhõ thä n¿o? Nhõng khéng ½õôc dÓng do/does/did trong cÝu hÏi näu chÔ t÷ trong cÝu l¿ who/what/which. HÁy so s¾nh:

who object (tÒc t÷)  Emina telephoned somebody.

Emina ½Á gÑi ½ièn cho mît ngõñi n¿o ½Í.  Who did Emina telephone? Emina ½Á gÑi ½ièn cho ai vây? who subject (chÔ t÷)  somebody telephoned Emina.

Mît ngõñi n¿o ½Í ½Á gÑi ½ièn cho Emina.  Who telephoned Emina? Ai ½Á gÑi ½ièn cho Emina vây? Trong c¾c vÈ dÖ sau, who/what/which l¿ chÔ t÷ (subject):  Who wants something to eat? (khéng nÍi 'Who does want')

CÍ ai muên ×n mît chÒt gÉ khéng?  What happened to you last night? (khéng nÍi 'What did happen')

#iåu gÉ ½Á xÀy ra vði bÂn têi qua vây?  Which bus goes to the city centre? (khéng nÍi 'Which bus does go')

Xe buût n¿o sÆ ½än trung tÝm th¿nh phê?

C

ChÒ û vÌ trÈ cÔa giði t÷ (preposition) trong cÝu hÏi bØt ½ßu bÙng Who/What/Which/Where...?

 Who do you want to speak to?

BÂn muên nÍi chuyèn vði ai?  Which job has Jane applied for?

Jane ½Á nîp ½ïn xin vièc gÉ vây?  What was the weather like yesterday?

Thñi tiät ng¿y hém qua thä n¿o?  Where do you come from?

BÂn t÷ ½Ýu ½än?

D

Negative questions (dÂng cÝu hÏi phÔ ½Ình) isn’t it...?/ didn’t you...?

ChÒng ta dÓng cÝu hÏi phÔ ½Ình ½Üc bièt khi biæu lî sú ngÂc nhiãn:  Didn’t you hear the bell? I rang it four times.

BÂn khéng nghe thÞy tiäng chuéng sao? Téi ½Á bÞm chuéng 4 lßn. hay chÒng ta mong muên ngõñi nghe ½ëng tÉnh vði chÒng ta:

 “Haven’t we met somewhere before?” “Yes, I think we have.”

"ChÒng ta trõðc ½Ýy ½Á gÜp nhau ò ½Ýu rëi phÀi khéng?" "VÝng téi nghË l¿ chÒng ta ½Á gÜp nhau rëi."  Isn’t it a beautiful day! (= It's a beautiful day, isn't it?)

Thât l¿ mît ng¿y ½Çp trñi! (Thât l¿ mît ng¿y ½Çp trñi, cÍ phÀi khéng?) ChÒ û tði nghËa cÔa yes v¿ no trong cÝu trÀ lñi cÔa c¾c cÝu hÏi phÔ ½Ình:  Don’t you want to go to the party?

BÂn khéng muên ½i dú tièc sao? Yes (=Yes, I want to). CÍ (=CÍ, téi muên ½i) No (=No, I don't want to). Khéng (=khéng, téi khéng muên ½i) Nãn ½æ û trât tú cÔa t÷ trong cÝu hÏi phÔ ½Ình bØt ½ßu bÙng Why...?:  Why don’t we go out for a meal tonight? (khéng nÍi 'Why we don't...')

TÂi sao chÒng ta lÂi khéng ½i ×n tièm têi nay nhÊ?  Why wasn’t Mary at work yesterday? (khéng nÍi 'Why Mary wasn't...')

TÂi sao hém qua Mary lÂi khéng ½i l¿m nhÊ?

Unit 49. Question (2)

A

Khi chÒng ta hÏi vå théng tin, chÒng ta thõñng nÍi Do you know...? Could you tell me...? v.v.. Näu bÂn bØt ½ßu cÝu hÏi cÔa bÂn nhõ vây, trât tú cÔa t÷ trong cÝu sÆ kh¾c so vði cÝu hÏi ½ïn.

HÁy so s¾nh:  Where has Tom gone? (cÝu hÏi ½ïn — simple question)

Nhõng  Do you know where Tom has gone? (khéng nÍi 'Do you know where has Tom gone?')

Anh cÍ biät Tom ½Á ½i ½Ýu khéng? Khi cÝu hÏi (Where has Tom gone?) l¿ th¿nh phßn cÔa mît cÝu d¿i hïn (Do you know.../I don’t know.../Can you tell me...?v.v...) nÍ sÆ mÞt ½i trât tú cÔa mît cÝu hÏi théng thõñng. HÁy so s¾nh;  What time is it?

MÞy giñ rëi?  Who is that woman?

Ngõñi ½¿n b¿ kia l¿ ai vây?  Where can I find Linda?

Téi cÍ thæ tÉm Linda ò ½Ýu?  How much will it cost?

C¾i ½Í gi¾ bao nhiãu? nhõng  Do you know what time it is?

Anh cÍ biät mÞy giñ rëi khéng?  I don’t know who that woman is.

Téi khéng biät ngõñi ½¿n b¿ kia l¿ ai.  Can you tell me where I can find Linda?

Anh cÍ thæ cho téi biät nãn tÉm Linda ò ½Ýu khéng?  Have you any idea how much it will cost?

BÂn cÍ ½æ û c¾i ½Í gi¾ bao nhiãu khéng? HÁy thân trÑng vði nhùng cÝu hÏi cÍ do/does/did:  What time does the film begin?

Phim sÆ chiäu lÒc mÞy giñ?  What do you mean?

@ bÂn l¿ nhõ thä n¿o?  Why did Ann leave early?

Sao anh bÏ ½i sðm vây? nhõng  Do you know what time the film begins?

BÂn cÍ biät phim sÆ chiäu lÒc mÞy giñ khéng? (khéng nÍi 'Do you know what time does...')  Please explain what you mean!

Xin hÁy giÀi thÈch û cÔa bÂn l¿ nhõ thä n¿o.  I wonder why Ann left early.

Téi tú hÏi sao Ann lÂi bÏ ½i sðm vây. HÁy dÓng if hoÜc whether khi khéng cÍ mÜt mît t÷ ½æ hÏi n¿o kh¾c (what/why v.v...):  Did anybody see you?

CÍ ai nhÉn thÞy bÂn khéng? nhõng  Do you know if (hoÜc whether) anybody saw you?

BÂn cÍ biät lièu cÍ ai nhÉn thÞy bÂn khéng?

B

Sú thay ½ìi trât tú nhõ vây cÕng xÀy ra ½êi vði cÝu hÏi lêi tõñng thuât (reported questions):

direct: (trúc tiäp) reported (tõñng thuât) direct (trúc tiäp) reported (tõñng thuât)

The police officer said to us, “Where are you going?” Viãn cÀnh s¾t hÏi chÒng téi, "C¾c anh ½ang ½i ½Ýu vây?" The police officer asked us where we were going. Viãn cÀnh s¾t hÏi chÒng téi ½ang ½i ½Ýu. Clare said, “What time do the banks close?” Clare hÏi: "Nh¿ b×ng ½Íng cøa lÒc mÞy giñ?" Clare wanted to know what time the banks closed. Clare ½Á muên biät c¾c nh¿ b×ng ½Íng cøa lÒc mÞy giñ.

HÁy xÃt tÉnh huêng bÂn ½Á ½õôc phÏng vÞn khi xin vièc l¿m, v¿ dõði ½Ýy l¿ mît sê cÝu hÏi ngõñi ta ½Á hÏi bÂn:      

How old are you? What do you do in your spare time? How long have you been working in your present job? Why did you apply for the job? Have you got a driving licence? Can you speak any foreign languages?

Sau ½Í bÂn kæ vði ngõñi kh¾c nhùng gÉ bÂn ½Á ½õôc phÏng vÞn, bÂn dÓng lêi tõñng thuât:  She asked (me) how old I was.

Cé Þy hÏi (téi) bao nhiãu tuìi.  She wanted to know what I did in my spare time.

Cé Þy muên biät l¿ téi l¿m gÉ trong thñi gian ríi.  She asked (me) how long I had been working in my present job.

Cé Þy hÏi (téi) téi ½Á l¿m céng vièc hièn nay cÔa téi ½õôc bao lÝu rëi.  She asked (me) why I had applied for the job. (hay... why I applied)

Cé Þy hÏi (téi) tÂi sao lÂi xin l¿m céng vièc ½Í.  She wanted to know whether I could speak any foreign languages.

Cé Þy muên biät téi cÍ thæ nÍi ½õôc mît ngoÂi ngù n¿o khéng.  She asked whether (hoÜc if) I had a driving licence. (hay... I had got...)

Cé Þy hÏi téi ½Á cÍ bÙng l¾i xe chõa.

Unit 50. Auxiliary verbs

A

CÍ hai ½îng t÷ trong míi cÝu sau ½Ýy: I have She can’t The hotel was Where do you live?

B

lost come built

my keys to the party. ten years ago.

Trong nhùng vÈ dÖ n¿y have/can’t/was/do l¿ nhùng trô ½îng t÷ (auxiliary verbs)

 “Have you locked the door?”

"BÂn ½Á khÍa cøa chõa?" “Yes, I have.” (= I have locked the door) "Rëi, téi ½Á khÍa cøa rëi."  George wasn’t working but Janet was. (= Janet was working)

George ½Á khéng l¿m vièc nhõng Janet thÉ cÍ.  She could lend me the money but she won’t. (= she won't lend me the money)

Cé Þy cÍ thæ cho téi mõôn tiån nhõng cé Þy sÆ khéng l¿m ½iåu ½Í. (= cé Þy sÆ khéng cho téi mõôn tiån)  “Are you angry with me?”

"BÂn giân téi ½Þy ¿?" “Of course I’m not.” (= I'm not angry) "DË nhiãn l¿ khéng." (= téi khéng giân ½Ýu) HÁy dÓng do/does/did trong c¾c cÝu trÀ lñi ngØn ò thÉ present simple v¿ past simple:  “Do you like onions?”

"BÂn cÍ thÈch (×n) h¿nh khéng?" “Yes, I do.” (=I like onions) "CÍ, téi thÈch." (= téi thÈch h¿nh)  “Does Mark smoke?”

"Mark cÍ hÒt thuêc khéng?" “He did but he doesn’t any more.” "Anh Þy ½Á cÍ hÒt nhõng bÝy giñ thÉ khéng hÒt nùa."

C

ChÒng ta dÓng have you/isn’t she?/do they? v.v... ½æ biæu hièn sú quan tÝm mît c¾ch lÌch sú ½än nhùng gÉ ngõñi kh¾c ½Á nÍi:

 “I’ve just met Simon.”

"Téi v÷a mði gÜp Simon." “Oh, have you. How is he?” "­, thât õ? Anh Þy thä n¿o?"

 “Liz isn’t well today.”

"Liz hém nay khéng ½õôc khÏe." “Oh, isn’t she? What’s wrong with her?” "­, thât vây sao? Cé Þy bÌ l¿m sao vây?"  “It rained everyday during our holiday.”

"Suêt kü nghÊ cÔa chÒng téi ng¿y n¿o trñi cÕng mõa." “Did it? What a pity!” "Thä ¿? Thât l¿ ½¾ng buën!" #éi khi chÒng ta dÓng c¾c cÝu trÀ lñi ngØn n¿y ½æ diæn tÀ sú ngÂc nhiãn:  “Jim and Nora are getting married.”

"Jim v¿ Nora sØp cõði nhau ½Þy." “Are they? Really?” "HÑ cõði nhau? Thât vây sao?"

D

Ta dÓng trô ½îng t÷ vði so v¿ neither

 “I’m feeling tired.”

"Téi thÞy mèt." “So am I.” (= I'm feeling tired, too) "Téi cÕng vây." (=téi cÕng thÞy mèt)  “I never read newspapers.”

"Téi chõa bao giñ ½Ñc b¾o cÀ." “Neither do I.” (= I never read newspaper either) "Téi cÕng chõa." (=téi cÕng chõa bao giñ ½Ñc b¾o cÀ)  Sue hasn’t got a car and neither has Martin.

Sue khéng cÍ xe hïi v¿ Martin cÕng khéng cÍ. ChÒ û trât tú cÔa cÝu sau so v¿ neither (½îng t÷ ½öng trõðc tÒc t÷)  I passed the exam and so did Tom. (khéng nÍi 'so Tom did')

Téi ½Á thi ½âu v¿ Tom cÕng vây. BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng nor thay vÉ neither:  “I can’t remember his name.”

"Téi khéng thæ nhð ½õôc tãn anh Þy." “Nor can I” hoÜc “Neither can I.” "Téi cÕng vây." BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ dÓng “...not...either”:  “I haven’t got any money.”

"Téi khéng cÍ tiån."

“Neither have I.” hoÜc “Nor have I” hay “I haven’t either.” "Téi cÕng khéng cÍ."  I think so/I hope so v.v... Sau mît sê ½îng t÷ bÂn cÍ thæ dÓng so khi bÂn khéng muên lÜp lÂi ½iåu gÉ ½Í:  “Are those people English?” “I think so.” (= I think they are English)

"Nhùng ngõñi ½Í l¿ ngõñi Anh ¿?" "Téi nghË vây." (= Téi nghË hÑ l¿ ngõñi Anh)  “Will you be at home tomorrow morning?” “I expect so.” (= I expect I'll be at home...)

"Têi may anh cÍ ò nh¿ khéng?" "Téi nghË l¿ cÍ." (= Téi nghË rÙng téi sÆ ò nh¿...)  “Do you think Kate has been invited to the party?” “I suppose so.”

"BÂn cÍ nghË l¿ Kate ½Á ½õôc mñi dú tièc khéng?" "Téi cho l¿ cÍ ½Þy." BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ nÍi I hope so, I guess so v¿ I’m afraid so. HÉnh thöc phÔ ½Ình l¿ I think so I expect so I hope so I’m afraid so I guess so I suppose so

I don’t think so I don’t expect so I hope not I’m afraid not I guess not I don’t suppose so hoÜc I suppose not.

 “Is that woman American?” “I think so/I don’t think so.”

"Ngõñi phÖ nù kia l¿ ngõñi Mþ phÀi khéng?" "Téi nghË l¿ nhõ vây/Téi khéng nghË l¿ nhõ vây."  “Do you think it’s going to rain?” “I hope so/I hope not.”

"BÂn cÍ nghË l¿ trñi sØp mõa khéng?" "Téi hy vÑng l¿ cÍ/Téi hy vÑng l¿ khéng."

Unit 51. Questions tags

A

HÁy khÀo s¾t vÈ dÖ sau:

 You haven’t seen Mary today, have you?

No, I’m afraid not.  It was a good film, isn’t it?

Yes, I really enjoyed it. Have you? v¿ wasn’t it? l¿ nhùng question tags (cÝu hÏi ½uéi — l¿ loÂi cÝu hÏi ngØn m¿ trong tiäng Anh ½¿m thoÂi ta thõñng ½Üt ò cuêi cÝu). Trong cÝu hÏi ½uéi, ta dÓng mît trô ½îng t÷ (auxiliary verb: have/was/will/can v.v..). #êi vði thÉ present simple v¿ past simple chÒng ta dÓng do/does/did (xem thãm UNIT 50).  “Karen plays the piano, doesn’t she?”

"Karen cÍ chïi ½¿n piano, phÀi vây khéng?" “Well, yes, but not very well.” "­ phÀi rëi, nhõng khéng giÏi lØm."  “You didn’t lock the door, did you?”

"BÂn ½Á khéng khÍa cøa, cÍ ½Òng khéng?" “No, I forgot.” "VÝng, téi ½Á quãn."

B

Théng thõñng chÒng ta dÓng cÝu hÏi ½uéi dÂng phÔ ½Ình (negative question tags) sau mît cÝu khÚng ½Ình (positive sentence). positive sentence + negative tag Mary will be here soon, won’t she? There was a lot of traffic, wasn’t there? Jim should pass the exam, shouldn’t he?

... v¿ dÓng cÝu hÏi ½uéi dÂng khÚng ½Ình (positive question tags) sau mît cÝu phÔ ½Ình (negative sentence): negative sentence + positive tag Mary won’t be late, will she? They don’t like us, do they? You haven’t got a car, have you? HÁy chÒ û tði û nghËa cÔa yes v¿ no trong cÝu trÀ lñi ½êi vði cÝu hÏi phÔ ½Ình:  You’re not going out today, are you?

Hém nay bÂn khéng ½i chïi phÀi khéng?

Yes. (=Yes, I am going out) CÍ. (=CÍ, téi cÍ ½i chïi) No. (=No, I am not going out) Khéng. (=Khéng, téi khéng ½i chïi)

C

@ nghËa cÔa cÝu hÏi ngØn phÖ thuîc v¿o ngù ½ièu diçn ½Ât nÍ. Näu bÂn h giÑng thÉ cÍ nghËa bÂn khéng thúc sú ½Üt cÝu hÏi cho ngõñi ½êi thoÂi, m¿ bÂn cÍ "nhÁ û" muên ngõñi nghe ½ëng tÉnh vði bÂn:

 “It’s a nice day, isn’t it?”

"Thât l¿ mît ng¿y ½Çp trñi, anh cÍ thÞy nhõ vây khéng?" “Yes, lovely.” "VÝng, rÞt tuyèt."  “Tim doesn’t look well today, does he?”

"Tim hém nay tréng khéng ½õôc khÏe, phÀi vây khéng anh?" “No, he looks very tired.” "VÝng, anh Þy tréng rÞt mèt mÏi."  She’s very pretty. She’s got beautiful eyes, hasn’t she?

Cé Þy rÞt xinh. Cé Þy cÍ ½éi mØt ½Çp, cÍ phÀi vây khéng? Nhõng khi bÂn lãn giÑng phßn cÝu hÏi ngØn, thÉ ½Í thúc sú l¿ bÂn muên hÏi lÂi ngõñi nghe:  “You haven’t seen Mary today, have you?”

(= Have you seen Mary today by any chance?) "Hém nay bÂn khéng gÜp Mary phÀi khéng?" (Hém nay cÍ lÒc n¿o bÂn gÜp ½õôc Mary khéng?) “No, I’m afraid not.” "VÝng, téi khéng gÜp." ChÒng ta thõñng sø dÖng cÝu phÔ ½Ình ½i vði cÝu hÏi ngØn x¾c ½Ình (negative sentence + positive tag) ½æ hÏi vå ½iåu gÉ ½Í. CÝu hÏi ½õôc lãn giÑng ò phßn cuêi nhõ sau:  “You haven’t got a pen, have you?”

"BÂn khéng cÍ cÝy bÒt, phÀi khéng?" “Yes, here you are.” "CÍ chö, bÒt ½Ýy."  “You couldn’t do me a favour, could you?”

"Anh khéng thæ giÒp em ½õôc, cÍ phÀi khéng?" “It depends what it is.” "PhÀi tÓy v¿o chuyèn gÉ chö."  “You don’t know where Karen is, do you?”

"BÂn khéng biät Karen ½ang ò ½Ýu, cÍ phÀi khéng?"

“Sorry, I’ve no idea.”’ "RÞt tiäc, téi khéng biät." Sau Let's..., cÝu hÏi ½uéi l¿ ... shall we?:  Let’s go for a walk, shall we?

Sau cÝu mènh lènh c¾ch (Do.../Don’t do v.v... ) cÝu hÏi ½uéi thõñng l¿ ... will you?:  Open the door, will you?

HÁy mò cøa ra, ½õôc khéng anh?  Don’t be late, will you?

#÷ng ½än trç, ½õôc chö? Lõu û rÙng ta nÍi ... aren't I? (= am I not?):  I’m late, aren’t I?

Téi ½än trç, phÀi vây khéng?

Unit 52. Verb + -ing

A

HÁy xem c¾c vÈ dÖ sau:

 I enjoy dancing. (khéng nÍi 'I enjoy to dance')

Téi thÈch khiãu vÕ.  Would you mind closing the door? (khéng nÍi 'mind to close')

BÂn vui lÎng ½Íng giÒp c¾nh cøa ½õôc khéng?  I am suggested going to the cinema. (khéng nÍi 'suggested to go')

Téi ½Á ½å nghÌ ½i xem phim. Sau c¾c ½îng t÷ enjoy, mind, v¿ suggest, ta dÓng -ing (khéng cÍ to...). Sau ½Ýy l¿ mît sê ½îng t÷ kh¾c cÕng theo qui luât trãn (theo sau bòi -ing): stop delay fancy consider admit miss involve finish postpone imagine avoid deny risk practise

ngõng trÉ hoÁn män thÈch xem xÃt, cÝn nhØc th÷a nhân bÏ sÍt, quãn liãn quan ho¿n th¿nh hoÁn tõòng tõông tr¾nh chêi liåu lËnh thúc h¿nh

 Suddenly everybody stopped talking. There was silence.

Bíng nhiãn mÑi ngõñi ½åu ngõng nÍi chuyèn. #Á cÍ mît sú im lÜng.  I’ll do the shopping when I’ve finished cleaning the flat.

Téi sÆ ½i mua sØm khi téi ho¿n tÞt vièc lau chÓi c×n hî.  He tried to avoid answering my question.

Anh Þy gØng nà tr¾nh trÀ lñi cÝu hÏi cÔa téi.  I don’t fancy going out this evening.

Téi chÚng thÈch thÒ gÉ chuyèn ½i chïi têi nay.  Have you ever considered going to live in another country?

#Á bao giñ bÂn nghË ½än vièc sÆ sinh sêng ò mît quêc gia kh¾c chõa? DÂng phÔ ½Ình l¿ not -ing:  When I’m on holiday, I enjoy not having to get up early.

Trong thñi gian ½i nghÊ, téi khéng thÈch dây sðm.

B

Ta cÕng dÓng -ing sau: give up (=stop) t÷ bÏ put off (=postpone) hoÁn lÂi carry on/go on (=continue) tiäp tÖc keep or keep on tiäp tÖc.

 Paula has given up smoking.

Paula ½Á bÏ hÒt thuêc.  We must do something. We can’t go on living like this! (hoÜc ... carry on living...)

ChÒng ta phÀi l¿m ½iåu gÉ théi. ChÒng ta khéng thæ tiäp tÖc sêng nhõ thä n¿y ½õôc!  Don’t keep interrupting me while I’m speaking.

(hoÜc Don’t keep on interrupting...) #÷ng cÍ ngØt lñi khi téi ½ang nÍi.

C

#êi vði mît sê ½îng t÷ ta cÍ thæ dÓng cÞu trÒc verb+somebody+-ing.

 I can’t imagine George riding a motorbike.

Téi khéng thæ tõòng tõông ½õôc chuyèn George ½i xe m¾y.  You can’t stop me doing what I want.

Anh khéng thæ ng×n téi l¿m nhùng gÉ téi muên l¿m.  “Sorry to keep you waiting so long.” “That’s all right.”

"RÞt tiäc ½Á ½æ anh chñ qu¾ lÝu nhõ vây." "Khéng sao ½Ýu." Lõu û dÂng thÖ ½îng (being done/seen/kept v.v...):  I don’t mind being kept waiting. (= I don't mind people keeping me...)

Téi khéng lÞy l¿m phiån khi phÀi chñ ½ôi.

D

Khi bÂn nÍi vå nhùng h¿nh ½îng ½Á ho¿n tÞt, bÂn cÍ thæ dÓng having done/stolen/said...

 She admitted having stolen the money.

Cé Þy thÒ nhân vièc lÞy cØp tiån.  I now regret saying (hoÜc having said) what I said.

Giñ ½Ýy téi Ýn hân vÉ nhùng gÉ téi ½Á nÍi. #æ biät thãm vå regret, xem UNIT 55B.

E

Sau mît sê ½îng t÷ trong b¿i n¿y (½Üc bièt l¿ admit/deny/suggest) bÂn cÍ thæ dÓng that...

 She denied that she had stolen the money. (hoÜc She denied stealing)

Cé Þy ½Á phÔ nhân vièc lÞy cØp tiån.  Ian suggested that we went to the cinema. (hoÜc Ian suggested going...)

Ian ½Á ½å nghÌ chÒng téi ½i xem phim. #æ biät thãm vå suggest, xem UNIT 34.

Unit 53. Verb+to... (decide to do/forget to do, etc.)

A offer decide hope deserve attempt promise agree plan aim manage afford threaten refuse arrange learn forget fail

tÜng quyät ½Ình hy vÑng xöng ½¾ng cê gØng höa ½ëng û dú ½Ình nhÙm mÖc ½Èch xoay xò cê gØng ½e dÑa t÷ chêi sØp ½Üt hÑc tâp quãn thÞt bÂi

Näu c¾c ½îng t÷ n¿y ½úôc theo sau bòi mît ½îng t÷ kh¾c thÉ cÞu trÒc thõñng l¿: verb + to ...(infinitive) (½îng t÷ nguyãn máu):  It was late, so we decided to take a taxi home.

LÒc ½Í ½Á trç rëi nãn chÒng téi quyät ½Ình ½i taxi vå nh¿.  Simon was in a difficult situation, so I agreed to lend him some money.

Simon ½Á ò trong mît tÉnh huêng khÍ kh×n, nãn téi ½ëng û cho anh Þy mõôn tiån.  How old were you when you learn to drive? (or “learn how to drive”)

BÂn ½Á hÑc l¾i xe khi bÂn bao nhiãu tuìi?  I waved to Karen but failed to attract her attention.

Téi ½Á váy Karen nhõng khéng thu hÒt ½õôc sú chÒ û cÔa cé Þy. ChÒ û l¿ nhùng vÈ dÖ n¿y khi chuyæn qua thæ phÔ ½Ình (negative) — not to...  We decided not to go out because of the weather.

ChÒng téi ½Á quyät ½Ình khéng ½i chïi bòi thñi tiät xÞu.  I promised not to be late.

Téi ½Á höa sÆ khéng trç. Vði nhiåu ½îng t÷ chÒng ta khéng thæ dÓng nguyãn máu (cÍ to...) nhõ bÉnh thõñng. VÈ dÖ nhõ enjoy/think/suggest:  I enjoy dancing. (khéng nÍi 'enjoy to dance')

Téi thÈch khiãu vÕ.  Ian suggested going to the cinema. (khéng nÍi 'suggested to go')

Ian ½Á ½å nghÌ ½i xem phim.  Are you thinking of buying a car? (khéng nÍi 'thinking to buy')

BÂn ½ang nghË ½än chuyèn mua mît chiäc xe hïi phÀi khéng?

B

CÕng cÍ thæ dÓng to sau c¾c ½îng t÷ seem (dõñng nhõ); appear (xuÞt hièn); tend (cÍ khuynh hõðng); pretend (giÀ vñ); claim (ph¿n n¿n), vÈ dÖ:

 They seem to have plenty of money.

Dõñng nhõ hÑ cÍ kh¾ nhiåu tiån.  I like George but I think he tends to talk too much.

Téi män George nhõng téi cho rÙng anh Þy hay nÍi qu¾ nhiåu. CÕng cÍ thæ dÓng hÉnh thöc continuous infinitive (to be reading) v¿ perfect infinitive (to have done):  I pretended to be reading the newspaper. (=I pretended that I was reading)

Téi ½Á giÀ vñ ½ang ½Ñc mît tñ b¾o.  You seem to have lost weight. (=it seems that you have lost weight)

Anh Þy dõñng nhõ ½Á giÀm cÝn.

C

Ta nÍi “decide to do something”, “promise to do something” v.v... Mît c¾ch tõïng tú, ta cÍ thæ nÍi “a decision to do something”, “a promise to do something” v.v... (noun+to...):

 I think his decision to give up his job was stupid.

Téi cho rÙng quyät ½Ình bÏ vièc cÔa anh Þy l¿ dÂi dît.  George has a tendency to talk too much.

George cÍ khuynh hõðng nÍi qu¾ nhiåu.

D

Sau dare bÂn cÍ thæ dÓng infinitive cÍ hay khéng cÍ to cÕng ½õôc.

 I wouldn’t dare to tell him hoÜc I wouldn’t dare tell him.

Téi sÆ khéng d¾m nÍi vði anh Þy. Nhõng sau daren’t hoÜc dare not, bÂn phÀi dÓng infinitive khéng cÍ to:  I daren’t tell him what happened. (khéng nÍi 'I daren't to tell him')

Téi khéng d¾m nÍi vði anh Þy nhùng gÉ ½Á xÀy ra.

E

Sau c¾c ½îng t÷ dõði ½Ýy, bÂn cÍ thæ dÓng mît t÷ ½æ hÏi (what/whether/how v.v...) + to... ask (hÏi) know (biät) forget (quãn) learn (hiæu, biät) wonder (ngÂc nhiãn, tú hÏi)

decide (quyät ½Ình) remember (nhð) explain (giÀi thÈch) understand (hiæu)

 We asked how to get to the station.

ChÒng téi ½Á hÏi ½õñng ½i ½än nh¿ ga.  Have you decided where to go for your holiday?

BÂn ½Á quyät ½Ình ½i nghÊ ò ½Ýu chõa?  I don’t know whether to apply for the job or not.

Téi khéng biät cÍ nãn nîp ½ïn xin vièc hay khéng.  Do you understand what to do?

BÂn cÍ hiæu phÀi l¿m gÉ khéng? Tõïng tú show/tell/ask/advise/teach somebody what/how/where to do something.  Can somebody show me how to change the film in this camera?

CÍ ai cÍ thæ chÊ cho téi c¾ch thay phim cho chiäc m¾y Ành n¿y?  Ask Jack. He’ll tell you what to do.

HÁy hÏi Jack. Anh Þy sÆ nÍi vði bÂn phÀi l¿m gÉ.

Unit 54. Verb+(object)+to... (I want (you) to do...etc

A want would like beg would prefer

ask help would love expect mean (=intend) would hate

Nhùng ½îng t÷ n¿y theo sau bòi to... (infinitive). CÞu trÒc cÍ thæ ½õôc dÓng l¿:  verb+to  We expected to be late.

ChÒng téi nghË l¿ chÒng téi sÆ trç.  Would you like to go now?

BÂn cÍ muên ½i bÝy giñ khéng?  He doesn’t want to know.

Anh Þy khéng muên biät. hoÜc  verb+object+to...  We expected Tom to be late.

ChÒng téi nghË l¿ Tom sÆ trç.  Would you like me to go now?

BÂn cÍ muên téi ½i bÝy giñ khéng?  He doesn’t want anybody to know.

Anh Þy khéng muên mît ai biät hät. Càn thân vði want. Khéng nÍi “want that...”:  Do you want me to come with you? (khéng nÍi 'Do you want that I come')

Anh cÍ muên em ½än vði anh khéng? Sau help bÂn cÍ thæ dÓng infinitive cÍ hay khéng cÍ to cÕng ½õôc. VÉ vây bÂn cÍ thæ nÍi:  Can you help me to move this table? hoÜc Can you help me move this table?

BÂn cÍ thæ giÒp téi dñi c¾i b¿n n¿y ½õôc khéng?

B tell remind force enable teach order

nÍi, kæ nhØc nhò Ãp buîc cÍ khÀ n×ng dÂy ra lènh

warn nhØc, cÀnh c¾o invite mñi persuade thuyät phÖc get (=persuade, arrange for) Nhùng ½îng t÷ n¿y ½õôc dÓng vði cÞu trÒc verb+object+to...  Can you remind me to phone Ann tomorrow?

BÂn cÍ thæ nhØc téi gÑi ½ièn cho Ann v¿o ng¿y mai ½õôc khéng?  Who taught you to drive?

Ai ½Á dÂy anh l¾i xe?  I didn’t move the piano by myself. I got somebody to help me.

Téi ½Á khéng tú dñi ½õôc chiäc ½¿n piano. Téi ½Á nhñ mît ngõñi giÒp téi.  Jim said that the switch was dangerous and warned me not to touch it.

Jim ½Á nÍi c¾i céng tØc l¿ khéng an to¿n v¿ nhØc téi khéng chÂm v¿o nÍ. Trong vÈ dÖ sau ½Ýy, ½îng t÷ ò thæ thÖ ½îng (passive) (was warned)  I was warned not to touch the switch.

Téi ½Á ½õôc lõu û l¿ khéng chÂm v¿o céng tØc. ChÒ û l¿ bÂn khéng ½õôc dÓng suggest vði cÞu trÒc verb+object+to:  Jane suggested that I should buy a car. (not 'Jane suggested me to buy')

Jane ½Á ½å nghÌ téi nãn mua mît xe hïi. Muên biät thãm vå suggest, xem UNIT 34 v¿ 52.

C advise encourage permit

recommend allow forbid

Sau c¾c ½îng t÷ n¿y cÍ hai cÞu trÒc cÍ thæ ½õôc dÓng, hÁy so s¾nh:  verb+ -ing (without an object)  I wouldn’t recommend staying in that hotel.

Téi khéng ½å nghÌ ò lÂi tÂi kh¾ch sÂn ½Í.  She doesn’t allow smoking in the house.

Cé Þy khéng cho phÃp hÒt thuêc trong nh¿.  verb+object+to  I wouldn’t recommend anybody to stay in that hotel.

Téi khéng khuyãn ai ½än ò kh¾ch sÂn ½Í.  She doesn’t allow us to smoke in the house.

Cé Þy khéng cho phÃp chÒng téi hÒt thuêc trong nh¿. So s¾nh nhùng vÈ dÖ n¿y vði cÞu trÒc thÖ ½îng (be) allowed (passive):  Smoking isn’t allowed in the house.

HÒt thuêc ò trong nh¿ bÌ cÞm.  We aren’t allowed to smoke in the house.

ChÒng téi khéng cho phÃp hÒt thuêc ò trong nh¿.

D

Make v¿ Let

Hai ½îng t÷ n¿y ½i vði cÞu trÒc verb+object+infinitive (khéng cÍ to):  The customs officer made Sally open her case. (khéng nÍi 'to open')

C¾c nhÝn viãn hÀi quan ½Á buîc Sally mò va li cÔa cé Þy.  Hot weather makes me feel tired. (causes me to feel tired)

Thñi tiät nÍng núc l¿m téi cÀm thÞy mèt mÏi.  Her parents wouldn’t let her go out alone. (=wouldn't allow her to go out)

Cha mÇ cé Þy sÆ khéng cho phÃp cé Þy ra khÏi nh¿ mît mÉnh.  Let me carry your bag for you.

HÁy ½æ téi mang giÒp tÒi x¾ch cÔa anh. ChÒng ta nÍi “make somebody do...” (khéng nÍi 'to do'), nhõng dÂng thÖ ½îng l¿ “(be) made to do...” (infinitive cÍ to):  Sally was made to open her case. (by the customs officer)

Sally ½Á bÌ buîc phÀi mò va li. (bòi c¾c nhÝn viãn hÀi quan)

Unit 55. Verb + -ing or to...(1)

A

Khi mît ½îng t÷ theo sau mît ½îng t÷ kh¾c, cÞu trÒc ½õôc dÓng thõñng l¿: verb+-ing hoÜc verb+to... HÁy so s¾nh:

 verb+ -ing  They denied stealing the money.

HÑ ½Á chêi l¿ khéng lÞy tiån.  I enjoy going out.

Téi thÈch ½i dÂo.  ChÒng ta dÓng verb+-ing ½æ diçn tÀ mît h¿nh ½îng xÀy ra trõðc hay cÓng lÒc vði h¿nh ½îng cÔa ½îng t÷ ½öng trõðc.  verb+to...  They decided to steal the money.

HÑ ½Á quyät ½Ình lÞy cØp tiån.  I want to go out.

Téi muên ½i dÂo.  ChÒng ta dÓng to... ½æ diçn tÀ mît h¿nh ½îng xÀy ra tiäp theo h¿nh ½îng cÔa h¿nh ½îng cÔa ½îng t÷ ½öng trõðc.

B

#iæm kh¾c nhau n¿y rÞt hùu Èch (xem phßn B) nhõng khéng phÀi ½Á giÀi thÈch ½õôc tÞt cÀ c¾c c¾ch dÓng cÔa -ing v¿ to...

Mît sê ½îng t÷ theo sau bòi ing hay to... sÆ mang û nghËa kh¾c nhau:  remember I remember doing something = Téi ½Á l¿m vièc ½Í v¿ bÝy giñ téi nhð lÂi You remember doing something after you have done it.  I’m absolutely sure I locked the door clearly.

remember locking it (=I locked it, and now I remember this) Téi quÀ quyät l¿ téi ½Á khÍa cøa rëi m¿. Téi nhð rÐ r¿ng l¿ ½Á khÍa rëi. (=Téi ½Á khÍa cøa, v¿ bÝy giñ téi nhð lÂi ½iåu ½Í)  He could remember driving along the road just before the accident happened, but he

couldn’t remember the accident itself. Anh Þy cÍ thæ nhð lÂi l¿ ½Á l¾i xe trãn ½õñng trõðc khi tai nÂn xÀy ra. Nhõng anh Þy khéng thæ nhð lÂi l¿ tai nÂn ½Á xÀy ra nhõ thä n¿o. I remembered to do something = Téi ½Á nhð ra l¿ phÀi l¿m vièc ½Í, v¿ do vây téi ½Á l¿m vièc ½Í You remember to do something before you do it.  I remembered to lock the door when I left but I forgot to shut the windows. (=I remember

that I had to lock the door and so I locked it) Téi ½Á nhð l¿ phÀi khÍa cøa nhõng téi ½Á quãn ½Íng cøa sì. (téi ½Á nhð l¿ phÀi khÍa cøa v¿ téi ½Á khÍa nÍ)  Please remember to post the letter. (=don't forget to post it)

L¿m ïn nhð gøi l¾ thõ nhÃ. (½÷ng quãn bÏ thõ)  regret I regret doing something = Téi ½Á l¿m vièc ½Í v¿ giñ ½Ýy téi lÞy l¿m tiäc vå ½iåu ½Í:  I now regret saying what I said. I shouldn’t have said it. BÝy giñ téi Ýn hân nhùng gÉ ½Á nÍi ra. LÆ ra téi khéng nãn nÍi nhõ vây. I regret to say/to tell you/to inform you = Téi lÞy l¿m tiäc l¿ téi phÀi nÍi...  (from a formal letter) We regret to inform you that we are unable to offer you the job. (trong mît l¾ thõ) ChÒng téi lÞy l¿m tiäc phÀi b¾o cho éng biät rÙng chÒng téi khéng thæ nhân éng v¿o l¿m vièc.  go on Go on doing something =Tiäp tÖc l¿m cÓng mît vièc gÉ ½Í:  The minister went on talking for two hours. «ng bî trõòng ½Á tiäp tÖc nÍi hai giñ liån.  We must change our ways. We can’t go on living like this.

ChÒng ta phÀi thay ½ìi théi. ChÒng ta khéng thæ tiäp tÖc sêng mÁi nhõ thä n¿y ½õôc. Go on to do something = L¿m hay nÍi vièc gÉ kh¾c:  After discussing the economy, the minister then went on to talk about foreign policy. Sau khi thÀo luân vå kinh tä, éng bî trõòng ½Á tiäp tÖc nÍi vå chÈnh s¾ch ½êi ngoÂi.

C

begin, start, intend, continue, bother

Nhùng ½îng t÷ n¿y cÍ thæ ½õôc theo sau bòi -ing hay to... vði mît sú kh¾c bièt khéng ½¾ng kæ vå nghËa hoÜc khéng kh¾c nhau. VÉ vây bÂn cÍ thæ nÍi:  It has started raining. hoÜc It has started to rain.

Trñi ½Á bØt ½ßu mõa.  John intends buying a house. hoÜc John intends to buy.

John ½Ình mua mît ngéi nh¿.  Don’t bother locking the door. hoÜc Don’t bother to lock...

#÷ng bân tÝm ½än vièc kho¾ cøa. Nhõng thõñng ta khéng dÓng -ing theo sau -ing:  It’s starting to rain. (khéng nÍi 'it's starting raining')

Unit 56. Verb + -ing or to...(2)

A

Try to... v¿ try -ing

 Try to do = attempt to do, make an effort to do (cê gØng l¿m, dÓng ní lúc ½æ l¿m):  I was very tired. I tried to keep my eyes open but I couldn’t.

Téi ½Á rÞt mèt. Téi ½Á cê gØng giù mØt mò nhõng téi khéng thæ.  Please try to be quiet when you come home. Everyone will be asleep.

Xin cê gØng giù yãn lÜng khi bÂn vå nh¿. MÑi ngõñi lÒc ½Í ½ang ngÔ. Try cÎn cÍ nghËa "l¿m ½iåu gÉ ½Í nhõ mît sú thø nghièm hay kiæm tra":  These cakes are delicious. You must try one. (You must have one to see or eat if you like it)

Nhùng c¾i b¾nh n¿y ngon lØm. BÂn phÀi thø mît c¾i. (bÂn phÀi cÍ mît c¾i ½æ xem hoÜc ×n näu bÂn thÈch)  We couldn’t find anywhere to stay. We tried every hotel in the town but they were all full.

(= we went to every hotel to see if they had a room) ChÒng téi ½Á khéng thæ tÉm ½õôc mît chí n¿o ½æ ò. ChÒng téi ½Á thø ½i tÞt cÀ c¾c kh¾ch sÂn trong thÌ trÞn nhõng chÒng ½åu khéng cÎn chí. (=chÒng téi ½Á ½i t÷ng kh¾ch sÂn ½æ tÉm xem cÍ cÎn mît phÎng trêng hay khéng) Näu try mang nghËa n¿y m¿ theo sau bòi mît ½îng t÷ thÉ chÒng ta dÓng try -ing:  A: The photocopier doesn’t seem to be working

HÉnh nhõ m¾y photocopy khéng l¿m vièc. B: Try pressing the green button. (= press the green button — perhaps this will help to solve the problem) HÁy thø nhÞn c¾i nÒt m¿u xanh. (= nhÞn nÒt m¿u xanh — cÍ thæ ½iåu ½Í sÆ giÒp giÀi quyät ½õôc vÞn ½å) HÁy so s¾nh:  I tried to move the table but it was so heavy. (so I couldn't move it)

Téi ½Á cê gØng dñi c¾i b¿n nhõng nÍ qu¾ nÜng. (vÉ vây téi khéng thæ dñi ½õôc nÍ)  I didn’t like the way the furniture was arranged, so I tried moving the table to the other side

of the room. But it still didn’t look right, so I moved it back again. Téi ½Á khéng thÈch c¾ch xäp ½Üt b¿n ghä trong c×n phÎng n¿y vÉ vây téi thø dñi c¾i b¿n sang phÈa ½êi dièn cÔa c×n phÎng. Nhõng nhõ vây tréng cÕng khéng ìn lØm, nãn téi lÂi dñi nÍ vå chí cÕ.

B

Need to... v¿ need -ing

 I need to do something = l¿m ½iåu ½Í l¿ cßn thiät ½êi vði téi.  I need to take more exercise.

Téi cßn phÀi tâp thæ dÖc nhiåu hïn.

 He needs to work harder if he wants to make progress.

Anh Þy cßn phÀi l¿m vièc ch×m chÊ hïn näu anh Þy muên tiän bî.  I don’t need to come to the meeting, do I?

Téi khéng cßn phÀi ½än dú buìi hÑp, cÍ ½Òng khéng? Something needs doing = vièc gÉ ½Í cßn ½õôc l¿m.  The batteries in the radio need changing. (=they need to be changed)

Nhùng cÖc pin trong m¾y thu thanh cßn ½õôc thay.  Do you think my jacket needs cleaning? (=... needs to be cleaned)

Anh cÍ nghË l¿ c¾i ¾o vÃt cÔa téi cßn phÀi giÜt khéng?  It’s a difficult problem. It needs thinking about very carefully. (it needs to be thought about)

#Í l¿ mît vÞn ½å nan giÀi. NÍ cßn phÀi ½õôc cÝn nhØc mît c¾ch hät söc càn thân.

C

Help v¿ can't help

BÂn cÍ thæ nÍi “help to do” hoÜc “help do” (infinitive cÍ hay khéng cÍ to):  Everybody helped to clean up after the party hoÜc Everybody helped clean up...

MÑi ngõñi ½Á giÒp thu dÑn sau bùa tièc.  Can you help me to move this table? hoÜc Can you help me move...

BÂn cÍ thæ giÒp téi dñi c¾i b¿n n¿y ½õôc khéng? Mît th¿nh ngù thõñng hay ½õôc dÓng l¿ “can’t/couldn’t help doing something”, “I can’t help doing something” = “I can’t stop myself from doing it” (téi khéng thæ khéng l¿m ½iåu ½Í)  I don’t like him but he has a lot of problems. I can’t help feeling sorry for him.

Téi khéng thÈch anh Þy nhõng anh Þy gÜp nhiåu khÍ kh×n. Téi khéng thæ khéng lÞy l¿m tiäc cho anh Þy.  She tried to be serious but she couldn’t help laughing. (= she couldn't stop herself from

laughing) Cé Þy ½Á cê giù nghiãm tÒc nhõng cé Þy ½Á khéng thæ nÈn ½õôc cõñi.  I’m sorry I’m so nervous. I can’t help it (= I can't help being nervous)

Téi xin líi téi ½Á giân dù nhõ vây. Téi khéng thæ tr¾nh khÏi ½iåu ½Í.

Unit 57. Verb + -ing or to (3)

A like can't bear mind

love enjoy can't stand

hate dislike

Nhùng ½îng t÷ v¿ th¿nh ngù n¿y ½åu cÍ nghËa chung l¿ "thÈch" hay "khéng thÈch" (“like” or “not like”) ChÒng thõñng ½õôc theo sau bòi -ing:  Ann hates flying.

Ann khéng thÈch ½i m¾y bay.  Why do you dislike living here?

VÉ sao bÂn khéng thÈch sêng ò ½Ýy?  I don’t like people shouting at me. (=I don't like being shouted at)

Téi khéng thÈch ngõñi ta qu¾t nÂt téi. Sau c¾c ½îng t÷ love, hate v¿ can’t bear, bÂn cÕng cÍ thæ dÓng to... VÉ vây bÂn cÍ thæ nÍi:  I love meeting people. hoÜc I love to meet people.

Téi thÈch gÜp gó mÑi ngõñi.  She can’t bear being alone. hoÜc She can’t bear to be alone.

Cé Þy khéng chÌu nìi cÀnh sêng mît mÉnh. Nhõng sau c¾c ½îng t÷ enjoy/dislike/mind/can’t stand, chÒng ta chÊ ½õôc dÓng -ing (khéng cÍ to...):  I enjoy being alone. (khéng nÍi 'I enjoy to be')

Téi thÈch ò mît mÉnh.  Tom doesn’t mind working at night. (khéng nÍi 'mind to work')

Tom khéng ngÂi l¿m vièc v¿o ban ½ãm.

B

Like

BÂn cÍ thæ nÍi “I like doing something” hay “I like to do something” (téi thÈch l¿m vièc gÉ ½Í). Thõñng khéng cÍ sú kh¾c bièt n¿o khi dÓng lán hai cÞu trÒc trãn:  I like getting up early. hoÜc I like to get up early.

Téi thÈch thöc dây sðm. Trong tiäng Anh Anh (British English), ½éi khi cÍ sú kh¾c nhau giùa “I like doing” v¿ “I like to do”: “I like doing something” cÍ nghËa l¿ "Téi thÈch l¿m vièc gÉ ½Í" (“I enjoy it”)  Do you like cooking? (=do you enjoy it?)

BÂn cÍ thÈch nÞu nõðng khéng?

 I like living here. (=I enjoy it)

Téi thÈch sêng ò ½Ýy. “I like to do something” cÍ nghËa l¿ "Téi nghË ½Í l¿ mît vièc têt cßn l¿m hay phÀi l¿m" (“I think it is good or right to do it”)  I like to clean the kitchen as often as possible. (This doesn't mean that I enjoy it; it means that I

think it is a good thing to do) Téi muên lau chÓi nh¿ bäp c¿ng thõñng xuyãn c¿ng têt. (½iåu n¿y khéng cÍ nghËa l¿ téi thÈch vièc lau chÓi; nÍ cÍ nghËa rÙng téi nghË ½Í l¿ mît ½iåu cßn thiät nãn l¿m)  Mary likes people to be on time.

Mary thÈch nhùng ngõñi ½Òng giñ.

C

Would, like/would, love/would, hate/would prefer thõñng ½õôc theo sau bòi to (infinitive)

 I would like to be rich.

Téi muên trò nãn gi¿u cÍ.  Would you like to come to dinner on Friday?

BÂn cÍ muên ½än dÓng bùa têi v¿o thö s¾u?  I’d love (=would love) to be able to travel round the world.

Téi muên cÍ thæ ½i du lÌch vÎng quanh thä giði.  Would you prefer to have dinner now or late?

BÂn muên dÓng bùa têi bÝy giñ hay muîn hïn. So s¾nh I like v¿ I would like:  I like playing/to play tennis. (=I enjoy it in general)

Téi thÈch chïi qußn vôt. (=Téi thÈch mît c¾ch chung chung)  I would like to play tennis today. (=I want to play today)

Hém nay téi muên chïi qußn vôt. Lõu û rÙng would mind ½õôc theo sau bòi -ing (khéng cÍ to...)  Would you mind closing the door, please?

BÂn cÍ thæ ½Íng cøa lÂi ½õôc khéng?

D

BÂn cÍ thæ nÍi “I would like to have done something” vði nghËa l¿: BÝy giñ téi tiäc l¿ téi ½Á khéng l¿m hay khéng thæ l¿m ½õôc ½iåu ½Í. (= I regret now that I didn't or couldn't do something)

 It’s a pity we didn’t see Val when we were in London. I would like to have seen her again.

Thât buën l¿ chÒng téi ½Á khéng gÜp Val khi chÒng ta ò LuÝn ½én. Téi muên gÜp cé Þy mît lßn nùa.

 We’d like to have gone on holiday but we didn’t have enough money.

ChÒng téi muên ½i nghÊ m¾t nhõng chÒng téi ½Á khéng cÍ ½Ô tiån. BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng mît cÞu trÒc tõïng tú sau would love/would hate/would prefer:  Poor old Tom! I would hate to have been in his position.

Thât tîi nghièp cho éng bÂn gi¿ Tom! Téi chÚng muên rïi v¿o tÉnh thä cÔa éng Þy.  I’d love to have gone to the party but it was impossible.

Téi thÈch ½än dú buìi tièc nhõng ½Á khéng thæ ½än ½õôc.

Unit 58. Prefer and would rather

A

Prefer to do v¿ prefer doing

Thõñng bÂn cÍ thæ dÓng “prefer to (do)” hoÜc “prefer -ing” ½æ diçn tÀ bÂn thÈch ½iåu gÉ ½Í hïn nÍi chung:  I don’t like cities. I prefer to live in the country hoÜc I prefer living in the country.

Téi khéng thÈch th¿nh phê. Téi thÈch sêng ò néng thén hïn. HÁy xem sú kh¾c bièt trong cÞu trÒc theo sau prefer. Ta nÍi:  I prefer something to something else.  I prefer doing something to doing something else.

nhõng  I prefer to do something rather than (do) something else.  I prefer this coat to the coat you were wearing yesterday.

Anh thÈch chiäc ¾o kho¾c n¿y hïn chiäc ¾o em ½Á mÜc ng¿y hém qua.  I prefer driving to travelling by train.

Téi thÈch ½i xe hïi hïn l¿ ½i bÙng xe løa. Nhõng  I prefer to drive rather than travel by train.  Ann prefers to live in the country rather than (live) in a city.

B

Would prefer (I’d prefer...)

ChÒng ta dÓng “Would prefer” ½æ nÍi tði ½iåu ta muên l¿m trong mît tÉnh huêng cÖ thæ n¿o ½Í (khéng phÀi chung chung):  “Would you prefer tea or coffee?” “Coffee, please.”

"Anh thÈch tr¿ hay c¿ phã?" "C¿ phã." Ta nÍi “Would prefer to do” (khéng phÀi doing):  “Shall we go by train?” “Well, I’d prefer to go by car.” (khéng nÍi 'going')

"Ta ½i xe løa nhÃ?" "­ téi thÈch ½i xe hïi hïn."  I’d prefer to stay at home tonight rather than go to the cinema.

Têi nay téi thÈch ò nh¿ hïn l¿ ½i xem phim.

C

Would rather (I’d rather...)

Would rather (do) = would prefer (to do). Sau would rather chÒng ta dÓng nhùng ½îng t÷ nguyãn máu khéng cÍ to. HÁy so s¾nh;

 “Shall we go by train?”

"Ta ½i xe løa nhÃ?"  “Well, I’d prefer to go by car.” "­, téi thÈch ½i xe hïi hïn."  “Well, I’d rather go by car.” (khéng nÍi "to go") CÝu phÔ ½Ình l¿ I’d rather not (do something):  I’m tired. I’d rather not to go out this evening, if you don’t mind.

Téi cÀm thÞy mèt. Téi khéng muên ½i chïi têi nay, näu anh khéng giân.  “Do you want to go out this evening?” “I’d rather not.”

"BÂn muên ½i chïi têi nay khéng?" "Téi khéng muên." ChÒ û máu cÝu vði would rather: I’d rather do something than (do) something else  I’d rather stay at home tonight than go to the cinema.

Têi nay téi thÈch ò nh¿ hïn l¿ ½i xem phim.

D

I'd rather you did something.

Khi bÂn muên ngõñi kh¾c l¿m mît ½iåu gÉ ½Í bÂn cÍ thæ nÍi “I’d rather you did something”:  “Shall I stay here?” “I’d rather you came with us.”

"Téi ò lÂi ½Ýy nhÃ?" "Téi muên anh ½i vði chÒng téi hïn."  “Shall I tell them the news?” “No, I’d rather they didn’t know.”

"Téi nÍi cho hÑ biät tin nhÃ?" "Khéng téi muên hÑ khéng biät."  “Shall I tell them or would you rather they didn’t know?”

"Téi sÆ nÍi vði hÑ nhà hay l¿ anh khéng muên cho hÑ biät?" Trong cÞu trÒc n¿y chÒng ta dÓng thÉ qu¾ khö (came, did v.v...) nhõng û nghËa lÂi l¿ hièn tÂi hoÜc tõïng lai, chö khéng phÀi qu¾ khö. HÁy so s¾nh:  I’d rather cook the dinner now.

Téi muên nÞu bùa têi ngay bÝy giñ. Nhõng  I’d rather you cooked the dinner now. (khéng nÍi 'I'd rather you cook')

Anh muên em nÞu bùa têi ngay lÒc n¿y. DÂng phÔ ½Ình l¿ “I’d rather you didn’t...”:  I’d rather you didn’t tell anyone what I said.

Téi khéng muên anh nÍi vði ai nhùng gÉ téi ½Á nÍi.

 “Do you mind if I smoke?” “I’d rather you didn’t.”

"Anh cÍ phiån khéng näu téi hÒt thuêc?" "Téi mong anh ½÷ng hÒt."

Unit 59. Preposition (in/for/about etc.) + -ing

A

Näu giði t÷ (in/for/about v.v...) cÍ ½îng t÷ theo sau, ½îng t÷ phÀi cÍ dÂng -ing. VÈ dÖ: Preposition + Verb -ing

       

Are you interested in working for us? I'm not very good at learning languages? She must be fed up with studying What are the advantages of having a car? The knife is only for cutting bread. How about playing tennis tomorrow? I bought a new bicycle instead of going away on holiday. Carol went to work in spite of feeling ill.

BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ nÍi “interested in somebody (do)ing...”, “fed-up with you (do) ing...” v.v...  I’m fed up with you telling me what to do.

Téi khéng thÈch anh bÀo téi phÀi l¿m nhùng gÉ.

B

ChÒ û c¾ch dÓng vði +-ing cÔa nhùng giði t÷ sau:

 before -ing v¿ after -ing  Before going out, I phoned Sarah. (khéng nÍi 'Before to go out')

Trõðc khi ½i, téi ½Á gÑi ½ièn thoÂi cho Sarah.  What did you do after leaving school?

BÂn ½Á l¿m gÉ sau khi ra trõñng? BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ nÍi Before I went out... v¿ ... after you left school:  by -ing (½æ nÍi mît vièc n¿o ½Í ½Á xÀy ra nhõ thä n¿o)  The burglars got into the house by breaking a window and climbing in.

BÑn trîm ½Á ½ît nhâp bÙng c¾ch ½âp vó cøa sì v¿ chui v¿o.  You can improve your English by reading more.

BÂn cÍ thæ trau dëi tiäng Anh cÔa bÂn bÙng c¾ch ½Ñc nhiåu hïn nùa.  She made herself ill by not eating properly.

Cé Þy tú l¿m mèt mÉnh bòi sú ×n uêng khéng hôp lû.  without -ing  I ran ten kilometres without stopping.

Téi ½Á chÂy mõñi kilomet khéng nghÊ.  They climbed through the window without anybody seeing them (hoÜc ...without being seen)

.

ChÒng ½Á trÄo qua cøa sì m¿ khéng ai nhÉn thÞy (hoÜc... m¿ khéng bÌ ph¾t hièn).  She needs to work without people disturbing her (hoÜc ... without being disturbed).

Cé Þy cßn l¿m vièc m¿ khéng bÌ ai quÞy rßy (hoÜc... m¿ khéng bÌ quÞy rßy).  It’s nice to go on holiday without having to worry about money.

Thât l¿ tuyèt khi ½i nghÊ m¾t m¿ khéng phÀi lo lØng vå chuyèn tiån bÂc.

C

To -ing

To thõñng l¿ th¿nh phßn cÔa ½îng t÷ nguyãn máu (to do/to see etc)  We decided to go out.

ChÒng téi ½Á quyät ½Ình ½i dÂo.  Would you like to play tennis?

BÂn muên chïi qußn vôt khéng? Nhõng to cÕng cÎn l¿ mît giði t÷ (giêng nhõ in/for/about from v.v...) vÈ dÖ:  We drove from London to Edinburgh.

ChÒng téi ½Á l¾i xe t÷ London tði Edinburgh.  I prefer tea to coffee.

Téi thÈch chÄ hïn c¿ phã.  Are you looking forward to the weekend?

BÂn ½ang mong tði cuêi tußn phÀi khéng? Näu mît giði t÷ ½õôc theo sau bòi mît ½îng t÷, ½îng t÷ ½Í tân cÓng bÙng -ing (in doing/about going v.v... xem mÖc A). Bòi vây, khi to l¿ giði t÷ v¿ theo sau nÍ l¿ ½îng t÷, bÂn phÀi nÍi to -ing  I prefer driving to travelling by train. (khéng nÍi 'to travel')

Téi thÈch ½i xe hïn l¿ ½i t¿u.  Are you looking forward to seeing Ann again? (khéng nÍi 'looking forward to see')

BÂn ½ang mong gÜp Ann lØm phÀi khéng? Vå be/get used to -ing, hÁy xem Unit 60.

Unit 60. Be/get used to something (I'm used to...)

A

XÃt tÉnh huêng sau: Jane l¿ ngõñi Mþ nhõng cé ½Á sêng ò Anh 3 n×m nay. Khi lßn ½ßu tiãn l¾i xe ò Anh, cé cÀm thÞy rÞt bêi rêi bòi phÀi chÂy xe bãn tr¾i thay vÉ bãn phÀi. ChÂy xe bãn tr¾i ½êi vði cé thât l lÓng v¿ khÍ kh×n bòi vÉ:  She wasn’t used to it. Cé Þy khéng quen vði vièc ½Í.  She wasn’t used to driving on the left. Cé Þy khéng quen vði vièc chÂy xe bãn tr¾i. Nhõng sau nhiåu lßn luyèn tâp, vièc chÂy xe bãn tr¾i ½Á bðt khÍ kh×n, do ½Í:  She got used driving on the left. Cé Þy ½Á quen chÂy xe bãn tr¾i. V¿ giñ ½Ýy sau ba n×m, vièc ½Í ½Á khéng cÎn l¿ vÞn ½å ½êi vði Jane:  She is used to driving on the left. Cé Þy quen vði vièc chÂy xe bãn tr¾i. I’m used to something=½iåu ½Í khéng mði l ½êi vði téi.

 Frank lives alone. He doesn’t mind this because he has lived alone for 15 years. It is not

strange for him. He is used to it. He is used to living alone. Frank sêng mît mÉnh. Anh khéng bân tÝm vå ½iåu n¿y bòi anh Þy ½Á sêng mît mÉnh 15 n×m nay. Anh Þy quen vði ½iåu ½Í. Anh Þy quen sêng mît mÉnh.  I bought some new shoes. They felt a bit strange at first becaused I wasn’t used to them.

Téi v÷a mua mÞy ½éi gi¿y mði. ChÒng hïi l chÝn vÉ téi mang chõa quen.  Our new flat is on a very busy street. I expect we’ll get used to the noise, but at the moment

it’s very disturbing. C×n hî mði cÔa chÒng téi nÙm trãn mît phê rÞt nhîn nhÌp. Téi nghË rÙng rëi chÒng téi sÆ quen vði sú n¾o nhièt, nhõng hièn giñ thÉ qu¾ ën ¿o.  Diane has a new job. She has to get up much earlier now than before — at 6.30. She finds

this difficult because she isn’t used to getting up so early. Diane cÍ céng vièc mði. Cé phÀi dây rÞt sðm so vði trõðc ½Ýy — lÒc 6h30. Cé thÞy vièc ½Í rÞt khÍ kh×n vÉ cé khéng quen dây sðm nhõ vây.  Brenda’s husband is often away from home. She doesn’t mind this. She is used to him being

away. Chëng cÔa Brenda thõñng phÀi xa nh¿. Cé khéng phiån lÎng vå ½iåu n¿y. Cé ½Á quen vði vièc chëng cé vØng nh¿.

B

Sau be/get used bÂn khéng thæ dÓng nguyãn máu (to do/to drive v.v...). Ta nÍi:

 She is used to driving on the left. (khéng nÍi 'she is used to drive')

Cé Þy quen vði vièc chÂy xe bãn tr¾i. Khi ta nÍi “I am used to...” thÉ to l¿ giði t÷, chö khéng phÀi l¿ th¿nh phßn cÔa nguyãn máu (xem UNIT 59C). Ta nÍi:  Frank is used to living alone. (khéng nÍi 'Frank is used to live alone')  Jane had to get used to driving on the left. (khéng nÍi 'get used to drive')

D

#÷ng nhßm lán giùa I am used to doing (be/get used to) v¿ I used to do. ChÒng kh¾c nhau vå cÞu trÒc v¿ û nghËa:

 I am used to (doing) something = ½iåu ½Í khéng mði l ½êi vði téi:  I am used to the weather in this country.

Téi quen thuîc vði thñi tiät nïi miån quã n¿y.  I am used to driving on the left because I’ve lived in Britain for a long time.

Téi quen vði vièc chÂy xe bãn tr¾i vÉ téi ½Á sêng ò Anh lÝu rëi.  I used to do something = téi thõñng l¿m ½iåu gÉ ½Í trong qu¾ khö nhõng nay khéng l¿m nùa (xem UNIT 18). BÂn chÊ cÍ thæ dÓng cÞu trÒc n¿y vði nhùng vièc trong qu¾ khö, khéng dÓng cho nhùng vièc hièn tÂi. CÞu trÒc ta ½ang b¿n tði ½Í l¿ “I used to do” (khéng phÀi l¿ 'I am used to do'):  I used to drive to work every day, but these days I usually go by bike.

Téi (trõðc ½Ýy) ván thõñng l¾i xe ½i l¿m, nhõng mÞy hém nay téi hay ½i xe ½Âp.  We used to live in a small village, but now we live in London.

ChÒng téi trõðc ½Ýy sêng ò mît l¿ng nhÏ, nhõng hièn nay chÒng téi sêng ò LuÝn ½én.

Unit 61. -Verb + preposition + -ing

A

Nhiåu ½îng t÷ cÍ cÞu trÒc verb+preposition (in/for/about v.v...) +object. VÈ dÖ:

½îng t÷+

giði t÷+

We talked about ChÒng ta ½Á nÍi vå You must apologise for Anh phÀi xin líi bòi

tÒc t÷

the problem. vÞn ½å ½Í. what you said. nhùng gÉ ½Á nÍi.

Näu tÒc t÷ lÂi l¿ mît ½îng t÷, ½îng t÷ ½Í sÆ tân cÓng bÙng -ing: ½îng t÷+

giði t÷+

We talked BÑn téi ½Á nÍi She apologised for Cé ta xin líi

about going to America. vå chuyèn ½i Mþ. not telling the truth. vÉ ½Á khéng nÍi sú thât.

tÒc t÷

CÎn mît sê ½îng t÷ kh¾c ½õôc dÓng vði cÞu trÒc n¿y: Have you succeed in finding a job yet? BÂn ½Á tÉm ½õôc vièc l¿m chõa? They insisted on paying for the meal. HÑ nhÞt ½Ình ½Îi trÀ tiån bùa ×n. I’m thinking of buying a house. Téi ½ang nghË tði vièc mua nh¿. I wouldn’t dream of asking them for money. Téi chÚng nghË tði vièc hÑ xin tiån. She doesn’t approve of gambling. Cé Þy khéng t¾n th¿nh chuyèn ½¾nh bÂc. We have decided against moving to London. ChÒng téi quyät ½Ình phÀn ½êi vièc chuyæn tði LuÝn ½én. Do you feel like going out tonight? BÂn cÍ cÀm thÞy muên ½i chïi têi nay khéng?

succeed (in) insist (on) think (of) dream (of) approve (of) decide (against) feel (like) look forward (to)

I’m looking forward to meeting her. Téi ½ang mong gÜp cé Þy. Ta nÍi “apologise to somebody for...”:  She apologised to me for not telling the truth. (khéng nÍi 'She apologised me')

Cé ta xin líi téi vÉ ½Á khéng nÍi sú thât.

B

Vði mît sê ½îng t÷ ò mÖc A, bÂn cÍ thæ sø dÖng cÞu trÒc verb+preposition+somebody+ -ing

½îng t÷+

giði t÷

She doesn’t approve of

sb + -ing

me gambling.

Cé Þy khéng t¾n th¿nh vièc téi ½¾nh bÂc. We are looking forward to Liz coming home. TÞt cÀ chÒng téi ½ang mong Liz vå nh¿.

C Nhùng ½îng t÷ dõði ½Ýy cÍ thæ cÍ cÞu trÒc verb+object+preposition+ -ing: ½îng t÷

+tÒc t÷+giði t÷ + -ing

congratulate (on)

I congratulated Ann on passing the exam. Téi chÒc m÷ng Ann vå vièc cé Þy ½Á thi ½âu. They accuse me of telling lies. HÑ tê c¾o téi ½Á nÍi dêi. Nobody suspected the man of being a spy. Khéng mît ai nghi ngñ ngõñi ½¿n éng ½Í l¿ ½ièp viãn. What prevented him from coming to see us? #iåu gÉ ½Á ng×n cÀn anh ta tði gÜp chÒng téi? The police stopped everyone from leaving the building. CÀnh s¾t ng×n khéng cho ai rñi khÏi c×n nh¿. I forgot to thank them for helping me. Téi ½Á quãn c¾m ïn hÑ vå sú giÒp ½ó. Please forgive me for not writing to you. Xin hÁy tha thö téi vÉ ½Á khéng viät thõ cho bÂn. They warned us against buying the car.

accuse (of) suspect (of) prevent (from) stop (from) thank (for) forgive (for) warn (against)

BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ nÍi “stop somebody doing” (khéng cÍ from). Vây cÍ thæ nÍi l¿:  You can’t stop me doing what I want hay... stop me from doing what I want.

Anh khéng thæ ng×n téi l¿m nhùng gÉ téi muên. Mît v¿i trong sê nhùng ½îng t÷ trãn thõñng ½õôc dÓng ò dÂng bÌ ½îng. VÈ dÖ:  I was accused of telling lies.

Téi bÌ tê c¾o l¿ ngõñi nÍi dêi.  The man was suspected of being a spy.

Ngõñi ½¿n éng ½Í ½Á bÌ nghi ngñ l¿ mît ½ièp viãn.  We were warned against buying the car.

ChÒng téi ½Á ½õôc khuyän c¾o l¿ khéng nãn mua chiäc xe ½Í.

Unit 62. Expressions + -ing

A

Khi nhùng th¿nh ngù dõði ½Ýy ½õôc theo sau bòi mît ½îng t÷, ½îng t÷ ½Í phÀi tân cÓng bÙng -ing.

It's no use.../It's no good...  There’s nothing you can do about the situation, so it’s no use worrying about it.

BÂn chÚng thæ l¿m gÉ trong tÉnh thä n¿y, thât vé Èch khi lo lØng vå chuyèn ½Í.  It’s no good trying to persuade me. You won’t succeed.

CÍ thuyät phÖc téi cÕng chÚng Èch gÉ. BÂn sÆ khéng th¿nh céng ½Ýu. There's no point in...  There’s no point in having a car if you never use it.

Näu bÂn khéng bao giñ dÓng ½än thÉ mua mît chiäc xe cÍ Èch lôi gÉ ½Ýu.  There was no point in waiting any longer, so we went.

CÍ chñ ½ôi thãm cÕng chÚng Èch gÉ nãn chÒng téi bÏ ½i. It's (not) worth...  I live only a short walk from here, so it’s not worth taking a taxi.

Téi chÊ ò c¾ch ½Ýy cÍ mÞy bõðc théi, chÚng ½¾ng phÀi ½i taxi.  It was so late when we got home, it wasn’t worth going to bed.

Khi chÒng téi vå nh¿ thÉ cÕng ½Á khuya lØm rëi, nãn chÚng cßn ngÔ nùa. BÂn cÍ thæ nÍi “a film is worth seeing” (mît cuên phim ½¾ng xem), “a book is worth reading” (mît cuên s¾ch ½¾ng ½Ñc):  What was a film like? Was it worth seeing?

Cuên phim ½Á nhõ thä n¿o? NÍ cÍ ½¾ng xem khéng?  I don’t think newspapers are worth reading.

Téi khéng nghË rÙng b¾o chÈ ½¾ng ½æ ½Ñc.

B

(Have) difficulty -ing

CÍ thæ nÍi “have difficult doing something” (khéng phÀi 'to do'):  I have difficulty finding a place to live. (khéng nÍi "I had difficulty to find")

Téi ½Á gÜp khÍ kh×n khi tÉm mît chí ½æ ò.  Did you have any difficulty getting a visa?

BÂn xin thÌ thúc cÍ khÍ kh×n gÉ khéng?  People often have great difficulty reading my writing.

MÑi ngõñi thõñng khÍ kh×n khi ½Ñc chù viät cÔa téi. Ta thõñng nÍi “have difficulty” chö khéng nÍi “have difficulties”.  I’m sure you’ll have no difficulty passing the exam. (khéng nÍi 'have difficulties')

Téi tin chØc bÂn sÆ thi ½âu chÚng khÍ kh×n gÉ.

C

Ta dÓng use -ing sau:

a waste of money.../a waste of time... (to... is also possible):  It was a waste of time reading that book. It was rubbish.

#Ñc cuên s¾ch ½Í thât phÈ thÉ giñ. NÍ chÊ l¿ ½ë nhÀm nhÈ.  It’s a waste of money buying things you don’t need.

Mua sØm nhùng thö bÂn khéng cßn thÉ thât l¿ phÈ tiån. spend/waste (time)...  He spent hours trying to repair the clock.

Anh Þy ½Á bÏ ra hÙng mÞy giñ liån ½æ søa c¾i ½ëng hë ½Í.  I waste a lot of time daydreaming.

Téi ½Á phÈ nhiåu thñi gian mï mîng. (be) busy...  She said she couldn’t see me. She was too busy doing other things.

Cé Þy ½Á nÍi cé Þy khéng thæ gÜp téi. Cé Þy qu¾ bân ½æ l¿m vièc kh¾c.

D

Go swimming/go fishing v.v...

Ta dÓng go -ing vði nhiåu h¿nh ½îng (½Üc bièt l¿ trong thæ thao). ChÚng hÂn, bÂn cÍ thæ nÍi: go swimming go skiing

go sailing go jogging v.v...

Tõïng tú go shopping/go sightseeing.  I’d like to go skiing.

Téi thÈch trõôt tuyät.  When did you last go shopping?

BÂn ½i cøa h¿ng lßn cuêi cÓng v¿o khi n¿o?  I’ve never been sailing. (vå been v¿ gone, xem UNIT 7D)

Téi chõa bïi thuyån bao giñ. BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ nÍi “come swimming/come skiing” v.v...:  Why don’t you come swimming with us?

Sao bÂn khéng ½i bïi vði chÒng téi?

Unit 63. To..., for... and so that... (purpose)

A

ChÒng ta dÓng to... ½æ nÍi vÉ sao mît ngõñi l¿m mît vièc gÉ ½Í (= mÖc ½Èch cÔa h¿nh ½îng):

 “Why did you go out?” “To post a letter.”

"Anh ½i ra ngo¿i l¿m gÉ vây?" "#æ bÏ thõ."  A friend of mine phoned to invite me to a party.

Mît ngõñi bÂn gÑi ½ièn thoÂi mñi téi ½än dú tièc.  We shouted to warn everybody of the danger.

ChÒng téi la to ½æ b¾o cho mÑi ngõñi biät sú nguy hiæm. ChÒng ta dÓng to.. ½æ nÍi tÂi sao mît vât n¿o ½Í tën tÂi hay tÂi sao mît ngõñi n¿o ½Í cÍ/muên/cßn (has/wants/needs) mît vât n¿o ½Í.  This wall is to keep people out of the garden.

Böc tõñng n¿y ½æ ng×n ngõñi ngo¿i v¿o võñn.  The president has a team of bodyguards to protect him.

Tìng thêng cÍ mît ½îi vè sË bÀo vè éng ta.  I need a bottle opener to open this bottle.

Téi cßn c¾i mò chai ½æ mò c¾i chai n¿y.

B

ChÒng ta dÓng to... ½æ nÍi vièc gÉ cÍ thæ l¿m hay cßn phÀi l¿m bÙng c¾ch n¿o ½Í:

 It’s difficult to find a place to park in the city centre. (=a place where you can park)

#æ tÉm ra mît nïi ½âu xe ò trung tÝm th¿nh phê thât l¿ khÍ kh×n.  Would you like something to eat?

«ng muên dÓng thö gÉ ½Í khéng?  Have you got much work to do? (=Work that you much do)

Anh cÍ nhiåu vièc phÀi l¿m khéng?  I get lonely if there’s nobody to talk to.

Téi cÀm thÞy cé ½ïn näu khéng cÍ ai ½æ nÍi chuyèn. CÕng nhõ vây: money/ time/ chance/ opportunity/ energy/ courage... to (do something).  They gave us some money to buy some food.

HÑ ½õa cho chÒng téi Èt tiån ½æ mua ½ë ×n.  Do you have much opportunity to practise your English?

Anh cÍ nhiåu dÌp ½æ thúc h¿nh tiäng Anh khéng?  I need a few days to think about your proposal.

Téi cßn Èt ng¿y ½æ suy nghË vå ½å nghÌ cÔa anh.

C

For... v¿ to...

HÁy so s¾nh:  I’m going to Spain for a holiday.

Téi sÆ sang TÝy Ban Nha nghÊ hÄ. nhõng  I’m going to Spain to learn Spanish.

Téi sÆ sang TÝy Ban Nha ½æ hÑc tiäng TÝy Ban Nha. (khéng dÓng 'for learn Spanish' hay 'for learn Spanish') ChÒng ta dÓng for+danh t÷ (for a holiday) nhõng to+½îng t÷ (to learn). Thãm v¿i vÈ dÖ:  What would you like for dinner?

BÂn muên gÉ cho bùa chiåu? nhõng  What would you like to eat? (khéng dÓng 'for eat')

«ng muên dÓng gÉ?  Let’s go to the pool for a swim!

ChÒng ta hÁy ½i ½än bæ bïi ½æ bïi! nhõng  Let’s go to the pool to have a swim.

Lõu û rÙng bÂn cÍ thæ nÍi ...for (somebody) to (do something)  There weren’t any chairs for us to sit on, so we had to sit on the floor.

#Á khéng cÍ c¾i ghä n¿o cho chÒng téi ngëi cÀ, vÉ thä chÒng téi phÀi ngëi lãn s¿n nh¿. BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng for -ing ½æ nÍi vå céng dÖng, mÖc ½Èch chung cÔa mît vât. To... cÕng cÍ thæ ½õôc dÓng:  This knife is only for cutting bread (hoÜc to cut bread).

Con dao n¿y chÊ dÓng ½æ cØt b¾nh mÉ. BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng What... for? ½æ hÏi vå mÖc ½Èch, céng dÖng:  What is this switch for?

C¾i céng tØc n¿y ½æ l¿m gÉ vây?  What did you do that for?

Anh l¿m c¾i ½Í ½æ l¿m gÉ vây?

D

So that

#éi khi bÂn phÀi dÓng so that ½æ chÊ mÖc ½Èch. ChÒng ta dÓng so that (khéng dÓng to...): i/ Khi mÖc ½Èch l¿ phÔ ½Ình (so that... won’t/wouldn’t):  I hurried so that I wouldn’t be late. (=because I didn't want to be late)

Téi ½Á vîi ½æ khÏi bÌ trç.  Leave early so that you won’t (hoÜc don’t) miss the bus).

HÁy ½i sðm ½æ anh sÆ khéng (hoÜc khéng) trç xe buût. ii/ DÓng vði can v¿ could (so that... can/could):  She’s learning English so that she can study in Canada.  We moved to London so that we could visit our friend more often.

ChÒng téi chuyæn ½än LuÝn ½én ½æ cÍ thæ th×m bÂn bÄ cÔa chÒng téi thõñng xuyãn hïn. iii/ Khi mît ngõñi l¿m ½iåu gÉ ½Í ½æ ngõñi kh¾c l¿m vièc kh¾c nùa:  I gave her my address so that she could contact me.

Téi ½õa cho cé Þy ½Ìa chÊ cÔa téi ½æ cé Þy cÍ thæ liãn lÂc vði téi.  He wore glasses and a false beard so that nobody would recognise him.

«ng ta mang kÈnh v¿ rÝu giÀ ½æ khéng ai nhân ra éng ta.

Unit 64. Adjective + to...

A

Difficult to understand v.v...

HÁy so s¾nh c¾c cÝu a v¿ b:  Jim doesn’t speak very clearly.

Jim nÍi khéng rÐ r¿ng lØm. (a) It is difficult to understand him.

KhÍ m¿ hiæu ½õôc anh Þy. (b) He is difficult to understand.

Anh Þy thât khÍ hiæu. C¾c cÝu a v¿ b cÍ cÓng mît nghËa. Nhõng lõu û rÙng chÒng ta nÍi:  He is difficult to understand. (khéng nÍi 'He is difficult to understand him')

BÂn dÓng c¾c cÞu trÒc trãn vði: difficult impossible expensive

easy dangerous cheap

hard safe

v¿ mît sê tÈnh t÷ (vÈ dÖ, nice, interesting, exciting):  Do you think it is safe to drink this water?  Do you think this water is safe to drink? (khéng nÍi 'to drink it')

Anh cho rÙng nõðc n¿y uêng ½õôc chö?  Your writing is awful. It is impossible to read it. (=to read your writing)

Your writing is impossible to read. Chù viät cÔa anh thât khÍ ½Ñc.  I like being with Jill. It’s very interesting to talk to her.

Téi thÈch ò bãn Jill. Thât thÒ vÌ khi nÍi chuyèn vði cé Þy. Jill is very interesting to talk to. (khéng nÍi 'to talk to her') Thât thÒ vÌ khi nÍi chuyèn vði Jill. BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng cÞu trÒc n¿y vði tÈnh t÷+danh t÷:  This is difficult question (for me) to answer. (khéng dÓng 'to answer it')

#Ýy l¿ cÝu hÏi khÍ trÀ lñi. (½êi vði téi)

B

It's nice (of you) to...

BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng cÞu trÒc n¿y ½æ nÍi bÂn nghË gÉ vå vièc m¿ ai ½Í l¿m:  It was nice of you to take me to the station. Thank you very much.

BÂn thât tø tä khi ½õa téi ½än nh¿ ga. C¾m ïn bÂn nhiåu. Nhiåu tÈnh t÷ ½õôc dÓng theo c¾ch n¿y, vÈ dÖ: kind mean careless

clever silly unfair

sensible stupid considerate

 It’s silly of Mary to give up her job when she needs the money.

Mary thât l¿ dÂi dît ½Á bÏ vièc l¿m khi m¿ cé Þy cßn tiån.  I think it was very unfair of him to criticise me.

Téi nghË éng ta thât bÞt céng khi phã bÉnh téi.

C

I'm sorry to...

BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng cÞu trÒc n¿y ½æ nÍi ngõñi n¿o ½Í phÀn öng lÂi c¾c sú vièc nhõ thä n¿o:  I was sorry to hear that your father is ill.

Téi lÞy l¿m tiäc khi nghe rÙng cha cÔa anh bÌ êm. BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng nhiåu tÈnh t÷ kh¾c theo c¾ch n¿y. VÈ dÖ: happy delighted surprised relieved

glad sad amazed

pleased disappointed astonished

 Was Tom surprised to see you when you went to see him?

Tom ngÂc nhiãn thÞy anh khi anh ½än th×m anh Þy phÀi khéng?  We were delighted to get your letter last week.

ChÒng téi ½Á vui sõðng khi nhân ½õôc l¾ thõ cÔa anh tußn trõðc.

C

The first (person) to know, the next train to arrive

ChÒng ta dÓng to.... sau the first/second/third v.v... v¿ cÕng vây sau the next, the last, the only:  If I have any more news, you will be the first (person) to know.

Näu téi cÍ tin gÉ mði, anh sÆ l¿ ngõñi ½ßu tiãn ½õôc biät.  The next train to arrive at platfom 4 will be the 6.50 to Cardiff.

Chuyän t¿u tiäp theo tði ò ½õñng ray sê 4 sÆ ½i Cardiff v¿o lÒc 6 giñ 50.  Everybody was late except me. I was the only one to arrive on time.

MÑi ngõñi ½åu bÌ trç tr÷ téi. Téi l¿ ngõñi duy nhÞt tði ½Òng giñ.

E

BÂn cÍ thæ nÍi rÙng mît vièc n¿o ½Í l¿ sure/certain/bound/likely xÀy ra:

 She’s very intelligent. She’s sure/certain/bound to pass the exam.

Cé Þy rÞt théng minh. Cé Þy chØc chØn/½õïng nhiãn/nhÞt ½Ình thi ½âu.  I’m likely to be late home this evening. (=I will probably be late home)

Têi nay cÍ thæ téi vå nh¿ muîn.

Unit 65. To...(afraid to do) and preposition + -ing

A

Afraid to (do) v¿ afraid of (do) ing

I am afraid to do something (téi ngÂi (sô) l¿m ½iåu gÉ ½Í) = Téi khéng muên l¿m ½iåu ½Í bòi vÉ ½iåu ½Í nguy hiæm, hoÜc kät quÀ cÍ thæ khéng têt. ChÒng ta dÓng afraid to do vði nhùng vièc chÒng ta l¿m cÍ chÔ tÝm (intentionally):  A lot of people are afraid to go out at night. (= they don't want to go out because it is

dangerous — so they don't go out) Nhiåu ngõñi ngÂi ½i ra ngo¿i ban ½ãm. (= hÑ khéng muên ½i ra ngo¿i bòi vÉ ½iåu ½Í nguy hiæm vÉ vây hÑ khéng ½i ra ngo¿i)  He was afraid to tell his parents about the broken window. (= he didn't want to tell them

because he knew they would be angry) Câu ta sô nÍi vði cha mÇ mÉnh vå c¾i cøa sì bÌ vó. (= Câu ta khéng muên nÍi vði hÑ vÉ câu ta biät rÙng hÑ cÍ thæ nìi giân) I am afraid of something happening = cÍ khÀ n×ng mît ½iåu gÉ xÞu sÆ xÀy ra. (VÈ dÖ tai nÂn) ChÒng ta khéng dÓng afraid of -ing cho nhùng vièc chÒng ta l¿m cÍ chÔ tÝm:  The path was icy, so we walked very carefully. We were afraid of falling. (= it was possible

we would fall — not 'we were afraid to fall') Con ½õñng n¿y ½Á bÌ ½Íng b×ng, vÉ thä chÒng téi ½i rÞt thân trÑng. ChÒng téi e sÆ bÌ ngÁ. (=cÍ khÀ n×ng chÒng téi sÆ ngÁ — khéng nÍi 'we were afraid to fall')  I don’t like dogs. I’m always afraid of being bitten. (khéng nÍi 'afraid to be bitten')

Téi khéng thÈch chÍ. Téi luén luén sô bÌ cØn. Töc l¿ bÂn ngÂi phÀi l¿m ½iåu gÉ ½Í (afraid to do) vÉ bÂn sô sÆ xÀy ra mît ½iåu gÉ ½Í (afraid of something happening) nhõ l¿ mît hâu quÀ tÞt yäu:  I was afraid to go near the dog because I was afraid of being bitten.

Téi sô ½i gßn con chÍ vÉ téi sô bÌ cØn.

B

Interested in (do)ing v¿ interested to (do)

I’m interested in doing something = téi thÈch l¿m ½iåu gÉ ½Í, téi ½ang nghË vå vièc thúc hièn ½iåu ½Í.  I’m trying to sell my car but nobody is interested in buying it. (not 'to buy').

Téi ½ang cê gØng b¾n c¾i xe cÔa téi nhõng khéng cÍ ai muên mua nÍ. ChÒng ta dÓng interested to ½Üc bièt vði c¾c ½îng t÷ hear/see/know/read/learn: I was interested to hear it = Téi thÈch nghe ½iåu ½Í-téi ½Á nghe ½õôc ½iåu ½Í v¿ nÍ l¿m téi quan tÝm.  I was interested to hear that Diane has got a new job.

Téi ½Á rÞt vui khi nghe rÙng Diane cÍ céng vièc mði.  Ask George for his opinion. I would be interested to know what he thinks.

HÁy hÏi George vå quan ½iæm cÔa anh Þy. Téi thÈch ½õôc biät anh Þy nghË gÉ. CÞu trÒc n¿y giêng nhõ surprised to/delighted to v.v...(xem UNIT 64C).  I was surprised to hear that Diane has got a new job.

Téi ½Á ngÂc nhiãn khi nghe rÙng Diane cÍ céng vièc mði.

C

Sorry to (do) v¿ sorry for (do)ing

ChÒng ta thõñng nÍi sorry to... ½æ xin líi khi (hay l¿ ngay trõðc khi) chÒng ta l¿m gÉ ½Í:  I’m sorry to bother you, but I need to talk to you.

Téi xin líi khi quÞy rßy anh, nhõng téi cßn phÀi nÍi chuyèn vði anh. ChÒng ta dÓng sorry to (hear/read v.v...) ½æ biæu thÌ sú quan tÝm tði ngõñi n¿o ½Í (xem UNIT 64C):  I was sorry to hear that Fiona lost her job. (=I was sorry when I hear...)

Téi lÞy l¿m tiäc khi nghe rÙng Fiona bÌ mÞt vièc. BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng sorry for (doing something) ½æ xin líi vå vièc bÂn ½Á l¿m trõðc ½Í  (I’m) sorry for shouting at you yesterday. (khéng nÍi 'Sorry to shout...')

(Téi) xin líi vå vièc ½Á la rßy bÂn ng¿y hém qua. BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ nÍi:  (I’m) sorry I shouted at you yesterday.

D

Lõu û rÙng chÒng ta nÍi:

 I want to (do)/I’d like to (do).

nhõng I’m thinking of (do)ing/I dream of (do)ing.  I failed to (do) nhõng I succeeded in (do)ing.  I allowed them to (do) nhõng I prevented them from (do)ing.

C¾c vÈ dÖ, hÁy xem UNIT 53, UNIT 54 v¿ UNIT 61.

Unit 66. See somebody do and see somebody doing

A

HÁy xÃt tÉnh huêng sau:

Tom lãn xe cÔa mÉnh v¿ l¾i ½i. BÂn ½Á nhÉn thÞy ½iåu n¿y. BÂn cÍ thæ nÍi:  I saw Tom get into his car and drive away.

Téi ½Á nhÉn thÞy Tom lãn xe cÔa mÉnh v¿ l¾i ½i. Trong cÞu trÒc n¿y chÒng ta dÓng get/drive/do v.v... (nguyãn máu khéng cÍ to) Somebody did something + I saw this I saw somebody do something

Lõu û rÙng chÒng ta dÓng nguyãn máu khéng cÍ to.  We saw them go out. (khéng dÓng 'to go')

ChÒng téi thÞy hÑ ½i ra ngo¿i. Nhõng sau thæ bÌ ½îng (“they were seen”) v.v... chÒng ta dÓng to:  They were seen to go out.

HÑ ½Á bÌ nhÉn thÞy ½i ra ngo¿i.

B

HÁy xÃt tÉnh huêng sau:

Ng¿y hém qua bÂn ½Á nhÉn thÞy Ann. Cé Þy ½ang chñ xe buût. BÂn cÍ thæ nÍi:  I saw Ann waiting for a bus. — Téi ½Á nhÉn thÞy Ann ½ang chñ xe buût.

Trong cÞu trÒc n¿y chÒng ta dÓng -ing (waiting): Somebody was doing something + I saw this I saw somebody doing something

C

HÁy nghiãn cöu sú kh¾c nhau vå nghËa giùa 2 cÞu trÒc n¿y.

 “I saw him do something” = Téi ½Á nhÉn thÞy anh Þy l¿m vièc gÉ ½Í — anh Þy ½Á l¿m xong mît vièc (qu¾ khö ½ïn) v¿ téi nhÉn thÞy ½iåu n¿y. Téi ½Á nhÉn thÞy to¿n bî sú vièc t÷ lÒc bØt ½ßu ½än khi kät thÒc.  He fell off the wall. I saw this  I saw him fall off the wall.

Anh Þy ngÁ t÷ böc tõñng xuêng. Téi ½Á nhÉn thÞy ½iåu n¿y Téi ½Á nhÉn thÞy anh Þy ngÁ t÷ tõñng xuêng.  The accident happened. Did you see this?  Did you see the accident happen?

Tai nÂn ½Á xÀy ra. Anh cÍ nhÉn thÞy ½iåu ½Í khéng?  Anh cÍ nhÉn thÞy tai nÂn xÀy ra khéng?  “I saw him doing something” = Téi ½Á nhÉn thÞy anh Þy ½ang l¿m gÉ ½Í — Anh Þy ½Á ½ang l¿m ½iåu gÉ ½Í (qu¾ khö tiäp diçn) v¿o lÒc téi nhÉn thÞy ½iåu n¿y. Téi ½Á nhÉn thÞy anh Þy khi anh Þy ½ang ò giùa ch÷ng céng vièc. #iåu n¿y khéng cÍ nghËa l¿ téi nhÉn thÞy to¿n bî sú vièc.  He was walking along the street.

Anh Þy ½ang ½i dÑc theo con phê. I saw this when I drove past in my car. Téi ½Á nhÉn thÞy ½iåu n¿y khi téi chÂy xe ngang qua.  I saw him walking along the street. Téi nhÉn thÞy anh Þy ½ang ½i trãn phê. #éi khi sú kh¾c nghËa khéng quan trÑng lØm v¿ bÂn cÍ thæ dÓng cÞu trÒc n¿o cÕng ½õôc.  I’ve never seen her dance hoÜc I’ve never seen her dancing.

Téi chõa bao giñ nhÉn thÞy cé Þy khiãu vÕ.

D

ChÒng ta dÓng cÞu trÒc n¿y vði see v¿ hear v¿ mît sê c¾c ½îng t÷ kh¾c.

 I didn’t hear you come in.

Téi khéng nghe thÞy anh bõðc v¿o.  Liz suddenly felt something touch her on the shoulder.

Liz chôt cÀm thÞy mît vât gÉ ½Í chÂm v¿o vai.  Did you notice anyone go out?

Anh cÍ ½æ û thÞy ai ½i ra khéng?  I could hear it raining.

Téi cÍ thæ nghe thÞy rÙng trñi ½ang mõa.  The missing boys were last seen playing near the river.

C¾c câu bà bÌ mÞt tÈch ½õôc nhÉn thÞy lßn cuêi cÓng khi ½ang chïi bãn séng.  Listen to the birds singing!

HÁy lØng nghe chim hÍt!  Can you smell something burning?

Anh cÍ cÀm thÞy c¾i gÉ ½Í ½ang ch¾y khéng?  I found Sue in my room reading my letters.

Téi ½Á nhÉn thÞy Sue ½ang ½Ñc nhùng böc thõ cÔa téi trong phÎng téi.

Unit 67. ing clauses

A

Mît mènh ½å (clause) l¿ mît phßn cÔa cÝu. Mît sê cÝu cÍ hai mènh ½å hay nhiåu hïn:

 Jim hurt his arm playing tennis

mènh ½å chÈnh mènh ½å phÖ Jim bÌ ½au tay khi ½ang chïi tennis  Feeling tired,

I went to bed early mènh ½å -ing mènh ½å chÈnh CÀm thÞy mèt, téi ½Á ½i ngÔ sðm

“playing tennis” v¿ “feeling tired” l¿ nhùng mènh ½å -ing. Näu mènh ½å -ing ½öng ò ½ßu cÝu (nhõ trong vÈ dÖ thö hai) chÒng ta viät dÞu phày (,) giùa hai mènh ½å.

B

Khi hai sú vièc xÀy ra ò cÓng mît thñi ½iæm, bÂn cÍ thæ dÓng -ing cho mît trong c¾c ½îng t÷. Mènh ½å chÈnh thõñng ½öng ò ½ßu cÝu:

 I’ve just seen Carol. She’s in the bar having a drink.

Téi v÷a nhÉn thÞy Carol. Cé Þy ½ang uêng rõôu trong qu¾n. (= cé Þy ½ang ò trong qu¾n rõôu v¿ ½ang uêng rõôu)  A man ran out of the house shouting. (= Anh ta ½Á ra khÏi nh¿ v¿ ½ang la)

Mît ngõñi ½¿n éng chÂy ra khÏi nh¿ v¿ la to.  Do something! Don’t just stand there doing nothing!

HÁy l¿m c¾i gÉ ½i! #÷ng cÍ ½öng ½Þy m¿ khéng l¿m gÉ cÀ! ChÒng ta cÕng dÓng -ing khi mît h¿nh ½îng xÀy ra trong khi ½ang xÀy ra mît h¿nh ½îng kh¾c. ChÒng ta dÓng -ing cho h¿nh ½îng d¿i hïn. H¿nh ½îng d¿i hïn l¿ phßn thö hai cÔa cÝu.  Jim hurt his arm playing tennis. (= trong khi anh Þy ½ang chïi tennis)  Did you cut yourself shaving? (= trong khi bÂn ½ang cÂo rÝu)

Anh ½Á bÌ xõðc khi cÂo rÝu ¿? BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng -ing sau while hoÜc when:  Jim hurt his arm while playing tennis.

Jim bÌ ½au tay trong lÒc ½ang chïi tennis.  Be careful when crossing the road.

HÁy càn thân khi sang ½õñng.

C

Khi mît h¿nh ½îng xÀy ra trõðc mît h¿nh ½îng kh¾c, chÒng ta dÓng having (done) cho h¿nh ½îng ½ßu tiãn.

 Having found a hotel, we looked for somewhere to have dinner.

Sau khi ½Á tÉm ½õôc kh¾ch sÂn, chÒng téi tÉm nïi n¿o ½Í ½æ ×n chiåu.  Having finished her work, she went home.

Sau khi ho¿n tÞt céng vièc, cé Þy ½Á ½i vå nh¿. BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ dÓng after -ing:  After finishing her work, she went home.

Näu mît h¿nh ½îng ngØn theo sau mît h¿nh ½îng ngØn kh¾c, bÂn cÍ thæ dÓng dÂng -ing ½ïn giÀn (doing thay vÉ having done) cho h¿nh ½îng ½ßu:  Taking a key out of his pocket, he opened the door.

LÞy chÉa khÍa ra khÏi tÒi, anh Þy mò cøa. C¾c cÞu trÒc n¿y thõñng ½õôc dÓng nhiåu trong v×n viät hïn l¿ trong v×n nÍi cÔa tiäng Anh

D

BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng mènh ½å -ing ½æ giÀi thÈch mît sú vièc hay ½æ nÍi tÂi sao ai ½Í l¿m mît céng vièc n¿o ½Í. Mènh ½å -ing thõñng ½öng trõðc tiãn:

 Feeling tired, I went to bed early. (= vÉ téi thÞy mèt)

CÀm thÞy mèt, téi ½Á ½i ngÔ sðm.  Being unemployed, he hasn’t got much money. (= vÉ anh ta ½ang thÞt nghièp)

BÌ thÞt nghièp anh Þy khéng cÍ nhiåu tiån.  Not having a car, she finds it difficult to get around. (= bòi vÉ cé Þy khéng cÍ xe hïi)

Khéng cÍ xe cé Þy thÞy khÍ kh×n ½æ ½i ½Ýy ½Í.  Having already seen the film twice, I didn’t want to go to the cinema. (= vÉ téi ½Á xem phim

½Í hai lßn) #Á xem phim ½Í hai lßn rëi, téi khéng muên ½i xem nùa. C¾c cÞu trÒc n¿y thõñng ½õôc dÓng nhiåu trong v×n viät hïn trong v×n nÍi cÔa tiäng Anh.

Unit 68. Countable and uncountable nouns (1)

A

Mît danh t÷ cÍ thæ l¿ ½äm ½õôc (countable) hoÜc khéng ½äm ½õôc (uncountable). HÁy so s¾nh:

 #äm ½õôc (countable)  I eat a banana every day.

Téi ×n mît quÀ chuêi míi ng¿y 

I like bananas. Téi thÈch chuêi. Banana l¿ danh t÷ ½äm ½õôc. C¾c danh t÷ ½äm ½õôc cÍ thæ l¿ sê Èt (banana) hay sê nhiåu (bananas). Danh t÷ ½äm ½õôc chÊ nhùng sú vât hay sú vièc ta cÍ thæ ½äm hay tÈnh to¾n. CÍ thæ nÍi “one banana”, “two bananas”, v.v...

 Khéng ½äm ½õôc (Uncountable)  I eat rice every day.

Téi ×n cïm míi ng¿y. 

I like rice. Téi thÈch cïm. Rice l¿ danh t÷ khéng ½äm ½õôc. C¾c danh t÷ khéng ½äm ½õôc chÊ cÍ mît dÂng (rice). C¾c danh t÷ khéng ½äm ½õôc chÊ nhùng sú vât hay sú vièc chÒng ta khéng thæ ½äm hay tÈnh to¾n ½õôc. Ta khéng thæ nÍi “one rice”, “two rices”, v.v...

C¾c vÈ dÖ vå danh t÷ ½äm ½õôc  There’s a beach near here.

CÍ mît bÁi biæn ò gßn ½Ýy.  Ann is singing a song.

Ann ½ang h¾t mît b¿i h¾t.  Have you got a ten-pound note?

BÂn cÍ 10 ½ëng tiån giÞy khéng?  It wasn’t your fault. It was an accident.

#Í khéng phÀi l¿ líi cÔa anh. #Í l¿ mît sú ngáu nhiãn.  There are no batteries in the radio.

´ trong ½¿i khéng cÍ pin.  We haven’t got enough cups.

ChÒng ta khéng cÍ ½Ô cêc.

C¾c vÈ dÖ vå danh t÷ khéng ½äm ½õôc  There’s sand in my shoes.

Trong gi¿y cÔa téi cÍ c¾t.  Ann is listening to (some) music.

Ann ½ang nghe (mÞy) bÀn nhÂc.  Have you got any money?

BÂn cÍ Èt tiån khéng?  It wasn’t your fault. It was bad luck.

#Í khéng phÀi l¿ líi cÔa anh. #Í l¿ mît sú khéng may.  There is no electricity in this house.

Trong ngéi nh¿ n¿y khéng cÍ ½ièn.  We haven’t got enough water.

ChÒng ta khéng cÍ ½Ô nõðc.

B

BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng a/an vði c¾c danh t÷ ½äm ½õôc sê Èt. a beach

a student

an umbrella

 BÂn khéng thæ dÓng c¾c danh t÷ ½äm ½õôc m¿ khéng cÍ a/the/my v.v.. ½i kÄm:  I want a banana (khéng dÓng 'I want banana').

Téi muên mît quÀ chuêi.  There’s been an accident. (khéng dÓng 'there's been accident')

#Á cÍ mît tai nÂn. BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng c¾c danh t÷ ½äm ½õôc ò sê nhiåu ½öng mît mÉnh:  I like bananas. (chuêi nÍi chung)  Accidents can be prevented.

C¾c tai nÂn cÍ thæ tr¾nh ½õôc. Xem thãm UNIT 74.  BÂn khéng thæ dÓng a/an vði c¾c danh t÷ khéng ½äm ½õôc. ChÒng ta khéng nÍi “a sand” hoÜc “a music”. Nhõng thõñng hay dÓng a... of: a bowl of rice a piece of music v.v...

a drop of water a game of tennis

BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng c¾c danh t÷ ½äm ½õôc mît mÉnh (khéng kÄm a/the/my):  I eat rice every day.

Téi ×n cïm míi ng¿y.  There’s blood on your shirt.

CÍ m¾u trãn ¾o sï mi cÔa anh.  Can you hear music?

BÂn cÍ thæ nghe thÞy tiäng nhÂc khéng? Xem thãm UNIT 74.

C  Ta dÓng some v¿ any vði c¾c danh t÷ ½äm ½õôc ò sê nhiåu:  We sang some songs.

ChÒng téi ½Á h¾t mÞy b¿i h¾t.  Did you buy any apples?

BÂn cÍ mua tr¾i t¾o n¿o khéng? Ta dÓng many v¿ few vði c¾c danh t÷ ½äm ½õôc ò sê nhiåu:  We didn’t take many photographs.

ChÒng téi ½Á khéng chÖp nhiåu Ành.  I have a few jobs to do.

Téi cÍ v¿i vièc phÀi l¿m.  BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng some v¿ any vði c¾c danh t÷ khéng ½äm ½õôc:  We listened some music.

ChÒng téi ½Á nghe v¿i bÀn nhÂc.  Did you buy any apple juice?

BÂn cÍ mua chÒt nõðc t¾o n¿o khéng? Ta dÓng much v¿ little vði c¾c danh t÷ khéng ½äm ½õôc:  We didn’t do much shopping.

ChÒng téi ½Á khéng ½i mua sØm nhiåu.  I have a little work to do.

Téi cÍ chÒt vièc phÀi l¿m.

Unit 69. Countable and uncountable nouns (2)

A

Nhiåu danh t÷ cÍ thæ dÓng nhõ l¿ danh t÷ ½äm ½õôc hay khéng ½äm ½õôc, thõñng l¿ vði c¾c nghËa kh¾c nhau, hÁy so s¾nh:

#äm ½õôc  Did you hear a noise just now?

Anh cÍ nghe thÞy tiäng ½îng gÉ khéng? (=mît tiäng ½îng cÍ thúc)  I bought a paper to read.

Téi ½Á mua mît tñ b¾o ½æ ½Ñc. (= mît tñ b¾o)  There’s a hair in my soup!

CÍ mît sôi tÍc trong ½Ëa sÒp cÔa téi! (= mît sôi tÍc)  You can stay with us. There is a spare room.

Anh cÍ thæ ò lÂi vði chÒng téi. CÍ mît phÎng trêng. (= mît phÎng trong nh¿)  I had some interesting experiences while I was away.

Téi ½Á cÍ mît v¿i kinh nghièm thÒ vÌ trong khi téi ½i xa. (= nhùng vièc xÀy ra vði téi)  Enjoy your holiday. Have a good time!

ChÒc anh mît kü nghÊ vui vÅ. Khéng ½äm ½õôc  I can’t work here. There’s too much noise.

Téi khéng thæ l¿m vièc ò ½Ýy, cÍ nhiåu tiäng ën qu¾. (khéng dÓng too many noises)  I need some paper to write on.

(= Material for writing on) Téi cßn Èt giÞy ½æ viät.  You’ve got very long hair. (khéng dÓng hairs)

BÂn cÍ m¾i tÍc rÞt d¿i.  You can’t sit here. There isn’t room. (=space)

Anh khéng thæ ngëi ½Ýy ½õôc. ´ ½Ýy khéng cÍ chí trêng.  They offered me the job because I had a lot of experience. (khéng dÓng experiences)

HÑ cho téi l¿m céng vièc n¿y vÉ téi cÍ nhiåu kinh nghièm.  I can’t wait. I haven’t got time.

Téi khéng thæ chñ ½ôi. Téi khéng cÍ thñi gian.

B

Coffee/tea/beer/juice v.v... (½ë uêng) thõñng l¿ c¾c danh t÷ khéng ½äm ½õôc.

 I don’t drink coffee very often

Téi khéng uêng c¿ phã thõñng xuyãn.

Nhõng chÒng cÍ thæ l¿ danh t÷ ½äm ½õôc khi bÂn nÍi tði mît cêc, mît chÃn v.v... vÉ thä bÂn cÍ thæ nÍi:  (In a restaurant) Two coffees and an orange juice, please.

(Trong nh¿ h¿ng) Xin hai cêc c¿ phã v¿ mît cêc nõðc cam.

C

CÍ mît v¿i danh t÷ thõñng l¿ khéng ½äm ½õôc trong tiäng Anh nhõng lÂi l¿ ½äm ½õôc trong c¾c ngén ngù kh¾c. VÈ dÖ: accomodation damage permission advice furniture progress baggage information scenery

behaviour luck traffic bread luggage weather chaos news work

Nhùng danh t÷ n¿y thõñng l¿ khéng ½äm ½õôc, vÉ vây: i/

BÂn khéng thæ dÓng a/an vði chÒng (BÂn khéng thæ nÍi a bread, an advice, v.v...) v¿

ii/

ChÒng khéng thæ cÍ dÂng thöc sê nhiåu (chÒng ta khéng nÍi breads, advices, v.v...)  I’m going to buy some bread hay ... a loaf of bread. (khéng dÓng a bread)

Téi sÆ ½i mua Èt b¾nh mÉ hay... mît ì b¾nh mÉ.  Enjoy your holiday! I hope you have good weather. (khéng dÓng a good weather)

ChÒc kü nghÊ thÒ vÌ! Téi hy vÑng anh gÜp thñi tiät têt.  Where are you going to put all your furniture? (khéng dÓng furnitures)

Anh sÆ ½Üt tÞt cÀ ½ë ½Âc cÔa anh ò ½Ýu? News l¿ danh t÷ khéng ½äm ½õôc, khéng phÀi sê nhiåu:  The news was very depressing. (khéng dÓng the news were)

Tin töc rÞt ½¾ng buën. Travel (danh t÷) cÍ nghËa travelling nÍi chung. BÂn khéng thæ nÍi a travel vði nghËa a journey hay a trip (mît chuyän ½i).  We had a very good journey. (khéng nÍi a good travel)

ChÒng téi ½Á cÍ mît chuyän ½i thÒ vÌ. HÁy so s¾nh c¾c danh t÷ ½äm ½õôc v¿ khéng ½äm ½õôc dõði ½Ýy: #äm ½õôc (Countable)  I’m looking for a job.

Téi ½ang tÉm mît chí l¿m.

 What a beautiful view!

Mît cÀnh ½Çp l¿m sao!  It’s a nice day today.

Hém nay thât l¿ mît ng¿y ½Çp trñi.  We had a lot of bags and cases.

ChÒng téi cÍ nhiåu tÒi x¾ch v¿ hîp.  These chairs are mine.

Nhùng chiäc ghä n¿y l¿ cÔa téi.  It was a good suggestion.

#Í l¿ mît ½å nghÌ têt. Khéng ½äm ½õôc (Uncountable)  I’m looking for work. (khéng dÓng a work)

Téi ½ang tÉm vièc l¿m.  What beautiful scenery!

Phong cÀnh ½Çp l¿m sao!  It’s nice weather today.

Hém nay thñi tiät thât l¿ ½Çp.  We had a lot of luggage. (khéng nÍi luggages)

ChÒng téi cÍ nhiåu h¿nh lû.  This furniture is mine.

#ë ½Âc n¿y l¿ cÔa téi.  It was good advice.

#Í l¿ mît lñi khuyãn têt.

Unit 70. Countable nouns with a/an and some

A

C¾c danh t÷ ½äm ½õôc cÍ thæ cÍ dÂng thöc sê Èt (singular) hay sê nhiåu (plural): a dog the evening an umbrella some children the evenings these parties

B

a child this party dogs two umbrellas

Trõðc danh t÷ ½äm ½õôc sê Èt bÂn cÍ thæ dÓng a/ an:

 Goodbye! Have a nice evening.

Ch¿o tÂm bièt, chÒc mît buìi têi têt l¿nh.  Do you need an umbrella?

BÂn cÍ cßn dÓ khéng? BÂn khéng thæ dÓng danh t÷ ½äm ½õôc sê Èt mît mÉnh (khéng kÄm a/the/my v.v...):  She never wears a hat.

Cé Þy khéng bao giñ ½îi mÕ. (khéng nÍi 'She never wears hat')  Be careful of the dog.

HÁy coi ch÷ng con chÍ. (khéng nÍi 'Be careful of dog')  What a beautiful day!

Thât l¿ mît ng¿y ½Çp trñi!  I’ve got a headache.

Téi bÌ ½au ½ßu.

C

Ta dÓng a/an ½æ nÍi rÙng vât gÉ ½Í hay ai ½Í l¿ giêng gÉ, l¿m gÉ, loÂi gÉ hay nhõ thä n¿o .v.v.:

 A dog is an animal.

ChÍ l¿ mît loÂi ½îng vât.  I’m an optimist.

Téi l¿ mît ngõñi lÂc quan.  Tim’s father is a doctor.

Cha cÔa Tim l¿ mît b¾c sË.  Are you a good driver?

BÂn l¿ mît t¿i xä giÏi phÀi khéng?  Jill is a really nice person.

Jill thúc sú l¿ mît ngõñi tø tä.  What a lovely dress!

Bî ¾o v¾y n¿y mði dç thõïng l¿m sao !

Ta nÍi mît ngõñi n¿o ½Í cÍ a long nose (mît c¾i mÕi d¿i) / a nice face (mît khuén mÜt ½Çp)/ a strong heart (mît tr¾i tim dÕng cÀm) v.v...:  Jack has got a long nose.

Jack cÍ c¾i mÕi d¿i (khéng dÓng the long nose) Trong nhùng cÝu nhõ dõði ½Ýy, chÒng ta dÓng c¾c danh t÷ sê nhiåu ½öng mît mÉnh (khéng dÓng vði some):  Dogs are animals.

ChÍ l¿ lo¿i vât.  Most of my friends are students.

Hßu hät bÂn cÔa téi l¿ sinh viãn.  Jill’s parents are really nice people.

Cha mÇ cÔa Jill l¿ nhùng ngõñi thúc sú tø tä.  What awful shoes!

Thât l¿ mît ½éi gi¿y ½¾ng ghÃt!  Jack has got blue eyes.

Jack cÍ ½éi mØt xanh (khéng nÍi the blue eyes) Nhð dÓng a/an khi bÂn nÍi nghå nghièp cÔa ngõñi n¿o ½Í:  Sandra is a nurse. (khéng nÍi Sandra is nurse)

Sandra l¿ hî lû.  Would you like to be an English teacher?

BÂn cÍ muên trò th¿nh gi¾o viãn tiäng Anh khéng?

D

BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng some vði c¾c danh t÷ ½äm ½õôc sê nhiåu. ChÒng ta dÓng some theo hai c¾ch:

i) Some = mît v¿i, mît ½éi, mît phßn:  I’ve seen some good films recently.

Thñi gian gßn ½Ýy téi ½Á ½õôc xem mît v¿i phim hay. (khéng dÓng 'I've seen good films')  Some friends of mine are coming to stay at the weekend.

Mît v¿i ngõñi bÂn cÔa téi sÆ ½än nghÊ cuêi tußn.  I need some new suglasses. (= mît ½éi kÈnh m¾t mði)

Téi cßn déi kÈnh m¾t mði. Khéng dÓng some khi bÂn nÍi vå sú vât mît c¾vh tìng qu¾t (xem thãm UNIT 74):  I love bananas.

Téi thÈch chuêi. (khéng nÍi 'some bananas')  My aunt is a writer. She writes books. (khéng dÓng 'some books')

Cé téi l¿ nh¿ v×n. Cé Þy viät s¾ch. #éi khi bÂn cÍ thæ dÓng some hay bÏ nÍ ½i cÕng ½õôc:  There are (some) eggs in the fidge if you’re hungry.

CÍ (v¿i quÀ) tröng trong tÔ lÂnh ½Í näu bÂn cÀm thÞy ½Íi. ii) Some = mît v¿i, nhõng khéng phÀi l¿ tÞt cÀ  Some children learn very quickly. (but not all children)

Mît sê ½öa trÅ hÑc rÞt nhanh. (nhõng khéng phÀi tÞt cÀ bÑn trÅ)  Some police officers in Britain carry guns, but most of them don’t.

Mît v¿i cÀnh s¾t ò Anh cÍ mang theo sÒng, nhõng phßn lðn thÉ khéng.

Unit 71. A/an and the

A

HÁy xÃt vÈ dÖ sau: I had a sandwich and an apple for lunch Téi ½Á dÓng mît c¾i b¾nh sandwich v¿ mît quÀ t¾o cho bùa trõa  John nÍi “a sandwich”, “an apple” bòi vÉ ½Í l¿ lßn ½ßu tiãn anh Þy nÍi tði chÒng. The sandwich wasn’t very good but the apple was nice. Chiäc b¾nh sandwich khéng ngon lØm, nhõng quÀ t¾o thÉ tuyèt.  John bÝy giñ nÍi “the sandwich”, “the apple” bòi vÉ Karen biät mÉnh nÍi tði c¾i b¾nh n¿o v¿ quÀ t¾o n¿o — c¾i b¾nh v¿ quÀ t¾o m¿ anh ta ½Á dÓng trong bùa trõa.

HÁy so s¾nh a v¿ the trong c¾c vÈ dÖ sau:  A man and a woman were sitting opposite me. The man was American but I think the

woman was British. CÍ mît ch¿ng trai v¿ cé g¾i ½ang ngëi trõðc mÜt téi. Ch¿ng trai ½Í l¿ ngõñi Mþ nhõng theo téi cé g¾i ½Í l¿ ngõñi Anh.  When we were on holiday, we stayed at a hotel. Sometimes we had our evening meal at the

hotel and sometime we went to a restaurant. Khi chÒng téi ½i nghË, chÒng téi trÑ tÂi mît kh¾ch sÂn. #éi khi chÒng téi ×n têi ò kh¾ch sÂn v¿ cÕng ½éi khi chÒng téi ½i nh¿ h¿ng.

B

ChÒng ta dÓng the khi chÒng ta nghË vå mît vât hay mît vièc cÖ thæ. HÁy so s¾nh a/an v¿ the:

 Tom sat down on a chair. (perhaps one of many chairs in the room)

Tom ngëi xuêng mît c¾i ghä. (cÍ thæ l¿ mît trong nhiåu chiäc ghä ò trong phÎng) nhõng  Tom sat down on the chair nearest the door.

Tom ngëi xuêng c¾i ghä gßn cøa nhÞt. (mît c¾i ghä cÖ thæ)  Ann is looking for a job.

Ann ½ang tÉm vièc l¿m. (khéng nÍi tði mît céng vièc cÖ thæ) nhõng  Did Ann get the job she applied for?

Ann cÍ nhân ½õôc vièc m¿ cé ta xin chõa? (mît vièc cÖ thæ)  Have you got a car?

Anh cÍ xe hïi khéng? (khéng nÍi tði chiäc xe hïi cÖ thæ n¿o) nhõng  I cleaned the car yesterday.

Téi ½Á røa xe ng¿y hém qua (xe cÔa téi) Xem UNIT 70 v¿ 72A ½æ biät thãm vå a.

C

ChÒng ta dÓng the khi m¿ vât hay ngõñi m¿ chÒng ta ½å câp tði ½Á ½õôc x¾c ½Ình rÐ r¿ng trong mît ngù cÀnh. ChÚng hÂn nhõ trong mît c×n phÎng, ta nÍi the light/the floor/the ceiling/the door/the carpet v.v...

 Can you turn off the light, please?

L¿m ïn tØt ½Än giÓm téi (= ½Än ò trong phÎng)  I took a taxi to the station.

Téi ½Á ½Ín mît chiäc taxi ra ga. (= ga trong th¿nh phê ½Í)  I’d like to speak to the manager, please.

Téi muên nÍi chuyèn vði éng quÀn lû. (= éng quÀn lû cÔa cøa h¿ng ½Í) Tõïng tú, chÒng ta nÍi (go to) the bank, the post office:  I must go to the bank to get some money and then I’m going to the post officer to get some

stamps. Téi phÀi ½i ra nh¿ b×ng ½æ ½ìi tiån v¿ sau ½Í sÆ ½än bõu ½ièn ½æ mua mît v¿i con tem. (Ngõñi nÍi thõñng nghË ½än mît nh¿ b×ng hay bõu ½ièn quen thuîc n¿o ½Í) CÕng vây vði the doctor, the dentist:  Carol isn’t very well. She’s gone to the doctor.

Carol khéng ½õôc khÏe. Cé Þy ½i ½än b¾c sË. (b¾c sË thõñng chùa bènh cho cé Þy)  I hate going to the dentist.

Téi ghÃt ½i ½än nha sË. HÁy so s¾nh vði a:  Is there a bank near here?

Gßn ½Ýy cÍ mît nh¿ b×ng n¿o khéng?  My sister is a dentist.

ChÌ g¾i téi l¿ nha sË. #÷ng quãn the:  Susan works in the city centre.

Susan l¿m vièc ò trung tÝm th¿nh phê. (khéng dÓng 'in city centre')  My brother in the army.

Anh trai téi ½ang ò trong quÝn ½îi. (khéng nÍi 'in army')

D

ChÒng ta nÍi once a week/three times a day/£20 a kilo, v.v...

 “How often do you go to the cinema?” “About once a month.”

"BÂn ½i xem phim thõñng xuyãn khéng?" "KhoÀng míi th¾ng mît lßn."  “How much are those potatoes?” “£.20 a kilo.”

"C¿ chua n¿y gi¾ bao nhiãu?" "1.20 pound mît kilégam."  She works eight hours a day, six days a week.

Cé Þy l¿m vièc 8 giñ mît ng¿y, 6 ng¿y trong mît tußn.

Unit 72. The (1)

A

ChÒng ta dÓng the... khi mît vât n¿o ½Í l¿ duy nhÞt:

 What is the longest river in the world?

Con séng d¿i nhÞt thä giði l¿ con séng n¿o? (= chÊ cÍ mît con séng)  The earth goes round the sun and the moon goes round the earth.

Tr¾i ½Þt quay xung quanh mÜt trñi v¿ mÜt tr×ng quay quanh tr¾i ½Þt  I’m going away at the end of this month.

Téi sÆ ½i vØng v¿o cuêi th¾ng n¿y. #÷ng quãn the:  Paris is the capital of France.

Paris l¿ thÔ ½é cÔa nõðc Ph¾p. (khéng nÍi 'Paris is capital of...') Nhõng chÒng ta dÓng a/an ½æ nÍi mît vât n¿o ½Í l¿ thuîc loÂi gÉ (xem UNIT 70C). HÁy so s¾nh the v¿ a:  The sun is a star.

MÜt trñi l¿ mît ngéi sao. (mît trong c¾c ngéi sao)  The hotel we stayed at was a very nice hotel.

Kh¾ch sÂn m¿ chÒng téi ½Á trÑ l¿ mît kh¾ch sÂn rÞt ½Çp.

B

Ta nÍi: the sky, the sea, the ground, the country, the environment

 We looked up at all the stars in the sky.

ChÒng téi ngõðc nhÉn tÞt cÀ c¾c vÉ sao trãn trñi. (khéng nÍi 'in sky')  Would you rather live in a town or in the country?

BÂn thÈch sêng ò th¿nh phê hay ò néng thén hïn?  We must do to protect the environment. (= the natural world around us)

ChÒng ta phÀi l¿m nhiåu hïn ½æ bÀo vè méi trõñng. Lõu û rÙng ta nÍi space (khéng cÍ the) khi muên nÍi ½än khéng gian vÕ trÖ:  There are millions of stars in space.

CÍ h¿ng trièu vÉ sao trãn bßu trñi. (khéng dÓng 'in the space') nhõng  I tried to park my car but the space was too small.

Téi gØng ½âu chiäc xe cÔa téi nhõng khoÀng trêng qu¾ nhÏ.

C

ChÒng ta dÓng the trõðc same (the same)

 Your pullover is the same color as mine. (khéng nÍi 'is same color')

C¾i ¾o pull cÔa anh cÍ m¿u giêng nhõ (¾o) cÔa téi.  These two photographs are the same. (khéng nÍi 'are same')

Hai böc Ành n¿y giêng nhau.

D

Ta nÍi (go to) the cinema, the theatre

 I often go to the cinema but I haven’t been to the theatre for ages.

Téi thõñng ½i xem phim nhõng ½Á lÝu rëi téi khéng ½i xem h¾t. Khi nÍi the cinema/the theatre, ta khéng cßn chÊ rÐ mît rÂp chiäu phim hay mît rÂp h¾t cÖ thæ n¿o. Thõñng ta nÍi the radio, nhõng lÂi nÍi television (khéng cÍ the)  I often listen to the radio.

Téi thõñng nghe ½¿i.  We heard the news on the radio.

ChÒng téi ½Á nghe tin trãn ½¿i.  I often watch television.

Téi thõñng xem truyån hÉnh.  We watched the news on television.

ChÒng téi ½Á xem tin töc trãn truyån hÉnh. nhõng  Can you turn off the television, please? (=m¾y truyån hÉnh)

Anh cÍ thæ l¿m ïn tØt c¾i m¾y truyån hÉnh ½õôc khéng? HÁy so s¾nh a:  There isn’t a theatre in this town.

ThÌ trÞn n¿y khéng cÍ nh¿ h¾t.  I’m going to buy a new radio/television. (set)

Téi sÆ mua mît c¾i ½¿i/tivi mði.

E

Breakfast, lunch, dinner

Ta thõñng khéng dÓng the vði tãn c¾c bùa ×n (breakfast, lunch v.v..):  What did you have for breakfast?

BÂn ½Á dÓng gÉ trong bùa ½iæm tÝm?  We had lunch in a very nice restaurant.

ChÒng téi ½Á dÓng bùa trõa tÂi mît nh¿ h¿ng rÞt ½Çp.  What time is dinner?

Bùa ×n têi l¿ v¿o lÒc mÞy giñ?

Nhõng ta dÓng a näu cÍ tÈnh t÷ trõðc breakfast, lunch v.v...  We had a very nice lunch.

ChÒng téi ½Á dÓng mît bùa trõa rÞt ngon. (khéng nÍi 'we have very nice lunch')

F

Platform 5, Room 126 v.v...

ChÒng ta khéng dÓng the trõðc danh t÷+sê. VÈ dÖ, ta nÍi:  Our train leaves from Platform 5. (khéng nÍi 'the Platform 5')

Chuyän t¿u cÔa chÒng téi rñi ½i t÷ bän ½âu sê 5.  (in a shop) Have you got these shoes in size 43? (khéng nÍi 'the size 43')

(trong cøa h¿ng) «ng cÍ ½éi gi¿y thä n¿y cÍ có 43 khéng? Tõïng tú ta nÍi Room 126 (trong kh¾ch sÂn), page 29 (cÔa quyæn s¾ch), Section A v.v...

Unit 73. The (2)

A

HÁy so s¾nh school v¿ the school Alison is ten years. Every day she goes to school. She’s at school now. School begins at 9 and finishes at 3. Alison lãn 10 tuìi. Cé bà tði trõñng h¿ng ng¿y. Hièn giñ cé bà ½ang ò trõñng. Trõñng hÑc bØt ½ßu lÒc 9 giñ v¿ kät thÒc lÒc 3 giñ. ChÒng ta nÍi “a child goes to school” hay “at school” (trÅ em tði trõñng hay ò trõñng — chÒng l¿ hÑc sinh). Ta khéng nÍi ½än mît ngéi trõñng cÖ thæ. Ta nÍi school nhõ nÍi tði mît kh¾i nièm tìng qu¾t. Today Alison’s mother wants to speak to her daughter’s teacher. So she has gone to the school to see her. She’s at the school now. Hém nay mÇ cÔa Alison muên nÍi chuyèn vði cé gi¾o cÔa con g¾i. Do ½Í b¿ tði trõñng ½æ gÜp cé gi¾o. Hièn giñ cé gi¾o ½ang ò trõñng. MÇ cÔa Alison khéng phÀi l¿ hÑc sinh. Ta khéng nÍi “she’s at school” hay “she goes to school” Nhõng b¿ Þy muên gÜp cé gi¾o cÔa Alison, ta nÍi: “She goes to the school” (= trõñng cÔa Alison, mît ngéi trõñng cÖ thæ).

B

ChÒng ta dÓng prison, hospital, university v¿ church mît c¾ch tõïng tú. Ta khéng dÓng the khi nghË tði nhùng nïi n¿y nhõ nghË tði mît kh¾i nièm chung, hay khi nghË tði céng dÖng cÔa chÒng. HÁy so s¾nh:

 Ken’s brother is in prison for robbery.

Anh cÔa Ken ½ang ò tÓ do tîi ×n cõðp. (Anh ta l¿ tÓ nhÝn. ChÒng ta khéng nghË tði mît nh¿ tÓ cÖ thæ n¿o) Ken went to the prison to visit his brother. Ken tði nh¿ tÓ th×m anh trai anh Þy. (Anh Þy tði nh¿ tÓ nhõ mît ngõñi th×m nuéi, khéng phÀi mît tÓ nhÝn)  Jack had an accident last week. He has taken to hospital. He’s still in hospital now.

Tußn trõðc Jack bÌ tai nÂn. Anh Þy ½Á ½õôc ½õa tði bènh vièn. Hièn giñ anh Þy ván trong bènh vièn. (nhõ mît bènh nhÝn) Jill has gone to the hospital to visit Jack. She’s at the hospital now. Jill ½Á ½än bènh vièn ½æ th×m Jack. Hièn giñ cé Þy ½ang ò trong bènh vièn. (nhõ mît ngõñi th×m nuéi)  When I leave school, I want to go to university.

Khi téi ra trõñng, téi muên v¿o ½Âi hÑc. Excuse me, where is the university, please? Xin líi, trõñng ½Âi hÑc nÙm ò ½Ýu Â? (=ngéi trõñng)

 Mrs Kelly goes to church every Sunday.

B¿ Kelly ½i ½än nh¿ thñ míi chÔ nhât. The workmen went to the church to repair the roof. C¾c céng nhÝn tði nh¿ thñ ½æ søa c¾i nÍc. (khéng phÀi tði l¿m lç) ChÒng ta dÓng the trong nhiåu trõñng hôp kh¾c nùa. VÈ dÖ: the cinema, the bank, the station. Xem UNIT 71C v¿ 72D.

C

Bed, work, home

Ta nÍi “go to bed”, v.v... (khéng nÍi the bed)  It’s time to go to bed now.

BÝy giñ ½Á ½än lÒc ½i ngÔ.  This morning I had breakfast in bed.

S¾ng nay téi ×n s¾ng trãn giõñng. nhõng  I sat down on the bed.

Téi ½Á ngëi trãn chiäc giõñng n¿y. (mît ½ë vât cÖ thæ)  go to work, be at work, start work, finish work, v.v... (khéng nÍi 'the work')  Ann didn’t go to work yesterday.

Hém qua Ann khéng ½i l¿m.  What time do you usually finish work?

Anh thõñng kät thÒc céng vièc v¿o giñ n¿o?  go home, come home, arrive home, be at home, v.v...  It’s late. Let’s go home.

Muîn rëi, mÉnh vå nh¿ théi.  Will you be at home tomorrow afternoon?

Anh sÆ ò nh¿ chiåu mai chö?

D

Ta nÍi go to sea/be at sea (khéng cÍ the) vði nghËa l¿ go/be on a voyage:

 Keith is a seaman. He spends most of his life at sea.

Keith l¿ mît thÔy thÔ. Hßu hät cuîc ½ñi cÔa anh Þy l¿ trãn biæn. nhõng  I’d like to live near the sea.

Téi thÈch sêng gßn biæn.

 It can be dangerous to swim in the sea.

Bïi trãn biæn cÍ thæ nguy hiæm.

Unit 74. The (3)

A

Khi chÒng ta nÍi vå mît vât, mît sú vièc hay con ngõñi mît c¾ch chung chung, chÒng ta khéng dÓng the.

 I’m afraid of dogs. (khéng nÍi 'the dogs')

Téi sô chÍ. (dogs = chÍ nÍi chung, khéng phÀi con chÍ cÖ thæ n¿o)  Doctors are paid more than teachers.

C¾c b¾c sË ½õôc trÀ lõïng cao hïn c¾c gi¾o viãn.  Do you collect stamps?

Anh cÍ sõu tßm tem khéng?  Crime is a problem in most big cities. (khéng nÍi 'the crime')

Tîi ¾c l¿ mît vÞn ½å ò hßu hät c¾c th¿nh phê lðn.  Life has changed a lot in the last 30 years. (khéng nÍi 'the life')

Cuîc sêng ½Á thay ½ìi nhiåu trong vÎng 30 n×m trò lÂi ½Ýy.  Do you often listen to classical music? (khéng nÍi 'the classical music')

Anh cÍ thõñng nghe nhÂc cì ½iæn khéng?  Do you like Chinese food/French cheeses/Swiss chocolate?

Anh cÍ thÈch mÍn ×n Trung Quêc/phÍ m¾t Ph¾p/sé-cé-la ThÖy SË khéng?  My favorite sport is football/skiing/athletics. (khéng nÍi 'the football/the skiing')

Mén thæ thao õa thÈch cÔa téi l¿ bÍng ½¾/trõôt tuyät/½iån kinh.  My favourite subject at school was history/physics/English.

Mén hÑc õa thÈch nhÞt cÔa téi ò trõñng l¿ lÌch sø/vât lû/tiäng Anh. Ta nÍi most people, most books, most cars v.v... (khéng nÍi 'the most...'. Xem thãm UNIT 87A).  Most people like George. (khéng nÍi 'the most people')

Hßu hät mÑi ngõñi ½åu thÈch George.

B

Ta dÓng the khi muên ¾m chÊ ½än nhùng sú vièc hay con ngõñi cÖ thæ. HÁy so s¾nh:

 Mît c¾ch chung chung (khéng cÍ the)

Ngõñi hay vât cÖ thæ (cÍ the)  Children learn a lot from playing.

TrÅ con hÑc ½õôc nhiåu t÷ trÎ chïi. (= nhùng ½öa trÅ chung chung) nhõng We took the children to the zoo. ChÒng téi dán bÑn trÅ ½än sò thÒ.

(= mît nhÍm trÅ cÖ thæ, cÍ thæ l¿ nhùng ½öa con cÔa ngõñi nÍi)  I often listen to music.

Téi thõñng nghe nhÂc. nhõng The film wasn’t very good but I liked the music. Bî phim n¿y khéng hay lØm nhõng téi thÈch phßn nhÂc (= nhÂc trong phim)  All cars have wheels.

TÞt cÀ xe hïi ½åu cÍ b¾nh. nhõng All the cars in this car park belong to people who work here. TÞt cÀ nhùng chiäc xe hïi trong bÁi ½âu xe n¿y l¿ cÔa nhùng ngõñi l¿m vièc ò ½Ýy.  Sugar isn’t very good for you.

#õñng khéng cÍ lôi cho anh. nhõng Can you pass the sugar, please? L¿m ïn ½õa cho téi lÑ ½õñng! (= lÑ ½õñng ò trãn b¿n)  Do English people work hard?

Ngõñi Anh cÍ l¿m vièc ch×m chÊ khéng? nhõng Do the English people you know work hard? Nhùng ngõñi Anh m¿ anh quen biät cÍ l¿m vièc ch×m chÊ khéng? (= chÊ nhùng ngõñi Anh m¿ anh quen biät, khéng phÀi ngõñi Anh nÍi chung)

C

Sú kh¾c nhau giùa "tìng qu¾t, chung chung" v¿ "cÖ thæ" khéng phÀi lÒc n¿o cÕng rÐ r¿ng. HÁy so s¾nh: tìng qu¾t (khéng cÍ the) ngõñi hay vât cÖ thæ (khéng cÍ the)

 I like working with people.

Téi thÈch l¿m vièc vði mÑi ngõñi (= mÑi ngõñi nÍi chung)  I like working with people who are lively. I like people I work with.

Téi thÈch l¿m vièc vði nhùng ngõñi hoÂt b¾t. (khéng phÀi tÞt cÀ mÑi ngõñi, nhõng "nhùng ngõñi hoÂt b¾t" ván l¿ mît kh¾i nièm chung chung)  Téi thÈch nhùng ngõñi cÓng l¿m vièc vði téi (mît nhÍm ngõñi cÖ thæ)  Do you like coffee?

Anh cÍ thÈch c¿ phã khéng? (=c¿ phã nÍi chung)

 Do you like strong black coffee?  Did you like the coffee we had after our meal last night?

Anh cÍ thÈch c¿ phã ½âm khéng? (khéng phÀi tÞt cÀ c¿ phã, nhõng "c¿ phã ½en ½âm" l¿ mît kh¾i nièm chung chung)  Anh cÍ thÈch thö c¿ phã mÉnh uêng sau bùa ×n têi hém qua khéng? (= mît thö c¿ phã cÖ thæ)

Unit 75. The (4)

A

HÁy xÃt c¾c cÝu sau:

 The giraffe is the tallest of all animals.

Hõïu cao cì cao nhÞt trong tÞt cÀ c¾c lo¿i ½îng vât.  The bicycle is an excellent means of transport.

Xe ½Âp l¿ mît phõïng tièn giao théng tuyèt vñi  When was the telephone invented?

#ièn thoÂi ½õôc ph¾t minh khi n¿o?  The dollar is the currency (=money) of the United States.

#ëng ½é la l¿ ½ëng tiån cÔa Hoa kü. Trong vÈ dÖ n¿y, the khéng cÍ û chÊ ½Èch x¾c mît vât n¿o. The giraffe = mît loÂi ½îng vât, khéng phÀi ½æ chÊ mît con hõïu cÖ thæ. ChÒng ta dÓng the (+mît danh t÷ ½äm ½õôc sê Èt) theo c¾ch n¿y ½æ nÍi vå mît loÂi ½îng vât, m¾y mÍc v.v... Tõïng tú, ta dÓng the vði c¾c loÂi nhÂc cÖ:  Can you play the guitar?

Anh biät chïi ghi ta khéng?  The piano is my favourite instrument.

Piano l¿ nhÂc cÖ õa thÈch cÔa téi. HÁy so s¾nh vði a:  I’d like to have a guitar.

Téi muên cÍ mît cÝy ghi ta.  We saw a giraffe at the zoo.

ChÒng téi ½Á nhÉn thÞy mît con hõïu cao cì ò sò thÒ. Lõu û rÙng chÒng ta dÓng man (= con ngõñi vði nghËa tìng qu¾t, nhÝn loÂi) khéng cÍ the:  What do you know about the origins of man? (khéng nÍi 'the man')

Anh biät gÉ vå nguën gêc cÔa con ngõñi?

B

The+tÈnh t÷

ChÒng ta dÓng the+tÈnh t÷ (khéng cÍ danh t÷ ½i kÄm) khi nÍi vå nhùng nhÍm ngõñi, ½Üc bièt l¿: the young the elderly the poor the homeless the disabled the dead

the old the rich the unemployed the sick the injured

The young = nhùng ngõñi trÅ tuìi, thanh niãn, the rich = nhùng ngõñi gi¿u v.v...  Do you think the rich should pay more taxes to help the poor?

Anh cÍ nghË nhùng ngõñi gi¿u phÀi ½Íng thuä nhiåu hïn ½æ giÒp nhùng ngõñi nghÄo khéng?  The homeless need more help from the government

Nhùng ngõñi khéng cÍ nh¿ ò cßn ½õôc sú giÒp ½ó lðn hïn cÔa chÈnh phÔ. C¾c th¿nh ngù n¿y luén cÍ nghËa nhõ c¾c danh t÷ sê nhiåu. BÂn khéng thæ nÍi a young hay an unemployed. BÂn phÀi nÍi a young man (mît ngõñi trÅ tuìi), an unemployed woman (mît phÖ nù thÞt nghièp), v.v... CÕng cßn lõu û rÙng chÒng ta nÍi the poor (khéng nÍi 'the poors'), the young (khéng nÍi 'the youngs') v.v...

C

The + quêc tÌch

BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng the vði mît sê tÈnh t÷ chÊ quêc tÌch vði nghËa "nhùng ngõñi cÔa quêc gia ½Í". VÈ dÖ:  The French are famous for their food. (= the people of France)

Ngõñi Ph¾p nìi tiäng vå c¾c mÍn ×n cÔa hÑ. (= nhùng ngõñi Ph¾p)  Why do the English think they are so wonderful? (= the people of England)

VÉ sao ngõñi Anh lÂi nghË rÙng hÑ tuyèt vñi nhõ vây? (= nhùng ngõñi Anh) Tõïng tú nhõ vây, bÂn cÍ thæ nÍi: the Spanish the Irish

the Dutch the Welsh

the British

Lõu û rÙng the French/the English v.v... mang nghËa sê nhiåu. BÂn khéng thæ nÍi a French/an English. BÂn phÀi nÍi a French man/an English woman v.v... BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ dÓng the+c¾c t÷ chÊ quêc tÌch cÍ tân cÓng -ese (the Chinese/the Sudanese v.v...):  The Chinese invented printing.

Ngõñi Trung Quêc ½Á ph¾t minh ra sú in Þn. Nhùng t÷ n¿y cÕng cÍ thæ dÓng ò dÂng sê Èt (a Japanese, a Sudanese). CÕng nhõ vây the Swiss/a Swiss (sê Èt hoÜc sê nhiåu). #êi vði c¾c t÷ chÊ quêc tÌch kh¾c, danh t÷ sê nhiåu tân cÓng bÙng -s. VÈ dÖ: an Italian a Scot (the) Italians (the) Scots

a Mexican a Turk (the) Mexicans (the) Turks

Unit 76. Names with and without the (1)

A

ChÒng ta khéng dÓng the vði c¾c tãn riãng cÔa ngõñi ('Ann', 'Ann Taylor' v.v...). Tõïng tú nhõ vây chÒng ta thõñng khéng dÓng the vði c¾c tãn chÊ nïi chên. VÈ dÖ:

C¾c chÝu lÖc C¾c quêc gia

Africa (khéng dÓng 'the Africa') Europe, South America France (khéng dÓng 'the France') Japan, Switzerland

C¾c tiæu bang,c¾c vÓng Texas, Cornwall, Tuscany, Central Europe C¾c hÎn ½Ào Corsica, Sicily, Bermuda C¾c th¿nh phê, thÌ trÞn Cairo, New York, Madrid C¾c tãn nÒi Everest, Etna, Kilimanjaro Nhõng chÒng ta dÓng the vði Republic, Kingdom, States (cîng hÎa, võïng quêc, liãn bang v.v)  the United States of America (the USA)

Hôp chÔng quêc Hoa Kü  the United Kingdom (the UK)

Võïng quêc Anh  the Dominican Republic

Cîng hÎa Dominican HÁy so s¾nh:  We visited Canada and the United States.

ChÒng téi ½Á ½än th×m Canada v¿ hôp chÔng quêc.

B

Khi nÍi Mr/Mrs/Captain/Doctor v.v...+tãn riãng, chÒng ta khéng dÓng the. Ta nÍi:

 Mr Johnson/ Dr Johnson/ Captain Johnson/ President Johnson v.v.. (khéng dÓng the...)  Uncle Robert/ Aunt Jane/ Saint Catherine/ Princess Anne v.v... (khéng dÓng the...)

HÁy so s¾nh:  We called the doctor.

ChÒng téi ½Á gÑi b¾c sË

.

nhõng  We called Doctor Johnson. (khéng nÍi 'the Doctor Johnson')

ChÒng téi ½Á gÑi b¾c sË Johnson. Vði mount (= mountain—nÒi) v¿ lake (hë) cÕng vây, (khéng cÍ the)

Mount Everest (khéng cÍ the...) Mount Etna Lake Superior Lake constance  They live near the lake.

HÑ sêng gßn hë. nhõng  They live near Lake Constance. (khéng cÍ 'the')

HÑ sêng gßn hë Constance.

C

Ta dÓng the vði tãn riãng cÔa c¾c ½Âi dõïng,c¾c vÓng biæn, c¾c con séng v¿ c¾c kãnh ½¿o (xem thãm UNIT 77B). the Atlantic (Ocean) the Red Sea the Channel the (River) Amazon the Rhine

D

the Mediterranean (sea) the Indian Ocean the Suez Canal the (River) Thames

ChÒng ta dÓng the vði dÂng thöc sê nhiåu cÔa c¾c tãn riãng chÊ ngõñi v¿ nïi chên:

ngõñi c¾c quêc gia c¾c qußn ½Ào c¾c dÁy nÒi

the Taylors (=gia ½Énh Taylor), the Johnsons the Netherlands, the Philippines, the United States the Canaries/the Canary Islands, the Bahamas, the British Isles the Rocky Mountains/the Rockies, the Andes, the Alps

 The highest mountain in the Alps is Mont Blanc. (khéng nÍi 'the Mont Blanc')

NÒi cao nhÞt trong dÁy Alpï l¿ ngÑn Mont Blanc.

E

North/northern v.v... (miån bØc, phõïng bØc v.v...)

Ta nÍi: the north (of France) nhõng northern France (khéng cÍ 'the') miån bØc (Ph¾p) the south-east (of Spain) nhõng south-eastern Spain miån ½éng nam (TÝy Ban Nha)

HÁy so s¾nh:  Sweden is in northern Europe; Spain is in the south.

ThÖy #iæn nÙm ò BØc Ÿu, TÝy Ban Nha nÙm ò miån Nam. CÕng vây: the Middle East (vÓng trung ½éng) the Far East (vÓng viçn ½éng). BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ dÓng north/south v.v...+tãn cÔa mît ½Ìa ½iæm (khéng cÍ the) North America Nam Mþ West Africa South-East Spain #éng Nam TÝy Ban Nha Lõu û rÙng, trãn bÀn ½ë, c¾c ½Ìa danh khéng cÍ chù the ½i kÄm.

Unit 77. Names with and without the (2)

A

Tãn riãng khéng cÍ the.

ChÒng ta khéng dÓng the vði tãn cÔa ½a sê c¾c ½õñng phê, ½Âi lî/c¾c quÀng trõñng/c¾c céng viãn v.v... Union Street (khéng cÍ 'the...') Fifth Avenue Piccadilly Circus Hyde Park Blackrock Road Broadway Times Square Waterloo Bridge Nhiåu tãn ½Üc bièt tãn cÔa c¾c céng trÉnh kiän trÒc nìi tiäng hay c¾c vièn nghiãn cöu cÍ hai t÷: Kenedy Airport (sÝn bay Kenedy) Cambridge University (#Âi hÑc tìng hôp Cambridge) T÷ ½ßu tiãn thõñng l¿ tãn cÔa ngõñi n¿o ½Í ('Kenedy') hay l¿ cÔa mît ½Ìa ½iæm n¿o ½Í ('Cambridge'). ChÒng ta thõñng khéng dÓng the vði nhùng tãn nhõ vây. Mît v¿i vÈ dÖ: Victoria Station (khéng cÍ 'the...') Edinburgh Castle London Zoo Wesminster Abbey Buckingham Palace Canterbury Cathedral Nhõng chÒng ta nÍi the White House (Nh¿ TrØng), the Royal Palace (Cung ½ièn Ho¿ng Gia), bòi vÉ white (trØng) v¿ royal (ho¿ng gia) khéng phÀi nhùng tãn riãng giêng nhõ "Kenedy" v¿ "Cambridge". #Ýy chÊ l¿ nhùng qui tØc tìng qu¾t, v¿ nhõ vây ván cÍ nhùng ngoÂi lè.

B

#a sê nhùng tãn riãng kh¾c (c¾c ½Ìa ½iæm, c¾c céng trÉnh kiän trÒc... ) cÍ the ½i theo: the +

adjective or name etc

+ noun

the the the the

Hilton National Sahara Atlantic

Hotel Theatre Desert Ocean

C¾c ½Ìa ½iæm n¿y thõñng cÍ the ½i cÓng vði tãn riãng cÔa chÒng: kh¾ch sÂn/nh¿ h¿ng/qu¾n the Station Hotel, the Bombay

Restaurant, the Red Lion (pub) c¾c rÂp h¾t/rÂp chiäu phim the Palace Theatre, the Odeon Cinema vièn bÀo t¿ng/phÎng triæn lÁm the British Museum, the Tate Gallery c¾c céng trÉnh kiän trÒc kh¾c the Empire State Building, the Festival Hall, the White House ½Âi dõïng/biæn/kãnh ½¿o the Indian Ocean, the Mediterranean Sea, the Suez Canal CÕng vây: c¾c tñ b¾o c¾c tì chöc

the Washington Post, the Financial Times the European Community, the BBC (the British Broadcasting Corporation)

#éi khi chÒng ta lõôc bðt danh t÷: the Hilton (hotel), the Sahara (desert). #éi khi tãn riãng chÊ gëm the+danh t÷: the Vatican (thuîc û), the Sun (mît tñ b¾o Anh) Nhùng tãn riãng cÍ ... of... thõñng cÍ the. VÈ dÖ: the Bank of England the Tower of London the Museum of Modern Art the Houses of Parliament the Great Wall of China the Tropic of Capricorn the Gulf of Mexico the University of London (nhõng London University)

C

Nhiåu cøa hièu, nh¿ h¿ng, kh¾ch sÂn, ngÝn h¿ng ½õôc mang tãn ngõñi s¾ng lâp ra chÒng. Nhùng tãn n¿y ½õôc tân cÓng bÙng -'s hay -s. ChÒng ta khéng thæ dÓng the vði nhùng tãn riãng n¿y: Lloyds Bank (khéng nÍi the Lloyds Bank) Mc Donalds Jack's Guest House Harrolds (shop)

C¾c nh¿ thñ ½õôc ½Üt theo c¾c tãn th¾nh: St John's Church

(khéng dÓng ' the St John's Church') St Paul's Cathedral

D

Tãn cÔa c¾c céng ty, c¾c hÁng h¿ng khéng... thõñng khéng cÍ the Fiat (khéng nÍi ' the Fiat') Sony Kodak British Airway IBM

Unit 78. Singular and plural

A

#éi khi chÒng ta dÓng danh t÷ ò sê nhiåu vði nhùng vât cÍ hai th¿nh phßn. VÈ dÖ: trousers (two legs) also jeans/tights/shorts/pants pyjamas (top and bottom) glasses (or spectacles) binoculars scissors

C¾c t÷ n¿y ò dÂng thöc sê nhiåu, vÉ vây c¾c ½îng t÷ ½i vði chÒng ½õôc chia ò sê nhiåu  My trousers are too long. (khéng nÍi 'is too long')

C¾i qußn cÔa téi qu¾ d¿i. BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ dÓng a pair of+c¾c t÷ n¿y:  Those are nice jeans hay That’s nice pair of jeans. (khéng nÍi 'a nice jean')

#Í l¿ c¾i qußn jean ½Çp.  I need some new glasses hay I need a new pair of glasses.

Téi cßn c¾i kÈnh mði.

B

Mît v¿i danh t÷ tân cÓng bÙng -ics nhõng khéng phÀi l¿ sê nhiåu. VÈ dÖ: athletics ½iån kinh mathematics (hay math) to¾n physics vât lû economics kinh tä

gymnastics thæ dÖc dÖng cÖ

electronics ½ièn tø politics chÈnh trÌ

 Gymnastics is my favourite sport.

Thæ dÖc dÖng cÖ l¿ mén thæ thao õa thÈch cÔa téi. News khéng phÀi l¿ sê nhiåu (xem UNIT 69C).  What time is the news on television? (khéng nÍi 'are the news')

Chõïng trÉnh tin töc trãn tivi bØt ½ßu lÒc mÞy giñ? Mît v¿i t÷ cÍ tân cÓng -s cÍ thæ l¿ sê Èt hay sê nhiåu. VÈ dÖ: means

means of transport many means of transport series

a television series two television series species

a species of bird 200 species of bird

C

Mît sê danh t÷ sê Èt lÂi thõñng ½õôc dÓng vði ½îng t÷ chia ò sê nhiåu. VÈ dÖ:

government chÈnh phÔ audience kh¾n giÀ

staff nhÝn viãn committee Ôy ban céng ty

team ½îi, nhÍm company hÁng

family gia ½Énh firm

C¾c danh t÷ n¿y tõông trõng cho mît nhÍm ngõñi, ta nghË tði chÒng nhõ nghË tði mît nhÍm c¾c th¿nh viãn, khéng phÀi nhõ mît ngõñi hay vât riãng lÅ. VÉ vây chÒng ta chia ½îng t÷ ò sê nhiåu:  The government (=they) want to increase taxes.

ChÈnh phÔ muên t×ng thuä.  The staff at the school (=they) are not happy with their new working conditions.

Céng nhÝn viãn nh¿ trõñng khéng h¿i lÎng vði nhùng ½iåu kièn l¿m vièc mði cÔa hÑ. Tõïng tú, chÒng ta thõñng dÓng ½îng t÷ sê nhiåu sau tãn cÔa c¾c ½îi thæ thao hay tãn cÔa c¾c céng ty:  Scotland are playing France next week.

#îi Scotland sÆ thi ½Þu vði ½îi Ph¾p v¿o tußn tði. (mît trân bÍng ½¾)  Shell have increased the price of petrol.

HÁng Shell ½Á t×ng gi¾ x×ng. #îng t÷ chia ò sê Èt (the government wants.../Shell has...) cÕng cÍ thæ dÓng ½õôc. Ta thõñng chia ½îng t÷ ò sê nhiåu vði t÷ police:  The police have arrested a friend of mine. (khéng nÍi 'the police has...')

CÀnh s¾t ½Á bØt mît ngõñi bÂn cÔa téi.  Do you think the police are well-paid?

Anh cÍ nghË l¿ cÀnh s¾t ½õôc trÀ lõïng cao khéng? Lõu û rÙng ta nÍi a policeman/a policewoman/a police officer khi nÍi tði mît ngõñi l¿m trong ng¿nh cÀnh s¾t (khéng dÓng 'a police')

D

Ta Èt dÓng dÂng sê nhiåu cÔa t÷ person ('persons') m¿ thõñng dÓng people (l¿ mît t÷ sê nhiåu)

 He’s a nice person.

Anh ta l¿ ngõñi tø tä. nhõng

 They are nice people.

HÑ l¿ nhùng ngõñi tø tä.  Many people don’t have enough to eat. (khéng nÍi 'doesn't have')

Nhiåu ngõñi khéng ½Ô ×n.

E

Khi nÍi tði mît khoÀn tiån, mît khoÀng thñi gian, mît khoÀng c¾ch... ta chia ½îng t÷ ò sê Èt

 Twenty thousand pounds (=it) was stolen in the robbery. (khéng nÍi 'were stolen')

Hai mõïi ng¿n bÀng Anh ½Á bÌ mÞt trong vÖ cõðp.  Three years (=it) is a long time to be without a job. (khéng nÍi 'Three years are...')

Ba n×m thÞt nghièp l¿ mît khoÀng thñi gian d¿i.  Six miles is a long way to walk every day.

S¾u dÜm l¿ mît quÁng ½õñng d¿i ½æ ½i bî míi ng¿y.

Unit 79. Noun + noun

A

Ta thõñng dÓng hai danh t÷ ½öng liån nhau (danh t÷+danh t÷) ½æ chÊ mît vât/mît ngõñi/mît tõ tõòng v.v... VÈ dÖ: a tennis ball: tr¾i banh tennis a bank manager: ngõñi quÀn lû ngÝn h¿ng a road accident : mît tai nÂn trãn ½õñng income tax: thuä lôi töc the city centre: trung tÝm th¿nh phê

Danh t÷ ½öng trõðc cÍ vai trÎ nhõ mît tÈnh t÷ — nÍ cho chÒng ta biät vât/ngõñi/tõ tõòng v.v... l¿ thuîc loÂi n¿o, ½æ l¿m gÉ. VÈ dÖ: a tennis ball = tr¾i banh ½æ chïi tennis a road accident = mît tai nÂn xÀy ra trãn ½õñng phê income tax = thuä m¿ bÂn phÀi trÀ tÓy theo lôi nhuân cÔa mÉnh a London doctor = mît b¾c sË ngõñi LuÝn ½én VÉ vây bÂn cÍ thæ nÍi: a television camera: mît m¾y quay hÉnh a television programme: mît chõïng trÉnh tivi a television studio: mît trõñng quay tivi a television producer: mît nh¿ sÀn xuÞt tivi (tÞt cÀ nhùng ngõñi hay vât cÍ liãn quan tði tivi) language problems: c¾c vÞn ½å vå ngén ngù marriage problems: c¾c vÞn ½å vå hén nhÝn health problems: c¾c vßn ½å söc khÏe work problems: c¾c vÞn ½å vièc l¿m (tÞt cÀ c¾c loÂi vÞn ½å kh¾c nhau) HÁy so s¾nh: garden vegetables = nhùng loÂi rau ½õôc trëng trong võñn  a vegetable garden = mît mÀnh võñn dÓng trëng rau T÷ ½öng ½ßu thõñng cÍ tân cÓng l¿ -ing v¿ ½æ chÊ céng dÖng cÔa vât. VÈ dÖ: a washing machine: m¾y røa b¾t a frying pan: chÀo r¾n a swimming pool: bæ bïi the dinning room: phÎng ×n #éi khi danh t÷ ½öng trõðc cho chÒng ta biät cÖ thæ hïn vât n¿o, c¾i gÉ v.v...½õôc nÍi tði. VÈ dÖ:  The garage roof needs repairing. (= the roof of the garage)

C¾i m¾y garage cßn ½õôc søa chùa.  The sea temperature today is 18 degrees. (= the temperature of the sea)

Nhièt ½î cÔa biæn hém nay l¿ 18 ½î. #éi khi cÍ nhiåu hïn hai danh t÷ ½öng liån nhau:  I waited at the hotel reception desk. (=a desk)

Téi ½Á chñ ò b¿n tiäp tÝn cÔa kh¾ch sÂn.  We watched the World Swimming Championships on television.

ChÒng téi ½Á xem vÎng chung kät giÀi bïi lîi thä giði trãn tivi.  If you want to play table tennis (=a game), you need a table tennis table (=a table).

Näu anh muên chïi bÍng b¿n, anh cßn mît c¾i b¿n bÍng b¿n.

B

Khi c¾c danh t÷ ½öng liån nhau nhõ vây, cÍ khi ta viät chÒng nhõ l¿ mît t÷ duy nhÞt v¿ cÍ khi th¿nh hai t÷ riãng rÆ. VÈ dÖ: a headache: cïn ½au ½ßu toothpaste: thuêc ½¾nh r×ng a stomach ache: cïn ½au d d¿y table tennis: mén bÍng b¿n a weekend: kü nghÊ cuêi tußn

Khéng cÍ qui tØc rÐ r¿ng cho ½iåu n¿y. Näu bÂn khéng chØc chØn thÉ têt hïn l¿ nãn viät th¿nh hai danh t÷. BÂn thõñng cÍ thæ ½Üt dÞu gÂch ngang (-) giùa hai t÷ (nhõng ½iåu n¿y khéng phÀi l¿ luén cßn thiät) a dinning-room

C

the city-centre

Lõu û sú kh¾c nhau giùa: a wine glass v¿ glass of wine c¾i cêc rõôu mît cêc rõôu (cÍ thæ ríng) (=c¾i cêc cÍ rõôu trong ½Í) a shopping bag v¿ a bag of shopping c¾i tÒi ½i chô c¾i tÒi ½ë ½i chô (cÍ thæ ríng) (tÒi cÍ ½úng ½ë mua ½õôc)

D

Khi chÒng ta dÓng danh t÷+danh t÷, danh t÷ ½öng trõðc giêng nhõ l¿ tÈnh t÷. NÍ thõñng ò dÂng thöc sê Èt (singular) nhõng vå nghËa thÉ lÂi l¿ sê nhiåu. VÈ dÖ, a bookshop (cøa h¿ng s¾ch) l¿ cøa h¿ng nïi bÂn cÍ thæ mua c¾c quyæn s¾ch, an apple tree l¿ cÝy cÍ nhùng tr¾i t¾o. Tõïng tú chÒng ta nÍi: a three-hour journey (khéng nÍi 'a three-hours journey') cuîc h¿nh trÉnh 3 giñ

a ten-pound note (khéng dÓng 'pounds') mît tñ 10 bÀng Anh two 14 year-old-girls (khéng nÍi 'years') hai cé g¾i 14 tuìi a four-week English course (khéng nÍi 'weeks') mît khÍa hÑc tiäng Anh 4 tußn a three-page letter (khéng nÍi 'pages') mît böc thõ 3 trang giÞy VÉ vây ta nÍi  It was a three-hour journey.

#Í l¿ cuîc h¿nh trÉnh d¿i 3 giñ. nhõng  The journey took three hours.

Cuîc h¿nh trÉnh ½Á kÃo d¿i ba giñ. Vå cÞu trÒc “I’ve got three weeks’holiday”, xem UNIT 80E.

Unit 80. --'s (the girl's name) and of...

A

Ta thõñng dÓng -’s cho ngõñi v¿ ½îng vât (the girl's .../the horse's...) the girl’s name: tãn cÔa cé g¾i the horse’s tail: c¾i ½uéi ngúa Mr Evan’s daughter: cé con g¾i cÔa éng Evan a woman’s hat: c¾i mÕ phÖ nù the manager’s office: v×n phÎng gi¾m ½êc Sarah’s eyes: ½éi mØt cÔa Sarah

 Where is the manager’s office? (khéng nÍi 'the office of the manager')

V×n phÎng gi¾m ½êc ò chí n¿o?  What colour are Sarah’s eyes? (khéng nÍi 'the eyes of Sarah')

MØt cÔa Sarah m¿u gÉ? Lõu û rÙng bÂn cÍ thæ dÓng -’s khéng cÍ danh t÷ ½i theo sau:  This isn’t my book. It’s my brother’s. (=my brother's book)

#Ýy khéng phÀi l¿ quyæn s¾ch cÔa téi. NÍ l¿ cÔa em trai téi. -’s khéng phÀi luén luén ½õôc dÓng cho ngõñi. ChÚng hÂn, nãn dÓng of... trong c¾c cÝu sau:  What is the name of the man who lent us the money?

Tãn cÔa ngõñi cho chÒng ta mõôn tiån l¿ gÉ? ('the man who lent us the money' qu¾ d¿i ½æ dÓng cÞu trÒc -'s) Lõu û rÙng ta nÍi a woman’s hat (=mÕ dÓng cho phÖ nù), a boy’s name (=tãn dÓng cho bà trai), a bird’s egg (=c¾i tröng do con chim ½Å ra) v.v...

B

#êi vði c¾c sú vât, tõ tõòng v.v... ta thõñng dÓng of (...of the book/... of the restaurant v.v...) the roof of the garage (khéng nÍi 'the garage's roof ') the name of the book = túa cÔa quyæn s¾ch the owner of the restaurant = chÔ nhÝn cÔa nh¿ h¿ng

#éi khi bÂn cÍ thæ dÓng cÞu trÒc danh t÷+danh t÷ (xem UNIT 79): the garage door the restaurant owner ChÒng ta dÓng of (khéng dÓng danh t÷+danh t÷) vði the beginning/end/top/bottom/fron/back/ middle/side v.v... vÉ thä ta nÍi: the back of the car (khéng dÓng 'the car back')=phßn sau xe the beginning of the month = ½ßu th¾ng

C

BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng -’s hay of... ½êi vði c¾c tì chöc (= mît nhÍm ngõñi). VÉ vây bÂn cÍ thæ nÍi:

 the government’s decision hay  the decision of the government

quyät ½Ình cÔa chÈnh phÔ  the company’s success hay  the success of the company sú th¿nh céng cÔa céng ty CÕng cÍ thæ dÓng -’s cho c¾c t÷ chÊ nïi chên, vÉ vây bÂn cÍ thæ nÍi  the city’s new theatre

nh¿ h¾t mði cÔa th¿nh phê  the world’s population

dÝn sê thä giði  Italy’s largest city

th¿nh phê lÍn nhÞt nõðc @

D

Sau danh t÷ sê Èt chÒng ta dÓng -’s my sister’s room (her room-one sister) c×n phÎng cÔa em téi Mr Carter’s house ngéi nh¿ cÔa éng Carter

Sau c¾c danh t÷ sê nhiåu (sisters, friends etc), chÒng ta ½Üt dÞu nh¾y ½ïn (’) sau chù s (s’) my sisters’ room (their room-two or more sisters) c×n phÎng cÔa c¾c chÌ em g¾i téi the Carters’ house (Mr and Mrs Carter) Ngéi nh¿ cÔa éng b¿ Carter Näu c¾c danh t÷ sê nhiåu khéng cÍ ½uéi l¿ -s (nhõ men/ women/ children/ people) chÒng ta dÓng -’s: the men’s changing room phÎng thay ½ë nam a children’s book (=a book for children) s¾ch cÔa trÅ em Lõu û rÙng bÂn cÍ thæ dÓng -’s sau mît nhÍm cÍ hai danh t÷ hoÜc nhiåu hïn Jack and Jill’s wedding #¾m cõði cÔa Jack v¿ Jill Mr and Mrs Carter’s house Ngéi nh¿ cÔa éng b¿ Carter

E

BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ dÓng -’s vði c¾c th¿nh ngù chÊ thñi gian (yesterday/next week v.v...)

 Have you still got yesterday’s newspaper?

Anh cÎn giù tñ b¾o ng¿y hém qua khéng?  Next week’s meeting has been cancelled.

Cuîc hÑp v¿o tußn tði ½Á bÌ hoÁn lÂi. Tõïng tú, bÂn cÍ thæ nÍi today’s... /tomorrow’s.../this evening’s .../Monday’s v.v... CÕng cÍ thæ dÓng -’s (hay -s’ vði c¾c danh t÷ sê nhiåu) cho nhùng khoÀng thñi gian:  I’ve got a week’s holiday starting on Monday.

Téi ½õôc nghÊ phÃp mît tußn bØt ½ßu t÷ thö hai.  Jill has got three week’s holiday.

Jill ½õôc nghÊ phÃp 3 tußn.  I live near the station — it’s only about ten minutes’ walk.

Téi sêng gßn sÝn vân ½îng — chÊ khoÀng 10 phÒt ½i bî. HÁy so s¾nh c¾c cÞu trÒc n¿y vði “a three-hour journey”, “a ten minute walk”, ... (xem UNIT 79D).

Unit 81. A friend of mine. My own house. On my own/by myself

A

A friend of mine/ a friend of Tom's v.v... (mît ngõñi bÂn cÔa téi/mît ngõñi bÂn cÔa Tom...)

ChÒng ta nÍi a friend of mine/yours/his/hers/ours/theirs (khéng nÍi 'a friend of me/you/him v.v...)  I’m going to a wedding on Saturday. A friend of mine is getting married. (khéng nÍi 'a friend

of me') Téi sÆ ½i dú cõði v¿o thö bÀy. Mît ngõñi bÂn cÔa téi sÆ lâp gia ½Énh.  We went on holiday with some friend of ours. (khéng nÍi 'some friends of us')

ChÒng téi ½Á ½i nghÊ vði mît v¿i ngõñi bÂn cÔa chÒng téi.  Michael had an argument with a neighbour of his.

Michael ½Á cÁi nhau vði mît ngõñi h¿ng xÍm cÔa anh Þy.  It was a good idea of yours to go swimming this afternoon.

@ kiän ½i bïi cÔa bÂn chiåu nay thât hay. Mît c¾ch tõïng tú ta nÍi a friend of Tom’s, a friend of my sister’s, v.v...  It was a good idea of Tom’s to go swimming.

@ kiän ½i bïi cÔa Tom thât hay.  That woman over there is a friend of my sister’s.

Ngõñi phÖ nù ½öng ò ½¿ng kia l¿ bÂn cÔa chÌ g¾i téi.

B

My own.../your own...

Ta dÓng my/your/his/her/its/our/their trõðc own:  my own house  your own car her own room

ngéi nh¿ cÔa téi xe hïi cÔa anh phÎng cÔa cé Þy

BÂn khéng thæ nÍi an own... ('an own house', 'an own car'...) My own.../your own... (v.v...) = c¾i gÉ ½Í chÊ cÔa riãng téi, khéng dÓng chung hay ½æ cho mõôn:  I don’t want to share a room with anybody. I want my own room.

Téi khéng muên chia xÅ c×n phÎng vði bÞt cö ai. Téi muên c×n phÎng cÔa riãng téi.  Vera and George would like to have their own house. (khéng dÓng 'an own house')

Vera v¿ George muên cÍ mît c×n nh¿ riãng cÔa hÑ.  It’s a pity that the flat hasn’t got its own entrance.

#¾ng tiäc l¿ c×n hî n¿y khéng cÍ cøa v¿o riãng cÔa nÍ.  It’s my own fault that I’ve got no money. I buy too many things I don’t need.

Khéng cÍ tiån l¿ líi cÔa chÈnh téi. Téi ½Á mua qu¾ nhiåu thö m¿ téi khéng cßn thiät.  Why do you want to borrow my car? Why can’t you use your own? (=your own car)

VÉ sao anh muên mõôn xe cÔa téi? TÂi sao anh khéng thæ sø dÖng xe riãng cÔa anh? BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ dÓng ...own... ½æ nÍi rÙng bÂn tú l¿m ½iåu gÉ ½Í thay vÉ ngõñi kh¾c l¿m ½iåu ½Í cho bÂn. VÈ dÖ:  Brian usually cuts his own hair.

Brian thõñng tú cØt tÍc lÞy. (= Anh Þy tú cØt tÍc; Anh Þy khéng ½i ½än hièu cØt tÍc)  I’d like to have a garden so that I could grow my own vegetables.

Téi muên cÍ mît mÀnh võñn ½æ téi cÍ thæ tú trëng rau. (= téi tú trëng rau thay vÉ ½i mua rau)

C

On my own/by myself

On my own v¿ by myself ½åu cÍ nghËa alone (mît mÉnh). Ta nÍi: on (my/your/his/her/its/our/their) own = by (myself/ yourself/ himself/ herself/ itself/ ourselves/ yourselves/ themselves)  I like living on my own/by myself.

Téi thÈch sêng mît mÉnh (tú lâp).  Did you go on holiday on your own/by yourself?

Anh ½Á ½i nghÊ mît mÉnh phÀi khéng?  Jack was sitting on his own/by himself in a corner of the café.

Jack ½Á ngëi mît mÉnh trong gÍc cÔa qu¾n c¿ phã.  Learner drivers are not allowed to drive on their own/by themselves.

Nhùng ngõñi ½ang hÑc l¾i xe khéng ½õôc phÃp l¾i xe mît mÉnh.

Unit 82. Myself/yourself/themselves/

A

HÁy xem xÃt vÈ dÖ sau: George cut himself when he was shaving this morning. George bÌ xõðc da khi ½ang cÂo rÝu s¾ng hém nay. Ta dÓng myself/yourself/himself v.v... (½Âi t÷ phÀn thÝn) khi chÔ t÷ v¿ tÒc t÷ chÊ l¿ mît

#Âi t÷ phÀn thÝn (reflexive pronouns) gëm cÍ: Sê Èt: Sê nhiåu:

myself/yourself (mît ngõñi) himself/herself/itself ourselves yourselves (nhiåu hïn mît ngõñi)themselves

 I don’t want you to pay for me. I’ll pay for myself. (khéng nÍi 'I'll pay for me')

Téi khéng muên anh trÀ tiån giÓm téi. Téi sÆ tú trÀ phßn mÉnh.  Julia had a great holiday. She enjoyed herself very much.

Julia ½Á cÍ mît kü nghÊ tuyèt vñi. Cé Þy ½Á cÀm thÞy rÞt h¿i lÎng.  Do you sometimes talk to yourself?

CÍ khi n¿o anh nÍi chuyèn mît mÉnh khéng?  If you want more to eat, help yourselves.

Näu c¾c anh muên ×n thãm, xin cö tú nhiãn. HÁy so s¾nh:  It’s not our fault. You can’t blame us.

#Í khéng phÀi l¿ líi cÔa chÒng téi. Anh khéng thæ tr¾ch chÒng téi..  It’s our own fault. We blame ourselves.

#Í chÈnh l¿ líi cÔa chÒng téi. ChÒng téi tú tr¾ch mÉnh. Lõu û rÙng khéng dÓng myself/yourself... sau c¾c t÷ bring/take something with...:  It might rain. I’ll take an umbrella with me. (khéng nÍi 'with myself ')

Trñi cÍ thæ mõa. Téi sÆ mang theo mît cÝy dÓ.

B

Khéng dÓng myself... sau concentrate/feel/relax/meet.

 You must try and concentrate. (khéng nÍi 'concentrate yourself ')

Anh cßn phÀi cê gØng v¿ tâp trung hïn.  “Do you feel nervous?” “Yes, I can’t relax.”

"Anh cÀm thÞy c×ng thÚng phÀi khéng?" "VÝng téi khéng thæ nghÊ ngïi ½õôc."  What time shall we meet? (khéng nÍi 'meet ourselves', 'meet us')

ChÒng ta sÆ gÜp nhau khi n¿o?

Ta thõñng dÓng wash/shave/dress khéng cÍ myself v.v...  He got up, washed, shaved and dressed. (khéng nÍi 'washed himself ' v.v...)

Anh Þy thöc dây, røa mÜt, cÂo rÝu v¿ mÜc qußn ¾o. Nhõng ta nÍi “I dried myself” (Téi ½Á lau khé ngõñi) HÁy xem xÃt sú kh¾c nhau giùa -selves v¿ each other:  Tom and Ann stood in front of the mirror and looked at themselves.

Tom v¿ Ann ½öng trõðc gõïng v¿ tú ngØm mÉnh. (=Tom v¿ Ann ngØm Tom v¿ Ann) Nhõng  Tom looked at Ann; Ann looked at Tom. They looked at each other.

Tom ngØm Ann; Ann ngØm Tom. HÑ ngØm lán nhau. BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng one another thay vÉ each other:  How long have you and Bill known one another? (hoÜc ...known each other)

Anh v¿ Bill ½Á quen nhau bao lÝu rëi?  Sue and Ann don’t like each other. (hoÜc ... don’t like one another)

Sue v¿ Ann khéng õa nhau.

D

Ta cÕng dÓng myself/yourself... theo mît c¾ch kh¾c. VÈ dÖ:

 “Who repaired your bicycle for you?”“Nobody. I repaired it myself.”

"Ai ½Á søa c¾i xe ½Âp giÓm anh?" "Khéng ai cÀ. Téi ½Á tú søa lÞy." “I repaired it myself” = téi ½Á tú søa nÍ, khéng phÀi l¿ ngõñi kh¾c søa nÍ. ´ ½Ýy myself dÓng ½æ nhÞn mÂnh I. C¾c vÈ dÖ kh¾c:  I’m not going to do it for you. You can do it yourself.

Téi sÆ khéng l¿m ½iåu ½Í cho anh. Anh cÍ thæ tú l¿m lÞy (= anh chö khéng phÀi téi)  Let’s paint the house ourselves. It will be much cheaper.

ChÒng ta hÁy tú sïn lÞy nh¿. Nhõ thä sÆ rÅ hïn rÞt nhiåu.  The film itself wasn’t very good but I like the music.

BÀn thÝn bî phim thÉ khéng hay lØm nhõng téi thÈch phßn Ým nhÂc.  I don’t think Sue will get the job. Sue herself doesn’t think she’ll get it (hay Sue doesn’t

think she’ll get it herself) Téi khéng nghË l¿ Sue sÆ xin ½õôc céng vièc ½Í. BÀn thÝn Sue cÕng khéng nghË rÙng cé Þy sÆ xin ½õôc.

Unit 83. There... and it...

A

There v¿ it

 

There’s a new restaurant in King street. CÍ mît nh¿ h¿ng mði ò phê King. Yes, I know. I went there last night. It’s very good. VÝng téi biät, téi ½Á ½än ½Í têi qua. NÍ rÞt têt.

Ta dÓng there... khi chÒng ta lßn ½ßu tiãn nÍi vå mît vât n¿o ½Í, rÙng nÍ tën tÂi.  There’s a new restaurant in King street. (khéng nÍi 'A new restaurant is in King street')

CÍ mît nh¿ h¿ng mði ò phê King  The journey took a long time. There was a lot of traffic. (khéng nÍi 'It was a lot of traffic')

Chuyän ½i mÞt nhiåu thñi gian. CÍ nhiåu xe cî trãn ½õñng qu¾.  Things are much more expensive now. There has been a big rise in the cost of living.

Hièn giñ mÑi thö ½Øt hïn nhiåu. #Á cÍ sú gia t×ng lðn vå gi¾ cÀ sinh hoÂt.  It = mît vât, ½Ìa ½iæm, h¿nh ½îng, ho¿n cÀnh cÖ thæ... (xem thãm mÖc C)  We went to a new restaurant. It’s very good. (it=restaurant)

ChÒng téi ½Á tði nh¿ h¿ng mði. NÍ rÞt têt.  “Was the traffic bad?” “Yes, it was terrible.” (it=the traffic)

"Giao théng tëi lØm khéng?" "CÍ, rÞt tëi tè."  I wasn’t expecting them to come. It (=that they came) was the complete surprise.

Téi ½Á khéng mong chñ hÑ tði. #iåu ½Í quÀ thât bÞt ngñ. HÁy so s¾nh:  I don’t like this town. There’s nothing to do here. It’s a boring place.

Téi khéng thÈch thÌ trÞn n¿y. Khéng cÍ vièc gÉ ½æ l¿m ò ½Ýy cÀ. Thât l¿ mît nïi ch¾n ngØt. Lõu û rÙng there cÕng cÍ nghËa to/at/in that place:  The new restaurant is very good. I went there (=to the restaurant) last night.

Nh¿ h¿ng mði rÞt têt. Téi ½Á tði ½Í têi qua.  When we arrived at the party. there were already a lot of people there.

Khi chÒng téi ½än bùa tièc, ½Á cÍ nhiåu ngõñi ò ½Í. (=tÂi bùa tièc)

B

BÂn cÍ thæ nÍi there will be, there must be, there used to be v.v...

 Will there be many people at the party?

SÆ cÍ nhiåu ngõñi tði dú tièc chö?  “Is there a flight to Paris this evening?” “There might be. I’ll phone the airport.”

"Têi nay cÍ chuyän bay tði Pari chö?" "CÍ thæ cÍ. Téi sÆ gÑi ½ièn thoÂi tði sÝn bay."  If people drove more carefully, there wouldn’t be so many accidents.

Näu mÑi ngõñi l¾i xe càn thân hïn, cÍ lÆ sÆ khéng cÍ nhiåu tai nÂn nhõ vây. CÕng vây: there must have been, there should have been v.v...  There was a flight on. There must have been somebody at home.

CÍ ¾nh s¾ng ½Än. ChØc phÀi cÍ ai ½Í ò nh¿.

C

HÁy so s¾nh there v¿ it

 They live on a busy road. There must be a lot of noise from the traffic.

HÑ sêng ò mît ½õñng phê ½éng ½Òc. ChØc xe cî ën ¿o lØm.  They live on a busy main road. It must be very noisy.

HÑ sêng ò mît ½õñng phê chÈnh ½éng ½Òc. Nïi ½Í chØc rÞt ën ¿o.  There used to be a cinema in King street but it closed a few years ago. That buiding is now

a supermarket. It used to be a cinema. Trõðc kia cÍ mît rÂp chiäu phim ò phê King nhõng nÍ ½Á bÌ ½Íng cøa c¾ch ½Ýy v¿i n×m. TÎa nh¿ ½Í bÝy giñ l¿ siãu thÌ. Nïi ½Í trõðc kia t÷ng l¿ rÂp chiäu phim. BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ nÍi there is sure/certain/likely to be something (xem thãm UNIT 64E).  There is sure to be a flight to Paris this evening.

ChØc chØn cÍ mît chuyän bay tði Pari têi nay.

D

ChÒng ta dÓng it trong c¾c cÝu nhõ sau ½Ýy:

 It’s dangerous to walk in the road. (It=to walk in the road)

#i bî dõði lÎng ½õñng rÞt nguy hiæm. Thõñng chÒng ta khéng nÍi “to walk in the road is dangerous” m¿ thõñng bØt ½ßu bÙng It...  It didn’t take us long to get here. (It=to get here)

ChÒng ta ½Á khéng mÞt nhiåu thñi gian ½æ tði ½Ýy.  It’s a pity (that) Sandra can’t come to the party. (It=that Sarah can't come)

Thât ½¾ng tiäc l¿ Sandra khéng thæ tði dú tièc ½õôc.  Let’s go. It’s not worth waiting any longer. (It=waiting any longer)

MÉnh ½i théi. Chñ ½ôi thãm chÚng Èch gÉ ½Ýu. Ta dÓng it ½æ nÍi vå khoÀng c¾ch thñi gian v¿ thñi tiät:  It’s a long way from here to the airport.

T÷ ½Ýy tði sÝn bay l¿ mît quÁng ½õñng d¿i.  How far is it to the airport?

#õñng tði sÝn bay bao xa?

 What day is it today?

Hém nay l¿ ng¿y thö mÞy?  It’s a long time since I last saw you.

CÕng ½Á lÝu t÷ khi téi thÞy anh lßn cuêi.  It’s going to be a nice day.

SÆ l¿ mît ng¿y tuyèt vñi.  It was windy (nhõng “There was a cold wind”)

Trñi cÍ giÍ. (Nhõng 'cÍ giÍ lÂnh').

Unit 84. Some and any

A

Mît c¾ch tìng qu¾t, chÒng ta dÓng some (cÕng nhõ somebody/someone/something) trong c¾c cÝu khÚng ½Ình v¿ any (cÕng nhõ anybody v.v...) trong c¾c cÝu phÔ ½Ình (xem thãm mÖc C v¿ D)

some  We bought some flower.

ChÒng téi ½Á mua Èt hoa.  He’s busy. He’s got some work to do.

Anh Þy bân. Anh Þy cÍ mît sê vièc phÀi l¿m.  There’s somebody at the door.

CÍ ai ½Í ò ngo¿i cøa.  I’m hungry. I want something to eat.

Téi ½Íi. Téi muên ×n c¾i gÉ ½Í. any  We didn’t buy any flowers.

ChÒng téi ½Á khéng mua mît béng hoa n¿o  He’s lazy. He never does any work.

Câu ta lõñi lØm. Câu ta chÚng bao giñ l¿m vièc gÉ cÀ.  There isn’t anybody at the door.

Khéng cÍ ai ngo¿i cøa.  I’m not hungry. I don’t want anything to eat.

Téi khéng ½Íi. Téi khéng muên ×n gÉ cÀ. Ta dÓng any trong c¾c cÝu dõði ½Ýy vÉ chÒng mang nghËa phÔ ½Ình:  She went out without any money. (She didn't take any money with her)

Cé Þy ½i chïi m¿ khéng cÍ ½ëng n¿o cÀ.  He refused to eat anything. (He didn't eat anything)

Anh ta t÷ chêi ×n bÞt cö thö gÉ.  Hardly anybody passed the examination. (=almost nobody passed)

Št cÍ ai võôt qua ½õôc kü thi.

B

Trong ½a sê c¾c cÝu hÏi chÒng ta dÓng any:

 “Have you got any luggage?” “No, I haven’t.”

"Anh cÍ h¿nh lû gÉ khéng?" "Khéng, téi khéng cÍ."  “Has anybody seen my bag?” “Yes, it’s under the table.”

"CÍ ai nhÉn thÞy c¾i tÒi cÔa téi khéng?" "CÍ, nÍ ò dõði b¿n." Nhõng chÒng ta dÓng some trong c¾c cÝu hÏi khi chÒng ta mong ½ôi cÝu trÀ lñi “yes”:

 What’s wrong? Have you got something in your eyes?

Sao vây? CÍ c¾i gÉ ½Í trong mØt anh phÀi khéng? (CÍ vÅ nhõ cÍ c¾i gÉ ½Í trong mØt anh v¿ téi chñ cÝu trÀ lñi khÚng ½Ình) some cÕng dÓng trong c¾c cÝu hÏi khi chÒng ta ½å nghÌ hay yãu cßu gÉ ½Í:  Would you like something to eat?

Anh muên ×n c¾i gÉ ½Í khéng?  Can I have some sugar, please?

L¿m ïn cho téi chÒt ½õñng.

C

Ta thõñng dÓng any sau if:

 If there are any letters for me, can you send them on to this address?

Näu cÍ thõ cÔa téi, bÂn cÍ thæ gøi chÒng ½än ½Ìa chÊ n¿y ½õôc khéng?  If anyone has any questions, I’ll be pleased to answer them.

Näu ai ½Í cÍ thØc mØc, téi xin sÛn lÎng giÀi ½¾p.  Let me know if you need anything.

HÁy cho téi biät näu nhõ anh cßn gÉ ½Í. Nhùng cÝu sau ½Ýy mang nÃt nghËa nhõ if:  I’m sorry for any trouble I’ve caused. (= if I have caused any trouble)

Téi xin líi vå nhùng ½iåu khÍ chÌu n¿o ½Í näu téi ½Á gÝy nãn.  Anyone who wants to do the exam must give me their names today. (= if there is anyone)

BÞt cö ai näu muên dú kü thi phÀi ½×ng kû tãn vði téi trong ng¿y hém nay. ChÒng ta cÕng dÓng nghËa any vði nghËa “it doesn’t matter which”:  You can catch any bus. They all go to the centre. (= it doesn't matter which bus you catch)

Anh cÍ thæ ½Ín bÞt kü chiäc xe buût n¿o. TÞt cÀ chÒng ½åu chÂy v¿o trung tÝm th¿nh phê.  “Sing a song.” “Which song shall I sing?” “Any song. I don’t mind.” (= it doesn't matter

which song) "HÁy h¾t mît b¿i ½i." "Téi sÆ h¾t b¿i n¿o ½Ýy?" "BÞt kü b¿i n¿o. Téi khéng kÃn ½Ýu."  Come and see me any time you want.

HÁy ½än gÜp téi bÞt cö khi n¿o anh muên.  “Let’s go out somewhere” “Where shall we go?” “Anywhere. I don’t mind.”

"MÉnh ½i ½Ýu ½Í ½i." " ChÒng ta sÆ ½i ½Ýu?" "#Ýu cÕng ½õôc. Téi khéng ½æ tÝm."  We left the door unlocked. Anybody could have come in.

MÉnh ½Á khéng khÍa cøa. BÞt kü ai cÕng cÍ thæ v¿o ½õôc. HÁy so s¾nh something v¿ anything:  A: I’m hungry. I want something to eat.

Téi ½Íi. Téi muên ×n gÉ ½Í. B: What would you like? Anh muên ×n gÉ? A: I don’t mind. Anything. Téi khéng bân tÝm. Thö gÉ cÕng ½õôc.

D

Somebody/someone/anybody/anyone l¿ nhùng t÷ sê Èt:

 Someone is here to see you.

CÍ ngõñi ½ang ½ôi gÜp anh ½Þy. Nhõng ta lÂi thõñng dÓng they/them/their sau c¾c t÷ n¿y:  Someone has forgotten their umbrella. (= his or her umbrella)

CÍ ngõñi n¿o ½Í ½Á bÏ quãn dÓ (cÔa ngõñi ½Í)  If anybody wants to leave early, they can. (= he or she can)

Näu cÍ ai ½Í muên ½i sðm, ngõñi ½Í cÍ thæ ½i.

Unit 85. No/none/any

A

No, none, nothing, nobody/noone, nowhere

BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng c¾c t÷ phÔ ½Ình n¿y ò ½ßu cÝu hoÜc mît mÉnh:  No cars are allowed in the city centre.

Khéng chiäc xe hïi n¿o ½õôc phÃp v¿o trung tÝm th¿nh phê.  None of this money is mine.

Khéng cÍ ½ëng n¿o trong chí tiån n¿y l¿ cÔa téi cÀ.  “What did you say?” “Nothing.”

"BÂn ½Á nÍi gÉ vây?" "#Ýu cÍ nÍi gÉ."  Nobody (hay no one) came to visit me while I was in hospital.

Khéng cÍ ai ½än th×m téi khi téi nÙm vièn.  “Where are you going?” “Nowhere. I’m staying here.”

"BÂn sÆ ½i ½Ýu?" "Khéng ½i ½Ýu cÀ, téi sÆ ò lÂi ½Ýy." BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ dÓng c¾c t÷ n¿y sau ½îng t÷, ½Üc bièt sau be v¿ have:  The house is empty. There’s nobody living there.

Ngéi nh¿ n¿y bÏ trêng. Khéng cÍ ai sêng ò ½Ýy cÀ.  She had no difficulty finding a job.

Cé Þy ½Á tÉm ½õôc vièc l¿m khéng mÞy khÍ kh×n. No/Nothing/Nobody v.v... = not+any/anything/anybody v.v...  We haven’t got any money. (=We've got no money)

ChÒng téi khéng cÍ ½ëng n¿o cÀ.  I didn’t say anything. (=I say nothing)

Téi ½Á khéng nÍi gÉ cÀ.  She didn’t tell anybody about her plans. (She told nobody...)

Cé Þy ½Á khéng nÍi vði bÞt cö ai vå nhùng dú ½Ình cÔa cé Þy.  The station isn’t anywhere near here. (is nowhere near here)

Quanh ½Ýy khéng cÍ nh¿ ga n¿o cÀ. Khi dÓng no/nothing/nobody v.v... ta khéng sø dÖng ½îng t÷ ò dÂng phÔ ½Ình (isn't, didn't, can't v.v...):  I said nothing. (khéng nÍi 'I didn't say nothing')

Téi ½Á khéng nÍi gÉ cÀ.  Nobody tells me anything. (khéng nÍi 'Nobody doesn't tell...')

Khéng cÍ ai nÍi vði téi ½iåu gÉ cÀ.

B

ChÒng ta cÕng dÓng any/anything/anybody v.v... (khéng dÓng not) vði nghËa “It doesn’t matter which/what/who” (xem UNIT 84D). HÁy so s¾nh no- v¿ any-:

 “What do you want to eat?” “Nothing. I’m not hungry.”

"BÂn muên ×n gÉ n¿o?" "Khéng muên gÉ cÀ. Téi khéng ½Íi."  I’m so hungry. I could eat anything.

Téi ½Íi qu¾. Téi cÍ thæ ×n bÞt cö thö gÉ. (=thö gÉ cÕng ½õôc)  The exam was extremely difficult. Nobody passed. (=mÑi ngõñi ½åu trõôt)

Kü thi thúc khÍ qu¾. Khéng cÍ ai võôt qua ½õôc.  The exam was very easy. Anybody could have passed.

Kü thi rÞt dç. BÞt cö ai cÕng cÍ thæ thi ½âu. (=bÞt kæ l¿ ai)

C

No v¿ none

Ta dÓng no+danh t÷. No=not a hay not any  We had to walk home because there was no bus. (= there wasn’t a bus)

ChÒng téi ½Á phÀi ½i bî vå nh¿ vÉ khéng cÍ xe buût.  I can’t talk to you now. I’ve got no time. (= I haven’t got any time)

Téi khéng thæ nÍi chuyèn vði bÂn bÝy giñ ½õôc. Téi khéng cÍ thñi gian.  There was no shops open. (= there weren’t any shops open)

Khéng cøa h¿ng n¿o cÎn mò cøa. Ta dÓng none mît mÉnh khéng cÍ danh t÷ ½i theo:  “How much money have you got?” “None.” (=no money)

"BÂn cÍ bao nhiãu tiån?" "Khéng cÍ ½ëng n¿o."  All the tickets have been sold. There are none left. (=no tickets left)

TÞt cÀ và ½Á ½õôc b¾n hät. Khéng cÎn lÂi c¾i n¿o. HoÜc dÓng none of...  none of these shops  none of my money  none of it/them/us/you Sau none of+mît danh t÷ sê nhiåu ('none of the shops', 'none of them' v.v...) bÂn cÍ thæ dÓng ½îng t÷ chia ò sê Èt hoÜc sê nhiåu. #îng t÷ chia ò sê nhiåu thõñng ½õôc dÓng hïn:  None of the shops were (hoÜc was) open.

Khéng cøa h¿ng n¿o cÎn mò cøa.

D

Sau nobody/no one bÂn cÍ thæ dÓng they/them/their.

 Nobody phoned, did they? (=did he or she)

Khéng cÍ ai gÑi ½ièn thoÂi ½än phÀi khéng?  The party was disaster. Nobody enjoyed themselves. (= himself or herself)

Bùa tièc thât thÀm hÂi. Khéng ai thÈch thÒ cÀ.  No one in the class did their homework. (= his or her homework)

Khéng mît ai trong lðp l¿m b¿i tâp cÀ.

Unit 86. Much, many, little, few, a lot, plenty

A

Ta dÓng much v¿ little vði c¾c danh t÷ khéng ½äm ½õôc: much time little energy

much luck little money

many v¿ few ½õôc dÓng vði c¾c danh t÷ sê nhiåu: many friends few cars

B

many people few countries

Ta dÓng a lot of/lots of/plenty of vði c¾c danh t÷ khéng ½äm ½õôc v¿ c¾c danh t÷ sê nhiåu (uncountable and plural nouns). a lot of luck lots of time plenty of money a lot of friends lots of people plenty of ideas

Plenty = nhiåu hïn cßn thiät:  There’s no need to hurry. We’re got plenty of time.

Khéng cßn phÀi vîi, chÒng ta cÍ dõ thñi gian.  I’ve had plenty to eat. I don’t want any more.

Téi ½Á ×n qu¾ nhiåu rëi. Téi khéng muên ×n thãm nùa.

C

Ta dÓng much/many ½Üc bièt trong c¾c cÝu phÔ ½Ình v¿ cÝu hÏi. A lot (of) cÕng cÍ thæ dÓng nhõ vây:

 We didn’t spend much money. (hay We didn’t spend a lot of money.)

ChÒng ta ½Á khéng tiãu hät nhiåu tiån.  Do you know many people? (hay Do you know a lot of people?)

BÂn cÍ quen biät nhiåu ngõñi lØm khéng?  I don’t go out much. (hay I don’t go out a lot.)

Téi khéng hay ½i chïi. Trong c¾c cÝu khÚng ½Ình, a lot (of) thõñng ½õôc dÓng hïn. Trong tiäng Anh ½¿m thoÂi, much Èt ½õôc dÓng trong c¾c cÝu khÚng ½Ình:  We spent a lot of money. (khéng dÓng 'We spent much money')

ChÒng téi ½Á tiãu x¿i kh¾ nhiåu tiån.  He goes out a lot. (khéng dÓng 'He goes out much')

Anh Þy hay ½i chïi lØm. BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng many trong c¾c cÝu khÚng ½Ình, nhõng a lot (of) thõñng ½õôc dÓng hïn trong ½¿m

thoÂi:  A lot of people (hay many people) drive too fast.

CÍ nhiåu ngõñi l¾i xe rÞt nhanh. Nhõng bÂn hÁy lõu û rÙng chÒng ta dÓng too much v¿ too many trong c¾c cÝu khÚng ½Ình:  We spent too much money.

ChÒng ta ½Á tiãu x¿i kh¾ nhiåu tiån.

D

Little v¿ few (khéng cÍ a) cÍ nghËa phÔ ½Ình (=not much/ not many):

 We must be quick. There is little time. (= not much, not enough time)

ChÒng ta phÀi nhanh lãn, cÎn Èt thñi gian lØm.  He isn’t popular. He has few friends. (=not many, not enough friends)

Anh Þy khéng ½õôc õa thÈch lØm. Anh Þy cÍ Èt bÂn bÄ. BÂn cÍ thæ nÍi very little v¿ very few:  There is very little time.

CÎn rÞt Èt thñi gian.  He has very few friends.

Anh Þy cÍ rÞt Èt bÂn bÄ. a little v¿ a few cÍ nghËa khÚng ½Ình hïn. A little = mît v¿i, mît sê lõông Èt:  Let’s go and have a drink. We’re got a little time before the train leaves.

ChÒng ta ½i uêng gÉ ½i. ChÒng ta cÎn chÒt thñi gian trõðc khi t¿u chÂy. (a little time = chÒt thñi gian, ½Ô ½æ uêng thö gÉ ½Í)  “Do you speak English?” “A little.” (so we can talk a bit)

"BÂn nÍi ½õôc tiäng Anh khéng?" "Mît chÒt Èt théi". A few = mît Èt, mît sê nhÏ:  I enjoy my life here. I have a few friends and we meet quite often.

Téi h¿i lÎng vði cuîc sêng cÔa téi nïi ½Ýy. Téi cÍ v¿i ngõñi bÂn v¿ chÒng téi gÜp nhau kh¾ thõñng xuyãn. (a few friends = khéng nhiåu, nhõng ½Ô ½æ giao lõu, vui chïi)  “When did you last see Clare?” “A few days ago.” (=some days ago)

"Anh gÜp Clare lßn cuêi khi n¿o?" "MÞy hém trõðc." HÁy so s¾nh:  He spoke little English, so it was difficult to communicate with him.

Anh ta nÍi tiäng Anh ½õôc Èt, cho nãn nÍi chuyèn vði anh ta rÞt khÍ kh×n.  He spoke a little English, so we were able to communicate with him.

Anh Þy nÍi ½õôc chÒt Èt tiäng Anh, cho nãn chÒng téi ½Á cÍ thæ nÍi chuyèn vði anh Þy.  She’s lucky. She has few problems. (=not many problems)

Cé Þy thât may mØn. CÍ Þy Èt gÜp chuyèn phiån phöc.  Things are not going so well for her. She has a few problems. (= some problems)

MÑi vièc khéng suén sÅ vði cé Þy. Cé Þy gÜp mît Èt chuyèn phiån phöc. Lõu û rÙng only a little v¿ only a few cÍ nghËa phÔ ½Ình:  We must be quick. We’ve only got a little time.

ChÒng ta cßn phÀi khàn trõïng. ChÒng ta chÊ cÍ Èt thñi gian.  The village was very small. There were only a few houses.

Ngéi l¿ng rÞt nhÏ. Nïi ½Í chÊ cÍ v¿i ngéi nh¿.

Unit 87. All/all of most/most of, no/none of etc all much

A

some many

any little

most few

BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng nhùng t÷ trong khung trãn (cÕng nhõ no) vði mît danh t÷ (some foot/few book.v.v.) :

 All cars have wheels.

TÞt cÀ xe hïi ½åu cÍ b¾nh.  Some cars can go faster than others.

Mît v¿i chiäc xe cÍ thæ chÂy nhanh hïn nhùng chiäc kh¾c.  (on a notice) No cars. (=no cars allowed)

(trãn biæn b¾o) CÞm é té. (= é té khéng ½õôc phÃp)  Many people drive too fast.

Nhiåu ngõñi l¾i xe qu¾ nhanh.  I do not go out very often. I am at home most days.

Téi thõñng Èt ½i chïi. Téi ò nh¿ hßu nhõ mÑi ng¿y. BÂn khéng thæ nÍi 'all of car', 'most of people' v.v... (xem thãm mÖc B) :  Some people are very unfriendly. (khéng nÍi 'some of people')

Mît v¿i ngõñi tÏ ra rÞt lÂnh nhÂt. Lõu û rÙng chÒng ta nÍi most (khéng nÍi 'the most') :  Most tourists do not visit this part of the town. (khénng nÍi 'the most tourists')

#a sê c¾c kh¾ch du lÌch khéng ½än th×m phßn n¿y cÔa thÌ trÞn.

B

Some of.../most of.../none of v.v...

BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng c¾c t÷ trong khung trãn (cÕng nhõ none v¿ half) vði of. CÍ thæ nÍi some of (the people) , most of (my friends), none of (this money) v.v... Ta dÓng some of, most of (v.v.) + the /this /that /these /those /my /his /Ann's .v.v. VÉ thä ta nÍi:   

some of the people, some of those people (nhõng khéng nÍi 'some of people') most of my friends, most of Ann’s friends (nhõng khéng nÍi 'most of friends') none of this money, none of their money (nhõng khéng nÍi 'none of money')

V¿i vÈ dÖ:  Some of the people I work with are very friendly.

Mît v¿i trong sê nhùng ngõñi cÓng l¿m vièc vði téi rÞt thÝn thièn.  None of this money is mine.

Khéng cÍ ½ëng n¿o trong sê tiån n¿y l¿ cÔa téi.  Have you read any of these books ?

Anh ½Á ½Ñc quyæn n¿o trong sê nhùng quyæn s¾ch n¿y chõa?  I was not well yesterday. I spent most of the day in bed.

Hém qua téi khéng ½õôc khÏe. Téi nÙm trãn giõñng hßu nhõ cÀ ng¿y. Khéng nhÞt thiät cÍ of sau all hay half. VÉ vây bÂn cÍ thæ nÍi:  All my friends live in London hay All of my friends...

TÞt cÀ bÂn bÄ cÔa téi sêng ò LuÝn ½én  Half this money is mine hay Half of this money...

PhÝn nøa sê tiån n¿y l¿ cÔa téi. Xem thãm mÖc C. HÁy so s¾nh all... v¿ all (of) the...  All flowers are beautiful.

TÞt cÀ c¾c lo¿i hoa ½åu ½Çp. (=hoa nÍi chung)  All (of) the flowers in this garden are beautiful.

TÞt cÀ hoa trong mÀnh võñn n¿y ½åu ½Çp. (Mît nhÍm cÖ thæ c¾c lo¿i hoa)

C

BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng all of /some of /none of v.v. + it/ us/ you/ them:

 “How many of these people do you know?” “None of them.” / “A few of them”

"Anh quen bao nhiãu ngõñi trong sê nhùng ngõñi n¿y?" "Khéng ai cÀ." / "Mît v¿i trong sê hÑ."  Do any of you want to come to party tonight?

CÍ ai trong sê c¾c bÂn muên tði bùa tièc têi nay khéng?  “Do you like the music?” “Some of it. No all of it.”

"Anh thÈch nhÂc n¿y khéng?" "V¿i bÀn trong sê ½Í. Khéng phÀi tÞt cÀ chÒng." Trõðc it /us /you /them bÂn cßn thãm of sau all v¿ half (all of, half of): all of us (khéng nÍi 'all us') tÞt cÀ chÒng téi half of them (khéng nÍi 'half them') mît nøa trong sê hÑ

 

D

BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng c¾c t÷ trong khung (cÕng nhõ none) ½öng mît mÉnh, khéng cÍ danh t÷ ½i kÄm:

 Some cars have four doors and some have two.

Mît sê xe hïi cÍ bên cøa v¿ mît sê cÍ hai cøa.  A few of the shops were open but most (of them) were closed.

Mît v¿i cøa h¿ng cÎn mò cøa nhõng ½a sê thÉ ½Á ½Íng cøa.  Half (of) this money is mine, and half (of it) is yours. (khéng nÍi 'the half ')

Mît nøa sê tiån n¿y l¿ cÔa téi, v¿ mît nøa l¿ cÔa anh.

Unit 88. Both/both of, neither/neither of, either/either of

A

Ta dÓng both /neither /either vði hai vât, sú vièc.v.v. BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng c¾c t÷ n¿y cÓng vði danh t÷ (both books, neither books...) .

VÈ dÖ, bÂn ½ang nÍi vå vièc ½i ×n tièm chiåu nay. CÍ hai nh¿ h¿ng m¿ bÂn cÍ thæ tði, bÂn nÍi:  Both restaurants are very good. (khéng nÍi "the both restaurants")

CÀ hai nh¿ h¿ng ½åu rÞt ngon.  Neither restauranrs is expensive.

Khéng nh¿ h¿ng n¿o ½Øt cÀ.  We can go to either restaurant. I don’t mind.

ChÒng ta cÍ thæ tði nh¿ h¿ng n¿o cÕng ½õôc. Téi khéng cÍ û kiän gÉ. (either = mît trong hai, c¾i n¿o cÕng ½õôc)

B

Both of.../neither of.../either of...

Khi bÂn dÓng both/neither/either + of, bÂn luén luén cßn thãm the.../these/those.../my/your/his/Tom’s... (.v.v.) . BÂn khéng thæ nÍi "both of restaurant". BÂn phÀi nÍi “both of the restaurants”, “both of those restaurant” v.v...:  Both of these restaurants are very good.

CÀ hai nh¿ h¿ng n¿y ½åu rÞt ngon  Neither of the restaurants we went to was (or were) expensive.

Khéng cÍ c¾i n¿o trong sê hai nh¿ h¿ng m¿ chÒng ta ½Á tði l¿ ½Øt cÀ.  I haven’t been to either of those restaurants. (= I haven’t been to one or the other)

Téi chõa tði nïi n¿o trong sê hai nh¿ h¿ng ½Í. BÂn khéng cßn thãm of sau both. VÉ thä bÂn cÍ thæ nÍi:  Both my parents are from London. hay Both of my parents...

Hai bê mÇ téi ½åu l¿ ngõñi LuÝn ½én. BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng both of /neither of /either of + us /you /them:  (talking to two people) Can either of you speak Spanish ?

(nÍi vði hai ngõñi) Mît trong hai bÂn nÍi ½õôc tiäng TÝy Ban Nha chö ? neither

 I asked two people the way to the station but either of them knew.

Téi hÏi hai ngõñi ½õñng ½än sÝn vân ½îng nhõng cÀ hai ½åu khéng biät. BÂn phÀi nÍi both of trõðc us/you/them (of l¿ cßn phÀi cÍ) :  Both of us were very tired. (khéng nÍi 'Both us were...')

CÀ hai chÒng téi ½åu rÞt mèt. Sau neither of... ½îng t÷ cÍ thæ chia ò sê Èt hay sê nhiåu ½åu ½õôc;

 Neither of the children wants (hay want) to go to bed.

Khéng ½öa n¿o trong bÑn trÅ muên ½i ngÔ cÀ.

C

BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ dÓng both/neither/either ½öng mît mÉnh:

 I couldn’t decide which of the two shirts to buy. I like both. (hay I like both of them)

Téi ½Á khéng thæ quyät ½Ình mua c¾i n¿o trong hai c¾i ¾o ½Í. Téi thÈch cÀ hai.  “Is your friend British or American?”

“Neither. She’s Autralian” 'BÂn cÔa anh l¿ ngõñi Anh hay Mþ ?' '#åu khéng phÀi, Cé Þy l¿ ngõñi Òc  “Do you want tea or coffee?”

“Either. I don’t mind.” 'Anh muên tr¿ hay c¿ phã?' 'Thö n¿o cÕng ½õôc. Téi khéng bân tÝm'

D

BÂn cÍ thæ nÍi:

both... and...: neither...nor...:

either...or...:

E

Both Ann and Tom were late. CÀ Ann v¿ Tom ½åu ½än muîn. Neither Liz nor Robin came to the party. CÀ Liz v¿ Robin ½åu khéng ½än dú tièc.  She said she would contact me but she neither wrote nor phoned. Cé Þy nÍi sÆ liãn hè vði téi nhõng cé Þy ½Á khéng viät thõ cÕng chÚng gÑi ½ièn thoÂi. I’m not sure where he’s from. He’s either Spanish or Italian. Téi khéng chØc anh Þy ngõñi nõðc n¿o. CÍ thæ anh Þy l¿ ngõñi TÝy Ban Nha hoÜc ngõñi @.  Either you apoplogise or I’ll never speak to you again. HoÜc l¿ anh xin líi hoÜc l¿ téi sÆ khéng bao giñ nÍi chuyèn vði anh nùa.

HÁy so s¾nh either/neither/both (hai thö) v¿ any/none/all (nhiåu hïn hai):

 either/neither/both  There are two good hotels in the town. You can stay at either of them.

CÍ hai kh¾ch sÂn têt trong thÌ trÞn.Anh cÍ thæ ò c¾i n¿o cÕng ½õôc.  We tried two hotels. Neither of them had any rooms. /Both of them were full.

ChÒng téi ½Á tði hai kh¾ch sÂn. Khéng c¾i n¿o trong hai c¾i cÎn phÎng cÀ. CÀ hai ½åu ½Á kÈn ngõñi.

any/none/all  There are many good hotels in the town. You can stay at any of them.

CÍ nhiåu kh¾ch sÂn têt trong thÌ trÞn. Anh cÍ thæ ò bÞt cö c¾i n¿o trong sê chÒng.  We tried a lot of hotels. None of them had any rooms./All of them were full.

ChÒng téi ½Á ½än nhiåu kh¾ch sÂn. Khéng c¾i n¿o trong sê chÒng cÎn phÎng cÀ. TÞt cÀ ½Á kÈn ngõñi.

Unit 89. All, every and whole

A

All v¿ everybody /everyone

Ta thõñng khéng dÓng all vði nghËa everybody/everyone:  Everybody enjoyed the party. ('All enjoyed...')

MÑi ngõñi ½åu ½Á h¿i lÎng vði bùa tièc. Nhõng lõu û rÙng chÒng ta nÍi all of us/you/them, khéng nÍi 'everybody of...':  All of us enjoyed the party. (khéng nÍi 'everybody of us')

TÞt cÀ chÒng téi ½åu ½Á h¿i lÎng vði bùa tièc.

B

All v¿ everything

#éi khi bÂn cÍ thæ dÓng all v¿ everything nhõ nhau:  I’ll do all I can to help. hay I’ll do everything I can to help.

Téi sÆ l¿m tÞt cÀ nhùng gÉ téi cÍ thæ giÒp. BÂn cÍ thæ nÍi all I can/ all you need .v.v. nhõng all thõñng khéng ½öng mît mÉnh:  He thinks he knows everything. ('he knows all')

Anh ta nghË anh ta biät hät mÑi thö.  Our holiday was a disaster. Everything went wrong. (khéng nÍi 'All went wrong')

Kü nghÊ cÔa chÒng téi thât khÔng khiäp. MÑi thö ½åu tëi tè. Ta dÓng all trong th¿nh ngù all about:  They told us all about their holiday.

HÑ kæ vði chÒng téi tÞt cÀ vå kü nghÊ cÔa hÑ. Ta cÕng dÓng all (khéng dÓng 'everything') vði nghËa the only thing (s):  All I’ve eaten today is a sandwich. (= the only thing I've eaten today)

TÞt cÀ nhùng c¾i gÉ téi ½Á ×n ng¿y hém nay chÊ l¿ mît c¾i b¾nh sandwich.

C

Every/everybody/everything l¿ nhùng t÷ sê Èt, vÉ vây ta chia ½îng t÷ ò sê Èt:

 Every seat in the theatre was taken.

MÑi chí ngëi trong rÂp h¾t ½åu ½Á cÍ ngõñi.  Everybody has arrived. (khéng nÍi 'have arrived')

MÑi ngõñi ½åu ½Á tði. Nhõng ta thõñng dÓng they/them/their sau everybody/everyone:  Everybody said they enjoyed themselves. (= he or she enjoyed himself or herself)

MÑi ½åu ½Á nÍi hÑ h¿i lÎng.

D

All v¿ whole

Whole = ho¿n to¿n, to¿n bî. ChÒng ta rÞt thõñng dÓng whole vði c¾c danh t÷ sê Èt:  Did you read the whole book?

Anh ½Á ½Ñc quyæn s¾ch n¿y chõa? (= cÀ quyæn s¾ch khéng phÀi chÊ mît phßn)  She has lived her whole life in Scotland.

Cé Þy ½Á sêng cÀ cuîc ½ñi mÉnh ò Xcêt len. Ta thõñng dÓng the/my/her... trõðc whole, hÁy so s¾nh whole v¿ all:  

the whole book/all the book: to¿n bî quyæn s¾ch her whole life/all her life: cÀ cuîc ½ñi cé Þy

BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ nÍi: a whole...:  Jack was so hungry, he ate a whole packet of biscuits. (=complete packet)

Jack ½Íi qu¾, câu Þy ½Á ×n cÀ gÍi b¾nh bÈch quy. Ta thõñng khéng dÓng whole vði c¾c danh t÷ khéng ½äm ½õôc. ChÒng ta nÍi:  I’ve spent all the money you gave me. (khéng nÍi 'the whole money')

Téi ½Á tiãu hät to¿n bî sê tiån anh ½õa cho téi.

E

Every/all/whole dÓng vði c¾c t÷ chÊ thñi gian.

Ta dÓng every ½æ chÊ möc ½î thõñng xuyãn cÔa sú vièc. VÉ vây chÒng ta nÍi every day/ every Monday/ every ten minutes/ every three weeks .v.v.:  When we were on holiday, we went to the beach every day. (khéng dÓng 'all days')

Khi chÒng téi ½ang trong kü nghÊ, chÒng téi ½Á ½i ra bÁi biæn h¿ng ng¿y.  The bus service is very good. There’s a bus every ten minutes.

DÌch vÖ xe buût rÞt têt. Cö mõñi phÒt lÂi cÍ mît chuyän xe buût.  Ann gets paid every four weeks.

Ann lÁnh lõïng bên tußn mît lßn. All day/the whole day = suêt cÀ ng¿y, trÑn mît ng¿y:  We spent all day/the whole day on the beach.

ChÒng téi ½Á chïi ò bÁi biæn suêt cÀ ng¿y.  He was very quiet. He didn’t say a word all evening/ the whole evening.

Anh Þy rÞt Èt nÍi. Anh Þy ½Á khéng nÍi lÞy mît cÝu suêt cÀ buìi chiåu. Lõu û rÙng ta nÍi all day (khéng nÍi 'all the day') , all week (khéng nÍi 'all the week') .v.v.

HÁy so s¾nh all the time v¿ every time:  They never go out. They are at home all the time.

HÑ khéng bao giñ ra ngo¿i. HÑ luén luén ò nh¿. (= always — khéng nÍi 'every time')  Every time I see you, you look different.

Míi lßn téi gÜp anh, tréng anh míi kh¾c. (= each time, on every occasion) .

Unit 90. Each and every

A

Each v¿ every giêng nhau vå nghËa. Thõñng thÉ vièc dÓng each hay every l¿ nhõ nhau:

 Each time (hay every time) I see you, you look different.

Míi lßn téi gÜp anh, tréng anh míi kh¾c.  There’s a telephone in each room (hay every room) of the house.

Míi phÎng cÔa c×n nh¿ n¿y cÍ mît c¾i ½ièn thoÂi. Nhõng each v¿ every khéng phÀi giêng nhau mît c¾ch tuyèt ½êi. HÁy xÃt sú kh¾c nhau: Each

Ta dÓng each khi chÒng ta nghË tði c¾c vât, sú vièc nhõ nhùng phßn tø rñi rÂc, t÷ng c¾i mît.  Study each sentences carefully (= study the sentences one by one)

HÁy nghiãn cöu t÷ng cÝu mît c¾ch càn thân. Each thõñng ½õôc dÓng hïn vði sê lõông nhÏ:  There were four books on the table. Each book was a different colour.

CÍ bên quyæn s¾ch ò trãn b¿n. Míi quyæn cÍ mît m¿u kh¾c nhau.  (in a card game) At the beginning of the game, each players has three cards.

(trong cuîc chïi b¿i) TÂi lÒc bØt ½ßu cuîc chïi, míi ngõñi chïi cÍ ba quÝn b¿i. Every

Ta dÓng every khi ta nghË tði c¾c vât, sú vièc nhõ mît nhÍm. NghËa tõïng tú nhõ all.  Every sentence must have verb. (all sentences in general).

Míi cÝu ½åu phÀi cÍ ½îng t÷ Every thõñng dÓng cho sê lðn:  Carol loves readings. She has read every book in the library.

Carol thÈch ½Ñc s¾ch. Cé Þy ½Á ½Ñc mÑi quyæn s¾ch trong thõ vièn.  I would like to visit every country in the world. (=all the countries)

Téi muên ½i th×m mÑi nõðc trãn thä giði. Each (khéng phÀi every) cÍ thæ ½õôc dÓng cho hai vât, sú vièc...:  In a football match, each team has 11 players. (khéng nÍi 'every team')

Trong mît trân ½Þu bÍng ½¾, míi ½îi gëm 11 cßu thÔ. Ta dÓng every (khéng dÓng each) ½æ nÍi vièc n¿o ½Í xÀy ra thõñng xuyãn nhõ thä n¿o:  “How often do you go shopping?” “Every day.” (khéng nÍi 'each day')

"BÂn ½i mua h¿ng thõñng xuyãn nhõ thä n¿o?" "H¿ng ng¿y."  There’s a bus every ten minutes. (khéng nÍi 'each ten minutes')

Cö mõñi phÒt cÍ mît chuyän xe buût.

B

HÁy so s¾nh c¾c cÞu trÒc dÓng vði each v¿ every:

Each

CÍ thæ dÓng each cÓng vði danh t÷. each book each student CÍ thæ dÓng each mît mÉnh (khéng kÄm danh t÷) :  None of the rooms was the same. Each was different. (= each room)

Khéng cÍ phÎng n¿o giêng nhau. Míi phÎng míi kh¾c. HoÜc bÂn cÍ thæ dÓng each one:  Each one was different.

BÂn cÍ thæ nÍi each of (the.../these... .v.v.) :  Read each of these sentences carefully.

HÁy ½Ñc míi cÝu n¿y mît c¾ch càn thân.  Each of the books is a differences colour.

Míi quyæn s¾ch cÍ mît m¿u kh¾c nhau. CÕng vây vði each of us/you/them  Each of them is a different colour.

Míi c¾i trong chÒng cÍ m¿u kh¾c nhau. Every

CÍ thæ dÓng every vði danh t÷: every book every student CÍ thæ nÍi every one (nhõng khéng dÓng every mît mÉnh):  “Have you read all these books?” “Yes, every one.”

"BÂn ½Á ½Ñc tÞt cÀ nhùng quyæn s¾ch n¿y?" "VÝng, tÞt cÀ". BÂn cÍ thæ nÍi every one of... v.v... (nhõng khéng nÍi 'every of...')  I’ve read every one of those books. (khéng nÍi every of those books).  I’ve read every one of them.

Téi ½Á ½Ñc tÞt cÀ chÒng.

C

BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng each ò giùa hay ò cuêi cÝu. VÈ dÖ:

 The students were each given a book. (= Each student was given a book)

Sinh viãn míi ngõñi ½õôc ph¾t mît quyæn s¾ch.  These oranges cost 25 pence each.

Nhùng quÀ cam n¿y gi¾ 25 xu mît quÀ.

D

Everyone v¿ every one

Everyone (mît t÷) chÊ dÓng cho ngõñi (= 'everybody') . Every one (hai t÷) dÓng ½õôc cho cÀ ngõñi v¿ vât. Vði each one cÕng vây (xem mÖc B) :  Everyone enjoyed the party. (=Everybody...)

MÑi ngõñi ½åu h¿i lÎng vði bùa tièc.  He is invited to lots of parties and he goes to every one. (= to every party)

Anh Þy hay ½õôc mñi dú tièc v¿ anh Þy dú tÞt cÀ.

Unit 91. Relative clauses (1)

A

HÁy xem máu cÝu:

 The woman who lives next door is a doctor.

 relative clauses Ngõñi phÖ nù sêng phÎng bãn cÂnh l¿ mît b¾c sË. Mènh ½å l¿ mît th¿nh phßn cÔa cÝu. Mènh ½å quan hè (relative clause) cho chÒng ta biät rÐ hïn ngõñi hay vât m¿ ngõñi nÍi muên nÍi tði:  The woman who lives next door ... ('who lives next door' cho chÒng ta biät cÖ thæ hïn ngõñi

phÖ nù n¿o ½ang ½õôc nÍi tði — ngõñi phÖ nù sêng ò bãn cÂnh)  People who live in London ... ('who live in London' cho ta biät rÐ hïn nhÍm ngõñi n¿o ½ang

½õôc nÍi tði — nhùng ngõñi sêng ò London) Ta dÓng who trong c¾c mènh ½å quan hè khi nÍi vå ngõñi (khéng phÀi vå vât), who khi ½Í thay cho he/she/they:  the women — she lives next door — is a doctor.



 The women who lives next door is the doctor.

Ngõñi sêng ò phÎng bãn cÂnh l¿ b¾c sþ.  we know a lot of people — they live in London



 We know a lot of people who live in London.

ChÒng téi quen biät nhiåu ngõñi sêng ò LuÝn ½én.  An architect is someone who designs buildings.

Kiän trÒc sõ l¿ ngõñi thiät kä c¾c céng trÉnh xÝy dúng.  What was the name of the man who lent you the money?

Ngõñi ½¿n éng ½Á cho bÂn mõôn tiån tãn l¿ gÉ vây?  Anyone who wants to do the exam must enter before next Friday.

Ai muên dú thi phÀi ½×ng kû trõðc thö s¾u tußn tði. BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ dÓng that thay vÉ dÓng who:  The man that lives next door is very friendly.

Ngõñi ½¿n éng sêng ò phÎng bãn cÂnh rÞt thÝn thièn. Nhõng ½éi khi bÂn phÀi dÓng who (khéng dÓng that) ½æ chÊ ngõñi — xem UNIT 94.

B

Khi chÒng ta nÍi vå ½ë vât, ta dÓng that hoÜc l¿ which (khéng dÓng who) trong mènh ½å quan hè: where is the cheese? — it was in the fridge.

  Where is the cheese that /which was in the fridge? Miäng phé m¾t ò ½Ýu? — nÍ ò trong tÔ lÂnh. Miäng phém¾t trong tÔ lÂnh ½Ýu rëi?  I don’t like stories that have unhappy endings. (hay ...stories which have...)

Téi khéng thÈch nhùng cÝu chuyèn cÍ kät thÒc buën.  Barbara works for a company that makes washing machines. (hay...a company which

makes...) Barbara l¿m vièc cho mît céng ty sÀn xuÞt m¾y giÜt.  The machine that broke down has now been repaired. (hay...the machine which broke

down...) C¾i m¾y hÏng giñ ½Ýy ½Á ½õôc søa. That thõñng ½õôc dÓng hïn which. Nhõng ½éi khi bÂn phÀi dÓng which (khéng dÓng that) — xem UNIT 94.

C

BÂn khéng thæ dÓng what trong nhùng cÝu nhõ dõði ½Ýy:

 Everything that happened was my fault. (khéng dÓng 'Everything what happened...')

MÑi vièc ½Á xÀy ra l¿ do líi cÔa téi. What = 'the thing (s) that':  What happened was my fault. (= the thing that happened)

Nhùng gÉ ½Á xÀy ra l¿ do líi cÔa téi.

D

HÁy nhð rÙng trong c¾c mènh ½å quan hè chÒng ta dÓng who/that/which thay cho he/she/they/it. Ta nÍi:

 Do you know the woman who lives next door? (khéng dÓng '...the woman she kives next door')

Anh cÍ quen ngõñi phÖ nù sêng phÎng bãn cÂnh khéng?

Unit 92. Relative clauses (2)

A

HÁy xem lÂi c¾c vÈ dÖ cÔa UNIT 91:

 The woman who lives next door is a doctor. (hay the woman that lives...)

The woman lives next door. who (= the woman) l¿ chÔ ngù Ngõñi phÖ nù sêng ò phÎng bãn cÂnh l¿ b¾c sË.  Where is the cheese that was in the fridge? (hay ...the cheese which was...)

the cheese was in the fridge. that (= the cheese) l¿ chÔ ngù Miäng phé m¾t ò trong tÔ lÂnh ½Ýu rëi? BÂn phÀi dÓng who/that/which khi nÍ l¿ chÔ t÷ (subject) cÔa mènh ½å quan hè. BÂn khéng thæ nÍi “The woman lives next door is a doctor” hoÜc “Where is the cheese was in the fridge?”

B

Nhiåu khi who/that/which l¿ tÒc t÷ (object) cÔa ½îng t÷. VÈ dÖ:

 The woman who I wanted to see was away on holiday.

I wanted to see the woman who (= the woman) l¿ tÒc t÷. I l¿ chÔ t÷ Ngõñi phÖ nù m¿ téi muên gÜp ½Á ½i nghÊ rëi.  Have you found the keys that you lost?

You lost the keys that (= the keys) l¿ tÒc t÷. you l¿ chÔ t÷ BÂn ½Á tÉm thÞy chÓm chÉa khÍa m¿ bÂn ½Á ½¾nh mÞt chõa? Khi who/that/which l¿ tÒc t÷, bÂn cÍ thæ lõôc bÏ nÍ. VÉ thä bÂn cÍ thæ nÍi:  The woman I wanted to see was away. hay The woman who I wanted to see...

Ngõñi phÖ nù m¿ téi muên gÜp ½Á ½i vØng.  Have you found the keys you lost? hay ...the keys that you lost?

BÂn ½Á tÉm thÞy chÓm chÉa khÍa bÂn ½¾nh mÞt chõa ?  The dress Ann bought doesn’t fit her very well. hay The dress that Ann bought...

Chiäc ¾o Ann ½Á mua khéng v÷a vði cé Þy lØm.  Is there anything I can do? hay ... anything that I can do?

CÍ vièc gÉ téi cÍ thæ l¿m khéng? Lõu û rÙng ta nÍi: the keys you lost (khéng nÍi 'the keys you lost them') the dress Ann bought (khéng nÍi 'bought it')

C

ChÒ û vÌ trÈ cÔa c¾c giði t÷ (in/at/with v.v...) trong c¾c mènh ½å quan hè:

 do you know the woman? — Tom is talking to her

 Do you know the woman (who/that) Tom is talking to? Anh cÍ biät ngõñi phÖ nù m¿ Tom ½ang cÓng nÍi chuyèn khéng ?  the bed — I slept in it last night — wasn’t very comfortable

 The bed (that/which) I slept in last night wasn’t very comfortable. Chiäc giõñng téi nÙm ngÔ têi qua khéng ½õôc thoÀi m¾i lØm.  Are these the keys (that/which) you were looking for?

#Ýy cÍ phÀi l¿ chÓm chÉa khÍa m¿ bÂn ½Á tÉm khéng ?  The woman (who/that) he fell in love with left him after a few weeks.

Ngõñi phÖ nù m¿ anh ta yãu ½Á bÏ anh ta sau v¿i tußn.  The man (who/that) I was sitting next to on the plane talked all the time.

Ngõñi ½¿n éng m¿ téi ngëi kä bãn trãn m¾y bay nÍi chuyèn liãn tÖc. Trong tÞt cÀ c¾c vÈ dÖ n¿y, bÂn cÍ thæ lõôc bÏ who/that/which. Lõu û rÙng chÒng ta nÍi:  the books you were looking for (khéng nÍi 'the books you were looking for them') nhùng quyæn s¾ch bÂn ½ang tÉm

D

BÂn khéng thæ dÓng what trong c¾c cÝu giêng nhõ sau ½Ýy:

 Everything (that) they said was true. (khéng dÓng 'Everything what they said...')

MÑi ½iåu hÑ nÍi ½åu ½Òng cÀ.  I gave her all the money (that) I had. (khéng dÓng '...all the money what I had')

Téi ½Á ½õa cé Þy tÞt cÀ sê tiån m¿ téi cÍ. What = the thing(s) that:  Did you hear what they said? (= the things that they said)

BÂn cÍ nghe ½õôc hÑ ½Á nÍi gÉ khéng?

Unit 93. Relative clauses (3)

A

Whose

Ta dÓng whose trong mènh ½å quan hè thay cho his/her/their: we saw some people — their car had broken down.  We saw some people whose car had broken down. ChÒng téi thÞy mÞy ngõñi bÌ hÏng xe. Whose chÔ yäu dÓng vði ngõñi:  A widow is a woman whose husband is dead. (her husband is dead)

Mît quÀ phÖ l¿ mît ngõñi phÖ nù cÍ chëng bÌ chät.  What’s the name of the man whose car you borrowed? (you borrowed his car)

Ngõñi ½¿n éng m¿ bÂn mõôn xe tãn l¿ gÉ?  A few days ago I met someone whose brother I went to school with. (I went to school with

his/her brother) V¿i ng¿y trõðc ½Ýy téi gÜp mît ngõñi cÍ em trai t÷ng hÑc chung vði téi. HÁy so s¾nh whose v¿ who:  I met a man who knows you. (he knows you)

Téi ½Á gÜp mît ngõñi ½¿n éng cÍ biät anh.  I met a man whose sister knows you (his sister knows you)

Téi gÜp mît ngõñi ½¿n éng cÍ ngõñi em g¾i biät anh.

B

Whom

Whom cÍ thæ thay cho who khi nÍ l¿ tÒc t÷ cÔa ½îng t÷ trong mènh ½å quan hè (giêng nhõ c¾c cÝu trong UNIT 92B):  The woman whom I wanted to see was away on holiday. (I wanted to see her)

Ngõñi phÖ nù m¿ téi muên gÜp ½Á ½i nghÊ hÄ. BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ dÓng whom vði mît giði t÷ (to whom/from whom v.v...):  The woman with whom he fell in love left him after a few weeks. (he fell in love with her) .

Cé g¾i m¿ anh ta yãu ½Á bÏ anh ta sau v¿i tußn. Nhõng ta khéng thõñng dÓng whom. Trong khàu ngù tiäng Anh, ta thõñng dÓng who hoÜc that, hay khéng dÓng cÀ hai (xem UNIT 92). VÉ thä chÒng ta thõñng nÍi:  The man I saw... hoÜc The man who/that I saw... (Ngõñi ½¿n éng téi ½Á thÞy...)  The woman he fell in love with... hoÜc The woman who/that he fell in love with (Ngõñi phÖ

nù m¿ anh ta yãu...) Vå whom, hÁy xem c¾c UNIT 94, UNIT 95.

C

Where

BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng where trong c¾c mènh ½å quan hè ½æ nÍi tði mît ½Ìa ½iæm: the hotel — we stayed there — wasn’t very clean.  The hotel where we stayed wasn’t very clean. Kh¾ch sÂn nïi chÒng téi ½Á ò khéng sÂch sÆ lØm.  I recenttly went back to the town where I was born. (hay ...the town I was born in. hoÜc the

town that I was born in.) Mði ½Ýy téi cÍ trò vå thÌ trÞn nïi m¿ téi ½Á sinh ra.  I would like to live in a country where there is plenty of sunshine.

Téi thÈch sêng ò vÓng quã nïi cÍ nhiåu ¾nh nØng mÜt trñi.

D

Ta nÍi: the day/the year/the time (.v.v...) something happens hoÜc that something happens:

 Do you still remember the day (that) we first met?

BÂn cÎn nhð ng¿y chÒng mÉnh gÜp nhau lßn ½ßu tiãn khéng?  The last time (that) I saw her, she looked very well.

Lßn cuêi cÓng m¿ téi thÞy cé Þy, cé Þy tréng rÞt khÏe.  I haven’t seen them since the year (that) they got married.

Téi chõa gÜp hÑ t÷ n×m hÑ cõði nhau. Ta nÍi: the season something happens hay that/ why something happens:  The season I’m phoning you is to invite you to a party. (hay The season that I’m phoning.../

The season why I’m phoning...) Lû do téi ½Á gÑi ½ièn thoÂi cho anh l¿ ½æ mñi anh ½än dú tièc.

Unit 94. Relative clauses (4)

A

CÍ hai kiæu mènh ½å quan hè. Trong c¾c vÈ dÖ sau, c¾c mènh ½å quan hè ½õôc viät kh¾c m¿u. HÁy so s¾nh:

Kiæu 1  The woman who lives next door is a doctor.

Ngõñi phÖ nù sêng ò phÎng bãn cÂnh l¿ mît b¾c sË.  Barbara works for a company that makes washing machines.

Barbara l¿m vièc cho mît céng ty sÀn xuÞt m¾y giÜt.  We stayed at the hotel (that) Ann recommended to us.

ChÒng téi nghÊ ò kh¾ch sÂn m¿ Ann ½Á giði thièu cho chÒng téi. 

´ nhùng vÈ dÖ trãn, mènh ½å quan hè cho ta biät ngõñi hay vât n¿o ngõñi nÍi muên ½å câp tði:  “The woman who lives next door” cho ta biät ngõñi phÖ nù n¿o ½ang ½õôc nÍi tði.  “a company that makes washing machines” cho ta biät rÐ hïn vå nh¿ m¾y.  “The hotel (that) Ann recommended” cho ta biät rÐ hïn kh¾ch sÂn n¿o ½ang ½õôc nÍi tði.



Vði nhùng mènh ½å loÂi n¿y ta khéng dÓng dÞu phày (,) :  We know a lot of people who lives in London.

ChÒng téi quen biät nhiåu ngõñi sêng ò London. Kiæu 2  My brother Jim, who lives in London, is a doctor.

Em trai Jim cÔa téi, ngõñi ½ang sêng ò London, l¿ mît b¾c sË.  Colin told me about his new job, which he’s enjoying very much.

Colin nÍi vði téi vå céng vièc mði cÔa mÉnh m¿ anh Þy rÞt thÈch.  We stayed at the Grand Hotel, which Ann recommended to us.

ChÒng téi nghÊ ò kh¾ch sÂn Grand, nïi m¿ Ann ½Á giði thièu vði chÒng téi. 

´ nhùng vÈ dÖ trãn, c¾c mènh ½å quan hè khéng cho bÂn biät ngõñi hay vât n¿o ngõñi nÍi muên ½å câp tði, bòi chÒng ta luén biät vât hay ngõñi n¿o ½ang ½å câp. #Í l¿ “My brother Jim”, “Colin's new job” v¿ “the Grand Hotel”. Mènh ½å quan hè trong c¾c cÝu n¿y cung cÞp cho chÒng ta théng tin ½Üc bièt n¿o ½Í (extra information) vå ngõñi hay vât ½ang ½õôc nÍi tði.



Ta dÓng dÞu phày (,) vði c¾c mènh ½å loÂi n¿y:  My brother Jim, who lives in London, is a doctor.

ThÙng Jim em téi, hièn sêng ò London, l¿ mît b¾c sË.

B

Trong cÀ hai kiæu mènh ½å quan hè, chÒng ta dÓng who ½æ chÊ ngõñi v¿ dÓng which ½æ chÊ vât. Nhõng:

Kiæu 1

BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng that:  Do you know anyone who/that speaks French and Italian?

BÂn cÍ biät ngõñi n¿o nÍi ½õôc tiäng Ph¾p v¿ tiäng @ khéng?  Barbara works for a company which/that washing machines.

Barbara l¿m vièc cho mît céng ty sÀn xuÞt m¾y giÜt. BÂn cÍ thæ lõôt bÏ that/who/which khi nÍ l¿ tÒc t÷ (xem UNIT 92)  We stayed at the hotel (that/which) Ann recommended.

ChÒng téi nghÊ ò kh¾ch sÂn m¿ Ann ½Á giði thièu.  This morning I met somebody (that/who) I hadn’t seen for ages.

S¾ng nay téi gÜp mÞy ngõñi m¿ téi ½Á khéng gÜp trong nhiåu n×m. Ta thõñng khéng dÓng whom trong c¾c mènh ½å quan hè loÂi n¿y (xem UNIT 93B). Kiæu 2

BÂn khéng thæ dÓng that:  John, who (not that) speaks French and Italian, works as a tourist guide.

John, ngõñi nÍi ½õôc tiäng Ph¾p v¿ @, l¿m hõðng dán viãn du lÌch.  Colin told me about his new job, which (not that) he’s enjoying very much.

Colin nÍi vði téi vå céng vièc mði cÔa anh ta m¿ anh ta rÞt thÈch. BÂn khéng thæ lõôc bÏ who hoÜc which:  We stayed at the Grand Hotel, which Ann recommended to us.

ChÒng téi nghÊ ò kh¾ch sÂn Grand, nïi m¿ Ann ½Á giði thièu cho chÒng téi.  This morning I met Diane, whom (hoÜc who) I hadn’t seen for ages.

S¾ng nay téi gÜp Diane, ngõñi m¿ ½Á nhiåu n×m nay téi khéng gÜp. Trong cÀ hai kiæu mènh ½å quan hè chÒng ta cÍ thæ dÓng whose v¿ where: Kiæu 1:  We met some people whose car had broken down.

ChÒng téi ½Á gÜp mÞy ngõñi bÌ hÏng xe.  What’s name of the place where you spent your holiday?

Nïi anh ½Á ½i nghÊ cÍ tãn l¿ gÉ vây? Kiæu 2:  Amy, whose car had broken down, was in a very bad mood.

Amy, ngõñi bÌ hÏng xe, ½Á rÞt ch¾n nÀn.

 Mrs Bond is going to spend a few weeks in Sweden, where her daughter lives.

B¿ Bond sÆ ½i nghÊ v¿i tußn ò ThÖy #iæn, nïi con g¾i b¿ Þy sêng.

Unit 95. Relative clauses (5)

A

Giði t÷ + whom/which

Trong c¾c mènh ½å “extra information” (xem UNIT 94 - kiæu 2) bÂn cÍ thæ dÓng giði t÷ trõðc whom (chÊ ngõñi) v¿ which (chÊ vât). Vây bÂn cÍ thæ nÍi: to whom/with whom/about which/for which .v.v:  Mr Carter, to who I spoke on the phone last night, is very interseted in our plan.

«ng Carter, ngõñi ½Á cÓng téi nÍi chuyèn ½ièn thoÂi têi qua, rÞt quan tÝm ½än kä hoÂch cÔa chÒng ta.  Fortunately we had a map, without which me would have got lost.

May mØn l¿ chÒng téi ½Á cÍ mît c¾i bÀn ½ë, bÙng khéng chØc chÒng ta ½Á bÌ lÂc. Trong tiäng Anh ½¿m thoÂi chÒng ta thõñng ½Üt giði t÷ sau ½îng t÷ trong mènh ½å quan hè. Khi ½Í ta thõñng dÓng who (khéng dÓng 'whom') :  This is Mr Carter, who I was telling you about.

#Ýy l¿ éng Carter, ngõñi m¿ téi ½Á nÍi vði anh.  Yesterday we visited the City Museum, which I’d never been to before.

Hém qua chÒng téi ½Á tði th×m bÀo t¿ng th¿nh phê, nïi trõðc ½Í téi chõa bao giñ tði.

B

All of /most of... + whom/which

XÃt c¾c thÈ dÖ sau:  Mary has three brothers. All of them are married. (2 cÝu)

Mary has three brothers, all of whom are married. (1 cÝu) Mary cÍ ba anh em m¿ tÞt cÀ ½Á lÞy vô.  They asked me a lot of questions. I couldn't answer most of them. (2 cÝu)

They asked me a lot of questions, most of which I couldn’t answer. (1 cÝu) HÑ ½Á hÏi téi nhiåu cÝu hÏi m¿ phßn lðn téi ½Á khéng trÀ lñi ½õôc. Tõïng tú bÂn cÍ thæ nÍi: none of/neither of/any of/either of some of/many of/much of/ (a) few of + whom (chÊ ngõñi) both of /half of/each of/one of/two of (.v.v.) + which (chÊ vât)  Tom tried in three jackets, none of which fitted him.

Tom ½Á thø ba c¾i ¾o vÃt, khéng c¾i n¿o trong sê ½Í v÷a vði anh Þy cÀ.  Two men, neither of whom I had ever seen before, came into my office.

Hai ngõñi ½¿n éng, cÀ hai ngõñi trõðc ½Ýy téi chõa t÷ng thÞy, ½Á bõðc v¿o v×n phÎng cÔa téi.  They’ve got three cars, two of which they never use.

HÑ cÍ ba c¾i xe hïi, hai c¾i trong sê ½Í hÑ chõa dÓng tði bao giñ.

 Sue has a lot of friends, many of whom she was at school with.

Sue cÍ ½éng bÂn bÄ, nhiåu ngõñi trong sê hÑ t÷ng hÑc cÓng trõñng vði cé Þy.

C

Which (khéng dÓng what)

XÃt vÈ dÖ sau:  Jim passed his driving test. This surprised everybody. (2 cÝu)  Jim passed his driving test, which surprised everybody. (1 cÝu)

Jim ½Á ½âu kü thi l¾i xe. #iåu n¿y ½Á l¿m ngÂc nhiãn mÑi ngõñi. Vièc Jim ½Á ½âu kü thi l¾i xe, ½Á l¿m ngÂc nhiãn mÑi ngõñi. Trong vÈ dÖ n¿y, which = vièc anh Þy ½Á ½âu kü thi l¾i xe. BÂn phÀi dÓng which (khéng dÓng what) trong c¾c cÝu giêng nhõ vây:  Sheila couldn’t come to the party, which was a pity. (khéng dÓng '...what was a pity')

Sheila ½Á khéng thæ ½än dú tièc, ½Í l¿ ½iåu ½¾ng tiäc.  The weather was very good, which we hadn’t expected. (khéng dÓng '...what we hadn't

expected') Thñi tiät rÞy ½Çp, mît ½iåu m¿ chÒng téi ½Á khéng mong ½ôi. Vå what, xem thãm UNIT 91C v¿ 92D.

Unit 96. -ing and -ed clauses

A

Mènh ½å l¿ mît phßn cÔa cÝu. Mît sê mènh ½å bØt ½ßu vði -ing hay -ed. VÈ dÖ:

 Do you know the woman talking to Tom?

 mènh ½å -ing

BÂn cÍ biät ngõñi phÖ nù ½ang nÍi chuyèn vði Tom khéng?  The boy injured in the accident was talken to hopital.

 mènh ½å -ed

Câu bà bÌ thõïng trong vÖ tai nÂn ½Á ½õôc chò ½än bènh vièn.

B

ChÒng ta dÓng mènh ½å -ing ½æ nÍi mît ngõñi n¿o ½Í ½ang l¿m (hay ½Á l¿m) c¾i gÉ tÂi mît thñi ½iæm cÖ thæ:

 Do you know the woman talking to Tom? (The woman is talking to Tom)

BÂn cÍ biät ngõñi phÖ nù nÍi chuyèn vði Tom khéng? (ngõñi phÖ nù ½ang nÍi chuyèn vði Tom)  Police investigating the crime are looking for three men. (police are investigating the crime)

CÀnh s¾t ½iåu tra ½ang tÉm kiäm ba ngõñi ½¿ng éng. (cÀnh s¾t ½ang ½iåu tra tîi phÂm)  Who were those people waiting outside? (they were waiting)

Nhùng ngõñi ½ang chñ ò ngo¿i l¿ ai vây? (hÑ ½Á chñ)  I was woken up by a bell ringing. (a bell was ringing)

Téi bÌ thöc giÞc vÉ tiäng chuéng kãu. (tiäng chuéng ½Á kãu) Khi bÂn téi nÍi vå mît sú vièc (v¿ ½éi khi ngõñi), bÂn cÍ thæ dÓng mènh ½å -ing ½æ ¾m chÊ tÈnh chÞt kÃo d¿i, khéng phÀi l¿m nhÞt thñi, cÔa sú vièc. VÈ dÖ:  The road joining the two villages is very narrow. (the road joins the two villages)

Con ½õñng nêi hai l¿ng rÞt hÇp.  I live in a pleasant room overlooking the garden. (the room overlooks the garden)

Téi sêng trong mît c×n phÎng tho¾ng m¾t tréng ra võñn.  Can you think of the name of a flower beginning with “T”? (the name begins with 'T')

Anh cÍ thæ nhð tãn cÔa lo¿i hoa m¿ bØt ½ßu bÙng chù T khéng?

C

C¾c mènh ½å -ed mang nÃt nghËa thÖ ½îng (pasive):

 The boy injured in the accident was taken to hospital. (the boy was injured in the accident)

Câu bà bÌ thõïng trong vÖ tai nÂn ½Á ½õôc chò ½i bènh vièn.  Some of the people invited to the party can’t come. (the poeple have been invited to the party)

Mît sê ngõñi ½õôc mñi dú tièc khéng thæ ½än ½õôc.

Injured v¿ invited l¿ nhùng qu¾ khö phÝn t÷ (past participles). Nhiåu ½îng t÷ cÍ qu¾ khö phÝn t÷ khéng kät thÒc bòi -ed (made, bought, stolen .v.v.) :  Most of the goods made in this factory are exported. (the goods are made...)

Phßn lðn h¿ng hÍa sÀn xuÞt ò nh¿ m¾y n¿y ½õôc xuÞt khàu.  The police never found the money stolen in the robbery. (the money was stolen)

CÀnh s¾t chõa tÉm thÞy sê tiån bÌ mÞt trong vÖ cõðp. BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng left theo c¾ch n¿y, vði nghËa “not use, still there”:  We’ve spent nearly all our money. We’ve only a litte left.

ChÒng téi ½Á tiãu s¿i hßu nhõ tÞt cÀ tiån cÔa chÒng téi. ChÒng téi chÊ cÎn lÂi mît Èt tiån.

D

ChÒng ta thõñng dÓng c¾c mènh ½å -ing v¿ -ed sau there is/there was .v.v.:

 There were some children swimming in the river.

CÍ mÞy ½öa trÅ ½ang bïi trãn séng.  Is there anybody waiting?

CÍ ai ½ang ½ôi khéng?  There was a big red car parked outside the house.

CÍ mît chiäc xe hïi lðn m¿u ½Ï ½âu bãn ngo¿i ngéi nh¿.

Unit 97. Adjectives ending in -ing and -ed

A

CÍ nhiåu tÈnh t÷ tân cÓng bòi -ing v¿ -ed. VÈ dÖ boring v¿ bored. HÁy xÃt tÉnh huêng sau; Jane has been doing the same job for a very long time. Every day sshe does exactly the same thing again and again. She doesn't enjoy it any more and would like to do something different. Jane ½Á v¿ ½ang l¿m cÓng mît céng vièc trong mît thñi gian d¿i. Míi ng¿y cé Þy cö l¿m ½i l¿m lÂi chÊ cÓng mît céng vièc ½Í. Cé Þy khéng thÈch céng vièc ½Í nùa v¿ muên l¿m mît vièc gÉ ½Í kh¾c hïn.  Jane’s job is boring. Céng vièc cÔa Jane thât nh¿m ch¾n.  Jane is bored (with her job) Jane ½ang ch¾n nÀn (vði céng vièc cÔa mÉnh)

Ta nÍi ai ½Í bored näu cÍ ½iåu gÉ ½Í (hay ai ½Í) boring. HoÜc khi cÍ ½iåu gÉ ½Í l¿ boring, nÍ l¿m cho bÂn bored. Vây ta nÍi:  Jane is bored because her job is boring.

Jane ½ang ch¾n vÉ céng vièc cÔa cé Þy nh¿m ch¾n.  Jane’s job is boring, so Jane is bored. (khéng nÍi 'Jane is boring')

Céng vièc cÔa Jane nh¿m ch¾n, vÉ vây Jane thÞy ch¾n nÀn. Näu mît ngõñi l¿ boring, thÉ cÍ nghËa ngõñi ½Í l¿m cho ngõñi kh¾c bored:  George always talks about the same thing. He’s really boring.

George luén nÍi vå cÓng mît vièc. Câu Þy thât l¿ ch¾n.

B

HÁy so s¾nh c¾c tÈnh t÷ cÍ ½uéi -ing v¿ -ed:

BÂn cÍ thæ nÍi:     

My job is boring. My job is interesting. My job is tiring. My job is satisfying. My job is depressing.

C¾c tÈnh t÷ ½uéi -ing nÍi vði bÂn vå céng vièc. BÂn cÍ thæ nÍi:  I’m bored with my job.

Téi cÀm thÞy ch¾n céng vièc cÔa téi.  I’m not interested in my job any more.

Téi khéng cÎn höng vði céng vièc cÔa téi nùa.  I’m always tired when I finish work.

Téi luén thÞy mèt mÏi khi l¿m xong vièc.  I’m not satisfied with my job.

Téi khéng thÏa mÁn vði céng vièc cÔa téi.  My job makes me depressed.

Céng vièc cÔa téi l¿m cho téi nÀn lÎng. C¾c tÈnh t÷ cÍ ½uéi -ed cho bÂn biät mît ngõñi n¿o ½Í cÀm thÞy thä n¿o (vå céng vièc). HÁy so s¾nh t÷ng cÜp thÈ dÖ sau: Interesting/Interested  Julia thinks politics is very interesting.

Julia cho rÙng chÈnh trÌ rÞt thÒ vÌ.  Julia is very interested in politics.

Julia rÞt quan tÝm ½än chÈnh trÌ.  Did you meet anyone interesting at the party?

Anh cÍ gÜp ngõñi n¿o thÒ vÌ ò bùa tièc khéng?  Are you interested in buying a car? I’m trying to sell mine.

Anh cÍ thÈch mua xe hïi khéng? Téi ½ang lo b¾n c¾i xe cÔa téi ½Ýy. Surprising/Surprised  It was quite surprising that he passed the examination.

Thât ½¾ng ngÂc nhiãn l¿ anh Þy ½Á thi ½âu.  Everybody was surprised that he passed the examination.

MÑi ngõñi ½åu ngÂc nhiãn l¿ anh Þy ½Á thi ½âu. Disappointing/Disappointing  The film was disappointing. I expected it to be much better.

Bî phim thât thÞt vÑng. Téi ½Á nghË rÙng nÍ hay hïn nhiåu.  I was disappointed with the film. I expected it to be much better.

Téi thÞt vÑng vå bî phim. Téi ½Á nghË rÙng nÍ hay hïn nhiåu. Shocking/Shocked  The news was shocking.

Tin töc ½Á gÝy chÞn ½îng.  We were very shocked when we heard the news.

ChÒng téi ½Á rÞt sêc khi nghe tin.

Unit 98. Adjectives: word order - Adjectives after verbs

A

#éi khi cÍ hai hay nhiåu hïn c¾c tÈnh t÷ ½i vði nhau:

 My brother lives in a nice new house.

Anh trai téi sêng trong mît ngéi nh¿ mði v¿ ½Çp.  In the kichen there was a beautiful large round wooden table.

Trong nh¿ bäp cÍ mît c¾i b¿n gí trÎn lðn v¿ ½Çp. C¾c tÈnh t÷ nhõ new/large/round/wooden l¿ nhùng tÈnh t÷ miãu tÀ, nãu sú kièn (fact adjectives). ChÒng cho ta biät nhùng théng tin kh¾ch quan vå tuìi t¾c, kÈch thõðc, m¿u sØc.v.v.. C¾c tÈnh t÷ nhõ nice/beautiful l¿ nhùng tÈnh t÷ nãu û kiän chÔ quan (opinion adjectives). ChÒng cho ta biät cÀm nghË cÔa ai ½Í vå mît vât hay mît ngõñi n¿o ½Í. C¾c tÈnh t÷ nãu û kiän thõñng ½öng trõðc c¾c tÈnh t÷ miãu tÀ, nãu sú kièn. (fact adjective)

a an a

B

opinion

fact

nice interesting delicious beautiful

long summer holiday young man hot vegetale soup large round wooden table

#éi khi ta dÓng hai hay nhiåu hïn c¾c tÈnh t÷ miãu tÀ (fact adjectives). RÞt nhiåu khi (nhõng khéng phÀi luén luén) ta ½Üt c¾c tÈnh t÷ miãu tÀ theo thö tú sau:

a tall young man big blue eyes

(1 2)

(1 3)

a small black plastic bag

(135)

a large wooden table

(15)

An old Russian (24) an old white cotton shirt

(235)

C¾c tÈnh t÷ chÊ kÈch có v¿ ½î d¿i (big/small/tall/short/long .v.v.): a large round table a tall thin girl a long narrow street

mît c¾i b¿n trÎn rîng mît cé g¾i cao gßy mît con phê d¿i v¿ hÇp

Khi hai tÈnh t÷ chÊ m¿u sØc ½i cÓng nhau, chÒng ta dÓng and ½æ nêi chÒng: a black and white dress

bî qußn ¾o m¿u ½en v¿ trØng a red, white and green flag l¾ cñ ½Ï, trØng v¿ xanh nhõng a long black dress (khéng nÍi 'a long and black dress') bî qußn ¾o ½en d¿i

C

ChÒng ta nÍi “the first two days” (hai ng¿y ½ßu), “the next few weeks” (Èt tußn tði), “the last ten minutes” (mõñi phÒt cuêi), .v.v...:

 I didn’t enjoy the first two days of the course. (khéng nÍi 'the two first days')

Téi ½Á khéng thÈch hai ng¿y ½ßu khÍa hÑc.  They’ll be away for the next few weeks. (khéng nÍi 'the few next weeks')

HÑ sÆ ½i khÏi trong v¿i tußn tði.

D

Ta ½Üt c¾c tÈnh t÷ sau be/get/become/seem:

 Be careful!

HÁy càn thân!  I’m tired and I’m getting hungry.

Téi mèt v¿ téi thÞy ½Íi.  As the film went on, it became more and more boring.

Bî phim c¿ng vå sau c¿ng trò nãn ch¾n hïn.  Your friend seems very nice.

BÂn anh dõñng nhõ rÞt têt bÖng. Ta cÕng dÓng c¾c tÈnh t÷ ½æ nÍi mît ngõñi n¿o ½Í/mît vât n¿o ½Í looks, feels, sounds, tastes hay smells nhõ thä n¿o:  You look tired. /I feel tired./ She sounds tired.

Tréng anh mèt mÏi./ Téi cÀm thÞy mèt./ Cé Þy cÍ vÅ mèt mÏi.  The dinner smells good.

Bùa ×n thïm ngon qu¾ .  This tea tastes a bit strange.

Tr¿ n¿y vÌ hïi lÂ. Nhõng c¾ch thöc mît ngõñi l¿m hay tiän h¿nh mît vièc gÉ ½Í nhõ thä n¿o bÂn phÀi dÓng trÂng t÷ (adverb) (xem UNIT 99, UNIT 100):  Drive carefully! (khéng nÍi 'drivecarreful')

HÁy l¾i xe càn thân!  Susan plays the piano very well. (khéng nÍi 'plays...very good')

Susan chïi piano rÞt hay.

Unit 99. Adjectives and adverbs (1)

A

HÁy xem c¾c vÈ dÖ sau:

 Our holiday was too short — the time went very quickly.

Kü nghÊ cÔa chÒng ta qu¾ ngØn ngÔi — thñi gian tréi ½i thât nhanh.  The driver of the car was seriously injured in the accident.

Ngõñi l¾i xe bÌ thõïng nÜng trong vÖ tai nÂn. Quickly v¿ seriously l¿ nhùng trÂng t÷ (adverb). Nhiåu trÂng t÷ ½õôc tÂo th¿nh t÷ tÈnh t÷ bÙng c¾ch thãm ½uéi -ly: TÈnh t÷: TrÂng t÷:

quick quiet quickly quietly

serious heavy seriously heavily

careful bad carefully badly

Khéng phÀi tÞt cÀ c¾c t÷ cÍ ½uéi -ly ½åu l¿ trÂng t÷. CÍ v¿i tÈnh t÷ cÕng cÍ ½uéi -ly, vÈ dÖ; friendly lonely

B

lively silly

elderly lovely

TÈnh t÷ hay trÂng t÷?



C¾c tÈnh t÷ (quick/careful v.v...) ½i vði danh t÷. Ta ½Üt tÈnh t÷ trõðc c¾c danh t÷ v¿ sau mît v¿i ½îng t÷, nhÞt l¿ sau be.



C¾c trÂng t÷ (quickly/carefully .v.v...) ½i vði ½îng t÷. Mît trÂng t÷ cho ta biät c¾ch thöc ai ½Í l¿m mît ½iåu gÉ nhõ thä n¿o hay mît ½iåu gÉ ½Í xÀy ra nhõ thä n¿o.  Tom is a careful driver. (khéng dÓng 'a careful driver')

Tom l¿ mît t¿i xä càn thân..  Tom drove carefully along the narrow road. (khéng nÍi 'drove careful')

Tom l¾i xe thân trÑn trãn con ½õñng hÇp.  We didn’t go out because of the heavy rain.

ChÒng téi khéng ½i chïi vÉ mõa to.  We didn’t go out because it was raining heavily. (khéng nÍi 'raining heavy').

ChÒng téi ½Á khéng ½i chïi vÉ trñi mõa to.  Please be quiet!

L¿m ïn hÁy im lÜng!  Please speak quietly! (khéng nÍi 'speak quiet')

L¿m ïn nÍi khÆ théi!

 I was disappointed that my exam results were so bad.

Téi thÞy thÞt vÑng rÙng c¾c kät quÀ thi cÔa téi lÂi tëi tè ½än vây.  I was disappointed that I did so badly in the exam (khéng nÍi 'did so bad').

Téi thÞt vÑng vÉ ½Á l¿m b¿i thi qu¾ tëi tè. ChÒng ta cÕng dÓng c¾c tÈnh t÷ sau c¾c ½îng t÷ look/feel/sound .v.v. (xem thãm UNIT 98D) :  Why do you always look so serious?

Sao tréng bÂn luén nghiãm nghÌ qu¾ vây?  Why do you never take me seriously?

VÉ sao bÂn khéng bao giñ tÏ ra nghiãm tÒc vði téi? HÁy so s¾nh:  She speaks perfect English. tÈnh t÷ + danh t÷

Cé Þy nÍi tiäng Anh chuàn.  She speaks English perfectly. ½îng t÷ + tÒc t÷ + trÂng t÷

Cé Þy nÍi tiäng Anh thât ho¿n hÀo. HÁy so s¾nh c¾c cÝu sau vði look:  Tom looked sad when I saw him. (= he seemed sad, his expression was sad)

Tom tréng buën bÁ khi téi nhÉn thÞy câu Þy. (= Câu Þy cÍ vÅ buën bÁ, câu Þy cÍ biæu hièn buën bÁ)  Tom looked at me sadly. (= he looked at me in a sad way.)

Tom buën bÁ nhÉn téi.

C

Ta cÕng dÓng trÂng t÷ trõðc c¾c tÈnh t÷ v¿ c¾c trÂng t÷ kh¾c: reasonably cheap terribly sorry incredibly quickly

(trÂng t÷ + tÈnh t÷) (trÂng t÷ + tÈnh t÷) (trÂng t÷ + tÈnh t÷)

 It’s a reasonably cheap restaurant and the food is extremely good.

#Í l¿ mît nh¿ h¿ng gi¾ cÀ phÀi ch×ng v¿ ½ë ×n thÉ ngon hät söc.  Oh, I’m terribly sorry. I didn’t mean to push you.

­, hät söc xin líi. Téi khéng ½Ình xé v¿o anh. (khéng nÍi 'terrible sorry')  Maria learns languagse incredibly quickly.

Maria hÑc ngoÂi ngù nhanh mît c¾ch khÍ tin.  The examination was surprising easy.

Kü thi dç mît c¾ch ½¾ng ngÂc nhiãn. BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ dÓng mît trÂng t÷ trõðc mît qu¾ khö phÝn t÷ (injured/organised/written .v.v.):  Two people were seriously injured in the accident.

Hai ngõñi bÌ thõïng nÜng trong mît vÖ tai nÂn. (khéng nÍi 'serious injured')  The meeting was very badly organised.

Cuîc hÑp ½Á ½õôc tì chöc rÞt tëi.

Unit 100. Adjectives and adverbs (2)

A

Good/well

Good l¿ mît tÈnh t÷. TrÂng t÷ cÔa nÍ l¿ well:  Your English is good. (Tiäng Anh cÔa bÂn kh¾ lØm.)

nhõng Your speak English well. (BÂn nÍi tiäng Anh giÏi lØm.)  Susan is a good pianist. (Susan l¿ nhÂc céng piano giÏi)

nhõng Susan plays piano well. (Susan chïi piano giÏi.) Ta dÓng well (khéng dÓng 'good') vði c¾c qu¾ khö phÝn t÷ (dressed/known .v.v.) : well-dressed well-educated

well-known well-paid

Nhõng well cÎn l¿ mît trÂng t÷ mang nghËa khÏe, mÂnh giÏi:  “How are you today?” “I’m very well, thanks.” (khéng nÍi 'I'm very good')

"Hém nay anh khÏe khéng?" "Téi khÏe, c¾m ïn."

B

Fast/hard/late

Nhùng t÷ n¿y v÷a l¿ tÈnh t÷ v÷a l¿ trÂng t÷. tÈnh t÷  Jack is a very fast runner.

Jack l¿ ngõñi chÂy rÞt nhanh.  Ann is a hard woker.

Ann l¿ mît céng nhÝn ch×m chÊ.  The train was late.

Chuyän xe løa bÌ trç. trÂng t÷  Jack can run very fast.

Jack cÍ thæ chÂy rÞt nhanh  Ann works hard. (khéng nÍi works hardly)

Ann l¿m vièc ch×m chÊ.  I got up late this morning.

S¾ng nay téi dây trç.

Lately = recently  Have you seen Tom lately?

Gßn ½Ýy bÂn cÍ thÞy Tom khéng?

C

Hardly

hardly = rÞt Èt, hßu nhõ khéng. HÁy xem:  Sarah was rather unfriendly to me at the party. She hardly spoke to me. (= She spoke to me

verylittle, almost not at all) Sarah tÏ ra lÂnh nhÂt vði téi trong bùa tièc. Cé Þy hßu nhõ khéng nÍi chuyèn vði téi.  George and Hila want to get married but they’ve only known each other for a few day. I

don’t think they should get married yet. They hardly known each other. (= they known each other very little) George v¿ Hila muên cõði nhau nhõng hÑ chÊ mði biät nhau cÍ v¿i ng¿y. Téi cho rÙng hÑ chõa nãn cõði vîi. HÑ biät vå nhau qu¾ Èt. Hard v¿ hardly l¿ ho¿n to¿n kh¾c nhau. HÁy so s¾nh:  He tried hard to find a job but he had no luck. (= he tried a lot, with a lot of effort)

Anh Þy rÞt cê gØng tÉm vièc l¿m nhõng ½Á khéng gÜp may.  I’m not surprised he didn’t find a job. He hardly tried to find one. (= he tried very little)

Téi khéng ngÂc nhiãn chuyèn anh ta ván chõa tÉm ½õôc vièc l¿m. Anh ta hßu nhõ khéng chÌu cê gØng ½æ tÉm lÞy mît chí l¿m. ChÒng ta thõñng nÍi hardly any + any/ anybody/ anyone/ anything/ anywhere:  A: How much money have you got?

BÂn cÍ bao nhiãu tiån? B: Hardly any. (= very little, almost none) Hßu nhõ khéng cÍ.  I’ll have to go shopping. We’ve got hardly any food.

Téi sÆ phÀi ½i chô. ChÒng téi hßu nhõ chÚng cÎn thöc ×n.  The exam results were very bad. Hardly anybody in our class passed. (= very few students

passed, almost nobody passed) . Kät quÀ thi rÞt kÃm. Lðp ta hßu nhõ chÚng cÍ ai ½Ât cÀ.  She ate hardly anything. She wasn’t feeling hungry. (she ate very little, almost nothing)

Cé Þy hßu nhõ khéng ×n gÉ. Cé Þy khéng thÞy ½Íi. HÁy chÒ û tði vÌ trÈ cÔa hardly. Ta cÍ thæ nÍi:  She ate hardly anything

hoÜc

She hardly ate anything.  We’ve got hardly any food

hoÜc We’ve hardly got any food. Ta thõñng dÓng can/could + hardly. I can hardly do something = Vièc gÉ ½Í ½êi vði téi hßu nhõ khéng thæ l¿m ½õôc:  Your writing is terrible. I can hardly read it. (it is almost impossible for me to read it)

Chù bÂn xÞu qu¾. Téi hßu nhõ khéng ½Ñc ½õôc.  My leg was hurting me. I could hardly walk.

ChÝn téi ½au qu¾. Téi hßu nhõ khéng ½i nìi. Hardly ever = almost never (hßu nhõ chõa bao giñ, khéng bao giñ)  I’m nearly always at home in the evenings. I hardly ever go out.

C¾c buìi têi nÍi chung téi cÍ ò nh¿. Téi hßu nhõ khéng ½i ½Ýu.

Unit 101. So and such

A

HÁy xÃt c¾c vÈ dÖ:

 I didn’t enjoy the book. The story was so stupid.

Téi khéng thÈch cuên s¾ch ½Í. CÝu chuyèn thât nhÀm nhÈ.  I didn’t enjoy the book. It was such a stupid story.

Téi khéng thÈch cuên s¾ch ½Í. Thât l¿ mît cÝu chuyèn thât nhÀm nhÈ. Ta dÓng so + tÈnh t÷/trÂng t÷: so stupid so quick so nice so quickly Ta dÓng such + danh t÷: such a story such people Ta dÓng such + tÈnh t÷ + danh t÷: such a stupid story such nice people #æ û rÙng ta nÍi such a ... (khéng nÍi 'a such')

B

So v¿ such l¿m cho û nghËa cÔa tÈnh t÷ (hay trÂng t÷) mÂnh hïn:

 It’s a lovely day, isn’t it? It’s so warm (= really warm)

QuÀ l¿ mît ng¿y ½Çp trñi phÀi khéng? Thât Þm ¾p.  We enjoyed our holiday. We had such a good time. (= a really good time)

ChÒng téi ½Á cÍ nhùng giñ phÒt thât thÒ vÌ.  He’s difficult to understand because he speaks so quickly.

Thât khÍ m¿ hiæu anh Þy bòi vÉ anh Þy nÍi qu¾ nhanh. HÁy so s¾nh so v¿ such ò nhùng cÝu dõði ½Ýy:  I like Tom and Ann. They are so nice.

Téi quû Tom v¿ Ann. HÑ thât têt.  I like Tom and Ann. They are such nice people. (khéng nÍi so nice people).

Téi quû Tom v¿ Ann. HÑ quÀ l¿ nhùng ngõñi têt. BÂn cÍ thæ nÍi so ... that.../such...that:  The book was so good that I couldn’t put in down.

Cuên s¾ch ½Í hay ½än níi téi khéng thæ bÏ xuêng.  It was such a good book that I couldn’t put it down.

#Í l¿ mît cuên s¾ch hay ½än níi téi khéng thæ bÏ xuêng.  I was so tired that I fell asleep in the armchair.

Téi mèt tði möc ½Á ngÔ gât trãn ghä.

 It was such a good lovely weather that we spent the whole day on the beach.

Thñi tiät ½Çp ½än möc chÒng téi ½Á ò cÀ ng¿y trãn bÁi biæn. Ta cÍ thæ bÏ that trong nhùng cÝu trãn:  I was so tired (that) I fell asleep.  It was such lovely weather (that) we...

C

Ta cÕng cÍ thæ dÓng so v¿ such vði nghËa like this (nhõ thä, nhõ vây) :

 I was surprised to find out that the house was built 100 year ago. I didn’t realise it was so

old. (as old as it is) Téi rÞt ngÂc nhiãn ph¾t hièn ra ngéi nh¿ ½õôc xÝy dúng c¾ch ½Ýy 100 n×m. Téi khéng ngñ nÍ cì ½än nhõ vây.  I expected the weather to be much cooler. I didn’t expect it to be so warm.

Téi ½Á nghË rÙng trñi rÞt lÂnh. Téi khéng ngñ thñi tiät lÂi Þm ¾p nhõ vây.  I’m tired because I got up at 6 o’clock. I don’t usually get up so early.

Téi thÞy mèt vÉ ½Á phÀi dây t÷ 6h. Téi khéng thõñng dây sðm ½än nhõ vây.  I didn’t realise it was such an old house.

Téi khéng ngñ ½Í l¿ ngéi nh¿ cì ½än nhõ vây.  The house was so untidy. I’ve never seen such a mess. (= a mess like this)

C×n nh¿ thât lîn xîn. Téi chõa bao giñ thÞy mît sú b÷a bÁi ½än nhõ vây. HÁy ½æ û th¿nh ngù no such ...:  You won’t find the word “blid” in an English dictionary because there is no such word. (=

this word does not exists) BÂn sÆ khéng tÉm thÞy t÷ "blid" trong t÷ ½iæn tiäng Anh vÉ khéng cÍ t÷ n¿o nhõ vây.

D

Ta nÍi: so long, nhõng such a long time:

 I haven’t seen her for so long I’ve forgotten what she looks like.

Téi ½Á khéng gÜp cé Þy lÝu tði möc quãn mÞt hÉnh d¾ng cé Þy nhõ thä n¿o rëi.  I haven’t seen her for such a long time. (khéng nÍi 'a so long time')

Téi ½Á khéng gÜp cé Þy t÷ lÝu lØm rëi. Ta nÍi: so far nhõng lÂi nÍi: such a long way  I didn’t known it was so far.

Téi ½Á khéng biät l¿ xa ½än thä.  I didn’t known it was such a long way.

Téi ½Á khéng biät quÁng ½õñng lÂi xa ½än thä.

Ta cÍ thæ nÍi: so much, so many nhõng: such a lot (of)  Why did you buy so much food?

Sao bÂn mua nhiåu thöc ×n qu¾ thä n¿y?  Why did you buy such a lot of food?

Sao bÂn mua thöc ×n qu¾ nhiåu thä n¿y?

Unit 102. Enough and too

A

VÌ trÈ cÔa enough: Enough ½öng sau c¾c tÈnh t÷ v¿ trÂng t÷:

 He didn’t get the job because he wantn’t experienced enough. (khéng nÍi 'enough

experienced') Anh ta khéng ½õôc giao céng vièc ½Í vÉ anh ta khéng ½Ô kinh nghièm.  You won’t pass the examination if you don’t work hard enough.

BÂn sÆ khéng thi ½âu näu bÂn khéng ch×m chÊ ½Òng lÒc.  She shouldn’t get married yet. She’s not old enough.

Cé Þy chõa nãn kät hén vîi. Cé Þy chõa ½Ô tuìi. T÷ ½êi nghËa l¿ too... (too hard/too old v.v.) :  You never stop working. You work too hard.

Anh chõa bao giñ ngõng l¿m vièc cÀ. Anh l¿m vièc qu¾ nhiåu. Enough thõñng ½öng trõðc c¾c danh t÷:  He didn’t get the job because he didn’t have enough experience. (khéng nÍi 'experience

enough') Anh ta khéng ½õôc giao céng vièc ½Í vÉ anh ta khéng ½Ô kinh nghièm.  I’d like to go away on holiday but I haven’t got enough money.

Téi rÞt muên ½i xa v¿o kü nghÊ nhõng téi khéng cÍ ½Ô tiån.  Some of us had to sit on the floorbecaus there weren’t enough chairs.

V¿i ngõñi trong chÒng téi ½Á phÀi ngëi xuêng s¿n nh¿ vÉ ò ½Í khéng ½Ô ghä. BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ dÓng enough mît mÉnh (khéng cÍ danh t÷ ½i cÓng):  I’ll lend you some money if you haven’t got enough.

Téi sÆ cho anh mõôn Èt tiån näu anh khéng ½Ô. #êi lÂi ta cÍ too much.../too many...:  We can’t go away on holiday. It costs too much (money).

ChÒng ta khéng thæ ½i nghÊ m¾t ½õôc. #i nhõ vây tên kÃm lØm.  There are too many people and not enough chairs.

CÍ qu¾ nhiåu ngõñi v¿ khéng cÍ ½Ô ghä.

B

Ta nÍi enough/too...for (somebody/something):

 I haven’t got enough money for a holiday.

Téi khéng cÍ ½Ô tiån ½æ ½i nghÊ m¾t.  He wasn’t experience enough for the job.

Anh ta khéng ½Ô kinh nghièm ½æ l¿m céng vièc ½Í.  This shirt is too big for me. I need a smaller size.

Chiäc sï mi n¿y qu¾ to vði téi. Téi cßn có nhÏ hïn. Nhõng ta lÂi thõñng nÍi enough/too... to do something (khéng nÍi 'for doing') . ChÚng hÂn nhõ: enough money to buy something too young to do something .v.v. LÞy vÈ dÖ:  I haven’t got enough money to go on holiday. (khéng nÍi 'for going')

Téi khéng cÍ ½Ô tiån ½æ ½i nghÊ m¾t.  He wasn’t experience enough to do the job.

Anh ta khéng ½Ô kinh nghièm l¿m céng vièc ½Í.  She’s not old enough to get married.

hay She’s too young to get married. Cé Þy chõa ½Ô tuìi ½æ lâp gia ½Énh.  Let’s get a taxi. It’s too far to walk home from here.

GÑi taxi ½i. KhoÀng c¾ch qu¾ xa ½æ cÍ thæ ½i bî vå nh¿.  There weren’t enough chairs for everyone to sit down.

Khéng cÍ ½Ô ghä cho tÞt cÀ ngëi.  They spoke too quickly for us to understand.

HÑ nÍi qu¾ nhanh l¿m chÒng téi khéng thæ hiæu ½õôc.

C

Ta nÍi:

v¿

The food was very hot. We couldn’t eat it. Thöc ×n rÞt nÍng. ChÒng téi ½Á khéng thæ ×n ½õôc. The food was so hot that we couldn’t eat it. Thöc ×n nÍng tði möc chÒng téi khéng thæ ×n ½õôc.

nhõng The food was too hot to eat. (khéng cÍ 'it') Thöc ×n qu¾ nÍng ½æ cÍ thæ ×n ½õôc. Mît v¿i vÈ dÖ tõïng tú:  The walled was too big to put in my pocket. (khéng nÍi 'too big to put it')

Chiäc vÈ qu¾ to ½æ cÍ thæ cho v¿o tÒi cÔa téi.  These boxes are too heavy to carry. (khéng nÍi 'too heavy to carry them')

NhÕng chiäc hîp n¿y qu¾ nÜng ½æ cÍ thæ mang theo.  The water wasn’t clean enough to swim in.

Nõðc khéng ½Ô sÂch ½æ bïi.

Unit 103. Quite and rather

A

Quite = khéng bÙng very nhõng hïn a little:

 I’m suprised you haven’t heard of her. She’s quite famous.

Téi ngÂc nhiãn vièc anh khéng biät cé ta. Cé ta kh¾ nìi tiäng. (= khéng thât qu¾ nìi tiäng nhõng khéng phÀi Èt nìi tiäng)  It’s quite cold. You’d better wear your coat.

Trñi kh¾ lÂnh. Anh nãn mang ¾o kho¾c.  Lucy lives quite near me, so we see each other quite often.

Lucy sêng kh¾ gßn nh¿ téi nãn chÒng téi gÜp nhau kh¾ thõñng xuyãn. Quite ½öng trõðc a/an: quite a nice day (khéng nÍi 'a quite nice day') quite an old house quite a long way #éi khi ta dÓng quite+danh t÷ (khéng cÍ tÈnh t÷ ½i cÓng):  I didn’t expect to see them. It was quite a surprise.

Téi ½Á khéng cho rÙng sÆ gÜp hÑ. #iåu ½Í kh¾ l¿ bÞt ngñ. Ta thõñng dÓng quite vði mît sê ½îng t÷, ½Üc bièt l¿ like v¿ enjoy:  I quite like tennis but it’s not my favourite sport.

Téi cÕng thÈch tennis nhõng ½Í khéng phÀi l¿ mén thæ thao sò trõñng cÔa téi. Quite ½éi khi cÍ nghËa complete (ho¿n to¿n).

B

Rather cÍ nghËa tõïng tú nhõ quite. Ta dÓng rather vði nhùng t÷ v¿ nhùng û phÔ ½Ình:

 It’s rather cold. You’d better wear your coat.

Trñi kh¾ lÂnh. Têt hïn l¿ anh nãn mÜc ¾o kho¾c.  “What was the examination like?” “Rather difficult, I’m afraid.”

"Kü thi thä n¿o?" "CÕng khÍ ½Þy, téi nghË vây"  Let’s get taxi. It’s rather a long way to walk.

Kãu taxi ½i. #i bî sÆ kh¾ xa ½Þy. Quite cÍ thæ ½õôc dÓng ò nhùng cÝu trãn. Ta thõñng dÓng quite vði û khÚng ½Ình, v¿ rather vði û phÔ ½Ình:  She’s quite intelligent but rather lazy.

Cé ta kh¾ théng minh nhõng hïi lõñi. Khi ta dÓng rather vði nhùng t÷ x¾c thúc (nice/interesting .v.v.), nÍ cÍ nghËa kh¾c thõñng, bÞt ngñ. VÈ dÖ, rather nice = unusuallynice/ surprisingly nice/nice than expected:

 These orange are rather nice. Where did you get them?

MÞy quÀ cam n¿y ngon qu¾. BÂn mua ò ½Ýu vây?  Ann didn’t like the book but I thought it was rather interesting.

Ann khéng thÈch cuên s¾ch nhõng téi nghË cuên ½Í kh¾ hay. (= hay hïn mong ½ôi) Rather cÍ thæ ½öng trõðc hoÜc sau a/an. Ta cÍ thæ nÍi: A rather interesting book hoÜc rather an interesting book.

C

Quite cÕng cÍ nghËa complete (ho¿n to¿n). VÈ dÖ:

 “Are you sure?” “Yes, quite sure.” (= completely sure)

"Anh chØc vây chö?" "VÝng, ho¿n to¿n chØc chØn." Quite mang nghËa ho¿n to¿n khi ½i vði mît sê tÈnh t÷, ½Üc bièt l¿: sure clear amazing safe extraordinary

right different certain obvious impossiple

true incredible wrong unnecessary

 She was quite different from what I expected. (= completely different)

Cé ta ho¿n to¿n kh¾c vði nhùng gÉ téi ½Á nghË.  Everything they said was quite true. (= completely true)

TÞt cÀ nhùng ½iåu hÑ nÍi ½åu ho¿n to¿n ½Òng. Quite (= completely) cÕng cÎn ½õôc dÓng vði mît sê ½îng t÷, vÈ dÖ:  I quite agree with you. (= completely agree)

Téi ho¿n to¿n ½ëng û vði anh. Not quite = not completely:  They haven’t quite finished their dinner yet.

HÑ ván chõa ×n xong bùa têi.  I don’t quite understand what you mean.

Téi ho¿n to¿n khéng hiæu anh nÍi gÉ.  “Are you ready yet?” “Not quite.” (= not completely)

"BÂn sÛn s¿ng chõa?" "Chõa."

Unit 104. Comparison (1)

A

XÃt c¾c vÈ dÖ sau:

How shall we travel? By car or by train? MÉnh sÆ ½i c¾ch n¿o ½Ýy? BÙng é té hay t¿u løa?  Let’s go by car. It’s cheaper.

HÁy ½i bÙng é té. #i é té rÅ hïn.  Don’t go by train. It’s more expensive.

#÷ng ½i xe løa. #i xe løa mØc hïn. Cheaper v¿ more expensive l¿ nhùng hÉnh thöc so s¾nh. Vði hÉnh thöc so s¾nh, bÂn cÍ thæ dÓng than (xem thãm UNIT 106):  It’s cheaper to go by car than by train.

#i bÙng é té rÅ hïn ½i bÙng xe løa.  Going by train is more expensive than going by car.

#i bÙng xe løa mØc hïn ½i bÙng é té.

B

#æ cÍ dÂng thöc so s¾nh, ta thãm -er hoÜc more...:

a thãm -er cho nhùng t÷ ngØn (mît Ým tiät): cheap fast large thin 

cheaper faster lager thiner

Ta dÓng more... vði nhùng t÷ d¿i (t÷ hai Ým tiät trò lãn): more modern more serious more expensive more comfortable



Ta cÕng dÓng -er vði nhùng t÷ cÍ hai Ým tiät m¿ tân cÓng bòi -y (-y / -ier): lucky/luckier early/earlier easy/easier pretty/prettier



more... cÕng dÓng vði nhùng trÂng t÷ tân cÓng bòi -ly: more slowly more quietly more seriously more carefully

HÁy so s¾nh c¾c cÝu sau:  You’re older than me.

Anh lðn tuìi hïn téi.  You’re more patient than me.

Anh kiãn nhán hïn téi.  The exam was quite easy — easier than we expected.

B¿i thi rÞt dç, dç hïn chÒng téi tõòng.  The exam was quite difficult — more difficult than we expected.

B¿i rÞt khÍ — khÍ hïn l¿ chÒng téi tõòng.  Can you walk a bit faster?

BÂn cÍ thæ ½i nhanh hïn mît chÒt khéng?  Can you walk a bit more slowly?

BÂn cÍ thæ ½i châm hïn mît chÒt ½õôc khéng?  I’d like to have a bigger car.

Téi muên cÍ mît chiäc xe lðn hïn.  I’d like to have a more reliable car.

Téi muên cÍ mît chiäc xe ½¾ng tin cây hïn.  Last night I went to bed earlier than usual.

#ãm qua téi ½i ngÔ sðm hïn bÉnh thõñng.  I don’t play tennis much these days. I used to play more often.

DÂo n¿y téi khéng chïi tenis nhiåu. LÒc trõðc téi chïi thõñng xuyãn hïn. 

BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng -er hoÜc more... vði mît sê tÈnh t÷ cÍ hai Ým tiät, ½Üc bièt: quite shallow

clever simple

narrow

 It’s too noisy here. Can we go somewhere quieter/more quiet?

Nïi ½Ýy ën qu¾. MÉnh cÍ thæ ½än ½Ýu ½Í yãn tËnh hïn khéng?

C

Nhùng tÈnh t÷ v¿ trÂng t÷ duði ½Ýy cÍ dÂng so s¾nh bÞt qui tØc:

good/well  better:  The garden looks better since you tidied it up.

Khu võñn tréng ½Çp hïn t÷ khi bÂn dÑn dÇp lÂi.  I know him well — probably better than anybody else.

Téi biät rÐ éng ta — cÍ lÆ l¿ rÐ hïn bÞt kü ai kh¾c. bad/badly  worse:  “Is you headache better?” “No, it’s worse.”

"BÂn ½ó ½au ½ßu chõa?" "Chõa, cÎn tëi tè hïn."  He did very badly in the exam — worse than expected.

Anh Þy ½Á l¿m b¿i thi rÞt tëi — tëi hïn ½Á tõòng. far  further (or farther):  It’s a long walk from here to the station — further than I thought. (or ...farther than ...)

QuÁng ½õñng t÷ ½Ýy tði ga kh¾ xa — xa hïn téi nghË. Further (khéng phÀi 'farther') cÎn cÍ nghËa hïn nùa, thãm nùa:  Let me know if you here any further news. (= any more news)

HÁy cho téi biät näu bÂn biät thãm tin töc.

Unit 105. Comparison (2)

A

Trõðc dÂng thöc so s¾nh bÂn cÍ thæ dÓng: much a bit

a lot a little

far (= a lot) slightly (= a little)

 Let’s go by car. It’s much cheaper. (hoÜc It’s a lot cheaper)

HÁy ½i bÙng é té. #i nhõ vây rÅ hïn nhiåu.  Don’t go by train. It’s a lot more expensive. (hoÜc It’s much more expensive)

#÷ng ½i bÙng t¿u løa. #i t¿u løa ½Øt hïn nhiåu.  Could you speak a bit more slowly? (hoÜc ...speak a little more slowly)

BÂn cÍ thæ nÍi châm hïn mît chÒt khéng?  This bag is slightly heavier than the other one.

C¾i tÒi n¿y hïi nÜng hïn c¾i tÒi kia.  Her illness was far more serious than we thought at first. (hoÜc ... much more serious ...hay

...a lot more serious) Bènh tÉnh cé Þy trßm trÑng hïn chÒng téi nghË lÒc ½ßu rÞt nhiåu.

B

BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng any v¿ no + dÂng so s¾nh (any longer/no bigger .v.v.)

 I’ve waited long enough. I’m not waiting any longer. (= not even a little longer)

Téi ½Á chñ kh¾ lÝu rëi. Téi sÆ khéng chñ thãm nùa ½Ýu.  We expected their house to be very big but it’s no bigger than ours. (hoÜc ...it isn’t any

bigger than ours) ChÒng téi ½Á nghË ngéi nh¿ cÔa hÑ rÞt lðn nhõng nÍ cÕng chÚng lðn hïn nh¿ chÒng téi.  Yesterday you said you felt ill. Do you feel any better today?

Hém qua bÂn nÍi cÀm thÞy mèt. Hém nay bÂn cÍ thÞy ½ó hïn khéng?  This hotel is better than the other one and it’s no more expensive.

Kh¾ch sÂn n¿y tièn nghi hïn nhùng nïi kh¾c v¿ khéng ½Øt hïn nhiåu lØm.

C

Harder and harder, more and more, more and more difficult, .v.v.:

ChÒng ta dÓng lÜp dÂng thöc so s¾nh nhõ trãn (..and..) khi nÍi tði nhùng sú vièc ván ½ang tiäp tÖc thay ½ìi:  It’s becoming harder and harder to find a job.

TÉm céng ×n vièc l¿m ½ang trò nãn ng¿y c¿ng khÍ kh×n hïn.  It’s becoming more and more difficult to find a job.  Your English is improving. It’s getting better and better.

Tiäng Anh cÔa bÂn tiän bî ½Þy. TrÉnh ½î cÔa bÂn ng¿y c¿ng kh¾ hïn.  These days more and more people are learning English

C¿ng ng¿y c¿ng cÍ nhiåu ngõñi hÑc tiäng Anh.

D

The... the better

HÁy xem c¾c vÈ dÖ dõði ½Ýy:  “What time shall we leave?” “The sooner the better.” (=as soon as possible)

"MÞy giñ thÉ anh ½i?" "C¿ng sðm c¿ng têt."  “What sort of box do you want? A big one?” “Yes, the bigger the better.” (= as big as

possible) "BÂn muên loÂi hîp n¿o? LoÂi lðn nhÃ?" "VÝng, c¿ng lðn c¿ng têt." ChÒng ta cÕng dÓng the... the (cÓng vði 2 dÂng thöc so s¾nh) ½æ nÍi lãn rÙng mît vièc n¿o ½Í l¿ phÖ thuîc v¿o mît vièc kh¾c:  The warmer the weather, the better I feel. (= if the weather is warmer, I feel better)

Thñi tiät c¿ng Þm téi c¿ng thÞy khÏe hïn.  The sooner we leave, the sooner we will arrive.

ChÒng ta ½i c¿ng sðm thÉ sÆ ½än nïi c¿ng sðm.  The more expensive the hotel, the better the service.

Kh¾ch sÂn c¿ng mØc tiån thÉ phÖc vÖ c¿ng têt.  The more electricity you use, the higher your bill will be.

BÂn dÓng c¿ng nhiåu ½ièn thÉ bÂn c¿ng phÀi trÀ nhiåu tiån.  The more I thought about the plan, the less I like it.

C¿ng nghË nhiåu tði kä hoÂch ½Í téi c¿ng bðt thÈch thÒ.

E

Older v¿ elder:

DÂng so s¾nh cÔa old l¿ older:  Tom looks older than he really is.

Tom tréng cÍ vÅ gi¿ trõðc tuìi. BÂn cÍ thæ nÍi elder (hay older) khi nÍi tði nhùng ngõñi trong gia ½Énh. CÍ thæ nÍi (my) elder brother/sister/son/daughter:  My elder brother is a pilot. (hoÜc My older brother...)

Anh trai téi l¿ phi céng. Ta nÍi my elder brother nhõng khéng nÍi somebody is elder...  My brother is older than me. (khéng nÍi 'elder than me')

Vå eldest, xem UNIT 107D.

Unit 106. Comparison (3)

A

XÃt vÈ dÖ sau: Shirley, Henry and Arthur are all millionaires. They are all very rich. Shirley has £10 million, Henry has £8 million and Arthur has £2 million. So: Shirley, Henry v¿ Arthur ½åu l¿ trièu phÒ. HÑ rÞt gi¿u cÍ. Shirley cÍ 10 trièu, Henry cÍ 8 trièu v¿ Arthur cÍ 12 trièu. Cho nãn: Henry is rich. (Henry rÞt gi¿u.) He is richer than Arthur. («ng ta gi¿u hïn Arthur.) But he isn’t as rich as Shirley. (= Shirley is richer than he is) Nhõng éng ta khéng gi¿u bÙng Shirley.

V¿ dõði ½Ýy l¿ v¿i vÈ dÖ vå not as... (as):  Tom isn’t as old as he looks. (= he looks older than he is)

Tom khéng lðn tuìi nhõ vÅ bãn ngo¿i ½Ýu.  The city centre wasn’t as crowded this morning as it usually is. (= it is usually more crowded)

S¾ng nay ò trung tÝm th¿nh phê khéng ½éng ½Òc nhõ mÑi khi.  Jenny didn’t do as well in the exam as she had hoped. (= she had hoped to do better)

Jenny l¿m b¿i kiæm tra khéng ½õôc têt nhõ cé Þy t÷ng hy vÑng.  “The weather is better today, isn’t it?” “Yes, it’s not as cold.” (=yesterday was colder)

"Hém nay thñi tiät têt hïn phÀi khéng?" "VÝng, trñi khéng lÂnh lØm."  I don’t know as many people as you do. (+ you know more people)

BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ nÍi not so...(as):  It’s not warm but it isn’t so cold as yesterday. (= ...it isn't as cold as...)

Trñi khéng Þm nhõng cÕng khéng lÂnh nhõ hém qua. Less...(than) l¿ tõïng tú nhõ not as...(as):  I spent less money than you. (= I didn't spend as much money...)

Téi ½Á tiãu tiån Èt hïn bÂn.  The city centre was less crowded than usual. (= it wasn't as crowde...)

Trung tÝm th¿nh phê khéng nhîn nhÌp nhõ thõñng lè.

B

BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng as...as (nhõng khéng nÍi so...as) trong cÝu khÚng ½Ình v¿ cÝu hÏi:

 I’m sorry I’m late. I got here as fast as I could.

Xin líi téi ½än muîn. Téi ½Á gØng hät söc ½än ½Ýy thât nhanh.  There’s penty of food. You can have as much as you like.

CÍ rÞt nhiiåu thöc ×n. BÂn cÍ thæ ×n thÏa thÈch.

 Let’s walk. It’s just as quick as taking the bus.

MÉnh ½i bî théi. CÕng nhanh nhõ ½i xe buût théi m¿.  Can you send me the money as soon as possible, please?

BÂn cÍ thæ gòi tiån cho téi thât sðm ½õôc khéng? CÕng cÍ thæ nÍi: twice as...as, three times as...as .v.v:  Petrol is twice as expensive as it was a few years ago.

X×ng ½Øt gÞp hai lßn so vði trõðc ½Ýy mÞy n×m.  Their house is about three times as big as ours.

Ngéi nh¿ cÔa hÑ lðn khoÀng gÞp ba lßn nh¿ cÔa chÒng téi.

C

Ta nÍi the same as (khéng nÍi 'the same like')

 Ann’s salary is the same as mine. Hay Ann gets the same salary as me.

Lõïng cÔa Ann bÙng lõïng cÔa téi.  Tom is the same age as Goerge.

Tom bÙng tuìi Goerge.  “What would you like to drink?” “I’ll have the same as you.”

"BÂn muên uêng gÉ?" "MÉnh sÆ uêng nhõ bÂn."

D

Than me/than I am .v.v.

Ta thõñng nÍi:  You are taller than me. (Khéng nÍi 'than I')

BÂn cao hïn téi.  He is not clever as her. (khéng nÍi 'as she')

Anh ta khéng théng minh ½õôc nhõ cé Þy. Sau than/as ta dÓng me/ him/ her/ them/ us khi khéng cÍ ½îng t÷. HÁy so s¾nh:  You are taller than I am. nhõng You are taller than me.

BÂn cao hïn téi.  They have more money than we have. nhõng They have more money than us.

HÑ cÍ nhiåu tiån hïn chÒng téi.  I can’t run as fast as he can. nhõng I can’t run as fast as him.

Téi cÍ thæ chÂy nhanh nhõ anh Þy.

Unit 107. Superlatives

A

HÁy xem c¾c vÈ dÖ: 

What is the longest river in the world? DÎng séng n¿o d¿i nhÞt thä giði? What was the most enjoyable holiday you’ve ever had? Kü nghÊ n¿o cÔa bÂn thÒ vÌ nhÞt?



Longest v¿ most enjoyable l¿ dÂng so s¾nh tuyèt ½êi. (superlative forms)

B

Ta dÓng -est hoÜc most... ½æ tÂo nãn dÂng so s¾nh tuyèt ½êi. NÍi chung,ta dÓng -est cho nhùng tÈnh t÷ ngØn v¿ most... vði nhùng tÈnh t÷ d¿i. (Sø dÖng quy tØc tõïng tú nhõ khi tÂo dÂng thöc so s¾nh — xem UNIT 104): long longest hot  hottest easy easiest hard  hardest

nhõng most famous most difficult

most boring most expensive

Nhùng tÈnh t÷ sau l¿ bÞt quy tØc: good  best bad  worst far  furthest

C

Ta thõñng dÓng the trõðc dÂng so s¾nh tuyèt ½êi (the longest/the most famous .v.v.).

 Yesterday was the hottest day of year.

Hém qua l¿ ng¿y nÍng nhÞt trong n×m.  That film was really boring. It was the most boring film I’ve ever seen.

Cuên phim thât dò. #Í l¿ cuên phim dò nhÞt téi t÷ng xem.  She is really nice person — one of the nicest people I know.

Cé Þy thât l¿ ngõñi tø tä — mît trong nhùng ngõñi tø tä nhÞt téi t÷ng biät.  Why does he always cometo see me at the worst possible moment?

Sao anh ta luén ½än th×m téi v¿o nhùng lÒc tëi tè nhÞt vây? HÁy so s¾nh:  This hotel is the cheapest in town. (so s¾nh tuyèt ½êi — superlative)

#Ýy l¿ kh¾ch sÂn bÉnh dÝn nhÞt trong thÌ trÞn.  This hotel is cheaper than all the others in town. (so s¾nh hïn — comparative)

Kh¾ch sÂn n¿y rÅ hïn tÞt cÀ c¾c kh¾ch sÂn kh¾c trong thÌ trÞn.

D

Oldest v¿ eldest:

So s¾nh tuyèt ½êi cÔa old l¿ oldest:  That church is the oldest building in the town. (khéng nÍi 'the eldest')

Ta dÓng eldest (hoÜc oldest) khi nÍi tði nhùng th¿nh viãn trong gia ½Énh:  My eldest son is 13 years old (hay My oldest son...)

Con trai ½ßu cÔa téi n×m nay 13 tuìi.  Are you the eldest in your family? (hay ...the oldest...)

Anh l¿ ngõñi con lðn nhÞt trong gia ½Énh phÀi khéng?

E

Sau dÂng so s¾nh tuyèt ½êi, ta dÓng in vði nhùng t÷ chÊ nïi chên (th¿nh phê, nh¿ cøa .v.v.):

 What is the longest river in the world? (khéng nÍi 'of the world')

Con séng n¿o d¿i nhÞt thä giði?  We had a lovely room. It was one of the nicest in the hotel. (khéng nÍi 'of the hotel')

ChÒng téi ½Á cÍ mît phÎng rÞt tuyèt. #Í l¿ mît trong nhùng phÎng têt nhÞt kh¾ch sÂn. Ta cÎn dÓng in ½êi vði mît tì chöc hay mît nhÍm ngõñi (a class/team/company .v.v.):  Who is the best student in the class? (khéng nÍi 'of the class')

Ai l¿ hÑc sinh giÏi nhÞt lðp? Ta thõñng dÓng of ½êi vði mît khoÀng thñi gian n¿o ½Í:  What was the happiest day of your life?

Ng¿y n¿o l¿ ng¿y hÂnh phÒc nhÞt trong ½ñi anh?  Yesterday was the hottest day of the year.

Ng¿y hém qua l¿ ng¿y nÍng nhÞt trong n×m.

F

Ta thõñng dÓng thÉ hièn tÂi ho¿n th¿nh (present perfect — I have done) sau dÂng so s¾nh tuyèt ½êi — superlative (xem thãm UNIT 10A):

 What’s the best film you’ve ever seen?

Phim n¿o l¿ phim hay nhÞt bÂn t÷ng xem?  That was the most delicious meal I’ve had for a long time.

#Í l¿ bùa ×n ngon nhÞt m¿ lÝu lØm rëi téi mði dõôc ×n.

G

#éi khi ta dÓng most + tÈnh t÷ vði nghËa 'very':

 The book you lent me was most interesting. (= very interesting)

Cuên s¾ch bÂn cho téi mõôn rÞt hay.  Thank you for the money. It was most generous of you. (= very generous)

C¾m ïn anh vå sê tiån ½Í. Anh thât l¿ rîng rÁi.

Unit 108. Word order (1)

A

#îng t÷ + tÒc t÷ #îng t÷ thõñng ½i liån vði tÒc t÷. Ta Èt khi ½Üt t÷ kh¾c giùa chÒng:

HÁy xem c¾c vÈ dÖ dõði ½Ýy, ½æ û vÌ trÈ cÔa ½îng t÷ v¿ tÒc t÷:  Do you clean the house every weekend? (Khéng nÍi 'Do you clean every weekend the housse?')

BÂn cÍ dÑn dÇp nh¿ cøa v¿o míi cuêi tußn khéng?  Everybody enjoyed the party very much. (khéng nÍi 'Everybody enjoyed very much the party')

MÑi ngõñi ½åu thÈch bùa tièc ½Í.  Our guide spoke English fluently. (khéng nÍi '...spoke fluently English')

Ngõñi hõðng dán cÔa chÒng téi ½Á nÍi tiäng Anh lõu lo¾t.  I not only lost all my money. I also lost my passport. (khéng nÍi 'I lot also my passport')

Téi khéng chÊ ½¾nh mÞt tiån. Téi cÎn ½¾nh mÞt cÀ hî chiäu nùa.  At the end of the street you’ll see a supermarket on your left. (khéng nÍi ' ...see on your left a

supermarket') ´ cuêi phê bÂn sÆ thÞy mît siãu thÌ nÙm phÈa bãn tr¾i.

B

Nïi chên v¿ thñi gian #îng t÷ v¿ t÷ chÊ nïi chên (where) thõñng ½i vði nhau: go home live in a city walk to work .v.v.

Näu ½îng t÷ ½i vði tÒc t÷, t÷ chÊ nïi chên sÆ ½i sau cÞu trÒc ½îng t÷ + tÒc t÷: Take somebody home Meet a friend in the street T÷ chÊ thñi gian (when/how often/how long) thõñng ½i sau t÷ chÊ nïi chên:

HÁy xem thãm nhùng vÈ dÖ dõði ½Ýy, lõu û c¾ch m¿ t÷ chÊ thñi gian theo sau t÷ chÊ nïi chên:  I’m going to Paris on Monday. (khéng nÍi I'm going on monday to Paris)

Téi sÆ ½i Paris v¿o thö hai.  They have lived in the same house for a long time.

HÑ ½Á sêng chung nh¿ vði nhau mît thñi gian d¿i.  Don’t be late. Make sure you’re here by 8 o'clock.

#÷ng tði muîn nhÃ. BÂn hÁy chØc chØn sÆ cÍ mÜt ò ½Ýy lÒc 8 giñ.  Sarah gave me a lift home after the party.

Sarah cho téi ½i nhñ xe vå nh¿ sau bùa tièc.  You really shouldn’t go to bed so late.

BÂn thât khéng nãn ½i ngÔ khuya nhõ vây. Tuy nhiãn ta ván thõñng ½Üt t÷ chÊ thñi gian lãn ½ßu cÝu:  On Monday I’m going to Paris.

S¾ng thö hai téi sÆ ½i Paris.  Every morning Tom walks to work.

Míi buìi s¾ng Tom cuêc bî ½i l¿m. Mît sê t÷ (chÚng hÂn always/never/often) thõñng ½i vði ½îng t÷ ò giùa cÝu. Xem thãm UNIT 109.

Unit 109. Word order (2)

A

Mît sê trÂng t÷ (vÈ dÖ always, also, probably) ½i vði ½îng t÷ ò giùa cÝu:

 Tom always goes to work by car.

Tom luén ½i l¿m bÙng é té.  We were feeling very tired and we were also hungry.

ChÒng téi ½Á cÀm thÞy rÞt mèt mÏi v¿ chÒng téi cÎn ½Íi nùa.  Your car has probably been stolen.

Xe hïi cÔa bÂn cÍ lÆ ½Á mÞt rëi.

B

Ta hÁy xÃt c¾c quy tØc sau ½Ýy vå vÌ trÈ cÔa trÂng t÷ ò giùa cÝu. (#Í chÊ l¿ nhùng nguyãn tØc chung, bòi vây ván cÍ nhùng ngoÂi lè.) Näu chÊ cÍ mît ½îng t÷ (goes/fell/cooked v.v...), trÂng t÷ thõñng ½Üt trõðc:

i)

 I cleaned the house and also cooked the dinner. (khéng nÍi 'cooked also')

Téi ½Á lau nh¿ v¿ cÕng ½Á nÞu bùa têi rëi.  Lucy hardly ever watches television and rarely reads newspapers.

Lucy hßu nhõ khéng bao giñ xem ti vi v¿ rÞt Èt khi ½Ñc b¾o. ChÒ û rÙng hùng trÂng t÷ nhõ always/often/also .v.v. thõñng ½öng trõðc have to:  We always have to wait a long time for the bus. (khéng nÍi 'we have always to wait')

ChÒng téi luén phÀi chñ xe buût rÞt lÝu. ii)

Nhõng chÒng (c¾c trÂng t÷) lÂi ½öng sau am/is/are/was/were:

 We were feeling very tired and we were also hungry.

ChÒng téi ½Á cÀm thÞy rÞt mÏi mèt v¿ chÒng téi cÎn ½Íi nùa.  Why are you always late? You’ve never on time.

TÂi sao bÂn luén trç vây? BÂn chõa bao giñ ½Òng giñ cÀ.  The traffic isn’t usually as bad as it was this morning.

Giao théng thõñng khéng ½än níi tè nhõ lÒc s¾ng nay. iii) Näu trong cÝu cÍ hai hay nhiåu ½îng t÷ (can remember/doesn’t smoke/has been stolen .v.v.)

thÉ trÂng t÷ ½õôc ½Üt sau ½îng t÷ ½ßu tiãn (can/doesn’t/has .v.v.):

 My parents have always lived in London.

Cha mÇ téi luén luén sêng ò London.  Jack can’t cook. He can’t even boil an egg.

Jack khéng biät nÞu ×n. Anh Þy thâm chÈ khéng biät luîc mît quÀ tröng.  The house was only built a year ago and it’s already falling down.

Ngéi nh¿ ½Í chÊ mði xÝy c¾ch ½Ýy mît n×m v¿ ½Á sâp rëi. ChÒ û rÙng probably thõñng ½öng trõðc mènh ½å phÔ ½Ình. Ta nÍi:  I probably won’t see you. HoÜc I will probably not see you. (nhõng khéng nÍi 'not I won't

probably...') CÍ lÆ téi khéng gÜp anh nùa.

C

Ta cÕng ½æ all v¿ both ò nhùng vÌ trÈ nhõ vây:

 We all felt ill after the meal. (khéng nÍi 'we felt all ill')

Sau bùa ×n ½Í tÞt cÀ chÒng téi ½åu bènh.  My parents are both teachers. (khéng nÍi 'my parents both are teachers')

Cha mÇ téi ½åu l¿ gi¾o viãn.  Sarah and Jane have both applied for the job.

CÀ Sarah v¿ Jane ½åu ½Á nîp ½ïn xin vièc l¿m.  We are all going out this evening.

Têi nay tÞt cÀ chÒng téi sÆ ½i dÂo.

D

#éi khi chÒng ta dÓng is/will/did .v.v. thay vÉ phÀi nhØc lÂi mît phßn cÔa cÝu (xem UNIT 50A). ChÒ û vÌ trÈ cÔa always/never v.v.... trong nhùng cÝu sau:

 He always says he won’t be late but he always is. (= he is always late)

Anh ta luén nÍi sÆ khéng trç nùa nhõng anh ta lÒc n¿o cÕng trç.  I’ve never done it and I never will. (= I will never do it)

Téi chõa bao giñ l¿m ½iåu ½Í v¿ sÆ khéng bao giñ l¿m. (½iåu ½Í) ChÒng ta thõñng ½Üt always/never v.v... trõðc trÂng t÷ ò trong cÝu.

Unit 110. Still, yet, already; Any more/any longer/no longer

A

Still

ChÒng ta dÓng still ½æ ½å câp tði h¿nh ½îng hay tÉnh huêng n¿o ½Í ván ½ang cÎn tiäp diçn, chõa thay ½ìi hay kät thÒc:  It’s 10 o’clock and Tom is still in bed.

#Á 10 giñ rëi v¿ Tom thÉ ván ò trãn giõñng.  When I went to bed, Jane was still working.

Khi téi ½i ngÔ, Jane ván ½ang l¿m vièc.  Do you still want to go to the party or have you changed your mind?

BÂn ván muên tði dú bùa tièc hay bÂn ½Á ½ìi û rëi? Still thõñng ½öng giùa cÝu cÓng ½îng t÷. Xem UNIT 109.

B

Any more/any longer/no longer

Ta dÓng not ...any more hay not ...any longer khi muên nÍi tði mît tÉnh huêng n¿o ½Í ½Á thay ½ìi. Any more v¿ any longer ½öng ò cuêi cÝu:  Ann doesn’t work here any more (hay any longer). She left last month. (khéng nÍi 'Ann

doesn't still work here') Ann khéng cÎn l¿m vièc ò ½Ýy nùa. Cé Þy ½Á ra ½i th¾ng trõðc.  We used to be good friends but we aren’t any more. (hay any longer).

ChÒng téi ½Á t÷ng l¿ bÂn thÝn nhõng nay thÉ khéng cÎn kät bÂn vði nhau nùa. BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ nÍi no longer. No longer ½öng ò giùa cÝu:  Ann no longer works here.

Ann khéng cÎn l¿m ò ½Ýy nùa. Nhõng ta khéng dÓng no more theo c¾ch n¿y:  We are no longer friends. (khéng nÍi 'we are no more friends')

ChÒng téi khéng cÎn l¿ bÂn bÄ nùa. HÁy so s¾nh still v¿ not ...any more:  Sheila still works here but Ann doesn’t work here any more.

Sheila ván l¿m vièc ò ½Ýy cÎn Ann thÉ ½Á khéng l¿m ò ½Ýy nùa rëi.

C

Yet

Yet = until now. Ta hay dÓng yet trong nhùng cÝu phÔ ½Ình (I haven't finished yet) v¿ trong c¾c cÝu hÏi (have you finfshed yet?). Yet cho thÞy ngõñi nÍi chñ ½ôi mît h¿nh ½îng n¿o ½Í sÆ xÀy ra. Yet thõñng ½öng ò cuêi cÝu:

 It’s 10 o’clock and Tom hasn’t got up yet.

#Á 10 giñ m¿ Tom ván chõa dây.  I’m hungry. Is dinner ready yet?

Téi ½Íi bÖng rëi. Bùa ×n dÑn ra chõa?  We don’t know where we’ve going for our holidays yet.

ChÒng téi chõa biät sÆ ½i nghÊ m¾t ò ½Ýu. ChÒng ta thõñng dÓng yet vði thÉ hièn tÂi ho¿n th¿nh (present perfect — Have you finished yet?). Xem thãm UNIT 7C. HÁy so s¾nh yet vði still:  Jack lost his job a year ago and is still unemployed.

Jack mÞt vièc l¿m n×m ngo¾i v¿ hièn nay ván thÞt nghièp.  Jack lost his job a year ago and hasn’t found another job yet.

Jack mÞt vièc l¿m n×m ngo¾i v¿ hièn nay ván chõa tÉm ½õôc vièc kh¾c.  Is it still raining?

Ván ½ang mõa ¿?  Has it stopped raining yet?

Trñi ½Á tÂnh mõa chõa? Still cÕng cÍ thæ dÓng trong cÝu phÔ ½Ình:  She said she would be here an hour ago and she still hasn’t come.

Cé Þy ½Á nÍi sÆ cÍ mÜt ò ½Ýy c¾ch ½Ýy mît giñ m¿ bÝy giñ ván chõa ½än. NÍi nhõ trãn cÕng cÍ nghËa gßn giêng nhõ nÍi she hasn’t come yet. Nhõng still ...not cho thÞy cÀm gi¾c ngÂc nhiãn hay thiäu kiãn nhán mît c¾ch rÐ r¿ng hïn. Thø so s¾nh:  I wrote to him last week. He hasn’t replied yet. (But I expect he will reply soon)

Téi viät thõ cho anh Þy tußn trõðc. Anh Þy ván chõa trÀ lñi. (Nhõng téi ½Á chñ ½ôi rÙng anh Þy sÆ sðm trÀ lñi)  I wrote to him month ago and he still hasn’t replied. (He should have replied before now)

Téi viät thõ cho anh Þy th¾ng trõðc vây m¿ anh Þy ván chõa trÀ lñi. (LÆ ra anh Þy phÀi trÀ lñi rëi)

D

Already

Ta dÓng already ½æ nÍi tði vièc n¿o ½Í ½Á xÀy ra sðm hïn dú tÈnh. Already thõñng ½õôc ½Üt giùa cÝu (xem UNIT 109):  “When is Sue going on holiday?” “She has already gone.” (= sooner than you expected)

"Khi n¿o thÉ Sue sÆ ½i nghÊ?" "Cé Þy ½Á ½i rëi." (= sðm hïn bÂn nghË)  Shall I tell Liz the news or does she already know?

Téi sÆ phÀi nÍi vði Liz tin töc hay cé Þy ½Á biät rëi?  I’ve only just had lunch and I’m already hungry.

Téi v÷a mði ×n trõa m¿ giñ ½Á thÞy ½Íi bÖng rëi.

Unit 111. Even

A

XÃt c¾c vÈ dÖ sau: Tina loves watching television. She has a TV set in every room of the house — even the bathroom. Tina rÞt thÈch xem tivi. Cé Þy cÍ tivi ò míi phÎng — ngay cÀ ò phÎng tØm. ChÒng ta dÓng even khi nÍi tði ½iåu gÉ ½Í khéng bÉnh thõñng hay ½¾ng ngÂc nhiãn. Vièc ½æ tivi trong nh¿ tØm l¿ khéng bÉnh thõñng.

XÃt thãm mît v¿i vÈ dÖ:  These photographs aren’t very good. Even I could take better photographs than these. (and

I'm certainly not a good photographer) Nhùng tÞm hÉnh n¿y khéng ½Çp lØm. Téi thâm chÈ cÍ thæ chÖp ½õôc nhùng tÞm hÉnh ½Çp hïn nhõ vây. (m¿ téi tÞt nhiãn khéng phÀi l¿ ngõñi chÖp Ành giÏi.)  He always wears a coat — even in hot weather.

Anh ta luén mang ¾o kho¾c — ngay cÀ khi trñi nÍng böc.  Nobody would lend her the money — not even her best friend. hay Not even her best friend

would lend her the money. SÆ khéng cÍ ai cho cé ta mõôn tiån — ngay cÀ ngõñi bÂn thÝn nhÞt cÔa cé ta. hay Ngay cÀ ngõñi bÂn thÝn nhÞt cÔa cé ta cÕng sÆ khéng cho cé ta mõôn tiån.

B

Even thõñng ½õôc dÓng vði ½îng t÷ ò giùa cÝu (xem UNIT 109):

 Sue has travelled all over the world. She has even been to the Antarctic (It's especially

unusual to go to the Antarctic, so she must have travelled a lot.) Sue ½Á ½i du lÌch khØp thä giði. Cé thâm chÈ ½Á tði tân Nam cúc. (Tði Nam cúc quÀ l¿ mît vièc hi hùu v¿ nhõ vây hÚn cé Þy ½Á ½i rÞt nhiåu nïi)  They are very rich. They even have their own private jet.

HÑ rÞt gi¿u cÍ. HÑ thâm chÈ cÍ cÀ m¾y bay riãng. HÁy xem nhùng vÈ dÖ sau ½Ýy vði not even:  I can’t cook. I can’t even boil an egg. (and boiling an egg is very easy)

Téi khéng biät nÞu ×n. Ngay cÀ tröng téi cÕng chÚng biät luîc. (m¿ luîc tröng thÉ rÞt dç)  They weren’t very friendly to is. They didn’t even say hello.

HÑ ½Á tÏ ra khéng thât thÝn thièn vði chÒng téi. Thâm chÈ hÑ khéng thÄm ch¿o hÏi.  Jenny is very fit. She’s just run five miles and she’s not even out of breath.

Jenny rÞt khÏe. Cé Þy mði v÷a chÂy bî liån n×m dÜm vây m¿ khéng hå bÌ thò gÞp.

C

BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng even + dÂng so s¾nh (cheaper/more expensive .v.v.):

 I got up early but John got up even earlier.

Téi thöc dây rÞt sðm nhõng John thâm chÈ cÎn dây sðm hïn.  I knew I didn’t have much money but I’ve got even less than I thought.

Téi ½Á biät téi khéng cÍ nhiåu tiån nhõng téi cÍ thâm chÈ cÎn Èt hïn téi nghË.  We were surpised to get a letter from her. We were even more surprised when she came to

see us a few days later. ChÒng téi ngÂc nhiãn khi nhân ½õôc thõ cé Þy. ChÒng téi thâm chÈ cÎn ngÂc nhiãn hïn khi cé Þy tði th×m chÒng téi sau ½Í Èt ng¿y.

D

Even thought, even when, even if

BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng even + thought/when/if ½æ nêi c¾c cÝu. ChÒ û rÙng bÂn khéng ½õôc dÓng even mît mÉnh trong nhùng vÈ dÖ sau:  Even thought she can’t drive, she has bought a car. (khéng nÍi 'Even she can't drive...')

Cho dÓ khéng biät l¾i xe cé Þy ván mua mît chiäc xe hïi.  He never shouts, even when he’s angry.

Anh ta khéng bao giñ la hÃt ngay cÀ khi anh ta töc giân.  I’ll probably see you tomorrow. But even if I don’t see you tomorrow, we’re sure to see

each other before the weekend. (khéng nÍi 'even I don't see you') Ng¿y mai cÍ lÆ anh sÆ khéng gÜp em. Nhõng cho dÓ anh sÆ khéng gÜp em v¿o ng¿y mai, chØc chØn chÒng ta ván sÆ gÜp nhau trõðc cuêi tußn. HÁy so s¾nh even if v¿ if:  We’re going to the beach tomorrow. It doesn’t matter what the weather is like. We’re going

to the beach even if it’s raining. ChÒng ta sÆ ra bÁi biæn v¿o ng¿y mai. Thñi tiät cÍ nhõ thä n¿o cÕng mÜc. ChÒng ta sÆ ra bÁi biæn cho dÓ (näu) trñi cÍ mõa.  We hope to go to the beach tomorrow, but we won’t go if it’s raining.

ChÒng ta hy vÑng sÆ ra bÁi biæn v¿o ng¿y mai, nhõng chÒng ta sÆ khéng ½i näu trñi mõa.

Unit 112. Although/though/even though. In spite of/despite

A

XÃt tÉnh huêng sau: Last year Jack and Jill spent their holidays by sea. It rained a lot but they enjoyed themselves. N×m ngo¾i Jack v¿ Jill ½i nghÊ m¾t ò biæn. Trñi mõa nhiåu nhõng hÑ rÞt thÈch thÒ. BÂn cÍ thæ nÍi: Although it rained a lot, they enjoyed themselves. (= It rained a lot but they...) MÜc dÓ trñi mõa nhiåu nhõng hÑ ván rÞt vui thÈch. (= trñi mõa nhiåu nhõng hÑ...) hoÜc In spite of the rain, they enjoyed themselves. Despite the rain, they enjoyed themselves.

B

Sau although ta dÓng cÞu trÒc chÔ ngù + ½îng t÷.

 Although it rained a lot, we enjoyed our holiday.

DÓ trñi mõa luén, chÒng téi ván rÞt vui trong kü nghÊ.  I didn’t get the job although I had all the necessary qualifications.

Téi khéng xin ½õôc céng vièc ½Í dÓ téi cÍ ½Ô n×ng lúc. HÁy so s¾nh û nghËa cÔa although v¿ because:  We went out although it was raining.

ChÒng téi ½Á ra ngo¿i dÓ trñi ½ang mõa.  We didn’t go out because it was raining.

ChÒng téi ½Á khéng ra vÉ trñi ½ang mõa.

C

Sau in spite of hay despite, ta dÓng mît danh t÷, mît ½Âi t÷ (this/that/what .v.v.) hoÜc -ing:

 In spite of the rain, we enjoyed our holiday.

BÞt kæ trñi mõa, chÒng téi ván vui trÑn kü nghÊ.  I didn’t get the job in spite of having all the neessary qualifications.

Téi khéng kiäm ½õôc vièc dáu téi cÍ ½Ô n×ng lúc.  She wasn’t well, but in spite of this she went to work.

Cé Þy khéng ½õôc khÏe, nhõng dáu vây cé Þy ván ½i l¿m.  In spite of what I said yesterday, I still love you.

BÞt chÞp nhùng gÉ hém qua anh ½Á nÍi, anh ván yãu em. Despite l¿ tõïng ½õïng in spite of. #æ û rÙng ta nÍi in spite of nhõng lÂi nÍi despite (khéng cÍ of):  She wasn’t well, but despite she went to work. (khéng nÍi 'despite of this')

BÂn cÍ thæ nÍi “in spite of the fact (that) ...” v¿ “despite the fact(that)...”  I didn’t get the job in spite of the fact (that)/despite the fact (that) I had the necessary

qualifications. HÁy so s¾nh in spite of v¿ because of:  We went out inspite of the rain. (hay ...despite the rain)  We didn't go out because of the rain.

D

So s¾nh although v¿ in spite of/ despite:

 Although the traffic was bad, I arrived on time.

 In spite of the traffic, I arrived on time. (khéng nÍi 'in spite of the traffic was bad') MÜc dÓ giao théng tëi tè, téi ván ½än ½Òng giñ.  I couldn’t sleep although I was very tired. (khéng nÍi 'despite I was tired')

 I couldn’t sleep despite being very tired.

E

Nhiåu khi ta nÍi though thay vÉ nÍi although:

 I didn’t get the job though I had all the necessary qualifications.

Trong Anh ngù ½¿m thoÂi ta thõñng ½æ though ò cuêi cÝu:  The house isn’t very nice. I like the garden though (= but I like the garden)

Ngéi nh¿ khéng ½Çp lØm. Tuy nhiãn téi thÈch mÀnh võñn.  I see him every day. I’ve never spoken to him though. (= but I've never spoken to him)

Téi tréng thÞy anh ta h¿ng ng¿y. Tuy vây téi chõa bao giñ nÍi chuyèn vði anh ta. Even though (khéng phÀi riãng even) mang nghËa mÂnh hïn although:  Even though I was really tired, I couldn’t sleep. (khéng nÍi 'Even I was really tired...')

Cho dáu téi thât sú mèt mÏi, téi ½Á khéng thæ ngÔ ½õôc.

Unit 113. In case

A

XÃt tÉnh huêng sau: Geoff is a fooball referee. He always wears two watches during a game because it is possible that one watch will stop. Geoff l¿ mît trÑng t¿i bÍng ½¾. «ng thõñng mang hai ½ëng hë trong mît trân ½Þu vÉ rÞt cÍ thæ mît c¾i bÌ hÏng. He wears two watches in case one of them stops. «ng ½eo hai c¾i ½ëng hë phÎng khi mît c¾i trÖc trÜc. In case one of them stops = bòi vÉ cÍ khÀ n×ng mît rong hai c¾i sÆ ngõng chÂy.

Thãm v¿i vÈ dÖ vå in case:  Ann might phone tonight. I don’t want to go out in case she phones. (= because it is possible

she will phone) Têi nay cÍ thæ Ann sÆ gÑi ½ièn thoÂi. Téi khéng muên ½i ½Ýu phÎng khi Ann gÑi tði.  I’ll draw a map for you in case you can’t find our house. (= because it is possible you won't be

able to find it) Téi sÆ cho anh mît sï ½ë phÎng khi anh khéng tÉm ra nh¿ chÒng téi. Ta dÓng just in case khi khÀ n×ng xÀy ra ½iåu phÏng ½o¾n l¿ rÞt nhÏ:  I don’t think it will rain but I’ll take an umbrella just in case. (= just in case it rain)

Téi khéng nghË l¿ trñi sÆ mõa tuy nhiãn khi ½Í téi sÆ mang é. (chÊ khi trñi mõa) BÂn ½÷ng dÓng will sau in case. HÁy dÓng thÉ hièn tÂi ½ïn — present tense — khi ½å câp tði tõïng lai. (Xem thãm UNIT 25)  I don’t want to go out tonight in case Ann phones. (khéng nÍi 'in case Ann will phone')

Téi khéng muên ½i chïi têi nay vÉ Ann cÍ thæ gÑi ½ièn.

B

In case kh¾c vði if. Ta dÓng in case ½æ nÍi tÂi sao mît ngõñi l¿m hay khéng l¿m ½iåu gÉ ½Í: ta l¿m mît vièc ½æ ½å phÎng mît vièc kh¾c xÀy ra sau ½Í. HÁy so s¾nh:

 We’ll buy some more food in case Tom comes. (= Perhaps Tom will come; We'll buy some

food now, whether he comes or not; then we'll already have the food if he comes.) ChÒng téi mua thãm ½ë ×n ½æ phÎng khi Tom ½än. (= Tom cÍ thæ ½än; chÒng téi sÆ mua thãm ½ë ×n, dÓ anh ta cÍ ½än hay khéng; vây chÒng téi ½Á cÍ thöc ×n näu anh ta ½än.)  We’ll buy some more food if Tom comes. (Perhaps Tom will come; if he comes, we'll buy some

more food; if he doesn't come, we won't buy any more food.) ChÒng téi sÆ mua thãm ½ë ×n näu Tom ½än. (=CÍ thæ Tom ½än, näu anh ta ½än, chÒng téi sÆ mua thãm ½ë ×n; näu anh ta khéng ½än chÒng téi sÆ khéng mua thãm ½ë ×n.)

 I’ll give you my phone number in case you need to contact me.

Téi sÆ cho anh sê ½ièn thoÂi cÔa téi phÎng khi anh cßn liãn lÂc vði téi.  You can phone me at the hotel if you need to contact me.

Anh cÍ thæ gÑi ½ièn tði kh¾ch sÂn näu anh muên liãn lÂc vði téi.  You should insure your bicycle in case it is stolen.

BÂn nãn bÀo hiæm xe ½Âp cÔa bÂn phÎng khi nÍ bÌ mÞt trîm.  You should inform the police if your bicycle is stolen.

BÂn nãn b¾o cÀnh s¾t näu xe ½Âp cÔa bÂn bÌ mÞt trîm.

C

BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng in case (+ thÉ qu¾ khö) ½æ giÀi thÈch vÉ sao mît ngõñi n¿o ½Í ½Á l¿m ½iåu gÉ ½Í:

 We bought some more food in case Tom came. (= because it was possible that Tom would

come) ChÒng téi ½Á mua thãm ½ë ×n phÎng khi Tom ½än. (= bòi cÍ thæ Tom sÆ ½än)  I drew a map for Sarah in case she couldn’t find the house.

Téi sÆ cho Sarah sï ½ë phÎng khi cé Þy khéng tÉm ½õôc nh¿.  We rang the bell again in case they hadn’t heard it the first time.

ChÒng téi nhÞn chuéng mît lßn nùa phÎng khi cé Þy khéng nghe thÞy lßn ½ßu.

D

In case of... l¿ kh¾c vði in case. In case of... = if there is... (nhÞt l¿ ò c¾c théng b¾o .v.v.):

 In case of fire, please leave the building as quickly as possible. (= if there is a fire)

Trong trõñng hôp xÀy ra hÏa hoÂn, xin hÁy rñi khÏi tÎa nh¿ c¿ng nhanh c¿ng têt.  In case of emergency, telephone this number. (= if there is an emergency)

Trõñng hôp khàn cÞp, hÁy quay sê ½ièn thoÂi n¿y.

Unit 114. Unless. As long as and provided/providings

A

Unless

XÃt tÉnh huêng sau: The club is for members only. CÝu lÂc bî chÊ d¿nh cho c¾c th¿nh viãn cÔa nÍ. 

You can’t go in unless you are a member. BÂn khéng thæ v¿o ½õôc tr÷ khi bÂn l¿ mît th¿nh viãn.

#iåu n¿y cÍ nghËa l¿: “You can’t go in except if you are a member” hay “You can go in only if you are a member” "BÂn khéng thæ v¿o ½õôc tr÷ trõñng hôp bÂn l¿ mît th¿nh viãn" hay "BÂn chÊ cÍ thæ v¿o ½õôc näu bÂn l¿ mît th¿nh viãn." Unless = except if (= tr÷ phi, tr÷ khi)

Thãm v¿i vÈ dÖ vði unless:  I’ll see you tomorrow unless I have to work late. (= except if I have to work late)

Téi sÆ gÜp bÂn v¿o ng¿y mai tr÷ trõñng hôp téi phÀi l¿m vièc muîn.  Don’t tell Sue what I said unless she asks you (= except if she asks you)

#÷ng kæ vði Sue nhùng gÉ téi nÍi tr÷ phi cé Þy hÏi bÂn.  “Shall I tell Sue what you said?” “Not unless she asks you.” (= only if she asks you)

"Téi sÆ kæ vði Sue nhùng gÉ bÂn nÍi nhÃ?" "#÷ng, tr÷ phi cé Þy hÏi bÂn."  I don’t like fish. I wouldn’t eat it unless I was extremely hungry. (= except if I was extremely

hungry) Téi khéng thÈch ×n c¾. Téi sÆ khéng ×n c¾ tr÷ khi téi thât ½Íi. Ta thõñng dÓng unless trong nhùng lñi cÍ tÈnh chÞt cÀnh c¾o:  We’ll be late unless we hurry. (= except if we hurry)

ChÒng ta sÆ trç mÞt näu chÒng ta khéng khàn trõïng.  Unless you work much harder, you won’t pass the exam.

Näu bÂn khéng hÑc ch×m chÊ hïn, bÂn sÆ khéng thi ½âu ½Ýu.  I was told I wouldn’t pass the exam unless I worked harder.

Téi ½Á ½õôc nhØc nhò rÙng sÆ khéng thi ½âu näu khéng hÑc ch×m chÊ hïn. Thay vÉ dÓng unless, ta cÍ thæ dÓng if ...not:  Don’t tell Sue what I said if she doesn’t ask you.

Chð nÍi vði Sue nhùng gÉ téi ½Á kæ näu cé Þy khéng yãu cßu bÂn.

 We’ll be late if we don’t hurry.

ChÒng ta sÆ bÌ trç näu chÒng ta khéng khàn trõïng.

B

As long as, provided, providing .v.v.:

As long as hay so long as provided (that) hay providing (that) nhùng th¿nh ngù n¿y cÍ nghËa 'näu' hay 'trong trõñng hôp m¿'. ChÚng hÂn:  You can use my car as long as you drive carefully.

 You can use my car so long as you drive carefully. (= You can use my car but you must drive carefully — this is a condition) BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng xe cÔa téi näu bÂn ½i càn thân. (bÂn cÍ thæ dÓng xe cÔa téi nhõng bÂn hÁy ½i càn thân — ½Í l¿ ½iåu kièn)  Travelling by car is convenient provided (that) you have somewhere to park  Travelling by car is convenient providing (that) you have somewhere to park (= but only if you have somewhere to park) #i du lÌch bÙng é té thât thuân tièn näu bÂn cÍ chí ½æ ½âu xe.  Providing (that) she studies hard — she’ll pass her exams.

 Provided (that) she studies, she’ll pass her exams. (=She must study hard — if she does this, she will pass) Vði ½iåu kièn l¿ cé Þy hÑc ch×m chÊ, cé Þy sÆ thi ½âu. (= cé Þy phÀi hÑc ch×m — näu cé Þy hÑc ch×m, cé Þy sÆ thi ½âu)

C

Khi ½å câp tði tõïng lai, khéng dÓng will sau unlless/as long as/ provided/ providing. HÁy dÓng thÉ hièn tÂi (xem thãm UNIT 25):

 We’ll be late unless we hurry. (khéng nÍi 'unless we will hurry')  Providing she studies hard, she will pass the exam. (khéng nÍi 'providing she will study')

Unit 115. As (reason and time)

A

As (chÊ lû do)

As ½éi khi mang nÃt nghËa cÔa because:  As it was a public holiday, all the shops were shut. (= because it was a public holiday)

VÉ ½Í l¿ ng¿y lç, tÞt cÀ c¾c cøa h¿ng ½åu ½Íng cøa.  As they live near us we see them quite often.

VÉ hÑ sêng gßn chí chÒng téi nãn chÒng téi thõñng tréng thÞy hÑ.  We watched television all evening as we had nothing better to do.

ChÒng téi ngëi xem tivi suêt buìi têi bòi vÉ khéng biät l¿m gÉ hïn. Ta cÕng thõñng dÓng as khi muên nhÞn mÂnh rÙng hai vièc n¿o ½Í xÀy ra cÓng mît thñi ½iæm. Xem mÖc B dõði ½Ýy.

B

As (chÊ thñi gian)

BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng as khi hai sú vièc n¿o ½Í ½ëng thñi xÀy ra:  I watched her as she opened the letter. (I watched v¿ she opened xÀy ra ½ëng thñi)

Téi quan s¾t cé Þy khi cé Þy mò l¾ thõ.  As they walked along the street, they looked in the shop windows.

Trong khi dÂo phê, hÑ ngØm nhÉn tÔ kÈnh c¾c cøa h¿ng.  Can you turn off the light as you go out, please? (= on your way out of the room)

L¿m ïn tØt hî ½Än khi bÂn ra ngo¿i nhÃ? HoÜc bÂn dÓng ½æ nÍi rÙng sú vièc n¿o ½Í ½Á xÀy ra trong khi bÂn ½ang l¿m mît vièc kh¾c (= in the middle of doing something else):  Jill slipped as she was getting off the bus.

Jill bÌ trõôt chÝn khi cé Þy bõðc xuêng xe buût.  The thief was seen as he was climbing over the wall.

Tãn trîm bÌ ph¾t hièn khi ½ang trÄo tõñng. As rÞt hay ½õôc dÓng khi hai h¿nh ½îng ngØn (short action) xÀy ra trong cÓng thñi ½iæm:  George arrived as Sue left. (= 'he arrived' v¿ 'Sue left')

George ½Á tði ngay khi Sue bõðc ra.  We all waved goodbye to Liz as she drove away in her car.

ChÒng téi ch¿o tÂm bièt Liz khi cé Þy l¾i xe chÂy ½i. Nhõng as cÕng cÎn ½õôc dÓng khi hai sú vièc cÓng xÀy ra trong cÓng mît khoÀng thñi gian n¿o ½Í:  As the day went on, the weather got worse.

Khi ng¿y lãn, thñi tiät ½Á trò nãn tëi tè hïn.

 I began to enjoy the job more as I got used to it.

Téi bØt ½ßu thÈch thÒ vði céng vièc hïn khi quen dßn vði nÍ. BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ dÓng just as (= chÊ ½Èch x¾c thñi ½iæm xÀy ra)  Just as I sat down, the phone rang.

Ngay khi téi v÷a ngëi xuêng, ½ièn thoÂi reo lãn.  Just as we were going out, it started to rain.

Ngay lÒc chÒng téi bõðc ra ngo¿i, trñi bØt ½ßu ½ì mõa.  I had to live just as the conversation was getting intersting.

Téi phÀi ½i ½Òng v¿o lÒc buìi tÑa ½¿m ½ang trò nãn h¿o höng. #æ biät thÉ qu¾ khö tiäp diçn — past continous (was getting/were going.v.v.), xem UNIT 6.

C

As, when v¿ while

Ta chÊ dÓng as näu c¾c vièc xÀy ra ½ëng thñi. Ta dÓng when (khéng dÓng as) khi mît sú vièc xÀy ra sau mît sú vièc kh¾c. HÁy so s¾nh when v¿ as:  When I got home, I had a bath. (khéng nÍi 'as I got home').

Khi vå tði nh¿, téi ½Á ½i tØm.  As I walked into the room, the phone started ringing. (= at the same time)

(Ngay khi) téi v÷a mði bõðc v¿o trong phÎng, ½ièn thoÂi bØt ½ßu reo. (= cÓng thñi ½iæm) Ta dÓng as (chÊ thñi gian) khi cÍ c¾c h¿nh ½îng xÀy ra. As + mît ho¿n cÀnh, mît tÉnh huêng... (khéng phÀi h¿nh ½îng) thõñng mang nghËa because (xem mÖc A):  As we were asleep, we didn’t hear the doorbell. (= because we were asleep)

Bòi vÉ chÒng téi ngÔ, chÒng téi ½Á khéng nghe thÞy tiäng chuéng cøa.  As they live near me, I see them quite often. (= because they live near me)

Bòi vÉ hÑ sêng gßn chí téi, nãn téi gÜp hÑ kh¾ thõñng xuyãn. BÂn khéng thæ dÓng as (chÊ thñi gian) trong c¾c vÈ dÖ dõði ½Ýy theo c¾ch nhõ vây. BÂn hÁy dÓng while hoÜc when:  The doorbell rang while we were asleep. (khéng nÍi 'as we asleep')

Chuéng cøa ½Á reo khi chÒng téi ½ang ngÔ.  Angela got married when she was 23. (khéng nÍi 'as she was 23')

Angela lâp gia ½Énh khi cé Þy 23 tuìi.

Unit 116. Like and as

A

Like = similar to/ the same as (tõïng tú nhõ, giêng nhõ). ChÒ û rÙng bÂn khéng thæ dÓng as

theo c¾ch n¿y:  What a beautiful house! It’s like a palace. (khéng nÍi 'as a palace')

Ngéi nh¿ thât tuyèt! Tréng nÍ cö nhõ mît lÝu ½¿i vây.  “What does Sandra do?” “She a teacher, like me.” (khéng nÍi 'as me')

"Sandra l¿m nghå gÉ vây?" "Cé Þy l¿ gi¾o viãn, giêng nhõ téi."  Be careful! The floor has been polished. It’s like walking on ice. (khéng nÍi 'as walking')

HÁy càn thân! S¿n nh¿ mði lau trïn lØm ½Í. Y nhõ ½i trãn b×ng vây.  It’s raining again. I hate weather like this. (khéng nÍi 'as this')

Trñi ½Á lÂi mõa rëi. Téi ng¾n thñi tiät nhõ thä n¿y. Trong nhùng cÝu trãn, like l¿ mît giði t÷. Do ½Í, nÍ ½õôc theo sau bòi mît danh t÷ (like a palace), mît ½Âi t÷ (like me/ like this) hay -ing (like walking). BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ nÍi “like (somebody/ something) doing something”:  “What’s that noise?” “It sounds like a baby crying.”

"Tiäng gÉ vây?" "Nghe giêng nhõ tiäng trÅ con khÍc."

B

#éi khi like = for example (vÈ dÖ nhõ, chÚng hÂn nhõ...):

 Some sports, like motor racing, can be dangerous.

Mét sê mén thæ thao, chÚng hÂn nhõ ½ua mé té, cÍ thæ l¿ nguy hiæm. CÕng cÍ thæ dÓng such as (= for example):  Some sports, such as motor racing, can be dangerous.

C

Ta dÓng as (khéng phÀi like) trõðc chÔ ngù + ½îng t÷:

 I didn’t move anything. I left everything as I found it.

Téi khéng thæ xã dÌch c¾i gÉ cÀ. Téi ½Á ½æ nguyãn mÑi vât nhõ lÒc téi tÉm thÞy.  They did as they promised. (= They did what they promised)

HÑ ½Á l¿m ½Òng nhõ hÑ ½Á höa. So s¾nh like v¿ as ò nhÕng cÝu sau:  You should have done it like this. (like + ½Âi t÷)

LÆ ra bÂn nãn l¿m ½iåu ½Í nhõ thä n¿y n¿y.  You should have done it as I showed you. (as + chÔ ngù + ½îng t÷)

LÆ ra bÂn nãn l¿m ½iåu ½Í nhõ téi ½Á hõðng dán.

Ta cÕng cÍ thæ nÍi as you know /as I said/ as she expected/ as I thought .v.v.:  As you know, it’s Tom’s birthday next week. (= you know this already)

Nhõ anh biät ½Þy, sinh nhât Tom l¿ v¿o tußn sau. (=anh ½Á biät rëi)  Jane failed her driving test, as she expected. (=she expected this beforre)

Jane ½Á khéng ½âu bÙng l¾i xe, ½Òng nhõ cé Þy ½Á dú ½o¾n. (= cé Þy ½Á dú ½o¾n trõðc) #æ û rÙng ta nÍi as usual/ as always:  You’re late as usual.

BÂn lÂi tði trç nhõ thõñng lè.

D

As cÕng cÍ khi l¿ mît giði t÷, nhõng khi ½Í nÍ mang nghËa kh¾c vði like. HÁy so s¾nh:

 Brenda Casey is the manager of a company. As the manager, she has to make many

important decisions. ('As the manager' = trãn cõïng vÌ l¿ gi¾m ½êc) Breda Casey l¿ gi¾m ½êc mît céng ty. L¿ mît gi¾m ½êc, cé Þy phÀi ra nhùng quyät ½Ình quan trÑng.  Mary Stone is the assistant manager. Like a manager (Brenda Casey), she also has to make

important decisions. Mary Stone l¿ trô lû gi¾m ½êc, cé Þy cÕng phÀi ra nhùng quyät ½Ình quan trÑng.  During the war this hotel was used as a hospital. (so it really was a hospital)

Trong thñi gian chiän tranh kh¾ch sÂn n¿y ½Á ½õôc sø dÖng l¿m mît bènh vièn. (thúc sú ½Á l¿ bènh vièn).  Everyone is ill at home. Our house is like a hospital. (it isn't really a hospital).

MÑi ngõñi ½åu êm nÙm nh¿. Nh¿ chÒng téi cö giêng nhõ l¿ c¾i bènh vièn vây (thúc sú thÉ nÍ khéng phÀi l¿ bènh vièn) As (giði t÷) = in the position of, in the form of .v.v. (trãn cõïng vÌ l¿...):  A few years ago I worked as a bus driver. (khéng nÍi 'like a bus driver')

Trõðc ½Ýy v¿i n×m téi l¿ t¿i xä xe buût.  We’ve got a garage but we haven’t got a car, so we use the garage as a workshop.

ChÒng téi cÍ ga ra nhõng lÂi khéng cÍ xe hïi, cho nãn chÒng téi dÓng ga ra ½Í l¿m mît c¾i nh¿ xõòng.  Many English words (example, “work” and “rain”) can be use as verbs or nouns.

Nhiåu t÷ tiäng Anh (chÚng hÂn nhõ "work" v¿ "rain") cÍ thæ dÓng l¿m ½îng t÷ hoÜc danh t÷.  London is all right as a place to visit, but I wouldn’t like to live there.

London quÀ l¿ nïi ½¾ng tði th×m, nhõng téi khéng muên sêng ò ½Í.  The news of her death came as a great shock.

Tin töc vå c¾i chät cÔa cé Þy ½än nhõ mît cÒ cêc nÜng.

ChÒng ta nÍi regard ...as:  I regard her as my best friend.

Téi xem cé Þy nhõ ngõñi bÂn têt nhÞt cÔa téi.

Unit 117. As if

A

Ta dÓng as if khi nÍi rÙng ai ½Í hay vât gÉ ½Í tréng nhõ thä n¿o (look)/ nghe ra sao (sound)/ cÀm thÞy gÉ (feel)...

 That house looks as if it’s going to fall down.

Ngéi nh¿ ½Í tréng nhõ sØp ½ì vây.  Ann sounded as if she had a cold, didn’t she?

GiÑng Ann nghe nhõ thæ cé Þy bÌ cÀm lÂnh, ½Òng vây khéng?  I’ve just come back from holiday but I feel tired and depressed. I don’t feel as if I’ve just

had on holiday. Téi v÷a trò vå sau chuyän nghÊ m¾t nhõng téi cÀm thÞy mèt mÏi v¿ ch¾n nÀn. Téi khéng cÀm thÞy nhõ mÉnh v÷a ½i nghÊ m¾t vå. HÁy so s¾nh:  You look tired. (look + tÈnh t÷)

Tréng bÂn cÍ vÅ mèt.  You look as if you haven’t slept. (look +as if + tÒc t÷ + ½îng t÷)

Tréng bÂn nhõ bÌ mÞt ngÔ vây.  Tom sounded worried. (sound + tÈnh t÷)

GiÑng Tom cÍ vÅ lo lØng.  Tom sounded as if he was worried. (sound + as if + chÔ t÷ + ½îng t÷)

GiÑng Tom nghe nhõ thæ anh Þy ½ang lo lØng. CÍ thæ dÓng as though thay vÉ as if:  Ann sound as though she’s got a cold. (= ...as if she's got a cold.)

GiÑng Ann nghe nhõ thæ cé Þy bÌ cÀm lÂnh.

B

BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ nÍi It looks/ sounds/ smells as if (hoÜc as though):

 Sandra is very late, isn’t she? It looks as if she isn’t coming.

Sandra bÌ trç lØm rëi phÀi khéng? CÍ vÅ nhõ cé Þy khéng ½än.  We took an umbrella with us because it looked as if it was going to rain.

ChÒng téi cßm theo chiäc é vÉ cÍ vÅ nhõ trñi sØp mõa.  Do you hear that music next door? It sounds as if they’re having a party.

BÂn cÍ nghe tiäng nhÂc nh¿ bãn khéng? Nghe cÍ vÅ nhõ hÑ ½ang liãn hoan.  It smells as though someone has been smoking in here.

CÍ mÓi nhõ ai ½Í ½ang hÒt thuêc ò ½Ýy vây. Sau It looks/ sounds/ smells, nhiåu ngõñi dÓng like thay vÉ as if/ as though:  It looks like Sandra isn’t coming.

CÍ vÅ nhõ Sandra khéng tði.

C

CÍ thæ dÓng as if vði c¾c ½îng t÷ kh¾c ½æ nÍi ai ½Í l¿m mît vièc gÉ ½Í nhõ thä n¿o:

 He ran as if was running for his life.

Anh ta chÂy nhõ thæ gÜp nguy hiæm ½än tÈnh mÂng vây.  After the interruption, the speaker carried on talking as if nothing had happened.

Sau khi bÌ ngØt lñi, diçn giÀ tiäp tÖc nÍi nhõ khéng cÍ gÉ xÀy ra.  When I told them my plan, they looked at me as if I was mad.

Khi téi nÍi vði hÑ kä hoÂch cÔa téi, hÑ nhÉn téi nhõ thæ téi bÌ ½iãn.

D

Sau as if ½éi khi ta dÓng thÉ qu¾ khö khi nÍi vå hièn tÂi. VÈ dÖ:

 I don’t like Norma. She talks as if she knew everything.

Téi khéng thÈch Norma. Cé Þy nÍi cö nhõ cé Þy biät tÞt cÀ vây. @ nghËa cÝu trãn khéng phÀi muên ½å câp tði qu¾ khö. Ta dÓng thÉ qu¾ khö ('as if she knew') bòi h¿m û unreal — khéng thúc: Norma khéng phÀi biät tÞt cÀ. ChÒng ta cÎn dÓng thÉ qu¾ khö mît c¾ch tõïng tú vði if v¿ wish (xem UNIT 38) Thãm mît v¿i vÈ dÖ:  She’s always asking me to do things for her — as if I didn’t have enough to do. (I do have

enough to do ) Cé Þy luén ½Îi hÏi téi l¿m cho cé Þy mÑi vièc, cö nhõ thæ téi chõa ½Ô vièc ½æ l¿m vây.  Harry’s only 40. Why do you talk about him as if he was an old man? (he isn't an old man)

Harry mði 40 tuìi. Sao bÂn nÍi vå anh ta nhõ nÍi vå mît éng gi¿ vây? (Anh ta khéng phÀi mît éng gi¿) Khi dÓng thÉ qu¾ khö nhõ trãn, ta cÍ thæ dÓng were thay cho was:  Why do you talk about his as if he were an old man.  They treat me as if I were (hoÜc was) their own son. (I'm not their son)

HÑ ½êi xø vði téi nhõ con trai cÔa hÑ vây. (Téi khéng phÀi con trai cÔa hÑ)

Unit 118. For, during and while

A

For v¿ during

Ta dÓng for + mît khoÀng thñi gian ½æ chÊ ra khoÀng thñi gian m¿ mît vièc n¿o ½Í xÀy ra: for two hours for a week for ages VÈ dÖ:  We watched television for two hours last night.

Têi qua chÒng téi ½Á xem tivi trong hai tiäng ½ëng hë.  Victoria is going away for a week in September.

Victoria sÆ ½i vØng mît tußn trong th¾ng chÈn.  Where have you been? I’ve been waiting for ages.

BÂn ò ½Ýu thä? Téi chñ ½Á lÝu lØm rëi.  Are you going away for the weekend?

Cuêi tußn bÂn sÆ vØng nh¿ phÀi khéng? Ta dÓng during + danh t÷ ½æ chÊ ra thñi ½iæm m¿ mît sú vièc n¿o ½Í xÀy ra (khéng dÓng how long): during the film during our holiday during the night VÈ dÖ:  I fell asleep during the film.

Téi ½Á ngÔ gât trong khi xem phim.  We met a lot of people during our holiday.

ChÒng téi ½Á gÜp nhiåu ngõñi trong kü nghÊ m¾t.  The ground is wet. It must have rained during the night.

MÜt ½Þt bÌ õðt. ChØc rÙng ½ãm qua trñi mõa. Vði nhùng t÷ chÊ thñi gian (the morning/ the afternoon/ the summer ...) bÂn cÍ thæ dÓng in lán during:  It must have rained in the night. (hay ...during the night.)

ChØc hÚn l¿ ½ãm qua trñi ½Á mõa.  I’ll phone you sometime during the afternoon. (hay ...in the afternoon)

Téi sÆ gÑi ½ièn cho anh mît lÒc n¿o ½Í trong buìi chiåu. BÂn khéng thæ dÓng during ½æ diçn ½Ât rÙng mît sú vièc xÀy ra trong bao lÝu:  It rained for three days without stopping. (khéng nÍi '...during three days.')

Trñi mõa liån 3 ng¿y khéng ngðt.

HÁy so s¾nh during v¿ for:  I fell asleep during the film. I was asleep for half an hour.

Téi ½Á ngÔ gât khi xem phim. Téi ½Á thiäp ½i nøa giñ.

B

During v¿ while

HÁy so s¾nh:  Ta dÓng during + danh t÷.  Ta dÓng while + chÔ ngù + ½îng t÷.  I fell asleep during the film.

Téi ½Á ngÔ gât khi xem phim.  I fell asleep while I was watching television.

Téi ½Á ngÔ gât khi xem TV So s¾nh during v¿ while trong c¾c vÈ dÖ sau:  We met a lot of interesting people during our holiday.

ChÒng téi ½Á gÜp nhiåu ngõñi thÒ vÌ trong thñi gian ½i nghÊ m¾t.  We met a lot of interesting people while we were on holiday.

ChÒng téi ½Á gÜp nhiåu ngõñi thÒ vÌ khi chÒng téi cÎn ½ang ½i nghÊ m¾t.  Robert suddenly began to fell ill during the examination.

Robert bíng bØt ½ßu bÌ êm trong khoÀng thñi gian cÔa kü thi.  Robert suddenly began to fell ill while he was doing the examination.

Robert bíng bØt ½ßu êm trong khi ½ang thi. Thãm mît sê vÈ dÖ vði while:  We saw Amanda while we were waiting for the bus.

ChÒng téi nhÉn thÞy Amanda khi cé Þy ½ang chñ xe buût.  While you were out, there was a phone call for you.

Trong khi bÂn ½i vØng, cÍ mît cÒ ½ièn thoÂi hÏi bÂn.  Christopher read a book while I watched television.

Christopher ½Ñc s¾ch trong khi téi xem tivi. Khi ½å câp tði tõïng lai, hÁy dÓng thÉ hièn tÂi (present — thay vÉ will) sau while:  I’ll be in London next week. I hope to see Tom while I’m there. (khéng nÍi 'while I will be

there') Téi sÆ ò London tußn tði. Téi hy vÑng gÜp Tom trong thñi gian ò ½Í.  What are you going to do while you are waiting? (khéng nÍi 'while you will be waiting')

BÂnsÆ l¿m gÉ trong khi chñ ½ôi?

Xem thãm UNIT 25.

Unit 119. By and until. By the time...

A

By (+ t÷ chÊ thñi gian) = not later than — 'khéng muîn hïn':

 I posted the letter today, so they should receive it by Monday (= on or before Monday, not

late than Monday) Hém nay téi ½Á ½i gøi thõ, vây chØc hÑ sÆ nhân ½õôc thõ v¿o thö hai (= trong hoÜc trõðc ng¿y thö hai, khéng muîn hïn ng¿y thö hai)  We’d better hurry. We have to be at home by 5 o’clock. (= at or before 5 o'clock, not late

than 5 o'clock) ChÒng ta nãn khàn trõïng. ChÒng ta phÀi cÍ mÜt ò nh¿ lÒc 5 giñ (=lÒc 5 giñ hoÜc sðm hïn, khéng muîn hïn 5 giñ)  Where’s Sue? She should be here by now. (= now or before now — so she should have arrived

already) Sue ½Ýu rëi? Cé Þy lÆ ra phÀi cÍ mÜt v¿o lÒc n¿y rëi. (= lÒc n¿y hoÜc sðm hïn — cé Þy lÆ ra ½Á phÀi tði rëi.) BÂn khéng thæ dÓng until vði nghËa nhõ vây:  Tell me by Friday whether or not you can come to the party. (khéng nÍi 'Tell me until Friday')

Muîn nhÞt l¿ v¿o thö s¾u bÂn hÁy cho téi biät bÂn cÍ thæ ½än dú buìi liãn hoan hay khéng.

B

Ta dÓng until (hoÜc till) ½æ diçn ½Ât mît tÉnh huêng n¿o ½Í tiäp diçn trong bao lÝu:

 “Shall we go now?” “No, let’s wait until (hoÜc till) it stops raining.”

"ChÒng ta ½i ngay bÝy giñ chö?" "Khéng, hÁy ½ôi cho tði khi trñi ng÷ng mõa."  I couldn’t get up this morning. I stayed in bed untill half past ten.

S¾ng nay téi khéng thæ dây ½õôc. Téi ngÔ mÁi tði 9h30.  I couldn’t get up this morning. I didn’t get up until half past ten. S¾ng nay téi khéng thæ dây ½õôc. Téi khéng chÌu dây cho tði 9h30. So s¾nh until vði by: until by

Sú vièc n¿o ½Í ½õôc tiäp tÖc tði mît thñi ½iæm trong tõïng lai: Sú vièc sÆ xÀy ra khéng muîn hïn mît thñi ½iæm trong tõïng lai:

 Fred will be away until Monday. (so he'll be back on Monday)

Fred sÆ vØng nh¿ cho tði thö hai. (Anh Þy sÆ trò vå v¿o thö hai)  Fred will be back by Monday. (= he'll be back not later than Monday).

Fred sÆ trò vå v¿o thö hai. (=Anh Þy sÆ trò vå khéng muîn hïn ng¿y thö hai)  I’ll he working untill 11.30. (so I,ll stop working 11.30)

Téi sÆ l¿m vièc tði 11.30. (Vây téi sÆ kät thÒc céng vièc lÒc 22h30).

 I’ll have finished my work by 11.30. (I'll finish my work not later than 11.30)

Téi sÆ ho¿n th¿nh céng vièc lÒc 11g30 (téi sÆ kät thÒc khéng muîn hïn 11g30)

C

BÂn cÍ thæ nÍi by the time something happens. HÁy xem nhùng vÈ dÖ sau:

 It’s not worth going shopping now. By the time we get to shops, they will be closed. (= the

shops will close between now and the time we get there) LÒc n¿y m¿ ½i chô thÉ chÚng Èch gÉ. Khi chÒng ta tði thÉ c¾c cøa h¿ng ½Á ½Íng cøa rëi. (= trong khoÀng thñi gian chÒng ta tði cøa h¿ng thÉ chÒng sÆ ½Íng cøa rëi)  (from a letter) I’m flying to the United States this evening. So by the time you receive this

letter, I’ll be in New York. (= I will arrive in New York between now and the time you receive this letter) (Trong mît böc thõ) Têi nay téi sÆ bay sang Mþ. Vây khi m¿ anh nhân ½õôc böc thõ n¿y, téi ½ang ò New York. (= Téi sÆ tði New York trong khoÀng thñi gian t÷ bÝy giñ ½än khi anh nhân ½õôc böc thõ n¿y)  Hurry up! By the time we get to the cinema, the film will already have started.

Nhanh lãn! Trong khi mÉnh tði rÂp thÉ phim ½Á bØt ½ßu chiäu rëi. BÂn cÍ thæ nÍi by the time something happened (vði thÉ qu¾ khö):  Jane’s car broke down on the way to the party last night. By the time she arrived, most of

the other guests had gone. (= it look her a long time to get to the party and most of the guests went home during this time) Xe hïi cÔa Jane bÌ hÏng trãn ½õñng tði dú tièc têi qua. LÒc cé tði nïi, phßn lðn kh¾ch ½Á ra vå. (= cé mÞt nhiåu thñi gian trãn ½õñng v¿ trong khoÀng thñi gian ½Í phßn lðn kh¾ch ½Á vå)  I had a lot of work to do yesterday evening. I was very tired by the time I finished. (= it took

me a long time to do the work and I became more and more tired during this time) Téi cÍ nhiåu vièc phÀi l¿m têi hém qua. Téi rÞt mèt cho tði lÒc xong vièc. (= Céng vièc kÃo d¿i v¿ ng¿y téi c¿ng mèt hïn trong khoÀng thñi gian n¿y)  We went to the cinema last night. It took us a long time to find somewhere to park the car.

By the time we got to the cinema, the film had already started. Têi qua chÒng téi ½i xem phim. ChÒng téi ½Á tên nhiåu thñi gian ½æ tÉm nïi ½í xe. Cho tði khi chÒng téi v¿o rÂp thÉ phim ½Á bØt ½ßu chiäu rëi. Mît c¾ch tõïng tú ta cÍ by then v¿ by that time:  Jane finally arrived at the party at midnight, but by then (hoÜc by that time), most of the

guest had gone. Cuêi cÓng thÉ Jane cÕng tði ½õôc bùa tièc v¿o lÒc nøa ½ãm, nhõng cho tði khi ½Í thÉ phßn lðn kh¾ch ½Á ra vå.

Unit 120. At/on/in (time)

A

HÁy so s¾nh at, on v¿ in:

 They arrived at 5 o’cock.

HÑ ½Á tði nïi lÒc 5 giñ.  They arrived on Friday.

HÑ ½Á tði hém thö s¾u.  They arrived in October./ They arrived in 1968.

HÑ ½Á tði v¿o th¾ng mõñi./ HÑ ½Á tði v¿o n×m 1968. Ta dÓng: at vði thñi gian trong ng¿y:

at 5 o’clock at 11.45 at midnight at lunchtime at sunset .v.v. on vði ng¿y th¾ng, c¾c ng¿y ½Üc bièt, ng¿y trong tußn: on Friday on 12 March 1994 on Christmas Day on my birthday in vði nhùng khoÀng thñi gian lðn hïn (chÚng hÂn months/ years/ seasons): in October in 1968 in the 18th century in the past in(the)winter in the 1970s in the Middle Ages in (the) future

B

Ta dÓng at trong c¾c th¿nh ngù sau:

at night at the weekend at weekends at Easter at Christmas

I don’t like going out at night. Téi khéng thÈch ra ngo¿i ban ½ãm. Will you be here at the weekend? BÂn sÆ ò ½Ýy v¿o kü nghÊ cuêi tußn chö?

Do you give each other presents at Christmas? BÂn cÍ tÜng qu¿ mÑi ngõñi dÌp Gi¾ng sinh khéng? (nhõng on Christmas day) at the moment at present at the same time

Mr Benn is busy at the moment/ at present. V¿o lÒc n¿y éng Benn ½ang bân. Liz and I arrived at the same time. Liz v¿ téi tði nïi cÓng mît lÒc.

ChÒ û rÙng ta thõñng hÏi What time ...? (At what time Èt ½õôc dÓng):  What time are you going out this evening?

Têi nay bÂn sÆ ½i chïi lÒc mÞy giñ?

C

Ta nÍi: in the morning(s) in the afternoon(s) in the evening(s)

 I’ll see you in the morning.

Téi sÆ gÜp anh v¿o buìi s¾ng  Do you work in the evening?

Anh cÍ l¿m vièc v¿o buìi s¾ng khéng? nhõng: on Friday morning(s) on Sunday afternoon(s) on Monday evening(s) .v.v.  I’ll be at home on Friday morning.

Téi sÆ cÍ nh¿ s¾ng thö s¾u.  Do you usually go out on Saturday evening?

BÂn thõñng ½i chïi v¿o têi thö bÀy ¿?

D

Ta khéng dÓng at/ on/ in trõðc last/ this/ every:

 I’ll see you next Friday. (khéng nÍi 'on next Friday')

Téi sÆ gÜp anh v¿o thö s¾u tði.  They got married last March.

HÑ ½Á cõði nhau th¾ng ba v÷a rëi.

E

In a few minutes/ in six months, .v.v.= mît thñi ½iæm trong tõïng lai

 The train will be leaving in a few minutes. (= a few minutes from now)

Št phÒt nùa t¿u sÆ khòi h¿nh. (= Èt phÒt nùa tÈnh t÷ lÒc n¿y)  Jack has gone away. He’ll be back in a week. (= aweek from now)

Jack ½i vÙng rëi. Mît tußn nùa anh Þy sÆ quay vå. (= mît tußn nùa tÈnh t÷ lÒc n¿y) BÂn cÕng cÍ thæ nÍi “in six months’ time”, “in a week’s time”, .v.v.:  They’re getting married in six months’ time. (hoÜc ...in six months.)

S¾u th¾ng nùa hÑ sÆ tì chöc ½¾m cõði. Ta cÎn cÍ thæ dÓng in... ½æ nÍi rÙng cßn mît khoÀng thñi gian bao lÝu ½æ l¿m mît vièc n¿o ½Í:  I learnt to drive in four weeks. (= It took me four weeks to learn)

Téi ½Á hÑc l¾i xe mÞt 4 tußn. (= téi cßn 4 tußn ½æ hÑc)

Unit 121. On time/in time. At the end/in the end

A

On time v¿ in time

On time = Punctual, not late (½Òng giñ, khéng châm trç). Ta dÓng on time ½æ nÍi rÙng mît vièc n¿o ½Í xÀy ra ½Òng thñi gian nhõ ½Á ½õôc dú tÈnh:  The 11.45 train left on time. (= in left at 11.45)

Chuyän t¿u 11h45 ½Á khòi h¿nh ½Òng giñ. (= nÍ rñi nh¿ ga lÒc 11h45)  “I’ll meet you at 7.30.” “OK, but please be on time.” (= don't be late, be there at 7.30)

"Téi sÆ gÜp anh lÒc 7h30." "Hay lØm, nhõng nhð ½Òng giñ nhÃ." (= ½÷ng tði muîn, hÁy cÍ mÜt ò ½Í lÒc 7h30)  The conference was very well organised. Everything began and finished on time.

Hîi nghÌ ½Á ½õôc tì chöc rÞt têt. MÑi vièc ½åu bØt ½ßu v¿ kät thÒc ½Òng thñi gian ½Á ½Ình. #êi nghËa vði on time l¿ late:  Be on time. Don’t be late.

HÁy ½Òng giñ. Chð cÍ trç.

In time (for something/ to do something) = v÷a ½Òng lÒc ( l¿m gÉ ½Í)  Will you be home in time for dinner? (= soon enough for dinner)

BÂn sÆ vå ½än nh¿ kÌp bùa têi chö? (= v÷a kÌp bùa têi)  I’ve sent Jill her birthday present. I hope it arrives in time (for her birthday). (= soon

enough for her birthday) Téi ½Á gøi qu¿ sinh nhât cho Jill. Téi hy vÑng mÍn qu¿ tði kÌp (sinh nhât cé Þy). (= v÷a kÌp sinh nhât cé Þy)  I must hurry. I want to get home in time to see the football match on television. (= soon

enough to see the football match) Téi phÀi khàn trõïng. Téi muên vå nh¿ ½Òng lÒc ½æ xem trân bÍng ½¾ trãn tivi. (=½Ô ½æ xem trân ½Þu bÍng ½¾ trãn ti vi) Ngõôc lÂi vði in time l¿ too late:  I got home too late to see the football match.

Téi vå tði nh¿ qu¾ muîn ½æ kÌp xem trân bÍng ½¾. CÕng cÍ thæ nÍi just in time (= almost too late — v÷a kÌp ½æ khéng qu¾ muîn):  We got to the station just in time to catch the train.

ChÒng téi tði ga v÷a vÜn kÌp chuyän t¿u.  A child ran across the road in front of the car, but I managed to stop just in time.

Mît ½öa bà chÂy qua ½õñng ngay trõðc ½ßu xe, nhõng téi ½Á kÌp hÁm xe lÂi v÷a ½Òng lÒc.

B

At the end v¿ in the end

At the end (of something) = thñi ½iæm kät thÒc (mît vièc, sú kièn, thñi gian...). LÞy vÈ dÖ: at the end of the month at the end of January at the end of the match at the end of the film at the end of the course at the of the conrert  I’m going away at the end of January/ at the end of the month.

Téi sÆ ½i vØng v¿o cuêi th¾ng giãng/ v¿o cuêi th¾ng.  At the end of the concert, there was great applause.

Kät thÒc buìi hÎa nhÂc l¿ mît tr¿ng ví tay thât lðn.  All the players shook hands at the end of the match.

TÞt cÀ c¾c cßu thÔ ½Á bØt tay v¿o lÒc cuêi trân ½Þu. Khéng thæ nÍi in the end of something. Vây khéng thæ nÍi in the end of January hay in the end of the concert. Tr¾i nghËa vði at the end of l¿ at the beginning: at the beginning of January (½ßu th¾ng giãng) at the beginning of the concert (½ßu buìi hÎa nhÂc)

In the end = cuêi cÓng , sau cÓng... Ta dÓng in the end khi nÍi tði kät quÀ sau cÓng cÔa mît tÉnh huêng, mît sú vièc...:  We had a lot of problems with our car. In the end we sold it and bought another one. (=

finally we sold it.) ChÒng téi ½Á gÜp nhiåu phiån to¾i vði chiäc xe. Cuêi cÓng chÒng téi ½Á b¾n nÍ ½i v¿ mua chiäc kh¾c.  He got more and more angry. In the end he just walked out of the room.

Anh ta ng¿y c¿ng búc töc. Cuêi cÓng anh ta ½Á bõðc ra khÏi phÎng.  Jim couldn’t decide where to go for his holidays. He didn’t go anywhere in the end.

Jim ½Á khéng thæ quyät ½Ình sÆ ½i ½Ýu trong nhùng ng¿y nghÊ. Cuêi cÓng anh ta ½Á chÚng ½i ½Ýu

cÀ. Tr¾i nghËa vði in the end l¿ at first:  At first we didn’t like each other very much, but in the end we became good friends.

LÒc ½ßu chÒng téi khéng hôp nhau lØm, nhõng sau ½Í chÒng téi ½Á trò th¿nh nhùng ngõñi bÂn têt.

Unit 122. In/at/on (place) (1)

A

In

Xem c¾c vÈ dÖ:  in a room in a garden in a building in a towm/ city in a box in a country  There’s no one in the room/ in the building/ in the garden.

Khéng cÍ ai trong phÎng/ trong tÎa nh¿/ trong võñn.  What have you got in your hand/ in your mouth?

BÂn cÍ c¾i gÉ trãn tay/ trong mièng vây?  When we were in Italy, we spent a few days in Venice. (khéng nÍi 'at Venice')

LÒc chÒng téi bãn @, chÒng téi ò Venice v¿i ng¿y.  I have a friend who lives in a small village in the mountains.

Téi cÍ ngõñi bÂn sêng tÂi mît l¿ng nhÏ ò trãn nÒi.  Look at those people swimming in the pool/ in the sea/ in the river.

HÁy quan s¾t nhùng ngõñi ½ang bïi trong bæ bïi / trãn biæn/ trãn séng.

B

At

XÃt c¾c vÈ dÖ: at the bus stop at the top (of the page) at the end of the street at the door at the window  Who is that man standing at the bus stop/ at the door/ at the window?

Ngõñi ½¿n éng ½ang ½öng chí chñ xe buût/ nïi cøa/ ò cøa sì kia l¿ ai vây?  Turn left at the traffic lights / at the church/ at the roundabout.

HÁy rÆ tr¾i chí ½Än giao théng/ chí nh¿ thñ/ tÂi bÓng binh.  Write your name at the top/ at the bottom of the page.

HÁy viät tãn bÂn lãn ½ßu/ xuêng cuêi trang giÞy.  Angela’s house is the white once at the end of the street.

Nh¿ cÔa Angela l¿ ngéi nh¿ m¿u trØng nïi cuêi phê ½Í.  When you leave the hotel, please leave your key at reception.

Khi bÂn ra khÏi kh¾ch sÂn, l¿m ïn ½æ chÉa khÍa tÂi b¿n tiäp tÝn.

C

On

XÃt c¾c vÈ dÖ sau:  I sat on the floor/ on the ground/ on the grass/ on a chair / on the beach.

Téi ngëi trãn s¿n/ trãn mÜt ½Þt/ trãn bÁi cÏ/ trãn ghä/ trãn bÁi biæn.  There’s dirty mark on the wall/ on the ceilling/ on your nose/ on your shirt.

CÍ mît vät bàn trãn tõñng/ trãn trßn nh¿/ trãn mÕi bÂn/ trãn ¾o bÂn.  Have you seen the notice on the notice board/ on the door?

BÂn ½Á ½Ñc théng b¾o trãn bÀng théng b¾o/ trãn cøa chõa?  You’ll find details of TV programes on page seven (of the newpaper).

BÂn sÆ tÉm thÞy chi tiät cÔa c¾c chõïng trÉnh truyån hÉnh ò trang 7 (trãn tñ b¾o)

D

So s¾nh in v¿ at:

 There were a lot of people in the shop. it was very crowded.

CÍ ½éng ngõñi trong cøa h¿ng. Nïi ½Í ½Á rÞt ën ¿o. nhõng  Go along this road, then turn left at the shop. (ai ½Í chÊ ½õñng)

HÁy ½i theo con ½õñng n¿y, rëi rÆ tr¾i chí cøa h¿ng. So s¾nh in v¿ on:  There is somebody at the door. Shall I go and see who it is?

CÍ ngõñi n¿o ½Í nïi cøa. Téi ra xem l¿ ai nhÃ? nhõng  There is a notice on the door. It says “Do not disturb”.

CÍ mît ghi chÒ trãn cøa. Trãn ½Í ghi "Khéng l¿m phiån".

Unit 123. In/at/on (place) (2)

A

In

Ta nÍi mît ai ½Í hay mît c¾i gÉ ½Í l¿: in a line / in a row / in a queue / in a street in a photograph / in a picture / (look at yourself) in a mirror in the sky / in the world in a book /in a newspaper / in a magazine / in a letter (nhõng on a page)  When I go to the cinema, I prefer to sit in the front row.

Khi ½i xem phim, téi thÈch ngëi trãn h¿ng ghä ½ßu hïn.  I live in King street. Sarah lives in Queen street.

Téi sêng ò phê King. Sarah sêng ò phê Queen.  Who is the woman in that photograph? (khéng nÍi 'on that photograph')

Ngõñi ½¿n b¿ ò trong Ành l¿ ai vây?  Have you seen this article in the paper (= newspaper)?

BÂn ½Á xem b¿i n¿y trãn b¾o chõa?  It was a lovely day. There wasn’t cloud in the sky.

#Í l¿ mît ng¿y ½Çp trñi. Bßu trñi khéng mît gôn mÝy.

B

On

Ta nÍi mît ai ½Í hay mît c¾i gÉ ½Í l¿: on the left / on the right on the ground floor/ on the first floor / on the second floor .v.v. on a map / on the menu (in the restaurant)/ on a list on a farm  In Britain we drive on the left. (hay ... on the left-hand side)

´ nõðc Anh chÒng téi chÂy xe ò bãn tr¾i.  Our flat is on the second floor of the building.

C×n hî cÔa chÒng téi ò tßng hai cÔa tÎa nh¿.  Here’s a shoppong list. Don’t buy anything that’s not on the list.

#Ýy l¿ danh s¾ch mua h¿ng. #÷ng mua thö gÉ khéng cÍ trong danh s¾ch.  Have you ever worked on a farm?

BÂn ½Á l¿m vièc ò néng trÂi bao giñ chõa? Ta nÍi mît vÌ trÈ n¿o ½Í l¿ on a river / on a road / on the coast:  London is on the river Thames.

London nÙm trãn séng Thames.  Portsmouth is on the south coast of England.

Porstmouth nÙm ò bñ biæn phÈa nam nõðc Anh Ta nÍi rÙng mît vÌ trÈ n¿o ½Í l¿ on the way tði mît vÌ trÈ kh¾c (trãn ½õñng ½i):  We stopped at a small village on the way to London.

ChÒng téi d÷ng chÝn tÂi mît l¿ng nhÏ trãn ½õñng tði London.

C

The corner

Ta nÍi in the corner of a room, nhõng at the corner (hay on the corner) of a street.  The television is in the corner of the room.

Ti vi ½æ ò gÍc phÎng.  There is a public telephone at / on the corner of the street.

CÍ mît trÂm ½ièn thoÂi céng cîng ò gÍc phê.

D

The front v¿ the back

Ta nÍi in the front / in the back of a car.  I was sitting in the back (of the car) when we crashed.

LÒc chÒng téi bÌ ½Öng xe téi ½ang ngëi ò phÈa sau xe. nhõng at the front/ at the back of a building / cinema/ group of people v.v...:  The garden is at the back of the house.

Khu võñn nÙm ò phÈa sau ngéi nh¿  Let’s sit at the front (of the cinema). nhõng in the front row — (xem mÖc A)

ChÒng ta hÁy ngëi ò h¿ng ghä ½ßu. (trong rÂp chiäu bÍng)  I was standing at the back, so I couldn’t see very well.

Téi ½öng ò phÈa cuêi nãn nhÉn khéng rÐ lØm. Tõïng tú: on the front / on the back of a letter / piece of paper v.v...:  Write your name on the back of this envelope.

HÁy viät tãn bÂn v¿o mÜt sau chiäc phong bÉ n¿y.

Unit 124. In/at/on (place) (3)

A

In bed / at home v.v...

Ta nÍi ai ½Í l¿ in bed (trãn giõñng), in the hospital (trong bènh vièn), in prison (trong tÓ)  Mark isn’t it. He’s still in bed.

Mark ván chõa dây. Anh Þy ván nÙm trãn giõñng.  Kay’s mother is in hospital.

MÇ cÔa Kay ½ang ò trong bènh vièn. hoÜc mît ngõñi n¿o ½Í at home/ at work/ at school/ at uiversity/ at college:  I’ll be at work until 5.30 but I’ll be at home all evening.

Téi l¿m vièc tði 5h30 nhõng téi sÆ ò nh¿ v¿o buìi têi.  Julia is studying chemistry at university.

Julia hièn ½ang theo hÑc ng¿nh hÍa ò trõñng ½Âi hÑc. Ta cÕng nÍi at sea (= du h¿nh bÙng ½õñng biæn). So s¾nh at sea vði in the sea:  It was a long voyage. We were at sea for 30 days.

#Í l¿ mît chuyän ½i d¿i ng¿y. ChÒng téi ½Á ò trãn bÁi biæn 30 ng¿y.  I love swimming in the sea.

Téi thÈch bïi ò biæn.

B

At a party / at a concert v.v...

Ta dÓng at khi nÍi rÙng ai ½Í ½ang tham gia hay ½ang ò trong mît sú kièn, mît tÉnh huêng n¿o ½Í (at a party/ at a conference v.v...):  Were there many people at the party/ at the meeting?

CÍ ½éng ngõñi ½Á tham dú buìi liãn hoan/ cuîc hÑp khéng?  I saw Jack at a football match/ at a conret last Saturday.

Téi gÜp Jack ò trân bÍng ½¾/ buìi hÎa nhÂc hém thö bÀy tußn trõðc.

C

BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng in v¿ at vði c¾c tÎa nh¿. ChÚng hÂn, cÍ thæ nÍi in a restaurant hay at a restaurant. Ta thõñng dÓng at khi ¾m chÊ tði c¾c sú kièn hïn l¿ bÀn thÝn vÌ trÈ hay nïi sú kièn xÀy ra (nhõ a concert — buìi hÎa nhÂc/ a film — buìi chiäu phim/ a party — buìi liãn hoan/ a meeting — cuîc mÈt tinh/ a sports event — mît sú kièn thæ thao):

 We went to a concert at the Royal Festival Hall.

ChÒng téi ½Á tði dú buìi hÎa nhÂc tÂi Cung Ho¿ng gia.  The meeting took place at the company’s headquarters.

Cuîc hÑp ½Á diçn ra tÂi phÎng lÁnh ½Âo céng ty.  The film I want to see is showing at the Odeon (cinema).

Bî phim téi muên xem ½ang chiäu ò rÂp Odeon. Ta nÍi at the station/ at the airport:  Don’t meet me at the station. I can get a taxi.

#÷ng ½Ín téi ò ga. Téi cÍ thæ ½i taxi. Ta dÓng at khi nÍi tði nh¿ mît ai ½Í:  I was at Judy’s house last night. hay I was at Judy’s last night.

Téi ò nh¿ Judy têi qua. CÕng nhõ vây: at the doctor’s, at the hairdresser’s v.v... Ta dÓng in khi ½å câp tði chÈnh bÀn thÝn nïi chên, vÌ trÈ (céng trÉnh xÝy dúng, kiän trÒc...)  The rooms in Judy’s house are very small. (khéng nÍi 'at Judy's house')

C¾c c×n phÎng ò nh¿ Judy rÞt nhÏ.  I enjoyed the film but it was very cold in the cinema. (khéng nÍi 'at the cinema')

Téi thÈch cuên phim nhõng trong rÂp lÂnh qu¾.

D

#êi vði c¾c th¿nh phê, l¿ng mÂc hay c¾c thÌ trÞn, ta thõñng dÓng in:

 Tom’s parents live in Nottingham. (khéng nÍi 'at Nottingham')

Cha mÇ Tom sêng ò Nottingham.  The Louvre is a famous art museum in Paris. (khéng nÍi 'at Paris')

Louvre l¿ mît bÀo t¿ng nghè thuât nì tiäng ò Paris. Nhõng bÂn cÍ thæ dÓng at hoÜc in khi m¿ nïi chên bÂn nÍi tði ½Í cÍ nghËa nhõ mît vÌ trÈ hoÜc mît chÜn ½õñng cÔa mît chuyän ½i.  Do you know if this trainstops at (hoÜc in) Nottingham? (= at Nottingham station)

BÂn cÍ biät lèu chuyän t¿u n¿y cÍ d÷ng ò Nottingham hay khéng?  We stopped at (hoÜc in) a small village on the way to London.

ChÒng téi ½Á d÷ng ò mît l¿ng nhÏ trãn ½õñng tði London.

E

On a bus/ in a car v.v...

Ta thõñng nÍi on a bus/ on a train/ on a plane/ on a ship nhõng in a car/ in a taxi:  The bus was very full. There were too many people on it.

Xe buût ½Á chât cöng. CÍ qu¾ nhiåu ngõñi trãn xe.  George arrived in a taxi.

George ½Á tði bÙng taxi.

Ta nÍi on a bicycle/ on a motorcycle/ on a house:  Mary passed me on her bicycle.

Mary ½Á võôt qua téi trãn chiäc xe ½Âp cÔa cé Þy. #æ biät thãm vå by bus/ by car/ by bicycle v.v..., xem Unit 127

Unit 125. To/at/in/into

A

Ta nÍi go/ come/ travel (.v.v.) to... VÈ dÖ: go to America go to bed take (somebody) to hospital return to Italy go to the bank come to my house drive to the airport go to a concert be sent to prison

 When your friends returning to Italy? (khéng nÍi 'returning inItaly')

Khi n¿o c¾c bÂn anh trò vå @?  After the accident three people were taken to hospital.

Sau vÖ tai nÂn cÍ ba ngõñi ½Á ½õôc ½õa v¿o bènh vièn. CÕng tõïng tú ta nÍi: on my way to .../ a journey to / a trip to / welcome to v.v...:  Welcome to our country! (khéng nÍi 'welcome in')

Ch¿o m÷ng c¾c bÂn tði th×m ½Þt nõðc chÒng téi. So s¾nh to (trong sú chuyæn ½îng) vði in/ at (chÊ vÌ trÈ):  They are going to France. nhõng They live in France. HÑ sÆ tði Ph¾p. nhõng HÑ sêng ò Ph¾p.  Can you come to the party?

nhõng I’ll see you at the party. BÂn cÍ thæ tði dú tièc khéng? Téi sÆ gÜp bÂn tÂi buìi tièc.

B

Been to

Ta thõñng nÍi “I’ve been to a place”:  I’ve been to Italy four times but I’ve never been to Rome.

Téi ½Á ½i @ 4 lßn nhõng chõa bao giñ tði Rom.  Ann has never been to a football match in her life.

Trong ½ñi mÉnh Ann chõa bao giñ ½i xem bÍng ½¾.  Jack has got some money. He has just been to the bank.

Jack cÍ tiån ½Í. Anh Þy v÷a mði ò nh¿ b×ng.

C

Get v¿ arrive

Ta nÍi “get to place”:  What time did they get to London / get to work/ get to the party?

HÑ ½Á tði London/ nïi l¿m vièc/ buìi tièc lÒc mÞy giñ? Nhõng ta lÂi nÍi arrive in ... hoÜc arrive at .. (khéng nÍi 'arrive to') Ta nÍi arrive in a country hay town/city:  When did they arrive in Britain/ arrive in London?

HÑ ½Á tði Anh quêc/ London khi n¿o vây? Trong c¾c trõñng hôp kh¾c, ta nÍi arrive at:  What time did they arrive at the hotel / arrive at the party / arrive at work?

HÑ ½Á tði kh¾ch sÂn/ buìi liãn hoan/ nïi l¿m vièc lÒc mÞy giñ?

D

Home

ChÒng ta khéng nÍi to home. Ta nÍi go home/ come home/ get home/ arrive home/ on the way home v.v... (khéng cÍ giði t÷):  I’m tired. Let’s go home. (khéng nÍi 'go to home')

Em bÌ mèt. MÉnh vå nh¿ ½i.  I met Caroline on my way home.

Téi gÜp Caroline trãn ½õñng vå nh¿. Nhõng ta nÍi “be at home”, “do something at home”, v.v... Xem UNIT 73C v¿ 124A

E

Into

“Go into ...”. “get into...” .v.v.= 'enter' (a room / a building/ a car.v.v):  She got into the car and drove away.

Cé Þy lãn xe v¿ l¾i xe ½i.  A bird flew into the kitchen through the window.

Mît con chim ½Á bay v¿o bäp qua cøa sì. Ta ½éi khi cÕng nÍi in (thay vÉ into):  Don’t wait outside. Come in the house. (hay come into the house).

#÷ng chñ bãn ngo¿i. HÁy v¿o nh¿ ½i. #æ û rÙng ta nÍi enter a building/enter a room .v.v. (khéng nÍi 'enter into') #êi nghËa vði into l¿ out of:  She got out of the car and went into a shop.

Cé ta ½Á ½õa ra khÏi xe v¿ ½i v¿o cøa h¿ng.

Ta thõñng nÍi get on/ off a bus /a train/ a plane:  She got on the bus and I never saw her again.

Cé Þy ½Á lãn xe buût v¿ téi chõa thÞy lÂi cé Þy.

Unit 126. On/in/at (other uses)

A

On holiday v.v...

(be/go) on holiday / on business / on a trip / on a cruise v.v...:  Tom’s away at the moment. He’s on holiday in France. (khéng nÍi 'in holiday')

Hièn giñ Tom ½i vØng. Anh Þy ½ang nghÊ hÄ bãn Ph¾p.  Did you go to Germany on business or on holiday?

Anh ½Á sang #öc céng t¾c hay ½i nghÊ m¾t vây?  One day I’d like to go on a world tour.

Téi muên ng¿y n¿o ½Í sÆ ½i du lÌch vÎng quanh thä giði. ChÒ û rÙng bÂn cÍ thæ nÍi: go to a place for a holiday/ for my holiday(s):  Tom has gone to France for a holiday. (khéng nÍi 'for holiday')

Tom ½Á sang Ph¾p nghÊ hÄ rëi.  Where are you going for your holidays next summer?

HÄ n×m tði bÂn sÆ ½i nghÊ ò ½Ýu?

B

Mît sê th¿nh ngù vði on

on telivision/on the radio:  I didn’t watch the news on television, but I heard it on the radio.

Téi ½Á khéng theo dÐi tin ½Í trãn ti vi, nhõng téi nghe ½õôc trãn ½¿i. on the phone/ telephone:  You can’t phone me. I’m not on the phone.

BÂn khéng thæ gÑi ½ièn cho téi. Téi khéng ò chí ½ièn thoÂi.  I’ve never met her gut I’ve spoken to her on the phone.

Téi chõa gÜp cé Þy bao giñ nhõng téi ½Á t÷ng nÍi chuyèn ½ièn thoÂi vði cé Þy. (be /go) on strike/ on a diet:  There are no trains today. The railway workers are on strike.

Hém nay t¿u løa khéng chÂy. Céng nhÝn ½õñng sØt ½ang ½Énh céng.  I’ve put on a lot of weight. I’ll have to go on a diet.

Téi ½Á t×ng cÝn nhiåu. Téi sÆ phÀi ×n kiãng théi. (be) on fire:  Look! That car is on fire!

Xem kÉa! Chiäc xe hïi kia ½ang bêc ch¾y! on the whole (= in general):  Sometimes I have problems at work but on the whole I enjoy my job.

#éi khi téi gÜp nhiåu phiån phöc trong céng vièc nhõng nÍi chung téi h¿i lÎng vði céng vièc cÔa téi. on purpose (= intentionally):  I’m sorry. I didn’t mean to annoy you. I didn’t do it on purpose.

Xin líi. Téi khéng ½Ình l¿m phiån anh. Téi khéng cê tÉnh l¿m ½iåu ½Í. Nhõng: by mistake / by chance/ by accident (xem UNIT 127).

C

Nhùng th¿nh ngù vði in in the rain/ in the sun (= sunshine)/ in the shade/ in the dark/ in bad weather v.v...:

 We sat in the shade. It was too hot to sit in the sun.

ChÒng téi ngëi trong bÍng m¾t . Trñi qu¾ nÍng ½æ ngëi ngo¿i nØng.  Don’t go out in the rain. Wait until it stops.

#÷ng ½i ra ngo¿i dõði mõa. Chñ mõa tÂnh ½Á. (write) in ink/ in biro/ in pencil:  When you do the exam, you’re not allowed to write in pencil.

Khi c¾c em l¿m b¿i kiæm tra, c¾c em khéng ½õôc phÃp viät bÒt chÉ CÕng vây : in words, in figures, in block letters.  Please fill in the form in block letters.

L¿m ïn ½iån v¿o máu n¿y bÙng chù in hoa. (pay) in cash:  I paid the bill in cash. nhõng I paid by cheque/ by credit card (xem UNIT 127)

Téi ½Á thanh to¾n hÍa ½ïn bÙng tiån mÜt/ sÃc / thÅ tÈn dÖng. (be / fall) in love (with somebody):  Have you ever been in love with anybody?

BÂn ½Á bao giñ yãu ai chõa? in (my) opinion:  In my opinion, the film wasn’t very good.

Theo û kiän cÔa téi, cuên phim khéng hay lØm.

D

At the age of... v.v...

ChÒng ta nÍi : at the age of .../ at a speed of .../ at a temperature of ... v.v... ChÚng hÂn:  Jill left school at 16. hay ... at the age of 16.

Jill théi hÑc n×m 16 tuìi (Jill rñi trõñng phì théng n×m 16 tuìi)

 The train was travelling at 120 miles an hour. hay ... at a speed of 120 miles an hour.

#o¿n t¿u chÂy vði têc ½î 120 dÜm mît giñ.  Water boils at 100 degrees celsius.

Nõðc séi ò 100 ½î celsius.

Unit 127. By By ½õôc dÓng vði nhiåu c¾ch:

A

DÓng by... trong c¾c th¿nh ngù ½æ nÍi lãn c¾ch thöc ta l¿m mît vièc gÉ ½Í. VÈ dÖ:

 Send something by post  do something by hand  pay by cheque/by credit card (nhõng pay in cash)

hoÜc c¾ch thöc m¿ mît ½iåu gÉ ½Í xÀy ra by mistake/by chance/by accident (nhõng do something on purpose):  Did you pay by cheque or in cash?

BÂn ½Á thanh to¾n bÙng sÃc hay tiån mÜt?  We hadn’t arranged to meet. We met by chance.

ChÒng téi ½Á khéng hÇn gÜp. ChÒng téi ½Á gÜp nhau tÉnh cñ. Trong nhùng th¿nh ngù trãn ½Ýy ta dÓng by+danh t÷ (khéng kÄm a hoÜc the). Ta nÍi by chance/by cheque,v.v... (khéng nÍi by a chance/by a cheque).

B

Mît c¾ch tõïng tú ta dÓng by... ½æ diçn ½Ât phõïng tièn, c¾ch thöc ½i lÂi:

by car/ by train/ by plane/ by boat/ by ship/ by bus/ by bicycle v.v... v¿ by road/by rail/by air/by sea/by underground  Liz ussually goes to work by bus.

Liz thõñng ½i l¿m bÙng xe buût.  Do you prefer to travel by air or by train?

BÂn thÈch ½i du lÌch bÙng ½õñng h¿ng khéng hay bÙng t¿u løa hïn? Nhõng ta lÂi nÍi on foot:  Did you come here by car or on foot?

BÂn ½än ½Ýy bÙng xe hay ½i bî vây? BÂn khéng thæ nÍi by vði my car/the train/a taxi v.v... Ta dÓng by + danh t÷ khéng cÍ a/the/my v.v... Ta nÍi: by car nhõng in my car (khéng nÍi by my car) by train nhõng on the train (khéng nÍi by the train) Ta dÓng in vði bicycles v¿ c¾c phõïng tièn giao théng céng cîng (buses, trains, v.v...):  We travelled on the 6.45 train.

ChÒng téi ½i chuyän t¿u 6g45'.

C

ChÒng ta nÍi something is done by somebody/ something (bÌ ½îng c¾ch — xem Unit 41, Unit

42, Unit 43)  Have you ever been bitten by a dog?

BÂn ½Á bÌ chÍ cØn bao giñ chõa?  The programme was watched by millions of people.

Chõïng trÉnh ½Á ½õôc h¿ng trièu ngõñi theo dÐi. HÁy so s¾nh by v¿ with:  The door must have been opened with a key. (khéng nÍi by a key) (=somebody used a key to

open it.) C¾nh cøa hÚn ½Á ½õôc mò bÙng chÉa khÍa.  The door must have been opened by somebody with a key.

ChÒng ta nÍi a play by Shakespeare, a painting by Rembrandt, a novel by Tolstoy, v.v...  Have you read any books by Agatha Christie?

BÂn ½Á ½Ñc cuên s¾ch n¿o cÔa Agatha Christie chõa?

D

By cÎn cÍ nghËa next/beside:

 Come and sit by me. (=beside me)

HÁy lÂi ½Ýy v¿ ngëi xuêng cÂnh téi.  “Where’s the light switch?” “By the door.”

"Céng tØc ½Än ò ½Ýu?" "Nïi cøa ½Í."

E

ChÒ û mît sê c¾ch dÓng nùa cÔa by:

 Clare’s salary has just gone up from £1,000 a month to £1,100. So it has increased by

£100/by ten per cent. Lõïng cÔa Clare mði t×ng t÷ £1.000 mît th¾ng lãn £1.100. Vây l¿ ½Á t×ng £100/10 phßn tr×m.  John and Roger had a race over 100 metres. Roger won by about five metres.

John v¿ Roger ½Á chÂy thi 100m. Roger nhanh hïn khoÀng 5m.

Unit 129. Noun + preposition (reason for, cause of etc.)

A

Danh t÷ + for ...

a cheque FOR (a sume of money):  They sent me a cheque for £75.

HÑ ½Á gøi téi mît sÃc 75 bÀng Anh. a demand FOR/a need FOR...:  The firm closed down because there wasn’t enough demand for its product.

HÁng ½Í ½Á ½Íng cøa vÉ khéng cÍ ½Ô nhu cßu tiãu thÖ sÀn phàm cÔa hÑ.  There’s no excuse for behaviour like that. There’s no need for it.

Khéng xin líi ½êi vði nhùng h¿nh vi nhõ vây. Khéng cßn thiät phÀi xin líi. a reason FOR...:  The train was late but nobody knew the reason for the delay. (khéng nÍi 'reason of ' )

Chuyän t¿u bÌ trç nhõng khéng ai biät lû do sú châm trç ½Í.

B

Danh t÷ + of ...

an advantage/a disadvantage OF...:  The advantage of living alone is that you can do what you like.

#iåu cÍ lôi cÔa vièc sêng ½îc thÝn l¿ bÂn cÍ thæ l¿m nhùng gÉ bÂn thÈch. Nhõng ta thõñng nÍi: “there is an advantages in (hoÜc to) doing something”  There are many advantages in (hoÜc to) living alone.

CÍ nhiåu ½iåu cÍ lôi khi sêng ½îc thÝn. a cause OF...:  Nobody knows what the cause of the explosion was.

Khéng ai biät nguyãn nhÝn vÖ nì l¿ gÉ. a photograph/a picture/ a map/a plan/ a drawing (v.v...) OF...:  She showed me some photographs of her family.

Cé Þy cho téi xem mît v¿i böc Ành gia ½Énh cé Þy.  I had a map of the town, so I was able to find my way around.

Téi cÍ bÀn ½ë th¿nh phê nãn téi cÍ thæ tÉm ½õñng ½i dÂo loanh quanh.

C

Danh t÷ + in...

an increase/ a decrease/ a rise/ a fall IN (prices, v.v...):

 There has been an increase in the number of road accidents recently.

Thñi gian gßn ½Ýy cÍ sú gia t×ng sê c¾c vÖ tai nÂn giao théng.  Last year was a bad year of the company. There was a big fall in sales.

N×m v÷a qua ½êi vði céng ty khéng ½õôc th¿nh céng. CÍ sú giÀm sÒt lðn trong vièc b¾n h¿ng.

D

Danh t÷ + to...

damage TO...:  The accident was my fault, so I had to pay the damage to the other car.

VÖ ½Öng xe l¿ líi cÔa téi nãn téi ½Á phÀi ½ån bÓ thièt hÂi cho chiäc xe kia. an invitation to... (a party/a wedding v.v...):  Did you get an invitation to the party?

BÂn cÍ nhân ½õôc giÞy mñi dú tièc khéng? a solution to (a problem)/ a key to (a door)/ an answer to (a question)/ a reply to (a letter)/ a reaction to...:  Do you think we’ll find a solution to the problem? (khéng nÍi “a solution of the problem”)

BÂn cÍ nghË rÙng chÒng ta sÆ tÉm ra giÀi ph¾p cho vÞn ½å khéng?  I was surprised at her reaction to my suggestion.

Téi ngÂc nhiãn trõðc phÀn öng cÔa cé Þy vði lñi ½å nghÌ cÔa téi. an attitude TO... (hay TOWARDS...):  His attitude to his job is very negative (hay His attitude towards his job...).

Th¾i ½î cÔa anh Þy ½êi vði céng vièc cÔa anh Þy l¿ rÞt tiãu cúc.

E

Danh t÷ + with.../between...

a relationship/a connection/contact WITH...:  Do you have a good relationship with your parents?

Anh cÍ mêi quan hè têt ½Çp ½êi vði cha mÇ chö?  The police want to question a man in connection with the robbery.

CÀnh s¾t muên hÏi cung mît ngõñi ½¿n éng liãn quan tði vÖ cõðp. Nhõng: a relationship/a connection/contact/ a difference between the two crimes.  The police believe that there is no connection between the two crimes.

CÀnh s¾t cho rÙng khéng cÍ sú liãn quan giùa hai vÖ ¾n.  There are some differences between British and American English.

CÍ mît sê kh¾c bièt giùa tiäng Anh-Anh v¿ tiäng Anh-Mþ.

Unit 129. Adjective + preposition (1)

A

It was nice of you to...

nice/kind/good/generous/polite/silly/stupid v.v... OF somebody (to do something):  Thank you. It was very nice/kind of you to help me.

CÀm ïn. BÂn ½Á thât nhièt tÉnh/têt bÖng giÒp ½ó téi.  It is stupid of her to go out without a coat in such cold weather.

Cé Þy thât dÂi dît khi ½i ra ngo¿i m¿ khéng mang ¾o kho¾t vði thñi tiät lÂnh nhõ thä. Nhõng (be) nice/ kind/ good/ generous/ polite/ friendly/ cruel v.v... to somebody:  They have always been very nice/kind to me. (khéng nÍi 'with me')

HÑ luén luén rÞt tø tä/têt bÖng ½êi vði téi.  Why were you so unfriendly to Tessa?

Sao bÂn lÂnh nhÂt vði Tessa thä?

B

TÈnh t÷ + about/with

angry/annoyed/furious ABOUT something angry/annoyed/furious WITH somebody FOR doing something  It’s stupid to get angry about things that don’t matter.

Thât dÂi dît khi câu giân nhùng chuyèn khéng ½Ýu.  Are you annoyed with me for being late?

BÂn cÍ buën téi vÉ téi tði trç khéng? excited/worried/upset/nervous/happy v.v... ABOUT something:  Are you excited about going on holiday next week?

BÂn cÍ n¾o nöc vði chuyän ½i nghÊ tußn tði khéng?  Carol is upset about not being invited to the party.

Carol búc bîi vÉ khéng ½õôc mñi dú buìi liãn hoan. delighted/pleased/satisfied/disappointed WITH something:  I was delighted with the present you gave me.

Téi ½Á vui sõðng vði mÍn qu¿ bÂn tÜng téi.  Were you disappointed with your exam results?

BÂn ½Á thÞt vÑng vði kät quÀ thi phÀi khéng?

C

TÈnh t÷ + at/by/with

surprised/shocked/amazed/astonished AT/BY something:

 Everybody was surprised at (hoÜc by) the news.

TÞt cÀ ½åu ½Á ngÂc nhiãn khi nghe tin ½Í.  I hope you weren’t shocked by (hoÜc at) what I said.

Téi hy vÑng bÂn ½Á khéng bÌ sêc vði nhùng gÉ téi nÍi. impressed WITH/BY somebody/something:  I’m very impressed with (hoÜc by) her English. It’s very good.

Téi rÞt cÍ Þn tõông vði tiäng Anh cÔa cé Þy. RÞt xuÞt sØc. fed up/bored WITH something:  I don’t enjoy my job any more. I’m fed up with it/I’m bored with it.

Téi khéng thÈch céng vièc cÔa téi nùa. Téi ch¾n ngÞy rëi.

D

sorry about/for

sorry ABOUT something:  I’m sorry about the noise last night. We were having a party.

Téi xin líi vÉ sú ën ¿o ½ãm qua. ChÒng téi ½Á cÍ mît bùa tièc. Nhõng ta thõñng nÍi sorry FOR doing something:  I’m sorry for shouting at you yesterday.

Téi xin líi ½Á la bÂn hém qua. CÕng cÍ thæ nÍi “I’m sorry I (did something)”:  I’m sorry I shouted at you yesterday.

Ta nÍi to feel/to be sorry FOR somebody:  I feel sorry for George. He has a lot of problems.

Téi thÞy tîi cho George. Anh Þy ½ang gÜp nhiåu phiån phöc.

Unit 130 Adjective + preposition (2)

A

TÈnh t÷ + of (1)

afraid/frightened/terrified OF...:  “Are you afraid of dogs?” “Yes, I’m terrified of them.”

"BÂn cÍ sô chÍ khéng?" "CÍ téi sô chÒng lØm." fond/proud/ashamed/jealous/envious OF...:  Why are you always jealous of other people?

Sao anh luén ghen tÌ vði nhùng ngõñi kh¾c vây? suspicious/critical/tolerant OF...:  He didn’t trust me. He’s suspicious of my intention.

Anh ta khéng tin téi. Anh ta nghi ngñ û ½Ình cÔa téi.

B

TÈnh t÷ + of (2)

aware/conscious OF...:  “Did you know he was married?” “No, I wasn’t aware of that.”

"BÂn cÍ biät anh Þy ½Á cõði vô rëi khéng?" "Khéng, téi khéng ½æ û ½än ½iåu ½Í." capable/incapable OF...:  I’m sure you are capable of passing the examination.

Téi chØc rÙng bÂn ½Ô khÀ n×ng võôt qua kü thi. full OF.../short OF...:  The letter I wrote was full of mistakes. (khéng nÍi 'full with')

L¾ thõ téi viät ½Á cÍ rÞt nhiåu líi.  I’m a bit short of money. Can you lend me some?

Téi hïi kÇt tiån. BÂn cÍ thæ cho téi mõôn mît Èt khéng? typical OF...:  He’s late again. It’s typical of him to keep everybody waiting.

Anh ta lÂi trç rëi. #iæm ½Üc trõng cÔa anh ta l¿ luén bØt mÑi ngõñi chñ ½ôi. tired OF...:  Come on, let’s go! I’m tired of waiting. (= I've had enough of waiting.)

N¿o ta ½i théi! Téi ½Á ch¾n cÀnh chñ ½ôi rëi. certain/sure OF hoÜc ABOUT...:  I think she’s arriving this evening but I’m not sure of that. (hoÜc ...sure about that)

Téi nghË têi nay cé Þy sÆ tði nhõng téi khéng chØc chØn vå ½iåu ½Í.

C

TÈnh t÷ + at/to/from/in/on/with/for

good/bad/excellent/brilliant/hopeless (v.v...) AT...:  I’m not very good at repairing things. (khéng nÍi 'good repairing things')

Téi khéng khÃo lØm trong vièc søa chùa ½ë vât. married/engaged TO...:  Linda is married to an American. (khéng nÍi 'married with')

Linda ½Á kät hén vði mît ngõñi Mþ. Nhõng  Linda is married with three children. (=she is married and has three children.)

Linda ½Á cÍ gia ½Énh vði 3 ½öa con. similar TO...:  Your writing is similar to mine.

Chù viät cÔa bÂn giêng chù viät cÔa téi. different FROM (hoÜc TO)...:  The film was different from I’d expect. (hoÜc ...different to what I’d expect.)

Cuên phim khéng nhõ téi ½Á mong ½ôi. interested IN...:  Are you interested in art?

BÂn cÍ yãu thÈch nghè thuât khéng? keen ON...:  We stayed at home because Cathy wasn’t very keen on going out.

ChÒng téi ò nh¿ vÉ Cathy ½Á khéng thiät tha lØm vði vièc ½i chïi. dependent ON... (nhõng independent OF...)  I don’t want to be dependent on anybody.

Téi khéng muên phÖ thuîc v¿o bÞt cö ai. crowded WITH (people, v.v...):  The city centre was crowded with tourists. (nhõng full of tourists)

Trung tÝm th¿nh phê ½Á nhîn nhÌp bòi kh¾ch du lÌch. famous FOR...:  The Italian city of Florence is famous for its art treasures.

Th¿nh phê Florence cÔa nõðc @ nìi tiäng vði nhùng kho t¿ng nghè thuât. responsible FOR...:  Who was responsible for all that noise last night?

Ai chÌu tr¾ch nhièm vå mÑi sú ën ¿o ½ãm hém qua?

Unit 131. Verb + preposition (1)

A

#îng t÷ + at

look/have a look/stare/glance v.v... AT...  Why are you looking at me like that?

laugh/smile AT...:  I look stupid with this haircut. Everybody will laugh at me.

Tréng téi cÍ vÅ ngê vði kiæu cØt tÍc n¿y. MÑi ngõñi sÆ cõñi téi mÞt théi. aim/point (something) AT..., shoot/fire (a gun) AT... (=in the direction of)  Don’t point that knife at me. It’s dangerous.

#÷ng chËa con dao ½Í v¿o téi. #iåu ½Í nguy hiæm lØm.  We saw some people with guns shooting at birds.

ChÒng téi ½Á nhÉn thÞy mÞy ngõñi cÍ sÒng ½ang bØn chim.

B

#îng t÷ + to

talk/speak TO (somebody) (with cÕng dÓng ½õôc nhõng khéng thõñng dÓng lØm):  Who was that man you were talking to?

Ngõñi bÂn ½ang nÍi chuyèn vði l¿ ai vây?  Can I speak to Jane, please?

Téi cÍ thæ nÍi chuyèn vði Jane ½õôc khéng? listen TO...:  We spent the evening listening to music. (khéng nÍi 'listening music')

V¿o buìi têi chÒng téi nghe nhÂc. write (a letter) TO...:  Sorry I haven’t written to you for such a long time.

Téi xin líi ½Á khéng viät thõ th×m bÂn lÝu nhõ vây. Nhõng phone/telephone somebody (khéng cÍ giði t÷):  Did you phone your father yesterday? (khéng nÍi 'phone to your father')

Hém qua bÂn ½Á gÑi ½ièn cho bê bÂn chõa? invite (somebody) TO (a party/a wedding, v.v...):  They only invited a few people to their wedding.

HÑ chÊ mñi v¿i ngõñi tði dú ½¾m cõði cÔa hÑ.

C

Mît sê ½îng t÷ cÍ thæ ½õôc dÓng vði at hay to, vði nhùng nghËa kh¾c nhau. LÞy vÈ dÖ:

shout AT somebody (when you are angry — khi bÂn ½ang giân)  She got very angry and started shouting at me.

Cé Þy trò nãn rÞt giân v¿ bØt ½ßu la téi. shout TO somebody (so that they can hear you — ½æ ngõñi kh¾c cÍ thæ nghe thÞy bÂn):  She shouted to me from the other side of the street.

Cé Þy ½Á hÃt gÑi téi t÷ bãn kia ½õñng. throw something AT somebody/something (in order to hit them — nhÙm ½Öng ngõñi kh¾c):  Somebody threw an egg at the minister.

CÍ ai ½Í ½Á nÃm mît quÀ tröng v¿o éng bî trõòng. throw something TO somebody (for somebody to catch — ½æ ngõñi kh¾c bØt lÞy):  Judy shouted “catch!” and threw the key to me from the window.

Judy hé "BØt lÞy!" v¿ nÃm cho téi chiäc chÉa khÍa t÷ trãn cøa sì.

D

Explain/describe/apologise

Ta nÍi: explain something (TO somebody):  Can you explain this word to me? (khéng nÍi 'explain me this word')

BÂn cÍ thæ giÀi nghËa t÷ n¿y cho téi khéng? Tõïng tú: explain (to somebody) that/what/how/why...?:  I explained to them what I wanted them to do. (khéng nÍi 'I explained them')

Téi ½Á giÀi thÈch cho hÑ biät téi muên hÑ l¿m gÉ. Vði describe cÕng vây:  Let me describe to you what I saw.

HÁy ½æ téi tÀ lÂi cho bÂn nhùng gÉ téi ½Á thÞy. #æ û rÙng ta nÍi apologise TO somebody (for...):  He apologised to me. (khéng nÍi 'he apologised me')

Anh Þy ½Á xin líi téi. Nhõng “thank somebody (for something)”, “ask somebody (for something)”:  He asked me for money. (khéng nÍi 'He asked to me')

Anh Þy hÏi xin tiån téi.

Unit 132. Verb + preposition (2)

A

#îng t÷ + about

talk ABOUT.../read ABOUT.../tell somebody ABOUT.../ have a disscussion ABOUT...:  We talk about a lot of things at the meeting.

ChÒng téi ½Á nÍi tði nhiåu vÞn ½å trong cuîc hÑp. Nhõng disscussion something (khéng cÍ giði t÷):  We disscussed a lot of things at the meeting. (khéng nÍi 'disscussed about')

Tõïng tú: do something ABOUT something (=do something to improve a bad situation):  If you’re worried about the problem, you should do something about it.

Näu bÂn lo lØng vå vÞn ½å n¿y, bÂn nãn l¿m c¾i gÉ ½Í (cho nÍ).

B

Care about, care for and take care of

care ABOUT somebody/something (= think that somebody/something is important):  He’s very selfish. He doesn’t care about other people.

Anh ta rÞt Èch ký. Anh ta khéng hå quan tÝm tði ngõñi kh¾c. Ta nÍi care what/where/how v.v... (khéng cÍ about):  You can do what you like. I don’t care what you do.

Anh cÍ thæ l¿m gÉ anh muên. Téi khéng quan tÝm tði nhùng gÉ anh l¿m. care FOR somebody/something: 1) = like something (thõñng trong c¾c cÝu hÏi v¿ cÝu phÔ ½Ình):  Would you care for a cup of coffee? (= would you like...?)

BÂn muên mît t¾ch c¿ phã chö?  I don’t care for very hot weather. (= I don't like...)

Téi khéng thÈch thñi tiät nÍng núc. 2) = look after somebody:  Albert is 85 and lives alone. He needs somebody to care for him.

«ng Albert hièn 85 tuìi v¿ sêng mît mÉnh. «ng ta cßn mît ngõñi ch×m sÍc éng ta. take care OF... (= look after):  Have a nice holiday. Take care of yourself! (= look after yourself)

ChÒc kü nghÊ têt ½Çp. HÁy càn thân nhÃ!

C

#îng t÷ + for

ask (somebody) FOR...:  I wrote to the company asking them for more information about the job.

Téi ½Á viät thõ tði céng ty hÏi hÑ thãm mît sê chi tiät vå céng vièc. Nhõng  I asked her a question. /They asked me the way to the station. (khéng cÍ giði t÷)

apply (TO a person, a company, v.v...) FOR (a job, v.v...):  I think this job would suit you. Why don’t you apply for it?

Téi nghË céng vièc n¿y hôp vði bÂn. Sao bÂn khéng l¿m ½ïn xin vièc ½i? wait FOR.../wait FOR something to happen:  Don’t wait for me. I’ll join you late.

#÷ng chñ téi. Téi sÆ ½än sau.  I’m not going yet. I’m waiting for the rain to stop.

Téi ván chõa ½i. Téi chñ cho mõa tÂnh ½Á. search (a person/a place/a bag...) FOR:  I’ve searched (the house) for my keys but I still can’t find them.

Téi ½Á tÉm chÓm chÉa khÍa (trong nh¿) nhõng ván chõa tÉm thÞy. leave (a place) FOR (another place):  I haven’t seen her since she left (home) for work this morning. (khéng nÍi 'left to work')

Téi ½Á khéng nhÉn thÞy cé ta t÷ khi cé Þy rñi nh¿ ½i l¿m s¾ng nay.

D

look for v¿ look after

look FOR... (= search for, try to find):  I’ve lost my keys. Can you help me to look for them?

Téi l¿m mÞt chÓm chÉa khÍa rëi. BÂn cÍ thæ giÒp téi tÉm chÒng khéng? look AFTER... = (take care of):  Albert is 85 and lives alone. He needs somebody to look after him. (khéng nÍi 'look for')  You can borrow this book if you promise to look after it.

BÂn cÍ thæ mõôn cuên s¾ch n¿y näu bÂn höa giù gÉn nÍ.

Unit 133. Verb + preposition (3) Mît sê ½îng t÷ ½õôc dÓng vði about hoÜc of, thõñng khi ½Í nÍ cho ta nghËa kh¾c:

A dream ABOUT ...:  I dream about you last night. (when I was asleep)

Em nÙm mï thÞy anh ½ãm qua. dream OF being something/ doing something (= imagine):  I often dream of being rich.

Téi thõñng mï mÉnh trò nãn gi¿u cÍ.  “Don’t tell anyone what I said.” “No, I wouldn’t dream of it.” (= I would never do it)

"#÷ng kæ vði ai ½iåu téi ½Á nÍi." "­, téi khéng bao giñ l¿m thä ½Ýu."

B hear ABOUT ... (= be told about soemthing):  Did you hear about the fight in the club on Saturday night?

BÂn cÍ nghe nÍi gÉ vå vÖ àu ½À ò cÝu lÂc bî têi thö bÀy khéng? hear OF ... (=know that somebody/ something exists):  “Who is Tom Madely?” “I’ve no idea. I’ve never heard of him.” (khéng nÍi “heard from

him”) "Tom Madely l¿ ai?" "Téi khéng hå biät. Téi chõa bao giñ nghe nÍi vå éng ta cÀ." CÕng nhõ vây: hear from ... (=receive a letter or phone call somebody):  “Have you heard from Jane recently?” “Yes, I got a letter from her a few days ago.”

"Gßn ½Ýy bÂn cÍ biät tin töc cÔa Jane khéng?" "CÍ, téi cÍ ½õôc thõ cé Þy mÞy hém trõðc."

C think ABOUT ... v¿ think OF ...: Think ABOUT something: suy nghË, suy xÃt, cÝn nhØc ... mît vÞn ½å gÉ ½Í.  You look serious. What are you thinking about?

Tréng bÂn cÍ vÅ nghiãm qu¾. BÂn ½ang nghË gÉ vây?  “Will you lend me the money?” “I’ll think about it.”

"Anh sÆ cho téi mõôn tiån chö?" "Téi sÆ suy nghË vå ½iåu ½Í." Think OF something: nghË tði, nhð tði ... mît vièc gÉ ½Í.  He told me his name but I can’t think of it now. (khéng nÍi 'think about it')

Anh ta ½Á cho téi biät tãn nhõng hièn giñ téi khéng thæ nhð ra  That’s a good idea. Why didn’t I think of that? (khéng nÍi ' think about that')

@ kiän ½Í hay ½Þy. TÂi sao téi khéng nghË tði nhÊ? Ta cÕng dÓng think of khi ½å nghÌ hoÜc ½õa ra mît û kiän:  “What did you think of the film?” “I didn’t think much of it.”

"BÂn nghË gÉ vå cuên phim?" "Téi khéng thÈch nÍ lØm." Sú kh¾c bièt ½éi khi l¿ rÞt nhÏ. BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng cÀ of lán about:  When I’m alone, I often think of (hoÜc about) you.

Khi chÊ cÍ mît mÉnh, anh thõñng nghË ½än em. BÂn cÍ thæ nÍi think of hoÜc think about doing something (mît h¿nh ½îng cÍ thæ xÀy ra trong tõïng lai):  My sister is thinking of (hoÜc about) going to Canada. (= she is considering it)

ChÌ téi ½ang suy xÃt vièc ½i Canada.

D Remind somebody ABOUT ...: nhØc nhò ai ½Í ½÷ng quãn  I’m glad you reminded me about the meeting. I had completely forgotten it.

Téi m÷ng vÉ bÂn ½Á nhØc téi vå cuîc hÑp. Téi ½Á ho¿n to¿n quãn nÍ. Remind somebody OF ... : l¿m cho ai ½Í nhð tði ½iåu gÉ ½Í  This house reminds me of the one I lived in when I was a child.

C×n nh¿ n¿y nhØc téi nhð tði c×n nh¿ téi ½Á sêng khi cÎn bÃ.  Look at this photograph of Richard. Who does he remind you of?

HÁy nhÉn böc Ành n¿y cÔa Richard. Anh Þy nhØc bÂn nhð tði ai?

E complain (to somebody) ABOUT ... : chöng tÏ bÂn khéng h¿i lÎng  We complained to the manager of the restaurant about the food.

ChÒng téi ph¿n n¿n vði éng chÔ nh¿ h¿ng vå thöc ×n. complain OF a pain, an illness .v.v. : nÍi rÙng bÂn bÌ ½au.v.v...  We called the doctor because George was complaining of a pain in his stomach.

ChÒng téi ½Á gÑi b¾c sË vÉ George kãu ½au bÖng.

F warn somebody OF/ABOUT a danger, something bad which might happen:  Everybody has been warned of/about the dangers of smoking.

MÑi ngõñi ½åu ½õôc cÀnh c¾o vå sú nguy hÂi cÔa vièc hÒt thuêc l¾. warn somebody ABOUT somebody/ something which is dangerous, unusual.  I knew he was a strange person. I had been warned about him. (khéng nÍi 'warned of him')

Téi biät anh ta l¿ ngõñi kh¾c thõñng. Téi ½Á ½õôc lõu û vå anh ta.  Vicky warned us about the traffic. She said it would be bad.

Vicky ½Á lõu û chÒng téi vå giao théng. Cé Þy nÍi giao théng sÆ tëi tè.

Unit 134. Verb + preposition (4)

A

#îng t÷ + of

accuse/suspect somebody OF...:  Sue accused me of being selfish.

Sue ½Á buîc tîi téi l¿ Èch ký.  Three students were suspected of cheating in the examination.

Ba sinh viãn ½Á bÌ nghi ngñ gian lân trong kü thi. approve OF...:  His parents don’t approve of what he does, but they can’t stop him.

Cha mÇ anh Þy khéng t¾n th¿nh vièc anh Þy l¿m, nhõng hÑ khéng thæ ng×n ½õôc anh Þy. die OF (an illness)...:  “What did he die of?” “A heart attack.”

"«ng ta chät vÉ sao vây?" "VÉ mît cïn ½au tim." consist OF...:  We had an enormous meal. It consisted of seven courses.

ChÒng téi ½Á ×n mît bùa thÌnh soÂn. TÞt cÀ cÍ 7 mÍn.

B

#îng t÷ + for

pay (somebody) FOR...:  I didn’t have enough money to pay (the waiter) for the meal. (khéng nÍi 'pay the meal')

Téi ½Á khéng ½Ô tiån ½æ thanh to¾n cho bùa ×n. Nhõng pay a bill/a fine/a tax/ afare/ rent/ a sum of money v.v... (khéng cÍ giði t÷)  I didn’t have enough money to pay my telephone bill.

Téi ½Á khéng ½Ô tiån thanh to¾n hÍa ½ïn tiån ½ièn thoÂi. thank/forgive somebody FOR...:  I’ll be forgive them for what they did.

Téi sÆ khéng bao giñ tha thö cho nhùng gÉ hÑ ½Á l¿m. apologise (to somebody) FOR...:  When I realised I was wrong, I apologised (to them) for my mistake.

Khi nhân ra rÙng mÉnh sai, téi ½Á xin líi hÑ vå sai lßm cÔa téi. blame somebody/something FOR...:  Everybody blamed me for the accident.

MÑi ngõñi buîc tîi téi vå vÖ tai nÂn.

CÕng nhõ vây: somebody is to blame for...  Everybody said that I was to blame for the accident.

MÑi ngõñi ½Á nÍi rÙng téi chÌu tr¾ch nhièm vå vÖ tai nÂn. V¿: blame something ON...:  Everybody blamed the accident on me.

MÑi ngõñi quy tr¾ch nhièm vå vÖ tai nÂn cho téi.

C

#îng t÷ + from

suffer FROM (an illness, v.v...):  The number of people suffering from heart disease has increased.

Sê ngõñi bÌ bènh tim ½Á t×ng lãn. protect somebody/something FROM (hoÜc AGAINST)...:  Sun oil can protect the skin from the sun. (hay ...against the sun.)

Kem chêng nØng cÍ thæ bÀo vè da dõði ¾nh nØng mÜt trñi.

D

#îng t÷ + on

depend ON.../rely ON...:  “What time will you arrive?” “I don’t know. It depends on the traffic.”

"MÞy giñ bÂn sÆ tði?" "Téi khéng biät. CÎn tÓy thuîc v¿o giao théng."  You can rely on Jill. She always keeps her promises.

BÂn cÍ thæ tin tõòng Jill. Cé Þy luén giù lñi höa cÔa mÉnh. BÂn cÍ thæ dÓng depend + when/where/how v.v... (nhùng t÷ ½æ hÏi) ½i cÓng vði on hoÜc khéng:  “Are you going to buy it?” “It depens how much it is.” (hay depends on how much)

"BÂn sÆ mua c¾i ½Í chö?" "CÎn tÓy xem nÍ gi¾ bao nhiãu." live ON (money/food):  George’s salary is very low. It isn’t enough to live on.

Lõong cÔa George rÞt thÞp. #ëng lõïng ½Í khéng ½Ô ½æ sêng. congratulate (someone) ON.../compliment (somebody) ON...:  I congratulated her on her success in the exam.

Téi chÒc m÷ng cé Þy vå kät quÀ kü thi.

Unit 135. Verb + preposition (5)

A

#îng t÷ + in

believe IN...:  Do you believe in God? (= do you believe that God exist?)

BÂn cÍ tin v¿o Thõông ½ä khéng? (= BÂn cÍ tin rÙng Thõông ½ä tën tÂi khéng?)  I believe in saying what I think? (= I believe it is right to say what I think)

Téi tin tõòng khi nÍi nhùng gÉ mÉnh nghË. (= téi tin rÙng l¿ ½Òng ½Øn khi nÍi nhùng ½iåu mÉnh nghË) specialise IN...:  Helen is a lawyer. She specialises in company law.

Helen l¿ luât sõ. Cé Þy chuyãn vå luât céng ty. succeed IN...:  I hope you succeed in finding the you want.

Téi hy vÑng bÂn tÉm ½õôc céng vièc mong muên.

B

#îng t÷ + into

break INTO...:  Our house was broken into a few days ago but nothing was stolen.

C¾ch ½Ýy v¿i ng¿y nh¿ téi ½Á bÌ ½ît nhâp nhõng khéng mÞt m¾t gÉ. crash/drive/bump/run INTO...:  He lost control of the car and crashed into a wall.

«ng ta khéng ½iåu khiæn nìi chiäc xe nùa v¿ ½Ým sßm v¿o mît böc tõñng. divide/cut/split something INTO (two or more parts) — Chia, cØt c¾i gÉ ½Í th¿nh 2 phßn hay nhiåu phßn:  The book is divided into three parts.

Quyæn s¾ch ½õôc chia th¿nh 3 tâp.  Cut the meat into small parts before frying it.

HÁy cØt thÌt ra th¿nh c¾c miäng nhÏ trõðc khi r¾n. translate (a book etc.) FROM one language INTO another  George Orwell’s book have been translated into many languages.

Cuên s¾ch cÔa Goerge Orwell ½Á ½õôc dÌch ra nhiåu thö tiäng.

C

#îng t÷ + with

collide WITH...:

 There was an accident this morning. A bus collided with a car (nhõng crashed into)

CÍ mît tai nÂn s¾ng nay. Mît chiäc xe buût ½Öng phÀi mît chiäc xe hïi. fill something WITH... (nhõng full of... xem Unit 130b)  Take this saucepan and fill it with water.

HÁy cßm lÞy c¾i chÀo n¿y v¿ ½ì nõðc v¿o. provide/supply somebody WITH...:  The school provides all its students with books.

Trõñng hÑc cung cÞp s¾ch cho tÞt cÀ hÑc sinh.

D

#îng t÷ + to

happen TO...:  What happened to that gold watch you use to have? (= where is it now?)

Chuyèn gÉ ½Á xÀy ra vði chiäc ½ëng hë v¿ng m¿ bÂn thõñng ½eo vây? (= nÍ ½Ýu rëi?) prefer one thing/person TO another:  I prefer tea to coffee.

Téi thÈch tr¿ hïn c¿ phã.

E

#îng t÷ + on

concentrate ON...:  Don’t look out of the window. Concentrate on your work.

#÷ng nhÉn ra ngo¿i cøa sì. HÁy tâp trung v¿o vièc cÔa anh ½i. insist ON...:  I wanted to go alone but they insisted on coming with me.

Téi muên ½i mît mÉnh nhõng ½Á n¿i nÊ xin ½i cÓng téi. spend (money) ON...:  How much money do you spend on food each week?

BÂn tên bao nhiãu tiån thöc ×n míi tußn.

Unit 136. Phrasal verbs

A ChÒng ta thõñng dÓng mît sê t÷ dõði ½Ýy ½i kÄm vði c¾c ½îng t÷: in on roundabout down through

up over back forward

away out along

off by

Ta cÍ thæ nÍi put out/ get on/ take off/ run away v.v... #Í l¿ nhùng phrasal verbs. Ta thõñng dÓng out/ off/ up, v.v... vði nhùng ½îng t÷ chuyæn ½îng. LÞy vÈ dÖ:  The bus was full. We couldn’t get on. Xe buût ½Á chât. ChÒng téi khéng thæ lãn ½õôc. A woman get into the car and drove off. Mît ngõñi phÖ nù lãn xe v¿ phÍng ½i.  Sally is leaving tomorow and coming back on Saturday. Sally sÆ ra ½i ng¿y mai v¿ trò vå v¿o thö bÀy. When I touched him on the shoulder, he turned round. Khi téi chÂm v¿o vai anh ta, anh ta ½Á quay lÂi.

get on drive off come back turn round

Nhõng thõñng thÉ t÷ thö hai n¿y (out, off, up, v.v...) l¿m cho ½îng t÷ mang mît nghËa ½Üc bièt. LÞy vÈ dÖ:  Sorry I’m late. The car broke down. (=engine stopped working) Xin líi téi tði muîn, Xe téi bÌ hÏng. (=½îng cï ng÷ng l¿m vièc)  Look out! There’s a car coming. (= be careful) Coi ch÷ng! CÍ xe ½ang ½i tði. (= hÁy càn thân)  It was my first flight. I was nervous as the plane took off. (= went into the air) #Í l¿ lßn ½ßu tiãn téi ½i m¾y bay. Téi ½Á hëi hîp khi m¾y bay cÞt c¾nh.  I was very tired this morning. I couldn’t get up. (= get out of bed) S¾ng nay téi rÞt mèt. Téi ½Á khéng thæ dây ½õôc. (= ra khÏi giõñng)  How was the exam? How did you get on? (= how did you do?) Kü thi thä n¿o? BÂn l¿m b¿i ra sao?  My French isn’t very good but it’s enough to get by. (to manage) Tiäng Ph¾p cÔa téi khéng têt lØm nhõng cÕng ½Ô ½æ xoay sò.

break down look out take off

get up get on get by

B

Nhiåu khi ½îng t÷ kÃp cÍ giði t÷ theo sau. VÈ dÖ:

Phrasal verb

preposition

Run away from

 Why are you run away from me?

Keep up with Look forward to Cut down on

C

Sao anh cö tr¾nh téi vây?  You’re walking too fast. I can’t keep up with you. Anh ½i nhanh qu¾. Téi khéng thæ theo kÌp anh.  Are you looking forward to your holiday? Anh ½ang mong tði kü nghÊ phÀi khéng?  Jack is trying to cut down on smoking. (= reduce smoking) Jack ½ang cê gØng giÀm hÒt thuêc l¾.

#îng t÷ kÃp cÍ thæ cÍ tÒc t÷. Thõñng cÍ hai vÌ trÈ cÍ thæ cÍ cÔa tÒc t÷. Cho nãn bÂn cÍ thæ nÍi:

I turned off the light hay I turned the light off. Näu tÒc t÷ lÂi l¿ mît ½Âi t÷ (it/them/me/him,...) chÊ cÍ mît vÌ trÈ d¿nh cho nÍ:  I turn it off (khéng nÍi 'I turn off it')

XÃt thãm mît sê vÈ dÖ:  Could you fill in this form?  Could you fill this form in?

L¿m ïn ½iån v¿o máu ½ïn n¿y nhõng  They give me a form and told me to fill it in. (khéng nÍi 'fill in it'.)

HÑ ½õa cho téi máu ½ïn v¿ bÀo téi ½iån v¿o ½Í.  The police got into the house by breaking down the door.  The police got into the house by breaking the door down.

CÀnh s¾t ½i v¿o nh¿ bÙng c¾ch ph¾ cøa ra v¿o. nhõng  The door wasn’t locked. Why did the police break it down? (khéng nÍi 'break down it')

Cøa khéng hå khÍa. Sao cÀnh s¾t lÂi ph¾ cøa?  I think I’ll throw away these newspaper.  I think I’ll throw these newspaper away.

nhõng  Do you want these newspaper or shall I throw them away?  Don’t wake up the baby.  Don’t wake the baby up.

nhõng  The baby is asleep. Don’t wake her up.